of ‘ ’ MI, tay Ate Mc talth Nesta ht ite Sa } hit 4 ae ; hi a) + { PPP Band ot 480 WD i) ) i f * ee ‘ Viage ’ ay ‘ y vite : AN . ; q : 4 7 ‘ 4 a , j; he init ANE 4 { " part * | ; st rey i) : ‘ ' WW Oaeu eh ty ‘ ¥ | CLRID uct a ONO GuE Gama LSE Ns wis EFT ae tee tt vi Ny Tish) Hi raha heh { \ tH i if ty yen ip tf , fe maby ‘j \ N { st / ik oll Pea!) | ee .y W i va , edge My ; \ ne | t ' Mi oer. ia YD So iat “4 + Ab eh) Mihi i" A Potent f 1) helen mys Per ih te Hi oh Late en] ‘ j ey i y iM i Hi) av gk s Misitis a] he) | Oe ae ; th ja r : 4 ¢ - HULA ih Iago Tne Al Nt Piakeissa hy ins i Hiei ‘e mi . ea ue nit Tha veay rat ; LR Fraet BETAS iy ruta CLARA YASUE ahora ets tea Mn sf Mi yt fh ; ‘ $) Ets FT ORS ot ob We f ALAIN, Sey st : : fatit vba UW gethee sit ny wy iit Ty tie : 3 i if et! , ‘ iy) , { " SDMA Tue CTE On ie f ite te enyAr tt } ‘Parl : t ‘i ap r Waa ies es AE A Ee Wi Hh i ; i tet s thin j Ore Pet ee PERO abel tea ape ny caveT abl iad nyt Wy, T : ee ! aH We) 4 / i RRA Re it eV jail a a AS yt ia ah aia ; At i ' ir) oh ‘ i i sae oa Mh a oh ae +1 a Mi Seat ¥ f ; Rie tl RMT att Hitt hind: nails if 4 ‘ Nanay Nc) heat 5 alts ee ir a ydal we Ny Lb eth sD alps! ts bayh Ay y hy mye ‘ wh A ‘ ‘ ‘ iis WL yh fyi i Hua ht ih! ‘hea » i i>: eae ti why aa WRF vb Ma TA RAS TATRA Neate tea tict ag wen ‘ ‘ vy f in i \ " a) t M4 hy ny va Mt i nti ih oe ai KH i his ‘ a"ep r a ith te | shen rele LEME SE 8h “ ny) on ook " eRe fir ty “y Be eee FERN Toe RUA ase) iv HOON BD te eg ebay eR cadet LCE CR DEANS IMUM) 2 Peas id nei A alk + ia Ae + fidlat ‘ Sai Ly fs Wea SRC ER rast ie PRUER CR MU OUIR A in cing MMMM ON RNSN NG Ma a 4 i } j by i if ‘ i aid ate Mrs uy ; Au} 4) ‘) fate La i ey i ty x 4 i z x ' hie 4:1) PUR Rh ASAT TEM ehh ni a ins jhe ih itlgss el) ye RAE Dea Chara NES HMORO LCN Hult TieMi ALE quesict Ps Fg ue : yar 4 : tA: ‘Fra " At Ghana i lay ’ ate.’ ik oniits 1 Pt i ii fe AM ieee Mat ' Yy eto) el j kts ab ea) bio ay Pasa AT! Wyle ach eae Sodas hac eee meta AD ih ae Seip kia Hs wire sar ! ae ee nye hh , i ca } Ae eo Minas abe { Pant ANE Reel ese as >) 1 | 4 es ") : ; ? Py) Oe atta ine ) vi f caciny ~—e- = = 732== Sears ew eraser ’ ” ied Nitauirarcuniea may Fan chr ihe epi “AM i ri +, i PO Ray et MUTT hekak ay ged Md teks ves ; Make Boi May res wal} A ape Ts ihe Rath os aah i ed i y ne ane a we ‘ i ff ius “ih si nee > nas h us yr anh ' ieee ee = =. ot agent Muy cule iv eer A Aw hai MN Ohh i NVard pe! Me vy Ir AAs etal vite un She slabs i Naa i Late antictt Hh F : m oaths ‘ i Ai taal sae 4 i | betes hye eed Spyies sry 1h KE py. i id Hy aE ya 1a) dol: 7th f (iy +n ao sant rat ’ sii wae y hee Mba! bor hgh ABN Gt es Sia PB ta LP nt? PRCT ¥ Vet ta bibe We ica nS ry di tik at aa LIL OM aN pier eA + Me) OU Loney and a ‘yp dried BME Hy ay Rea et Ke a ' ve 14 Hote Muijnes pdt a ry " rie} ‘ My , aaa a) ryliys Wh 1) Whit aie, ’ raed, ACES iBRARY ACES LIBRARY Afar (RE Be QE Sar 8™ Poi Cae AX Seon Rete er eG Sigee 7 Return this book on or before the >. 2% Latest Date stamped below. A — CU AM charge is made on all overdue A Tie ks. at Od J ROR %<* Wm +) Yam. Se =i a “eh E U. of I. Library “jy ft Se Se vee | a ant) Tan cage | ASF ME aT ASS 7a e\ 40 ae . ; Len? (pir » Ly ‘ f ie at * . awe a br he ha Py YAMS ga ie eh ne as ean = ik. . ” BS Fi he Ret aed te eae 7 5K, ee Aen \ \ ek. tive.org/details/transactionsproc4019phil . Kee TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROVAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA (INCORPORATED). — (VSS ee os) ae. Te: [Wires Firty-rour PLaTes AND TWENTY-ONE FIGURES IN THE TEXT. | EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S., AssistEep By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E:S. eee, SEWN Y SHILLINGS: Adelaide : PUBLISHED BY THE Society, Roya Soctsery Rooms, NortH TERRACE. DECEMBER 23, 1916. —— oe PrinteD BY Hussey & GittiIncHAM LimiTED, 106 anp 108, CurRix SrreEET, ADELAIDE, SoutH AUSTRALIA. Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. vi. Moprl Soctety of South Australia (INCORPORATED). Patron: HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY, K.C.M.G., D:S.O. — oip— a . OFFICERS FOR 1916-17. President: JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S. Wice=Presidents: PROF. BE. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S. R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D. bon. Treasurer: W. B. POOLE. tbon. Secretary: WALTER RUTT, C.E. Members of Council: EK. ASHBY. R. H. PULLEINE, M.B. SAMUEL DIXON. PROF. T. G. B. OSEOERN, O1Sc: PROF. R. W. CHAPMAN, M.A., B.C.E. W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor). Auditors: W. L. WARE, J.P. H. WHITBREAD. Vil. Sroiny) ey ns, om. Ossorn, Pror. T. G. B.: A Note on the Occurrence and Method of Paohiation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata. Plates i. to iii. Dopp, AtAn P.: Australian Hymenoptera: Proctotrypoidea, No. 4 sia 2 ot “e Wueeter, W. M.: Prodiscothyrea, a New Genus of Ponerine Ants from Queensland. Plate iv. ee a a AsuwortH, J. H.: On the Occurrence of Arenicola loveni, Kinberg, on the Coast of South Australia 30 LeigH-SHARPE, W. Harotp: A New aroves of Leech from South Australia - Buack, J. M.: Additions to ri ae of South Australia, No. 9. Plates v. to viii. Carter, H. J.: Revision of the eae Se pe eu Descriptions of some New cg! ane of Eh as Plates and x. at i Lea, A. M.: Notes on the Lord Howe Island piven, dae on an Associated Longicorn Beetle. Plates xi. to xvii. Erueriver, R.: Hyalostelia australis, the Anchoring Spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge from the Oneeiae peas of the MacDonnell Ranges. Plate xviii. : Mawson, Dr. D.: Auroral Observations at the Cape Royd Station, Antarctica. Plates xix. and xx. ... ~Wueeter, W. M.: The Australian Ants of ths Genus Aphaenogaster, Mayr. Plates xxi. and xxi, om? Banks, N.: Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and Ant-nests. Plates xxiii. to xxx. Lower. Oswatp B.: The i ane dali of Broken Hill, New South Wales.—Part IT. Howcnin, Watter: Notes on a High-lovel —- oe a Fossiliferous Bed of Upper Cainozoic ner in the ps3 bourhood of the Murray Plains Mawson, Dr. D.: Mineral Notes. Plate xxxi. Cooke, Dr. W. T.: Chemical Notes on Davidite wt Srantey, E. R.: A Noteworthy Occurrence of Biotite Mica Lea, A. M.: Notes on some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Species. Plates xxxii. to xxxix. McCuttocn, Attan R., and Enear R. Warre: Additions to the Fish-fauna of Lord Howe Island. Plates xe te RN a Hale Sate-teisel-Hisuse Sn Page. 267 268 272 437 Vill. Waite, Kyear R.: A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and Indication of their Range to Lord Howe Island, Kermadec Island, Australia, and New Zealand. Plates xliv,. 10 x)v7. Buack, J. M.: Additions: ¢ to the Fakes of South Australia, No. 10. Plates xlvii. and xlviii. Bagzr, BR. T.,' and HH. G.. Sure: A iseseak on the Eucaly pts of South Australia and their Essential Oils. Plates xlix. to lil. ; Turner, A. JrEFFERIS: New Australian Lepidoptera of the Family Tortricidae Lower, Oswatp B.: Descriptions. of New aa cali al Bere Lepidoptera Howcuin, Water: The Geacee of ‘Seen ‘Ramateestel with Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Thiele. Plates liii. and liv. as ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ANNUAL REPORT BALANCE-SHEETS Donations TO LIBRARY List or MEMBERS APPENDICES— Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc. Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee Malacological Section: Annual Report, ete. INDEX 627 THE Transactions OF The Royal Society of South Australia. Vol. XL. A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE AND METHOD OF FORMATION OF THE RESIN (YACCA GUM) IN XANTHORRHOEA QUADRANGULATA. By Professor T. G. B. Osporn, M.Sc. [Read April 13, 1916.] Pirates {[. tro Lil. References to the utilization of the resin of Xanthorrhoea species (the Australian “Grass Tree’’), commonly known as “Yacca Gum,’’ as a source of picric acid, in addition to its value as a varnish, are to be found in various encyclopaedic works.” In September last the Faculty of Science of the University of Adelaide was asked by the Hon. the Minister of Agriculture to investigate the matter further, with, amongst other things, a view to the more profitable working of the natural supplies existing in parts of this State, especially on Kangaroo Island. The majority of the questions asked were upon chemical points, but some referred to the possibility of methods of harvesting the resin other than that at present in vogue, which involves a destruction of the grass trees. It was necessary, therefore, to enquire into the way in which the resin is formed by the plant, but upon consulting the literature available (2) no definite information could be obtained. An examination of specimens of one of the species, Aanthorrhoea quadrangulata, was made, and the method of (1) Watts: ‘‘Dictionary of Chemistry’; Maiden, J. H.: ‘‘The Useful Native Plants of Australia,’’ p. 231, 1889. (2)1 have not been able to consult—Tschirch: ‘‘Angewandte Pflanzenanatomie”’ ; Wiesner: ‘‘Die Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreiches.’’ B 2 formation of the resin was observed to be peculiar, nor could references to a similar method be found in such literature as it was possible to consult. Since the points raised are of some interest, the pre- liminary results are presented here. It is hoped at a later date to publish more fully upon these and other points of morphological interest concerning the genus. EXTERNAL APPEARANCE OF THE> PLANT. The plant of XY. quadrangulata examined was a compara- tively small specimen with a stem some 24 cm. high. As will be seen from pl. 1., fig. 1, numerous adventitious roots arose from the base of the stem; above them, in the portion of the stem buried in the ground, the external covering for a height of some 4-6 cm. was an apparently homogeneous layer of resin, about 1 cm. thick, the external diameter of the stem in this region being 145 cm. Proceeding upwards the stem was covered by closely-set leaf bases, the apices of which were charred by fire; these increased the external diameter to some 22 cm. Still higher up the leaf bases bore the full length of lamina of the wirelike form well known in this species; the laminas, however, were all dead and strongly reflexed (they are cut off in pl. 1., fig. 1). The crown of functioning folage was composed of a very large number of leaves arranged in a dense spiral. In the centre of the crown the leaves stood erect, shielding the younger ones at the growing apex. Below they made an angle of 15° to 30° with the perpendicular, falling outwards towards their apices in a graceful curve. MACROSCOPIC STRUCTURE OF THE STEM. The stem was cut with a saw into three transverse sec- tions—one immediately above the roots, a second 4 cm. above this (pl. u., fig. 1); the third was some 5 cm. thick and passed through the lower part of the region covered with leaf bases (pl. u., fig. 2). The remainder of the trunk was split vertically as nearly as possible along a diameter (pl. 1., fig. 2). The stem is seen (pl. i., fig. 2) to consist of a column of ground tissue through which the vascular bundles to the leaves run. The growing apex is slightly depressed. The youngest leaves can be seen at the centre of the depression ; passing outwards from this point they rapidly elongate till at the shoulder of the depression they stand erect. Progress- ing from this point downwards they gradually become hori- zontal and finally strongly reflexed. Ultimately the distal ends of the leaf bases take on a strong hyponastic curvature, 3 so that the trunk is invested in an armour of leaf bases each bearing its downwardly-directed leaf blade, more or less of which is ultimately broken off by accident or burnt away by fire. The downwardly-directed leaf bases are well shown in pl. i., fig. 2, where they are viewed from above, cut obliquely in the transverse section of the stem. The course of the leaf bundles within the stem offers points of morphological interest, but they are not germane to the questions at issue. The individual leaf is seen to have a long terete blade some 75 cm. in length and only 125 mm. in cross section, which is almost square. At the proximal end it passes into an enlarged leaf base, expanded laterally into wings. The base is some 5 cm. long and about 1°4 cm. in its greatest width, while the thickness is at most about 4 mm. (text fig. 1). In sec- tion it has a horizontally elongated diamond shape, but at the proxi- mal end the wings become much thinner, almost membranous. The leaf is at first attached by the whole base, but as it gets older the wings become free from the stem cortex, as will be seen below. When young the leaf base is whitish-yellow and has a highly- polished appearance, being slightly Front and side view of Viscid tothe touch. As it becomes leaf base of Xanthorrhoea older the colour is more yellowish quadrangulata showing and small flakes of resin appear wings and marked hypo- upon it. When old the leaf base nastic curvature of the Acad sbscs, x1, becomes very hard and tough, loses é its sheen, and takes on a brown colour, often being coated with resin. The leaf bases remain living for a much longer period than the laminas, probably for several years, but by the time they have attained a horizontal position with regard to the trunk they are dry and dead. The longitudinal section of the stem (pl. i., fig. 2) is instructive, for it shows that the quantity of resin accompany- ing the leaf bases increases as one passes basipetally down the stem. This appearance, coupled with certain other observa- tions, leads at first to the conclusion that the resin was secreted by the leaf bases themselves. If the figure be carefully examined there is seen to be a denser layer of tissue immediately below the periphery of the stem. This is shown B2 mn i l} Mao. 1: VYYZZZAAELEL @YolsTa? ned a ee ik cn Gs of 1 ' ie Hf it TH iN t : th a tay M : j HUT? in it iN i it HU MODNREL TT] tL ab HT iu LO Hf fl rh a ft UY ie : tl t i He ED, lea a4 saseses=== See ce aes as aa ea TED, BESS AEs Segum ips Bigg. PLT yo ee es i Tes Diagrammatic transverse section of stem extending from region of meristem outwards to the resin layer. For further description see accompanying text. + most clearly at A, and is seen in greater detail in pl. iii., fig. 1. A similar tissue was observed in all sections of the stem, even those near to the base (see pl. iii., fig. 2, which is a portion of pl. 11., fig. 1, enlarged). Microscopic STRUCTURE. A microscopical examination of the leaf base shows that it is bounded by layers of cellulose fibres. The epidermis is strongly sclerized except for occa- sional thin-walled cells, which show large granular nuclei. Except for these cells there is no tissue of a glandular nature in the leaf base, and even if these cells be unicellular epidermal glands it is very doubtful if they could secrete the quantity of resin found about the stems, especially when it is remembered that at the lower end of the stem the leaf bases are dead and even decayed away, while it is there the resin sheath is thickest. A careful examination of the peri- pheral region of the stem was therefore made, this region having shown, as mentioned above, a point of special in- terest. Text fig. 2 represents a trans- verse section of the outer layers of the stem taken near the base. Below the investing layer of resin are several layers of parenchyma cells showing large granular nuclei. Still deeper is a wide parenchymatous region contain- ing numerous cells with raphides. This region passes into a broad zone of cambium cells, which is succeeded internally by the ground parenchyma of the stem through which the vascular bundles run. The development of secondary meri- stems is rarein monocotyledonous plants, but it 1s found in a few genera of the Liliaceae, to which family Xanthor- rhoea belongs. In these cases the a) cambium is concerned with the formation of new vascular bundles. It has clearly no such function here. Certain monocotyledons also develop a peripheral cork cambium, but the meristem tissue in Yanthorrhoea cannot have that function since there is a zone of living tissue outside it, nor does any part of the stem yield the characteristic reactions of suberin. The purpose of the meristem seems, therefore, to be to add to the cortical cells lying outside it. But the cortical zone does not increase appreciably in thickness as the stem gets older. If, then, the cambium adds to it on the inside, it is clear that cells must be sloughed on the outside. A careful examination of the outermost region of the cortex, at the point at which it abuts on the resin zone, shows that the layer of delimitation is irregular. The cortex cells here have large granular nuclei and have every appearance of secretory cells. In many cases they show large amounts of plastic contents, the nature of which could not be determined. There is no recognisable epidermis to be seen. Text fig. 3 is a camera lucida drawing of a portion of this region, and shows that the cells are not only in contiguity with the resin along an irregular line, but that similar cellular structure to the outer cortex cells can be discerned embedded in the resin. The inference, therefore, is that the resin is formed chiefly as an intra-cellular secretion of the peripheral cells of the stem which are thus cut off. The cortex, however, is replenished by the activity of the cambium mentioned above, so that it does not diminish in thickness. Physiologically, the resin may serve to cement the persistent leaf bases together so protecting the stem from injury, the persistent armour of leaf bases taking the place of the bark of most plants. Even if the leaf bases decay away there is left a layer of resin, as at the base of the trunk investigated, protecting the living parenchyma of the outer cortex. EXAMINATION OF THE RESIN RESIDUES. It is well known that the resin is completely soluble in alcohol, also in KOH solution. If, however, it is formed as an intracellular secretion the walls of the cells themselves should be found in the resin and left as a residue when the latter passes into solution. A large number of fragments of apparently pure resin from different parts of the plant were examined as follows. The resin was removed as completely as possible with absolute alcohol and the residue examined in cedar-wood oil. In the majority of cases the resin gave a residue that showed fragments of cellular tissue similar in Sc \ Vat \\\" v's \ ‘ \ \\ At \ : \\‘ \ i 75MM igs 3: Transverse section of stem showing peripheral cells of cortex with their enlarged nuclei. The irregular abutment of cortex on the resin layer is shown, also several cells similar to those of cortex embedded in the resin. i Camera lucid outlines from a section through fresh material. 7 appearance to that of the outermost layers of the cortex. In one experiment a fragment some 1 x 1 x ‘5 cm. from the investing layer of resin near the base of the trunk was treated with alcohol and all the resin removed. The residue was a solid mass of cellular structure the size and shape of the original fragment. Many of the thin flakes of resin to be found between the leaf bases in the upper region of the stem also showed fragments of cellular structure. A small feature of additional interest has been found in examining these residues. In many cases, in addition to the cortical cells of the stem, there was present a greater or less amount of a thin septate fungus mycilium. No sign of spores or fructification has been noted, but it appears as if the fungus was saprophytic upon the dead leaf bases or even upon the cells occluded in the resin. In further confirmation of the hypothesis that the resin is, In the main, an intracellular secretion of the cortical cells of the stem, a number of fragments of Kangaroo Island grass tree (Y. Tater) “‘gum,’’ from a commercial source, was selected for examination. It was quickly recognized that amongst the fragments were two kinds, differing in appearance. The resin in some cases was clear and translucent, in the other it appeared much denser, almost opaque, when held up to the ght. The residues of samples of each kind were examined as above. The transiucent resin showed many cells similar to those found in the resin of Y. quadrangulata. The denser resin also showed a few such cells, but in this case the bulk of the residue was a mass of almost pure fungus hyphae. CONCLUSIONS. The resin of Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata is an intra- cellular secretion, principally of the peripheral cortical cells of the stem. The resin so formed is moulded by pressure between the persistent leaf bases clothing the stem, and, at sun heat becoming viscous, flows to a certain extent, destroying the original cellular matrix, but still retaining fragments, as can be seen by an examination of the residues of alcoholic solutions of the “gum.” It follows, therefore, that there is little hkelihood of any method of collecting the resin other than by destroying the tree. Any method of stripping the trunk, assuming one could be devised that should be commercially possible, must kill the plant, since it would expose unprotected parenchyma tissues to the atmosphere and open the way for fungal and animal attacks. 8 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Pratt I. Hig. 1. Photograph of a plant of X. quadrangulata. Numerous adventitious roots are noticeable. Above them a region of stem protected only by a resin sheath. Then follows a zone protected by the persistent leaf bases, the ends of which were charred by fire- Above this again the laminas of the leaves were persistent, though dry and dead; since they were pendent owing to the strong reflexion of their bases they were cut away to expose the trunk. The leaves remaining were all green and eoied Diameter of trunk immediately above roots, 14 em. Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of trunk at apex. The increasing accumulation of resin at the leaf bases is noticeable as one descends the trunk, particularly on the right hand side. At‘A the cambium zone in the cortex is clearly seen. Pirate IT. Fig. 1. Transverse section of trunk about 4 cm. above the point of emergence of the uppermost roots, in the region of the stem protected by the resin layer only. The majority of the leaf traces are cut transversely ; a few can be seen passing out through the stem, simulating the appearance of medullary rays. The cambium zone and cortex is best seen on the left of the figure at the bottom. Diameter of the stem, about 15 cm. Fig. 2. Transverse section of stem at a point some 5 cm. above that shown in the previous figure, passing through the region pro- tected by the downward-projecting leaf bases at the top of the figure. These are seen cut in oblique section and cemented together by resin. Diameter of section (stem and leaf bases), about 20 em. N.B.—Figs. 1 and 2 of this plate are photographed on different scales. The diameter of the stem in each case is approximately the same—about 12 cm. Prate LIT. Fig. 1. Portion of longitudinal section shown at A, pl. i., fig. 2, photographed on a larger scale. The leaf traces in the ground tissue of the stem, the cambium, and cortex are clearly shown. The ruddy brown of the resin shows almost black in con- trast to the white of the cortex at the proximal ends of the leaf bases. xd, Fig. 2. Portion of section shown in pl. ii., fig. 1, photographed on a larger scale. The resin sheath with its irregular abutment on the cortex is clearly seen. The ends of several leaf traces will be noticed, though the leaves themselves and leaf bases have long rotted away. The cambium is best seen at C. AUSTRALIAN HYMENOPTERA: PROCTOTRYPOIDEA. No. 4. ; By Awan P. Dopp. [Read May 11, 1916.] Family PLATYGASTERIDAE. DoLicnorryPes, Crawford and Bradley. A peculiar genus, formerly containing only the type species, D. hopkinsi, Craw. and Brad., from North America. DoLICHOTRYPES IDARNIFORMIS, Nl. Sp. 2. Coal-black; coxae concolorous, the legs reddish- yellow, the femora and apical half of posterior tibiae dusky ; antennal scape red, suffused dusky at apex, the pedicel and funicle joints a little suffused with red. Head transverse ; with fine, dense, raised, polygonal reticulation; eyes large, bare; ocelli rather wide apart, the lateral ones somewhat nearer to the eye margins than to the median ocellus. ‘Thorax convex dorsad; the pronotum and mesonotum with sculpture similar to that of the head; scutum long, distinctly longer than greatest width, the parapsidal furrows delicate, approaching each other caudad, not quite attaining anterior margin; scutellum convex, with a short blunt tubercle or projection caudad, with silvery pubescence. Abdomen composed of five visible segments ; segments 4-6 forming a long linear stylus, longer than rest of body, the sixth some- what longer than fifth, which is longer than the fourth ; second (first body) segment and third convex above and below, stout; second smooth and shining, about one-third longer than wide, the third transverse, 3-6 with fine surface sculpture. Legs slender; tarsi 5-jointed; proximal joint of posterior tarsi almost as long as other four united. Forewings long, broad, the apical margin broadly rounded: hyaline; marginal cilia absent, the discal cilia practically so ; wholly without venation. Antennae 10-jointed ; scape long and slender; pedicel longer and a little wider than funicle joints, over twice as long as wide; first funicle joint small, one-half longer than wide; second distinctly longer: third shorter than second, as long or slightly longer than first ; fourth slightly longer than wide; club abrupt, 4-jointed, the joints fully as long as wide, the first very slightly the longest. Length, to apex of -stylus, 2°75 mm.; to base of stylus, 1°20 mm. 10 //ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female or foliage of sugarcane, June, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5403, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide. POLYGNOTUS AUSTRALIS, Nn. sp. @. Shining-black ; coxae concolorous, the legs otherwise bright golden-yellow, also the antennal scape, the pedicel and funicle joints a little suffused dusky, the club brown ; femora and tibiae shghtly dusky in centre. Head transverse, as wide or slightly wider than the thorax; occiput finely circularly striate ; viewed from in front the head is distinctly wider than long ; frons with exceedingly fine, dull surface sculpture ; eyes large, bare. Thorax convex dorsad; scutum a little longer than greatest width, with fine, dense, polygonal, scaly sculpture ; parapsidal furrows delicate but complete ; scutellum circular, well separated from the scutum, smooth except for sparse whitish pubescence; metanotum very short at meson ; thorax stout. Abdomen oval; widest near posterior margin of second segment; from lateral aspect somewhat convex above, less so beneath; first segment about twice as wide as long, strongly striate; second occupying about one-half of surface, finely striate for basal half, the apical half alutaceous. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; hyaline; broad ; discal cilia fine and sparse. Antennae 10-jointed; scape long and moderately stout; pedicel one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint very small, distinctly narrower than preceding or succeeding joint, cupuliform, as long as wide; second and third a little longer than wide; club 5-jointed, somewhat wider than funicle, joints 1-4 somewhat longer than wide, the fifth longer, the first cupuliform. Length, 1 mm. d. Like the female, but flagellar joints all darker, club not distinct, the second and third funicle joints not distinctly narrower, and the first club joint not cupuliform. Hlab.—Northern Territory: Darwin. Many specimens of either sex, labelled “Bred from galls on buds of Careya australis, 17/10 /44°G) Waal Type.—I. 5404, South Australian Museum. Two females: on a tag, a male and female on a slide. SACTOGASTER SACCHARALIS, Nn. sp. Q. Shining-black: coxae and hind femora and tibiae dusky-black, other femora and tibiae slightly dusky, the rest of the legs bright golden-yellow, also antennal scape, the funicle dusky, the pedicel and club black. Head very transverse ; ocelli rather far apart, the lateral pair separated from the eye margins by more than their own width; with fine, very it dense polygonal, scaly sculpture. Pronotum and scutum with similar sculpture to the head; scutum distinctly longer than its greatest width ; parapsidal furrows feeble, hardly discern- ible, approaching rather close together posteriorly ; scutellum rather short, produced into a thorn at apex, this not as long as body of scutellum, covered with short, dense, silvery pubescence, without sculpture. Abdomen, viewed from above, as long or slightly longer than the thorax, the second segment . smooth and occupying over one-half of surface, the remainder with fine sculpture and narrowed, the third shortest ; viewed from the side, the second segment is deeply inflated ventrad, the rest very thin and curved somewhat downwards. Tarsi 5-jointed ; basal joint of posterior tarsi over twice length of second. Forewings reaching somewhat beyond apex of abdomen ; moderately broad; hyaline; discal cilia very fine, ~ not very dense; without venation. Antennae 10-jointed ; scape as long as pedicel and funicle joints united; pedicel one-half longer than wide; funicle joints narrower, the first and third almost subequal, no longer than wide, the second twice as long, the fourth wider than long; club distinct, 4-jointed, first joint rather small, 1-3 distinctly wider than long. Length, 1 mm. — Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Frequently taken on leaves of sugarcane. Type.—l. 5405, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, a female on a slide. Family BELYTIDAE. ACLISTOIDES, n. g. Q. Head transverse; the eyes large, bare. Pronotum distinctly visible, its latero-anterior angles acute; parapsidal furrows deep and distinct anteriorly, vanishing posteriorly ; scutellum with a very large, deep, circular fovea at base; metanotum pilose, without teeth or spines. Petiole long and slender, several times as long as wide, its dorsum faintly carinate ; convex above from lateral aspect ; body of abdomen in three portions, caused by segment 3 (second body segment) being retracted at base and apex and 4 retracted at base, the three portions consisting of segments 2 (first body seg- ment), 3, and 4-7 respectively ; 4-7 appearing as one through their delimiting sutures being very faint; 2 one-half longer than petiole; 3 about one-third length of petiole, somewhat wider than long; 4 one-third longer than 3; 5 and 6 very short; 7 conical, a little shorter than 4. Legs normal, slender, the femora clavate. Forewings normal, ample; marginal vein long, less than one-third length of submarginal, 12 the stigmal short, perpendicular; no radial cell; basal vein a distinct brown line, the median and recurrent very faint ones. Hindwings without a closed cell. Antennae 15-jointed , scape slender; flagellum without a distinct club, the apical joints feebly thickened. The structure of the abdominal segments, in conjunction with the wing venation, readily separates the genus. Allied . with Stylachsta, Dodd, but differs in the form of the | abdomen. T'ype.—The following species. ACLISTOIDES RETRACTUS, Nn. sp. Q. Black, the apical abdominal segment ferruginous ; coxae fuscous, the legs brownish-yellow, the femora and posterior tibiae more or less dusky; antennae black, the apical joint pale lemon-yellow. Head, scutum, and scutellum smooth, shining, also the abdomen, the segments after 2 with scattered, long, fine setae. Forewings long and broad ; sub- hyaline; discal cilia coarse and dense; venation fuscous; stigmal vein boot-shaped, with the apex pointing distad. Scape slender, barely as long as the three following joints: united ; pedicel nearly twice as long as wide: first funicle joint one-half longer than pedicel, second about as long as pedicel, the others shortening, the penultimate as wide as long, the last joint almost twice as long as preceding. Length, 2°50 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, low-- land jungle, October, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5406, South Australian Museum. A-~ female. on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. PANTOLYTOIDEA PSEUDOCLAVATA, Nn. Sp. Q. Black, the thorax and petiole very deep-red; legs golden-yellow; first seven antennal joints red, the next five black, the last three contrasting intense lemon-yellow. With the general structure of the other species of the genus. Head much more transverse than in the other species ; perpendicular from ocelli to antennal prominence, the latter thus much less distinct from dorsal aspect. Abdomen rather more than twice as long as greatest width. Forewings uniformly lightly infuscate ; stigmal vein fully one-half as long as the marginal. Antennae without a distinct club, the last eight joints only slightly thickened ; pedicel twice as long as wide; first funicle joint much longer, four times as long as wide, 2-5 shortening, the fifth not twice as long as wide; 6-12 very gradually shortening, the twelfth quadrate. Length, 2°40 mm. 13 Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Two females, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5407, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. PANTOLYTOIDEA BIFOVEATA, N. Sp. @. Dull-black; legs wholly bright reddish-yellow ; antennal scape black, pedicel and funicle red, club black. Head rather transverse, as in pséwdoclavata. Scutellum at base with two circular foveae. Petiole one-half longer than wide, carinate, its sides straight or nearly so; body of abdomen wider than thorax; about as long as head and thorax united ; faintly depressed at extreme base, with a short median carina and shorter lateral ones; twice as long as its greatest width; apical segment shorter than two preceding united. Marginal vein quadrate or nearly so, somewhat shorter than the stigmal. Pedicel one-half longer than wide, the funicle joints narrower, first one-half longer than wide, the others shortening, 5-7 distinctly wider than long; club 6-jointed, first joint narrower than others, 1-5 much wider than long, the last joint as long as two preceding united. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland. Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5408, South Australian Museum. A _ female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. The two foveae at base of scutellum readily distinguish the species. Family DIAPRITDAE. TRICHOPRIA GIRAULTI, n. sp. “ 2. Brownish-black, the petiole, legs, and antennae (except the club) reddish-yellow ; antennal club black. Head normal, subglobose; with a few scattered setae. Thorax normal ; scutellum at base with one shallow fovea, without a median carina; metanotum with a subacute triangular raised scale medially at base. Petiole one-half longer than wide, carinate, and with distinct pubescence; body of abdomen raised from petiole, stout, pointed conic-ovate, the second segment fully twice as long as following united. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen: moderately broad; subhyaline ; marginal cilia long, the longest equal to one-fourth greatest wing width; venation terminating in a triangular marginal vein at one-third wing length. Antennae 12-jointed; scape slender; pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first thrice as long as wide, 2-5 almost subequal, about twice as long as wide; club 5-jointed, 14 first joint narrower than others, a little longer than wide, 2-4 a little wider than long, the fifth one-half longer than wide. Length, 1°75 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.”’ ' Lype.—I1. 5409, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. TRICHOPRIA QUADRATA, Nn. sp. Q. Dull-black; the tegulae, petiole, all of legs, and antennae (except the club) reddish-yellow. Head, dorsal aspect, quadrate, as long as wide; ocelli situated at half its length; eyes rather small, situated far forward and almost against antennal prominence. Thorax normal; scutellum without a median carina, at base with a large shallow fovea. Petiole not much longer than wide; body of abdomen well raised from petiole, rounded posteriorly, the second segment over thrice as long as following united. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad; subhyaline; marginal cilia rather long; venation yellow. Antennae 12-jointed ; pedicel barely twice as long as wide; first funicle joint hardly narrower, fully twice as long as wide; second a little longer than wide, the sixth slightly wider than long; club abrupt, 4-jointed, joints 1-3 about subequal, a little wider than long, the fourth one-half longer than wide. Length, 1°75 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Muswellbrook. One female, labelled “Sweeping native flora in park, October 26, 1914, Ay A Girault.” Type.—-I. 5410, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. PHAENOPRIA GLOBICEPS, nl. sp. Q. Black, the antennae concolorous; legs dusky-black, the trochanters, base and apex of the tibiae, and the tarsi golden-yellow. Head, dorsal aspect, globular, as long as wide ; eyes situated far forward and almost against antennal prominence. Thorax slender, twice as long as greatest width ; smooth and shining; scutellum very gently convex, without a median carina, somewhat depressed at base but without a basal fovea; metanotum without a raised scale at base. Petiole no longer than wide, pubescent; body of abdomen slender, a little longer than thorax, pointed conic-ovate, the second segment twice as long as the following united. Fore- wings attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad ; hyaline ; venation dark, terminating in a triangular marginal vein at basal third of wing. Antennae 12-jointed; scape slender; 15 pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints narrower, the first twice as long as wide, the others gradually shortening, the seventh as long as wide; club abrupt, 3-jointed, first joint as long as wide, the second a little wider than long, the third twice as long as preceding. Length, 1°50 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.”’ Type.—l. 5411, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. Boturiopria, Kieffer. Synonym, Polypria, Dodd: Ante, 1915, p. 410. The finding of the species connectens reduces the genus Polypria to synonymy with Bothriopria, and the type species, nigriventris, Dodd, must be considered as merely a diverse form of the latter genus. BoTHRIOPRIA CONNECTENS, n. sp. Q. Like nigriventris, but the legs wholly golden- yellow; thorax brighter reddish, the metathorax and venter black; penultimate antennal joint not yellowish; vertex of head smooth except for a very few rather large punctures far laterad; medium lobe of scutum without depressions, the lateral lobes plainly depressed ; foveae of scutellum less large ; pedicel a little longer and wider than first funicle joint; blotch beneath marginal vein very indistinct. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5412, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide. BOTHRIOPRIA NIGERRIMA, Nn. sp. ¢. Black; antennae wholly concolorous: legs concolor- ous, the base and apex of trochanters, apex of tibiae, most of anterior tibiae, and anterior tarsi, ferruginous, the other tarsi suffused reddish. Head normal; smooth, with a very few scattered setae. Scutum without depressions, the parap- sidal furrows distinct and complete, with several small setigerous punctures on either side; scutellum with two large oval foveae at base, situated rather obliquely to each other, the lateral foveae narrow and obscure, the posterior margin foveate ; metanotum rugose, with a plain median carina, the posterior margin concave. Petiole one-third longer than wide, with several strong carinae dorsad; body of abdomen no longer than thorax, rounded posteriorly, the second segment 16 nearly thrice as long as the following united. Forewings long and broad ; subhyaline ; venation fuscous ; marginal vein stout, barely twice as long as wide, the stigmal shorter, the basal well-marked, the median hardly indicated. Scape normal ; pedicel] twice as long as wide; first funicle joints somewhat narrower, somewhat over twice as long as wide, the second and third subequal, a third longer than wide, the fifth a little wider than long; club not differentiated, hardly wider than funicle, the joints (except the last) a little wider than long. Length, 3 mm. Hab.--New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.” Type.—I. 5413, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide. Nearest to victoriae, Dodd, but the legs are darker, the metanotum does not bear a raised scale at base, and the foveae at base of scutellum are situated obliquely to each other. SPILOMICRUS GRACILIS, Dodd. One female, jungle, 1,200 feet, Cairns district, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Family CERAPHRONIDAE. CERAPHRON ERYTHROTHORAX, Nh. Sp. ©. Of stout form. Head and abdomen black; thorax rich ochreous, the sides and venter more or less blackish, also centre of scutellum posteriorly ; legs golden-yellow, the intermediate coxae darker: antennae black, the scape yellow at base. Vertex of head rather broad; eyes large, pubescent ; face well depressed for its entire length, with a few transverse obscure rugae; head otherwise smooth, except for scattered setae. Thorax stout, its dorsum somewhat convex; without sculpture, but with whitish pubescence, this very sparse in centre of scutellum; median groove of scutellum distinct; scutellum plainly longer than wide; post-scutellum with a distinct blunt central spine or tooth; latero-posterior angles of metanotum with blunt prominences. Abdomen stout, broad ; no longer than head and thorax united; acute and upturned at apex; with a few striae at base, smooth for the rest ; second segment occupying most of surface. Forewings long; broad, rather broadly rounded at apex; a little infus- cate; discal cilia very dense, fine; venation yellowish ; marginal vein barely one-fourth as long as the long stigmal, the latter curved, its apex distant from the costa by nearly 17 one-fourth its own length. Antennal scape rather stout, nearly as long as next three joints combined ; pedicel fully twice as long as wide; the first funicle joint one-half longer than pedicel, the second a little shorter than pedicel, the fourth as wide as long, the fifth rather abruptly larger than fourth, 5-7 as long or a little longer than wide, the last joint nearly twice as long as wide. Length, 1°70 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5414, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide. A striking and distinct species. CERAPHRON PULCHER, Dodd. A female, which could not be distinguished from this species, was captured by sweeping on edge of jungle, 1,200 feet, Cairns district, February, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). MEGASPILUS SCABRICEPS, N. sp. Q. Of stout form. Golden-brown, the abdomen a little dusky; eyes and ocelli black: antennal scape yellow, the pedicel suffused with yellow, the rest dark fuscous. Head transverse, as wide or slightly wider than the thorax; finely rugulose or scabrous; eyes not large, pubescent; ocelli very close together; mandibles large, bidentate, the outer tooth long. Thorax stout; median and parapsidal furrows of scutum complete and distinct: scutum with scattered setiger- ous pin-punctures, the median lobe appearing faintly . alutaceous, the parapsides shining; scutellum longer than wide, smooth, impunctate ; post-scutellum with a stout spine. Abdomen no longer or wider than the thorax; not twice as long as greatest width; the apex upturned; second segment occupying slightly over half of surface, striate at base, smooth for the rest; remaining segments with fine scattered pubescence. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; very broad; rather deeply infuscate; stigma semicircular, the stigmal vein nearly twice its length. Scape moderately stout ; pedicel one-third longer than greatest width; first funicle joint rather longer and wider, cupuliform, one-third longer than greatest width; 2-8 almost subequal, nearly twice as wide as long, the last joint nearly twice as long as wide. Length, 1°75 mm. /H1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,700 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5415, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. 18 CoNOSTIGMUS UNILINEATUS, Dodd. Lygocerus unilineatus, Dodd: Ante, 1915, p. 452. Two females, three males, jungle, 1,300 feet, Cairns district, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Foveae near base of abdomen subobsolete in all these specimens. ¢. Antennae black, the scape and pedicel golden- yellow; scape rather stout ; pedicel short and stout; funicle joints long and slender, the first longest, a little shorter than the scape, the others very slightly shortening toward apex. LyGocerwus, Foerster. It would seem that this genus can be separated from Conostigmus, Dahlbom, only by the male antennal characters, and that the females cannot be distinguished. The discovery of the male of wnilineatus proved that species to belong to. Conostigmus, and it is probable that the other Australian species of Lygocerus founded on female specimens—namely, splendidus, Dodd, aterrimus, Dodd, and albovarius, Dodd— should be referred to the former genus. Whether the two genera should be regarded as separate is questionable. Family , BETHYLIDAE. EUPSENELLA DIEMENENSIS, 0. sp. Q. Shining-black; the coxae and femora concolorous, the tibiae and tarsi deep ferruginous ; antennae wholly yellow, somewhat suffused dusky. Head a little wider than long, dorsal aspect; eyes large, bare. Pronotum a little longer than the scutum; scutum with complete parapsidal furrows, the lateral lobes with a fine longitudinal groove that fails anteriorly; scutellum as long as the scutum, without an impression at base: head, pronotum, scutum, and scutellum with fine, impressed, polygonal, scaly sculpture, the scutellum with also a very few scattered pin-punctures ; metanotum not twice as long as the scutellum, finely transversely rugose and with a median carina. Abdomen as long as the thorax, smooth, or nearly so. Anterior femora distinctly swollen. Forewings long and broad; faintly infuscate; venation deep- brown ; two closed basal veins; areole rather small, but plainly longer than wide ; cubital cell one-half longer than the closed radial, which is nearly twice as long as the stigma; radial vein somewhat recurved. Antennae 13-jointed; scape stout, about twice as long and as wide as the pedicel; pedicel as long as first funicle joint, which is two-thirds longer than its createst width, the others very gradually shortening, the penultimate a little longer than wide, the ultimate as long as the first. Length, 3°40 mm. i9 Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea, unique). Type.—I. 5416, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, head and forewings on a slide. GONIOZUS GIRAULTI, n. sp. Q. Black; coxae and femora deep-brown, the tibiae and- tarsi testaceous; antennae wholly testaceous. Head, dorsal aspect, a little wider than long; eyes bare. Head, pronotum, scutum, and scutellum with fine polygonal scaly reticulation ; pronotum distinctly longer than the scutum, the latter without parapsidal furrows, but rather far laterally with a fine carina that runs from posterior margin for two- thirds its length; scutellum with an impressed line at base, at either latero-anterior angle with a small fovea; metanotum rather long, finely obliquely reticulate in raised lines, the median line of the sclerite smooth and shining. Abdomen no longer than the thorax, smooth or nearly so. Anterior femora much swollen. Forewings ample; faintly infuscate; venation yellow, the stigma and prostigma brown; stigmal vein long, twice as long as the stigma, _hardly curved ; basal vein not straight, angled at one- third it8 length, the posterior portion directed obliquely backwards, and thus the anterior margin of the median cell is distinctly longer than its posterior margii; basal vein’ at angle with a distal branch which is about half as long as itself; basal vein joining the pro- stigma. Antennae 13-jointed: scape .stout, twice as long as the pedicel, which is as long as the second funicle joint, one- half longer than wide, a little longer than the first, the third subequal to the second, the others gradually shortening, the penultimate a little longer than wide, the ultimate about as long as the sixth. Length, 3°40 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 feet. One female, jungle, December 30, 1911 (A. A. Girault). Type.—l. 5417, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae, head, and forewings on a slide. GONIOZUS GLABRISCUTELLUM, Nn. sp. 2. Black; the coxae concolorous, the femora a dark- brown, the tibiae and tarsi testaceous; antennal scape and apical seven joints fuscous, the rest clear testaceous. Head, dorsal aspect, as long as greatest width ; head, pronotum, and scutum with very obscure, polygonal, scaly sculpture, almost obsolete, and with scattered punctures; scutellum glabrous, and laterad with a very few scattered punctures ; scutum from posterior margin with a short abbreviated groove rather far 20 laterad ; scutellum at either latero-anterior angle with a narrow oblique fovea; metanotum finely obliquely reticulate in raised lines, with a triangular smooth mesal path at basal half, the -point of the triangle posteriorly, the triangle twice as long as width at base. Abdomen normal. Anterior femora much swollen. Forewings ample; hyaline; venation yellow, the prostigma and stigma dusky ; venation much as in girauilti. Pedicel hardly one-half longer than wide, rather less than half as long as the scape; first funicle joint distinctly longer than the pedicel, twice as long as the greatest width, the second distinctly shorter than the first, the remainder becoming smaller towards apex, the apical joint as long as the second but not as wide. Length, 3°30 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Longreach (A. M. Lea, unique). Type.—I. 5418, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewing on a slide. RHABDEPYRIS ERYTHROGASTER, Nn. Sp. Q. Black; the abdomen, except at base dorsad, bright orange-red ; coxae and femora dark-brown, the tibiae paler, the tarsi testaceous; antennae wholly deep-brown. Pronotum distinctly longer tham the scutum, with numerous scattered punctures and very faint, almost obsolete, surface reticula- tion; scutum finely subtransversely lineolated, and with scattered small punctures, the parapsidal furrows complete, the lateral lobes with a half-complete groove from posterior margin; scutellum with fine surface lineolation, with a few punctures laterad, and a deep-impressed transverse curved groove at base: metanotum with five longitudinal carinae, of which the median one attains the carinated posterior margin, the next pair nearly so, the outer pair distinctly not so, between these carinae strongly transversely lined, outside the carinae finely transversely lineolate. Abdomen a little longer than the thorax. Forewings ample; moderately deeply infuscate ; venation yellow-brown ; stigma rather small ; stigmal vein very long, as long as the costal; median and sub- median cells about subequal, the basal and transverse veins oblique, forming at their juncture an angle of about 90°; submedian and submarginal veins of equal length. Antennae 13-jointed ; scape fully twice as long as the pedicel ; pedicel and basal funicle joints cupuliform ; pedicel one-half longer than wide, slightly longer than second funicle joint, the first shorter and somewhat wider than long, the second longest, the remainder shortening, but all a httle longer than wide. Tarsal claws simple, or practically so. Length, 3°90 mm. //ab.—South Australia: Adelaide. One female on a card with an ant, Hetatomma, sp., collected by A. M. Lea. 2] Type.—I. 5419, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae, forewings, and two tibiae and tarsi on a slide. Family DRYINIDAE. PARADRYINUS SPECIOSUS, Nn. sp. 2. Mesothorax and metathorax black; head and pro- thorax clear-ochreous, the former dusky in centre of frons; neck of pronotum with a dusky-black patch on either side of meson, also a large blackish oblique patch on either side of meson of pronotum at about half its length; abdomen dark-brown; becoming ochreous toward apex; forelegs testaceous, the femora, tibiae, and basal tarsal joint suffused somewhat dusky: intermediate and posterior legs mostly dusky-black, the posterior coxae less so, the tarsi brownish, their first joint and second more or less, also base of their tibiae white; edge of clypeus white; antennae dusky, joints 1, 2, 6, and 7 testaceous. Head with rather strong surface rugosity. Pronotum subconcentrically rugose; the scutum, scutellum, and postscutellum more strongly longitudinally rugose, and with scattered fine whitish pubescence ; parapsidal furrows evident; postscutellum more than half length of scutellum ; the long anterior portion of metanotum strongly rugose-carinate, the posterior portion irregularly rugose. Abdomen smooth, impunctate. Forewings trifasciate, the third band as long as the first and with its proximal margin straight. Length, 5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5420, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag. Very similar to koebele:, Perkins, with which species it may be identical, but Perkins says for that species : —‘‘Pro- podeum reticulately rugose; third band of wing with its inner margin oblique.’’ The colour of the mesothorax and metathorax is very intense, and would hardly appear variable. PAaRADRYINUS ATERRIMUS, N. sp. Q. Jet-black; tip of abdomen ferruginous; scape suffused reddish, also anterior tarsi, the chelar claw pallid- yellow; mandibles somewhat suffused reddish, also inter- mediate femora centrally, anterior trochanters apically, and anterior femora slightly. Head, viewed from above, trans- verse; viewed from in front, triangular, barely wider than long; smooth, shining, with only scattered minute indefinite punctures; vertex straight from eye to eye; a carina runs from front ocellus to antennal depression; occipital cavity 22 distinctly margined on vertex and sides; maxillary palpi 6-jointed, extending back as far as hind margin of head beneath; labial palpi 3-jointed. Pronotum truncate at anterior margin, with irregular outline (lateral aspect), smooth and shining like the head, except for a meso-posterior hump which is densely irregularly striate; scutum and scutellum smooth and shining; parapsidal furrows wanting ; postscutellum about one-fourth as long as scutellum; meta- notum long, coarsely reticulately rugose. Abdomen smooth, shining, impunctate or nearly so. Forewings normal; tri- fasciate ; base of wing and a long apical portion, hyaline; first band longest, the se¢ond, which is at the basal vein, narrower; all bands dark. Scape two-thirds longer than pedicel; first funicle joint twice as long as second. First joint of anterior tarsi distinctly longer than fourth, the apical joint and chelar claw rather densely spinulose, the ante- apical tooth of the latter well-marked. Length, 6°50 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5421, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae, anterior tibiae and tarsi, and forewings on a slide. The absence of parapsidal furrows, the short post- scutellum, and the smooth head, prothorax, and mesothorax are distinctive. The two former characters suggest Veodryinus, Perkins, but the pronotum is not divided and the vertex of.the head is not concave. PSEUDOGONATOPUS DICHROMUS, Perkins. One female, on window, Cairns district, October, 1914 (Ase. Dodd): Family SCELIONIDAE. CacELLus, Ashmead. This genus is very similar to Jfacrotelera, Westwood. The females are readily enough distinguished by the presence of the bidentate spine on the metanotum; this character, however, is not present in the male, and hence the males -of the two genera can be distinguished with difficulty. Macroteleia nigriscapus, Dodd, and Macrotelera paucipune- tata, Dodd, probably both belong to Cacellus. In the descriptions of some of the Australian species the bidentate spine is said to be on the post-scutellum, but this is incorrect. CACELLUS DISTINCTUS, Dodd. Macroteleia distincta, Dodd: Proc. Royal Soc., Qld., vol. xxvi.,, 1914, p. 100. 23 ‘ CACELLUS PROPINQUUS, nN. sp. Q. Black; legs (including coxae) wholly golden-yellow ; scape dusky-yellow, the pedicel and funicle joints fuscous, the club black. Head no wider than the thorax, from dorsal aspect twice as wide as long; with large, dense, umbilicate punctures, confluent on the vertex; lower two-thirds of face (except laterally) smooth and depressed; vertex descending toward occiput, the latter gently concave; eyes large, bare; ocelli large, the lateral pair touching the eye margins. Thorax one-half longer than greatest width ; pronotum slightly visible on the sides from dorsal aspect; scutum large, plainly wider than long, the median lobe with dense large punctures, not confluent, the lateral lobes narrow, with fine pin-punctures joined by fine impressed lines; parapsidal furrows deep, complete, foveate ; scutellum semicircular, at posterior margin with a row of deep foveae, its surface with scattered punc- tures, these fine mesally; post-scutellum short, foveate, unarmed; metanotum at base with a rather long semi- horizontal bidentate spine. Abdomen one-half longer than the head and thorax united ; sessile, slightly narrowed at. base, gradually tapering to apex ; segments all longer or as long as wide, the second and third slightly the longest ; six segments visible, the first strongly striate, second and third longi- tudinally confluently rugose-punctate, the sculpture becoming finer on 4-6, the sixth at apex with a small emarginate plate ; basal segment without a horn or prominence. Legs long and slender. Forewings almost attaining apex of abdomen; broad; faintly infuscate; venation dark-yellowish ; marginal vein a little but distinctly longer than the stigmal, which is moderately long, straight, almost perpendicular, the post- marginal twice as long as the marginal; basal vein very faint, very oblique, the median represented by a thick fuscous line. Scape slender ; pedicel a little over twice as long as greatest width ; first funicle joint much longer, almost twice as long as the second, which is hardly twice as long as wide, the third a little longer than wide, the fourth plainly wider than long; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 plainly wider than long, the first distinctly the longest. Length, 4°20 mm. dg. Like the female, but the lateral lobes of the scutum with large shallow punctures; punctures on scutellum more numerous and of uniform size; metanotum longer, without the bidentate spine, this modified to a pair of median carinae ; tarsi darker; abdomen at apex truncate and _bispinose. Antennae black, the scape bright-yellow; pedicel one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint nearly twice as long as pedicel, thrice as long as wide, the second distinctly shorter, 24 2-9 slightly gradually shortening, the ninth one-half longer than wide, the tenth nearly as long as the first. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200 feet. Three f. ales, two males, around decayed logs in jungle, July, 1915 {..9; P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5422, South Austrahan Museum. A male and fer le on a tag, male and female antennae and forewings on . slide. losely related to both augustus, Dodd, and regalis, Dodc but the pedicel and funicle joints in the female are longe in those species; for instance, the second funicle joint is dis netly over twice as wide as long; regalis has the scutun and scutellum wholly confluently-punctate, and the plate at apex of abdomen is gently convex, not emarginate ; augustus has a shorter marginal vein, a dark longitudinal stripe through the wing, and the plate at apex of abdomen strongly concave and bispinose. CACELLUS FUSCICORPUS, N. sp. @. Dull-brown, the head black; legs pale lemon-yellow (including the coxae), also the antennal scape, the pedicel and funicle joints brown, the club black. Vertex and frons with rather dense punctures, these distinctly smaller than in propinquus, regalis, and augustus, and not confluent against. the occiput; lower two-thirds of face smooth, except for a row of punctures along the eye margins; cheeks with a very few rather large punctures. Median lobe of scutum at anterior half with rather large dense punctures, the rest of that lobe and all of parapsides with scattered indefinite pin- punctures, also the scutellum; parapsidal furrows deep, complete, foveate; scutellum with a foveate line along anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum unarmed ; metanotum at meson with an acute short bidentate spine; scutum and scutellum with fine pubescence. Abdomen slender, rather narrower than the thorax; one-half longer than the head and thorax united; with fine pubescence on sides and toward apex: pointed at apex, with a small trun- cate plate ; segments 2-4 subequal in length, somewhat longer than the first ; first segment longitudinally striate, 2-4 densely longitudinally rugose-punctate, the punctuation less distinct on the fifth, the sixth with moderately small and dense punctures. Posterior legs long and slender. Forewings almost attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad ; faintly infuscate; venation yellowish; marginal vein a little yet distinctly longer than the stigma] which is moderately short and oblique; the postmarginal fully twice as long as the marginal, basal and median veins hardly indicated. Scape 25 slender; pedicel two-and-a-half times as long as wide; first funicle joint a little narrower and distinctly (about a third) longer, the second a little shorter than the pedicel, two-th’ ‘s as long as the first, and over twice as long as wide, 2 fourth a little longer than wide; club compact, 6-joint i, the first joint nearly as long as wide, 2-5 distinctly w er than long. Length, 3°20 mm. rn Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 600-1,500 feet. ,, wo females, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). f Type.—I. 5423, South Australian Museum. A _ male on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. OPISTHACANTHA FLAVESCENS, Nn. sp. 2. Bright orange-yellow, the abdomen and legs golden- yellow: eyes and ocelli black, also a narrow longitudinal stripe along extreme laterad of second abdominal segment ; antennae yellow, the club brown. Head moderately broad, no wider than the thorax; vertex rather broad, the occiput plainly concave; eyes moderately large, densely pubescent ; ocelli rather small, wide apart, the lateral pair touching the eye margins. ead, scutum, and scutellum with fine surface sculpture and pubescence. Thorax stout, only slightly longer than wide; scutum large, the parapsidal furrows wide apart, delicate but complete; scutellum rather large; postscutellum with a short, stout acute tooth at meson; metanotum unarmed. Abdomen no longer than the head and thorax united, as wide as the thorax, hardly twice as long as greatest width, rounded posteriorly ; segments all wider than long, the second and third longest, the latter nearly as long as the following united, the first without a horn or prominence ; first and second striate, the rest .smooth. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad; with two indistinct cross-bands, the first involving apex of submarginal and all marginal and stigmal veins, the second near wing apex, but the extreme apex obscurely hyaline; discal cilia fine, very dense; marginal vein nearly as long as the stigmal, which is moderately short and oblique, straight, the post- marginal thrice as long as the stigmal; basal and median veins hardly indicated. Antennae short; scape moderately long and slender; pedicel stout, one-third longer than wide ; funicle joints as wide as the pedicel, the first as long as the pedicel, the second quadrate, the third and fourth transverse ; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 very transverse, the third slightly the widest. Length, 1:15 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dedd). 26 Type.—I. 5424, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. BaRYCONUS GRACILIS, 0. sp. Q. Head and thorax orange-yellow, the eyes and ocelli black ; abdomen golden-yellow, the horn on basal segment, a patch laterad on both second and third segments posteriorly, and a band across fifth segment dusky-black; legs golden- yellow, the posterior trochanters, femora more or less, and apical two-thirds of tibiae, also apical half of intermediate tibiae dusky-brown ; first seven antennal joints golden-yellow, the apical five black. Head normal, the occiput not concave ; smooth and shining, with striae converging around the mouth, the vertex showing in patches faint impressed polygonal scaly sculpture ; lower face not depressed; eyes not very large, bare; lateral ocelli a little separated from the eye margins. Thorax nearly twice as long as greatest width: pronotum a little visible from above; scutum narrowed anteriorly, about as long as greatest width, the parapsidal furrows distinct and complete and approaching close together posteriorly ; median lobe at anterior half with fine impressed polygonal scaly sculpture, the scutum otherwise smooth : scutellum smooth, rather short, with a very fine foveate line along anterior and posterior margins; metanotum unarmed. Abdomen one-half longer than the head and thorax united ; slender; first segment somewhat longer than wide, with a distinct horn projecting over the metanotum ; second segment over twice as long as the first and somewhat longer than its greatest width, the third a little shorter than the second, the fourth not much shorter than the third, the fifth hardly one-half as long as the fourth, the sixth subconiform and a little longer than the fifth; first and second longitudinally striate, the third and fourth longitudinally reticulate-striate, the fifth and sixth smooth. Forewings not quite attaining apex of abdomen; narrow, the apex rounded; with two fuscous transverse bands, the first covering apex of sub- marginal and all marginal veins and as long as wide, followed by a hyaline band which is plainly shorter than it, the second fuscous band distinctly longer than the first, the wing apex narrowly subhyaline; marginal cilia moderately long; discal cilia moderately fine and dense; submarginal vein attaining the costa at slightly before one-half wing length; marginal vein about as long as the stigmal, which is rather short, straight, oblique; postmarginal vein fully thrice as long as the stigmal; basal and median veins not indicated ; venation pallid-yellow, in the infuscate bands fuscous. ‘Antennae 12-jointed ; scape slender ; pedicel fully twice as long as wide; 27 first funicle joint as long and as wide as the pedicel, the second as long as the first, the third distinctly shorter, the fourth quadrate; club compact, 6- oh sae joints 1-5 trans- verse, the first somewhat smaller than 2-5, which are about equal in length. Length, 1°75 mm. Hab.—Queensland : Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5425, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae ae forewings on a slide. Resembling maculatus, with which it agrees colouration- ally, but of a more slender build, the abdominal segments longer, and the third segment plainly not as long as 4-6 combined. BARYCONUS AUSTRALICUS, Dodd. Leptoteleia australica, Dodd: ante, 1913, p. 145. BaRYCONUS IMPERFECTUS, Nn. Sp. Q. Black; abdomen dark-dull-brown; coxae black, femora and tibiae fuscous, trochanters, knees, and tarsi pale- yellow ; antennae black, the funicle fuscous. Head no wider than the thorax; vertex moderately broad; frons broad, without impressions ; with fine polygonal scaly sculpture ; eyes large, bare; ocelli small, rather wide apart, the lateral ones touching the eye margins: Thorax with fine polygonal scaly sculpture ; one-half longer than wide; scutum large, slightly wider than long; parapsidal furrows delicate, failing anteriorly ; post-scutellum and metanotum unarmed. Abdo- men a little longer than head and thorax united, a little wider than thorax; third segment the longest, occupying one-third of surface, somewhat wider than long, as long as first and second combined, and as long as the following united ; first segment without a horn or tubercle, much wider than long : first and second striate, the third feebly so, the remainder with fine surface scaly sculpture. Forewings hardly attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad, the apex rather broadly rounded ; faintly infuscate; discal cilia dense, very fine; submarginal vein attaining costa at fully one-half wing length; marginal vein one-third as long as the long stigmal, which is oblique, slightly convexly curved; _post- marginal over twice as long as the stigmal; median and basal veins indicated by obscure brown lines. Scape moderately stout; pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints a little narrower, the first nearly twice as long as wide, second a little longer than wide, third and fourth wider than long ; club compact, 6-jointed, first joint small, 2-5 of nearly equal length, 1-5 much wider than long. Length, 1°45 mm. 28 Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,800 feet. One female, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Tupe.—l. 5426, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. AUSTROSCELIO LATUS, 0. sp. Q. Black; the coxae concolorous, the femora fuscous except at apex, the trochanters, tibiae, and tarsi golden- yellow ; antennae wholly black. Head large, very transverse, distinctly wider than the thorax; from in front distinctly wider than long ; with rather shallow open raised reticulation, the lower half or more of face rather shallowly depressed and transversely striate ; eyes large, pubescent ; ocelli rather small, very wide apart, the lateral pair touching the eye margins. Thorax about as wide as long; scutum and scutellum rather finely longitudinally rugulose ; scutellum semicircular, rounded posteriorly ; postscutellum transverse, unarmed, rather pro- minent, projecting over the very short metanotum. Abdomen broadly sessile, as wide as long; second segment occupying fully one-half of surface; broadly rounded posteriorly and almost truncate; first segment longitudinally rugulose, the second polygonally reticulate, raised, dense mesally, open laterally, the remaining segments with shallow open reticula- tion. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen ; broad, the apex broadly rounded ; subhyaline; discal cilia dense, rather fine; venation fuscous; marginal vein short, one-half as long as the stigmal, which is short, straight, and rather oblique, the post-marginal wanting. Antennae short; scape rather long and slender ; pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the funicle. joints somewhat narrower, the first a little longer than wide, 2-4 wider than long; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 much wider than long, the first small, the second the longest. Length, 1:10 mm. /Tab.—-Queensland: Cairns district, 1,800 feet. One female, forest, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5427, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, the antennae and forewings on a slide. Differing from the generic diagnosis in having the antennal depression not very profound, the scutellum semi- circular and rounded posteriorly, and the shorter, broad abdomen. XENOMERUS LATICEPS, nN. sp. QO. Black; legs golden-yellow, the coxae reddish ; antennae wholly black. Head very transverse, somewhat wider than thorax; vertex very thin; viewed from in front distinctly wider than long; eyes moderately large, bare; 29 vertex and frons smooth and shining, the occiput with fine polygonal scaly sculpture; a carina runs from front ocellus to antennal prominence. Thorax as wide as long; scutum with distinct polygonal scaly sculpture, vanishing against posterior margin; parapsidal furrows as deep abbreviated grooves, rather less than one-half complete from posterior margin ; scutellum smooth, shining, with a foveate row along anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum with a rather long acute spine or tooth; metanotum extremely short, unarmed. Abdomen broadly oval, scarcely longer than greatest width ; first segment strongly transverse, the second as long as first, the third plainly longer than first and second combined, and fully twice as long as the following united; first and second strongly striate, the third with fine impressed striae mesally, smooth laterally and posteriorly, the remain- ing segments with fine scaly sculpture. Legs slender. Fore- wings attaining beyond apex of abdomen; moderately broad, the apex rather broadly rounded ; hyaline; discal cilia rather coarse, moderately dense ; venation terminating slightly before one-half length, thick and distinct, yellow-brown; stigmal vein moderately long for the subfamily. Scape normal ; pedicel two-and-a-half times as long as wide; the funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first two-and-a-half times as long as wide, the second distinctly shorter, one-half longer than wide, third as wide as long, fourth wider than long ; club 6-jointed, rather compact, joints 1-5 distinctly wider than long, second a little the largest. Length, 1°25 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping in forest, partly boggy, October 31, 1914, A. A. Girault.”’ . Type.—l. 5428, South Australian Museum. 93 275 99 99 39 100 (4) >» Beye lg0: ,, » i. --40'-,, - (incomplete). They are stout worms, the maximum girth of the largest specimen being 56 mm. Their colour is brown (in alcohol), the tail being paler than the rest of the worm, and in two cases almost greyish in tone. In each worm the first gill is borne on the seventh seg- ment, and the gills are pinnate. The third gill of specimen (3) has seventeen main axes, each of which bears, right and left, branches terminating in gill-filaments. The outlines of the prostomium are imperfectly preserved in all the specimens. | The neuropodia are of the usual elongate type, and their chaetae (crotchets) are similar in general form to those of South African examples, but have a sharper rostrum and dis- tinct postrostral teeth are present. The notopodial chaetae differ from those of South Afri- can specimens, as they do not present the well-marked transverse striation so characteristic of the latter. They are provided with numerous pointed processes,'?) less regularly arranged than in the South African examples, and almost like those of A. cristata (compare fig. 12, p. 45, in Cat. Chaet., Brit. Mus.). Specimens of 4. /oveni from different localities evidently exhibit some variation in regard to the processes of their notopodial chaetae. The transverse striation of these chaetae, given in my previous accounts of A. loven: as a specific character, proves to be a variable feature, and has therefore been omitted from the statement of the diagnostic characters of the species given above. Two of the specimens, one from each locality, have been dissected. Both possess five pairs of nephridia and a single pair of conical oesophageal glands. The septal pouches, the most striking internal feature of this species, are of the usual large size, and extend back- wards, through apertures in the second septum, until they almost reach the third septum. In the largest specimen (1) the longer of the two septal pouches attains a length of 23 mm. (2) These are much obscured by a covering of débris. 40 One of the statocysts of specimen (3) was excised, stained, and mounted. It is a closed vesicle with thick walls and contains a large roundish secreted statolith, the diameters of one face of which are about ‘114 mm. and ‘105 mm. respectively. These features clearly show that the South Australian specimens belong to the species A. Joveni, and agree with those from South Africa, with the exception of certain differ ences in their chaetae (see above). The only other feature which calls for notice here is the presence, in both the specimens dissected, of a pair of thin-walled globular dilatations, each about 4 mm. in diameter, on the dorsal blood-vessel immediately anterior to the paired hearts and posterior to the oesophageal glands. Similar dilatations are not present in the three South African examples of 4. Joveni in my collection. Arenicola loveni has hitherto been found only on the coast. of South Africa. The type specimen, preserved in the Riks Museum, Stockholm, was found at Port Natal, near Durban, some fifty years ago; but until it was examined by the writer its characters were so imperfectly known that it was impossible to state if A. lovent was a valid species. From the type and from further specimens, collected in Sal- danha Bay and False Bay, were prepared a full description and diagnosis of the species (Ashworth, 1910-11). The pre- sent records from the South Australian coast greatly increase: the known range of distribution of the species, and it would. be interesting to ascertain how far the species extends, east and west, along the Australian coast. In this connection it may be remarked that the records: of Arenicola from the Australian coast are very scanty ; there are, indeed, only two previous records. Some years ago (3) The von during his recent visit to Australia, examined many long stretches of sandy shore, but without finding castings or specimens of Arenicola. The absence of Arenicola and its cast- ings forms one of the most striking differences between the Australian beaches and those of Britain and Western Europe, for Arenicola marina is so abundant and readily accessible in Western Europe that it is commonly used as bait. This species occurs in greatest numbers in those beaches where the sand is not shifting and contains a considerable proportion of the decomposing organic matter on which these worms feed. Arenicola is scarce or absent in stretches of clean sand, 1.e., where food is scanty, and also where the force of the sea is creat and the sand is constantly shifting. The absence of Arenicola in many Australian beaches is due pro- bably to the wonderful cleanness of the sand, and in other cases to the great force of the sea. The principal Polychaeta of the sandy beaches of Australia seem to be Eunicids, Nereids, and Ariciids, but especially the first-named, which are frequently collected for use as bait. 4] Professor Haswell kindly sent to me, from Burnie, Tasmania, a few small specimens of Arenicola which belong to the species A. assimilis, Ehlers, var. affinis, Ashworth, and about the same time I received from the Naturhistorisches Museum, Hamburg, a single specimen from Barrow Island, off North- west Australia, which proved to be 4. cristata, Stimpson. Arenicola assimilis and its variety affinis are widely dis- tributed in southern regions. A. assimilis has been recorded from the Strait of Magellan, the Beagle Channel, and South Georgia, and the variety affinis from the first two localities, from the Falkland Islands, Kerguelen, Tasmania, New Zealand (Otago Harbour), and the islands to the south (Stewart, Campbell, Auckland, and Macquarie Islands), Plimmerton, near Wellington, N.Z., and from Table Bay and Angra Pequena (Liideritzbucht), South Africa. These records show that A. assimilis is a characteristically southern species, and they present striking evidence for consideration in relation to the former greater extent of the Antarctic Continent and its influence on the present distribution of _ animals. The records indicate that this species may be ex- pected to occur on the south-east coast of Australia, and a eareful look-out should be kept for specimens which will probably seldom exceed 6 inches in length. Arenicola cristata is evidently widely distributed in the warmer parts of the Indo-Pacific Ocean, although it has been found only at a few stations. The writer has recorded speci- mens from Suez, Japan, the Californian coast, and, as already mentioned, Barrow Island. Specimens might be looked for in suitable localities on the north coast of Australia. The writer would be glad to examine and report upon specimens of Arenicola from any Australian locality, or indeed from any source. Zoological Department, University of Edinburgh, February 18, 1916. 49 A NEW SPECIES OF LEECH FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By W. Harotp Letcu-SnHarpe, B.Sc. (Lond.). (Communicated by Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.) [Read May 11, 1916.] BRANCHELLION AUSTRALIS, N. sp. Introduction.—By the courtesy of Dr. J. H. Ashworth, of the University of Edinburgh, I have examined six specimens of the genus Branchellion forming part of the collection of the Museum of South Australia, Adelaide. The tube containing the specimens bears the label “E129,” and attached is a note to the effect that they were collected by W. B. Poole on March 27, 1912, at Port Victor, South Australia, attached to a Skate (Raia lempriert, Richardson). All the specimens are alike, but they exhibit somewhat marked differences from Branchellion torpedimis, Savigny, the only established species (vide Blanchard, 1894a). These differences are, in my estimation, of specific and not generic value only, and for the Australian leeches I propose the name: Branchellion australis. Body.—The largest specimen measures 35 mm., inclusive of the suckers, and 30 mm. without the suckers. The large: specimen of 6. torpedinis in the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, London, which I have used for purposes of comparison in this paper, measures 55° mm., of which the anterior sucker occupies a little more than 4 mm., the neck 7 mm., the abdomen 49 mm., and the posterior sucker a little less than 5 mm. The two largest specimens are greyish-black in colour and appear to be mature. The smaller specimens are white, having been decolourized by the: alcohol in which they have been preserved. The leech is. cylindrical, and divided the most sharply of all the Ichthyobdellidae into two distinct regions—a neck region, which is bare, and a spindle-shaped abdomen, the latter carrying laterally 31 pairs of foliaceous branchiae, and 11 pairs of rounded, pulsating, respiratory vesicles, described below. As in B. torpedinis, the neck is capable in the mature individuals (Apathy, 1888) of being invaginated into the abdomen, the first segment of which, composed of two annuli, at least, forms a prepuce-like fold surrounding and over- lapping the posterior portion of the clitellum. The leeches: are considerably flattened in the abdominal region, being elliptical in section. 4% +O | Suckers.—There is a sucker at each end of the body, as in all leeches. The anterior sucker surrounds the mouth, and is hoodlike. It almost certainly represents 6 segments. There are no eyes apparent in any of the specimens. This is peculiar, since &. torpedinis bears six distinct eyes on what is considered to be the fifth segment of the anterior sucker. The posterior sucker is twice the size of the anterior, and is in diameter about equal to the width of the abdomen at its broadest part. Its concave surface is covered with small papillae. Segmentation.—(A description of B. torpedinis, for com- parison with the following, is given by Apathy, 1888, by Blanchard, 1894b, and, in English, external characters only, by Harding, 1910.) For notation see text figs. 1 and 2:— (a) Veck. A. Heap. (a) Anterior sucker (4) 3 small annuli present in most genera i 6 segments. B. PRECLITELLUM. 9 annuli, representing... As .. $ segments. ©. CLITELLUM a ee 3 segments. Each of the 3 esi which are of about equal size, is composed of 2 annuli. In the first and third segments the first annulus is larger than the second. In the second segment they are of equal size. The male genital aperture opens between the two annuli of the second segment, and has projecting tumid lips. The female genital aperture opens on the first annulus of the third segment. Both apertures are ventral. The cliteilum is covered by the preputial fold as far. anteriorly as the second annulus of the first segment. (B) Body or Abdomen. A. TESTIS REGION AND CAECUM REGION TAKEN TOGETHER. 12 segments. Each of the 12 segments is composed of 3 annulli, except the first, which acts as a prepuce and is only divided into two. The remaining 11 segments bear each a pair of respiratory vesicles, one on each side, bordering the first annulus of the segment. In B. torpedimis every annulus of these segments bears a pair of lateral foliaceous branchiae, making 33 pairs in all, but in B. australis there are but 31 pairs of gills, the first annulus of segment 2 of the abdomen, which bears + . RD BY CRT iwi k: Branchellion australis.—The entire animal, viewed from the dorsal side; numbering and lettering explained in the text. 45 a large vesicle, does not bear gils, and the third annulus of the twelfth -segment is without gills also. Thus the gills corresponding to the first and last pairs of gills -present in B. torpedinis are absent in B. australvs. B. ANAL REGION. 3 segments. The first two segments are composed of 2 annuli each, and the third of one annulus, making 5 annuliin all. The anus opens dorsally between segments 1 and 2—.¢., be- tween annuli 2 and 3. C. PosTERIOR SUCKER. 7 segments. The total number of segments is other genera, and I have seen were eee therefore 34. of Respiration. — Respiration is 0. ms ————}ip carried on by means both of the Cs - 4} foliaceous branchiae and _ the Py == rounded vesicles protruding from La the abdominal portion of the ae ee body. Vesicles are common in ee a) them rise and fall by pulsation in Calhobdella lophu. They re- ceive lymph, which after aeration is returned to the lateral sinus, so that respiration is lymphatic. There are 31 pairs of gills, and 11 pairs of vesicles arranged as described above. The number of pairs of gills is a specific charac- ter. Blanchard (1894a) came to the conclusion that 8B. torpe- dinis,) which was _ originally described as having 35 pairs of gills, B. orbimensis with 33 pairs of gills, and B. rhombi with 30 pairs of gills, were all one species, and that the founders of these species had miscounted the gills in every case, or had stated the Big, «2. Branchellion australis.—The anterior end of the animal in ventral aspect, with the ven- tral portion of the prepuce removed to show the clitellum ; numbering and lettering ex- plained in the text. M., mouth; ¢, male genital aper- ture; 9, female genital aperture; Pr., prepuce; B.V., respiratory vesicle, the first on the left side without a gill; G., the first gill on the 46 total in round numbers only! He based this conclusion on the fact that some scores of leeches of all ages which he examined from various hosts and localities never showed any other number than 33 pairs of gills. The discovery of the present species with 31 pairs is, therefore, important and interesting, in that it shakes what appeared to be a reasonable certainty in Blanchard’s conclusion, stated above. On the ventral surface along the boundary of each annulus runs a projecting flange which appears to unite the pair of branchiae of the annulus. Pigment.—The whole of the dorsal surface is freely punctuated with black dots, easily visible under a lens: less freely is this pigment scattered on the gills and on the respiratory vesicles (text fig. 3). The ventral surface is Branchellion australis.—Typical gill of preserved specimen. R.V., respiratory vesicle with pigment spots. unpigmented except towards the sides near the gills. There are on the dorsal surface, however, very conspicuous patches where the pigment is absent, giving to the unaided eye the appearance of whitish spots. The disposition of these white spots is very different from that in B. torpedinis, where there are six spots on the first annulus of each abdominal segment. In B. australis the spots are variable in number in different parts of the abdomen, being more numerous halfway along. A typical segment exhibits four large spots ® on the first annulus, easily visible to the unaided eye, eight small spots on the second annulus, and four spots on the third annulus. (2) And in the mid-abdominal region there are sometimes two smaller subsidiary spots. 47 The leeches are not all uniform in this respect, but the number of spots is always 4, 6, or 8, and the first annulus always has at least four large spots. In that part of the anterior sucker where one would expect to find eyes are large black spots, which I consider to be merely pigment-cells. There are eight or nine of these, at irregular distances apart ; and some so nearly touch as to appear to the unaided eye to coalesce. Body Wall.—The epidermis consists of a layer of cells elongated in a direction at right angles to the axis of the body, covered with a cuticle secreted at the free edge and having their nuclei away from their external border. Among the epidermal cells are epithelial glands for the secretion of mucus. The derma consists of a thick layer of connective tissue, which includes very small fibre-forming cells. Deep down in the derma are large flattened cells about 40 in length, and half as thick, situated immediately outside the muscle layer. They are far more numerous in the gills, whose structure resembles that of the body wall, as far as epidermis and derma are concerned (text figs. 48 and 5). The muscle layers run below the connective tissue layer, and immediately below them are found the cocoon-gland cells, which, however, do not attain the huge dimensions of those found in Calliobdella, Abranchus, and Platybdella, being only about 50» in their greatest diameter, a comparatively small size for such cells. Their appearance is precisely the same as I have described for Platybdella (1916). * Below these cells run the cocoon-gland-cell ducts, interspersed with the longi- tudinal muscle fibres. There are no yellowish-brown pigment cells, such as are seen in Calliobdella (1914). The muscle is not striped, and the cells are about 1 mm. in length by 80-100 » in breadth. Perez and Gendre (1904a) have drawn attention to some diagonal fibres in B. torpedinmis, which are also present in B. australis in the same region, near the posterior sucker, and are intermediate between the ordinary muscle cells and the type well known in Nematodes. No pigment cells are shown in the figures, but it should be remembered that the leech sectioned had been decolourized by preservation in alcohol. Nevertheless, sections show pigment cells in the suckers. Coelom.—The body cavity is divided into the five following regions:—A ventral sinus, a dorsal sinus, two lateral sinuses, and, in parts, an intestinal sinus. The dorsal blood-vessel is double, and is situated in the dorsal sinus, but comes outside it occasionally, and more frequently than in Pontobdella. In the more specialized genera—e.g., Calliobdella—it remains within the sinus throughout its ‘s][oO snorqy JO doAvy “7 t4qu -S]f9o PBULtep “ot p Saporgnod = YQIA sttdepide Sida yng SHMPOOAYS LVN]Jod oF MOYS OF VOTPVOYLUSBLU YOY V dopun (*p ued oy ul “g—p soul oy} udemgoq gaed oy) []IS vB Jo uoljiod Vv “g Soptsoa AuozRidsar “yy! uoTpRoyLUseu MOL, B dopun UOLJIS BV UL Uses SB UOWIOpGR ot} JO opis oy} UO s]T[Lo anoy JO UL “ p—sryyigsny worpayoudsg SMa ‘QONp [[P-pureps-W00d09 “p'a'h-o {][e0 pue[s-w00d0d ‘:9°H-o {(yeuIpNy -su0t “Huey Sonbyqo “7qQQ sarepnoaro “)) sedvp opsnu “pw Sg p “Sig ul UMOYS os0y4 se omzeU oUrEs oy jo S]feo [BuLIep aBuey “vp t1ecey jfeo snorqy “7 ‘aqy fonsst}y oatyoouuod “ssiT ‘wuoQ ‘pue[s-owtys perpeyyidea “¢ ‘stutiopide Cd fopryne “pny “peytuseur youu [{UM-ApOG OY} JO TWOLoS [VULpNyisuoCTy "G “SLi “SUDLPST dD WOt))a You DUG ‘gpotsea Aroyeatdser “ Ay Suoysues-eareu “hu fyasnuts ptaeyey “C77 S Tessva-poorq [BacpuoA Carga S9nuts [VIyUeA “C4 *[essoA-pooyq [sop “agp ‘Ssnuls [es1op “Z fyouwmoqys “yg f(g “Sly UL efvos pediujus uv WO UAOYsS suokv] oy} sepnpout qavd pepeys oz) [[BA ‘ “org i seqse4 -{poq oy} “x “uoIder [VUKMOpgL oY} Ul Apo oY} Jo WOTJoeS SsTEAsUBIZ B FO WVAGVIGE—'SUDLZSND WOYJIYIUDLE 51 length. The ventral blood-vessel is also double for the greater part of its length outside the ventral sinus; again unlike (‘alliobdella. The lateral vessels’ give off branches which run into the branchiae and end with an open mouth. The lateral sinus, which runs parallel to the lateral vessels, communicates with the cavity of the respiratory vesicles (text fig. 6). The ovary is situated within the ventral sinus, as in Pontobdella, The Nervous System and the Alimentary Canal resemble those of other Ichthyobdellid leeches, and do not present any special features. The various regions of the latter can be best seen from text fig. 7. The salivary glands are very well developed, and exhibit in section large secretory cells (text fig. 8). In the leech sectioned only the intestine con- tained a moderate quantity of nucleated red blood corpuscles taken as food from the host. The Reproductive System bears a close similarity to that of other Ichthyobdellid leeches. The posi- tion of the genital apertures has already been mentioned. A general idea of the sexual organs may be gathered from text figs. 8 and 9. The male reproductive organs consist of six pairs of metameric testes, situated in the first six segments of the abdomen. ‘The testes are chambered, and contain spermatozoa in all stages of development. From each testis springs a short vas efierens, that from the most posterior one serving as a source of the vas deferens of that side, and in its course received the remaining ar dine At -|- - —- — — cs ae ESR Be Fig. 7. Branchellion Diagrammatic scheme of the australis. — alimentary canal in lateral aspect. M., mouth; Ph., pharynx; Ph.S., pharyngeal sheath; S.G., salivary glands; Y St., stomach; C., coeca; Int., intestine; A., anus. ZL / Fy ~—< AS a Yy on =a SS ' NS ie rr ~ ee Wiae Loosen gd) "Nest 2. WD ? eens oe cet Ue ean ee ae gS Od ee) 4 OIE) ere se ot A ) a. ee ae eo a S98 > .g) Moe eo eo fe & S 2 le + s So 8 Opin Ss oe ee ae ee “SLE SH a arta Of "as tee ee et cm eo Ba Renae a =, a a nS pe ee CE AE Se 88 Sow fe Sling setae. eee eee a oe BS eel. tom 2g Sew 2 Om Se eS Mee Si nies it a See l gta a a ee BS Eo OF Soa SORES SOS meh nme A ow 6 Fig. 9. Branchellion aus- tralis. —Diagram- matic scheme of the reproductive system viewed from the ventral surface. d.e., duc- tus ejaculatorii ; P., penis ; B., bursa; 6, male genital aperture; ©, fe- male genital aper- ture; Ov., ovary; Od., oviduct; T., testes (first pair); V.D., vas defer- ens; V.£.,-- vasa efferentia. 54 vasa efferentia. In the posterior part of the clitellum each vas deferens curves slightly, and, from being ventral, turns dorsal, and runs forward to the anterior end of the eighth, or the posterior end of the seventh segment of the preclitel- lum; here each widens out to form the respective ductus ejaculatori, which, from being dorsal, turn abruptly and run ventrally in a posterior direction. In the first segment of the clitellum the ductus ejaculatorii unite and enter the bursa by a common-end portion. The bursa, which has a fairly considerable saccular development, is, on its dorsal side, immediately posterior to the common opening of the ductus ejaculatorii, thickened to form a conical muscular penis, which functions as a copulatory organ. In none of the specimens is the penis extruded, and the common-end portion of the ductus ejaculatori does not enter it, as far as I can discover. The female reproductive organs consist of a pair of pear-shaped vesicles situated in the first segment of the abdomen, their anterior portion being in advance of the first pair of testes, and their posterior and more pointed portion between the testes. Each vesicle contains in con- siderable numbers complex ovular bodies in all stages of development, over and above the germinal mass, in which two or three nuclei are enveloped by a mass of surrounding protoplasm. The eggs fall into the ovarian cavity, where they complete their development. The development of the ova has been carefully described by Perez and Gendre (1904b). The ovaries are of very large size, as compared with those of other leeches, such as Calliobdella and Platybdella, being in the one of the smaller specimens sectioned, very obvious, and half as large as a testis. A short oviduct leads from the vesicles to the female genital aperture. Generte Characters.—Abdomen very distinctly marked off ' from the neck, the anterior portion covering the genital apertures on the clitellum as a preputial fold. Each abdominal somite (except perhaps the first) consists of three annuli. The abdomen is flattened and bears laterally foliace- ous branchiae, not less than 30 pairs (the genera Ozobranchus and Hubranchella bearing quite a small number of pairs— viz., 5 and 7 pairs respectively). Along the side of the abdomen are 11 pairs of pulsating respiratory vesicles, a pair to every segment except the first, a vesicle being at the base of the gill of the first annulus of each somite. Specific Characters :— _ B. AUSTRALIS, 0. Sp. B. TORPEDINIS, Savigny. (1) Branchiae, 31 pairs. (1) Branchiae, 33 pairs. 55 (2) White spots on the dorsal (2) White spots on the dorsal side caused by the absence side caused by the absence of black pigment are typic- of black pigment are typic- ally :— ally :— 4 large on the Ist annu- 6 on the Ist annulus of lus of each abdominal each abdominal seg- segment. ment; none on_ the. 8 small on the 2nd annu- other annuli. lus of each abdominal segment. 4 small on the 3rd annu- lus of each abdominal segment. . (3) Black pigment dots are ab- (3) White spots on the ventral sent from the major part surface: 4 on the Ist of the ventral surface, so annulus of each abdom- that there can be no inal segment. white spots. (4) Eves, apparently none. (4) Eyes, 6. In &. australis the neck region is relatively longer than in B. torpedinis, and the first segment of the abdomen larger. The gills are of a different shape from those of B. torpedinis, and, allowing for preservation, probably smaller, while the respiratory vesicles are relatively much larger. In the place where one expects to find eyes are larger black dots (in two of the specimens), which I regard as merely pigment cells; in any cgse, these are more than 6 (8 and 9 respectively). REFERENCES. ApATHy (1888). Analyse der @ausseren Korperform der Hirudineen. J/itth. Zool. Stat. Neapel. viii., 153. BiancuarpD (1894a). Courtes notices sur les Hirudinées, xix. Sur les Branchellion des mers d'Europe. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, xix. —— (1894b). Hirudinées de VTtalie. Boll. Mus. Zool. OUnw. di Torino, ix. No. 192. Harpine (1910). A revision of the British leeches. Parasit- ology, ii., 130. Leren-SuHarpe (1914). Calliohdella lophiu, Parasitology, vii., 204. —— (1916). Platybdella anarrhichae, Parasitology, viii., 274. Perez and GENDRE (1904a). Sur les fibres musculaires du Branchellion. Comptes rendus soc. biol. Paris, lvii., 113. -—— (1904b). Sur Vovogeneése du Branchellion. Op. cit., Ivul., 605. De Perez (1906). Différenciations tendinenses épithéliales chez: le Branchellion. Op. cit., lviti., 447. Hamilton House, 17, Clyde Street, Redcliffe Gardens, London, 8.W., England. January, 1916. 56 ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. No. 9. By J. M. Brack. [Read May 11, 1916.] PLatTes. V.sno-V Tae This list is largely the result of three excursions :—1. Up the Murray to Renmark by water, returning by the Paringa- Tailem Bend railway, October, 1915. 2. To Gladstone and Melrose, in the same month. 3. To Murat Bay, vid the newly-opened railway from Port Lincoln, November, 1915. Specimens gathered on other occasions, and many forwarded by friendly collectors, have also been taken into account. In dealing with the eucalypts I have had the great advantage of consulting Mr. J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist of New South Wales, and the leading authority on this difficult genus. Professor A. J. Ewart, Government Botanist of Victoria, has also lent me much kind assistance, especially in comparing doubtful specimens with thase in the great herbarium under his control. An asterisk denotes an alien plant more or less estab- lished in our State. The contraction “Dist.’’ placed between brackets and followed by a capital letter refers to the botanical distric:s in Tate’s “Flora of Extra-tropical South Australia,” and implies that the locality mentioned is a new record for the district. Four new species are described and figured—in the genera T'riodia, Trichinnwum, Poranthera, and Brachycome— and one new variety. CONIFERAE. Callitris robusta, R. Br. “Murray Pine.” A large tree with spreading branches; Pinery, Melrose. C. propinqua, R. Br. Wudinna. Much the same tree in appearance; -the cones comparatively small (20-23 mm. long), but with the thick valves and peduncles of the species. C. verrucosa, R. Br. A compact shrub under 2 m. high, with branches mostly erect, growing in mallee scrub at Karoonda; old fruits often less warted. Also Loxton, with very warted cones. GRAMINEAE. * Bromus rubens, L. Moolooloo (8. A. White) ; Edilillie ; Minnipa. Specimens with the typical compact heads, turning 57 dark-purple when ripe. B. arenarius, Labill. The descrip- tion in Fl. Aust., vil., 661, should read :— ‘Spikelets 15-30 mm. long, 5-14-flowered; the lowest glume 3-nerved, the second 5-7-nerved.”’ * dgrostis verticillata, Vill. Creek near the brewery,. Melrose. A. quadriseta, R. Br. Cummins (Dist. L.). *Festuca Myuros, L. Minnipa; Moolooloo. *F. bromoides, Smith. Minnipa; Pungonda. *Trisetum pumilum, Kunth. Moolooloo. * Lolium temulentum, L. “Darnel.”” Cummins. *L. rigidum, Gaud. Gladstone. *Avena orientalis, Schreb. The species of cultivated Oat, which seems to be usually sown in South Australia, is growing wild on the sandy soil of Thevenard Peninsula. *A. barbata, Brot., the slender Wild Oat, seems to avoid culti- vated land and is found in such places as the Adelaide Park Lands, roadsides, creeks, gullies, railway reserves, and generally in waste places, at least as far north as Melrose, whereas *A. fatwa, L., the common Wild Oat, is almost always found in cultivated soil. *Koeleria phieoides, Pers. With typical tuberculate flowering glumes; Tooligie; Melrose. *Lamarckia aurea, Moench. A Mediterranean grass common at Renmark and at Woolshed Flat, near Quorn (Miss J. Mills). Recorded by Mueller in 1864 .as growing at Swan Hill, on the Murray, but not previously noted for South Australia. Triodia lanata, sp. nova (tab. v.). Gramen caespi- tosum, caulibus geniculato-ascendentibus 30-50 cm. longis, -foliorum laminis rigidis subulato-pungentibus patentibus intus basin versus lanatis 5-12 em. longis, vaginis extus lanatis demum glabrescentibus, ligula e pilis longis constante, panicwld sublazd, spiculis 5-7-floris, glumis omnibus sericeo- villosis, vacuis 10 mm. longis 3-nerviis acutis, glumd floriferd 7-S mm. longa truncata subtiliter 9-nervid, nervis ternatim ordinatis mediano dentes laterales subaequante. In the scrub at Minnipa. Chiefly distinguished from T. trritans and T. aristata by the short bent stem, the shorter and woolly leaves, and the silky outer glumes. A ‘‘Porcupine Grass.’’ Poa nodosa, Nees. Thevenard Peninsula. Locally called “Shaking grass,” from its likeness to *Briza minor, L. I found the grain adhering to the palea in all the flowers examined, so that this species should be placed in the same section as 7. Billardierit and P. homomailla. Stipa elegantissima, Labill. Melrose (Dist. N). Anthistiria imberbis, Retz. Observ. bot., v., 22 (1789). “Common Kangaroo Grass.’’ All the leading authorities are 58 agreed that the name of A. ciliata, L.f., adopted by Bentham in the ‘Flora Australiensis’’ and by Mueller in his lst and 2nd Census, must be abandoned. A. ciliata is an annual grass, native in India and introduced in South Africa, but not found in Australia, while A. «wmberbis is a perennial grass, distributed throughout Australia, India, and parts of Africa. Retzius’ name is the oldest for this plant, with the exception of Themeda triandra, Forsk. (1775), but the generic name Themeda fell into disuse for over one hundred years and al] attempts to revive it seem destined to failure, although it was not placed by the Botanical Congress of Vienna on the index of names to be rejected. The synonymy is fully dealt with by J.D. Hooker in FL Brit. Imdsjyiu,, 212: Aristida Behriana, F. v. M. Numerous in a paddock of ringed gums two or three miles north of Melrose. Appar- erlttly a very localized and comparatively rare grass. The ascending stems only 4-8 cm. long below the inflorescence and the rhizome thick and matted. The description in the “Fl. Aust.’’ and in Tate’s “Fl. Extratrop., S.A.,” should be altered from “outer glumes nearly equal’’ to ‘outer glumes unequal, the lower about half as long as the upper.’ The description is correctly given by Mueller and Moore. Also at Moolooloo {Dist. 8; 8. A. White). y CYPERACEAE. Cyperus Ina, L. Near Tarcoola (Dist. W; J. W. Mellor). C. Gunnu, Hook, f. Myponga; Mount Barker. United by Mueller and Tate with C. lucidus, from which it differs by having the spikelets in dense globular heads. C. pygmaeus, Rottb. River Murray (Dist. M; H. H. D. Griffith). This species, and not the very similar Scirpus Michelianus, L., is supposed is be represented in Australia, but the Murray specimens have at least some of the glumes in each spikelet arranged irregularly round the rhachis, the style is 2-3-fid, and the glumes are 3-nerved, the two lateral nerves very faint. These three characters point to S. Michelianus rather than to C. pygmaeus. Scirpus setaceus, L. Melrose (Dist. N). Nuts of the typical form, subglobular, not exceeding # mm. in length, of a dull-white colour, with about 16 clathrate longitudinal ribs. In all the flowers examined only two stamens were found. S. cernwus, Vahl, ann. 1806 (S. reparius, Poir., ann. 1820), with still weaker stems and shorter involucral bract, from National Park, Belair, and Nuriootpa; the nut about the ‘same size, shining, finely punctulate; both species growing in moist spots. S. antarcticus, L., ann. 1771 (S. cartilagineus, Poir., ann. 1820). Myponga; scrub between Murray Bridge 59 and Callington; Karoonda; Melrose; Robe. The nut broader and 1 mm. long, without any point, either brownish and smooth or dark-brown and punctulate-striate. Growing in dryer ground, with less slender stems, longer and more spreading involucral bract, and stiffer glumes. J UNCACEAE. NXerotes leucocephala, R. Br. Musgrave Ranges (Dist. 9S. Ay White); Tintinara (Dist. T). XX. effwsa, Lindl. Gladstone (Dist. N). Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata, F. v. M. Telowie Gorge (Dist. N): Moolooloo (Dist. S; 8. A. White). * Juncus capitatus, Weig. Barossa Range; Bordertown (Miss Turner): Kangaroo Island. LILIACEAE. Dianella revoluta, R. Br.. Moolooloo (Dist. S$; 8S. A. White). Arthropodium minus, R. Br. Bordertown (Dist. T). Thysanotus Patersonu, R. Br. Gawler Ranges (Dist. W; 5S. A. White). CASUARINACEAE. Casuarina stricta, Ait. Some specimens of this Sheoak were found above Campbell Creek, at a fair elevation on Mount Remarkable, but most of them appeared to be dying, possibly as a result, of the drought of 1914. PROTEACEAE. Greviliea Huegeliu, Meissn. Moolooloo (Dist. 8; 8. A. White). | Hakea leucoptera, R. Br. Minnipa. Varies from the type in the perianth (especially the limb) and the pedicel pubescent with short appressed hairs. This appears to be H. Kippistiana, Meissn., a species established on Western Australian specimens and united by Mueller with //. leweop- tera. The type is found in this State from Renmark to Spencer Gulf, and it would be well to distinguish the form with pubescent flowers, which I have also received from Woolshed Flat, near Quorn (Miss J. Mills), as var. Kippistiana. At Minnipa it is a shrub about 3 m. high, flowering and fruiting in November; the flowers, which grow in great profusion, are pure white when fresh. Leaves of both type and variety sometimes attain 9$ cm. in length. H. flertiis, F. v. M. Scrub at East Wellington. 60 CHENOPODIACEAE. Enchylaena villosa, F. vy. M. Warramboo (Dist. L). Bassia Birchu, F. v. M. Muinnipa (Dist. L). A small undershrub about 20 cm. high; branches erect or spreading ; the fruits in the Minnipa specimens have six rather unequal spreading spines, two of them connate towards the base and with a ridge on the perianth between them. #&. umflora, F.v.M. Murat Bay and north thereof. Stems procumbent, tomentum hoary, fruit oblique at base with a very short spine at one side of the summit and a hard tubercle at the other. Agrees exactly with specimens gathered at Port Vin- cent (Dist. Y). Of the form with fulvous tomentum I have a specimen from Port Lincoln (Dist. L; H. H. D. Griffith). B. tricorms, F. v. M. Renmark. Bentham gives the number of style-branches as three ; in all the flowers examined I found only two. Kochia decaptera, F. v. M. A few miles north of Murat Bay. An erect shrub about 1 m. high; stem and branches densely white-tomentose, as also the raised summit of the fruit ; leaves linear, thick, green, 5-10 mm. long. Specimens from Dublin (Dist. A; H. H. D. Griffith) have the horizontal wing pink; linear-ciavate glaucous leaves and tomentose stem and branches. This probably represents Tate’s HK. penta- troms, which he afterwards reduced to a form of K. decaptera. Specimens from Arkaringa (Dist. C; Miss Staer) have the stem and branches glabrous; leaves cylindrical, 10-13 mm. long. In drying, all the leaves turn black. Threlkeldia diffusa, R. Br. Althorpe Island (Dist. Y:; S. A. White). Zh. inchoata. This is the correct name of Th. obliqua (these Transactions, xxxix., p. 94), as it appears imperative, under article 48 of the Vienna rules, to retain the original specific name, even if somewhat inappropriate, when a species is transferred to another genus. Atriplex paludosa, R. Br., var. appendiculata, Benth. Both the type and the variety are found on Thevenard Penin- sula. Flowers dioecious in my specimens and the small bladdery appendage of the variety occurs near the base of each valve (not of one only, as stated by Bentham), although frequently one falls off before maturity. Some specimens of A. vesicaria, Hew., brought by Captain White from the Musgrave Ranges, show the same caducity of the appendage, and unquestionably there is a close relation between the two species. A. halimoides, Lindl. Goat Island (Dist. Y; 8. A. White); Telowie (Dist. N). A. campanulata, Benth. Berri; Mann Flat; Carrieton; Gladstone; Moolooloo. This species was united by Mueller with A. angulata, Benth., but in the 61 specimens from the above-named places, and from Broken Hill, I have never seen any with the exappendiculate perianth of A. angulata. A. Muelleri, Benth. “Annual Saltbush.” North Park Lands of Adelaide; Woodville; Port Adelaide: Roseworthy (Dist. A); Gladstone (Dist. N). AMARANTACEAE. Trichinium seminudum, sp. nova (tab. vi.). Herba perennis circiter 30 em. alta, caulibus erectis vel ascen- dentibus ramosis pilosiusculis, folis glabrescentibus, radi- calibus lanceolatis in petiolum alatum angustatis cum petiolo 7-14 em. longis, caulinis brevioribus latioribus vix petiolatis, “spicis primum hemisphaericis demum ovoiders vel oblongis 4-5 em. longis 3 em. latis, bracteis bracteolisque ovato- lanceolatis acuminatis parce pilosis 8-9 mm. longis, illis brunneis his fere albis, perianthio 12-15 mm. longo prope basin constricto, segmentis apice albo-scariosis medio viridibus et villosis basin versus rigidis et fere nudis, duobus exterioribus truncato-emarginatis margine inferiore ciliolatis, interioribus acutis infra longe inflexo-ciliatis, tubo pubescente, filamentis wmferne dilatatis tribus anantherts, stylo brew glabro, ovario swpra sparse piloso stipitato. Minnipa. Should probably be placed in Series Straminea beside 7. alopecuroi- deum, Lindl., which it somewhat resembles in habit, but the dividing line between Straminea and Rhodostachya is not so well marked as would appear from the text-books. Both 7. macrocephalum (placed in Straminea) and T. exaltatum (placed in Rhodostachya) have, for instance, the inner perianth-segments “glabrous inside,’ strictly speaking, the difference being that the former has only a few of the long marginal hairs inflexed, while in ezaltatum they form an intricate woolly mass which occupies the lower part of the convex inner surface of the segment. None of the hairs, however, rise from the inner surface itself, but only from the margins. The new species differs from all others in the glabrous condition of the outside of the lower part of the perianth. T. alopecuroideum, F. v. M., var. nova rubriflorum. Variat perianthio rubro, spicd paulo angustiore (20-25 mm. data), cupula staminali pilis brevissimis ciliaté. Near Oodna- _-datta (Miss Staer, November, 1914). A very handsome plant on account of its long red spikes. Alternanthera nana, R. Br. Oodnadatta (Dist. C: Miss Staer). A. angustifolia, R. Br. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer). Not previously recorded for South Australia, the nearest locality quoted being Sturt Creek, in North-western Australia. 62 PHYTOLACCACEAE. Didymotheca thesioides, Hook. f. Karoonda (Dist. M)- Codonocarpus cotinifolus, F. v. M. North of Murat Bay (Border of Dist. L and W). Mr. B. P. Bowering, the local schoolmaster, says there are only a few of these trees in the locality. AIZOACEAE. * Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, WL. ‘‘Ice Plant.’” Spreading on the sandy soil near Murat Bay. *(ialenia secunda, Sond. Received by the Agricultural Department from Port Germein, where it is called ‘‘Cali- fornian lucerne,’’ because the seed is believed to have come in the ballast of a ship from California. A South African weed, recorded in Victoria in 1902, but not found hitherto in South Australia. CARYOPHYLLACEAE. *Silene nocturna, L. Renmark. *Spergula arvensis, L. ‘‘Corn Spurry.’’ Karoonda. *Hermaria hirsuta, L. Mannum. This Mediterranean plant has already been noted for Woolshed Flat and Wallaroo, but has not hitherto been collected on the Murray. PAPAVERACEAE. *Papaver Argemone, L. Melrose. Only one specimen of this European poppy (not hitherto recorded for South Australia) was found. CRUCIFERAE. Menkea villosula (F. v. M. et Tate), J. M. Black. This alteration of the specific name of J/. hisyidula (these Trans., xxx1x., 830) has become necessary under Art. 48 of the rules of nomenclature adopted at the Vienna Congress, because Professor Ewart finds, after comparison with Helms’ speci- mens in the National Herbarium of Victoria, that M/Z. hism- dula is identical with Capsella villosula, F. v. M. et Tate. His examination of the Melbourne specimens confirms the necessity of transferring the species to JMenkea. Stenopetalum sphaerocarpum, F.v. M. Minnipa (border of Dist. L and W). Slender annual in fruit (November) ; growing in the shelter of Porcupine Grass (T'rvodia lanata). *Sisymbrium orventale, L. ‘‘Oriental Rocket’’ or ‘‘Wild Mustard.’’ Grows with extreme luxuriance in the Trans- Murray scrub near Karoonda. Lepdium fasciculatum, Thell. Renmark; Gladstone. Differs from L. ruderale, L., in the short dense fruiting raceme, the pod cuneate towards the base, and the four minute white petals about half the length of the sepals. L- 63 foliosum, Desv. Little Althorpe Island (Dist. Y:; S. A. White). Valves of pod wingless and fruiting pedicels some- times elongated. . *Carrichtera annua (L.), Prantl. Sent to Department of Agriculture from Port Pirie, and appears to have estab- lished itself near that town. Spain, Eastern Mediterranean region, and Mesopotamia. CRASSULACEAE. Tillaea acuminata, F. M. Reader. This species is widely ‘distributed in South Australia, and is distinguished from T. Siteberiana, Schult., ann. 1825 (7. verticillaris, DC., ann. 1828), by its pentamerous flowers, sessile or subsessile, its broad abruptly acuminate scarious-striate sepals and its long-beaked carpels, which (like the petals) are quite as long as the sepals. In the flower the beaks protrude conspicuously beyond the sepals. The carpels are tuberculate in the lower half, a peculiarity not found in 7. Sieberrana. The latter species has almost always a few pedicellate flowers springing from the clusters of sessile ones; its flowers are tetramerous, and the sepals are narrower, acute rather than acuminate, and considerably exceed both the petals and the small obtuse short-beaked carpels. (See figures in pl. vii.) Both these species are common. I have specimens of 7. Sreberiana from sandhills at the Grange (near Adelaide), Clarendon, scrub between Murray Bridge and Callington, Gladstone, Beetaloo, Melrose, Loxton, Karoonda, Robe, and Kangaroo Island; and of T. acuminata from Black Hill (near Adelaide), Bugle Ranges, Halbury, Melrose, Woolshed Flat (near Quorn), Berri, Blanchetown, Renmark, Karoonda, Taplan, Port Lin- coln, and Minnipa. 7. recurva, Hook. f. Ihave only found this as a rare plant in the Onkaparinga, the North Para at Nuriootpa, and the Glenelg River. 7. purpurata, Hook. f., also appears to be very rare. Var. pedicellosa, F. v. M., of T. macrantha, Hook. f., varies from the type by the very long pedicels of some of the flowers, erect growth, and fewer stems. The typical form has the stems often prostrate for a short distance and rooting at the nodes. Ewart follows Mueller’s later opinion in raising var. pedicellosa to the rank of a species, but some specimens from Brighton, Strathalbyn, Willunga, and Clarendon appear intermediate, and we have not in this case any difference in the flowers to fall back upon in case of, doubt. Hooker, in his description of 7’. macrantha (Fl. Tasm., 1., 145), says: ‘‘Squamis hypogynis nullis,’’ and Bentham is silent on this point. There is, however, a-crimsou scale at the base of each carpel, although in the dried state the colour is usually lost and the scale is difficult to find. 64 The scale occurs in the var. pedicellosa (which I have from Burnside, Port Lincoln, Robe, and Kangaroo Island), as well as in the type. PITTOSPORACEAE. Billardvera cymosa, F. v. M. Karoonda; Lameroo (Dist. M). Var. sericophora, Benth. Strathalbyn; Port Lincoln. Pittosporum phillyraeoides, DC. In the dry country north of Murat this is only a shrub, not above 2 m. high, leaves small (24-5 cm. long), fruit unripe, but much smaller than the unripe fruit gathered about the same date on typical trees at Minnipa. This is doubtless the same form as was found by Captain White in the Everard Range, with hoary pedicels and small leaves. LEGUMINOSAE. Acacia Oswaldu, F. v..M. Minnipa and Chillundie, with lanceolate phyllodia; also at Murat Bay (with oblong- lanceolate phyllodia), where it is known as ‘‘Prickly Myall.’’ At Iron Knob it has linear-lanceolate phyllodia, very pun- gent-pointed, and is known as ‘‘Dead Finish Myall.’’ Some specimens from the Murray have the pungent point trans- ferred to one corner of the oblique summit of the curved phyllodium, which thus presents a curious cimitar-like appear- ance. J. W.,Mellor). #. Brownu, F. vy. M. Dublin scrub (Dist. A; H. H. D. Grifith). #. Dutton. v. My Mount Gan-= son, Dist. W; Mrs. Beckwith); Minnipa. RUBIACEAE. *Galium Aparine, L., var. minor, DC. Woolshed Flat,. near Quorn (Miss J. Mills); Campbell Creek, Melrose. This: clinging plant, called in England “Cleavers,’’ was recorded from Mount Gambier by Bentham in 1866. *G. murale, DC. This little alien, which seems to have great facility in distri- buting its seeds, was found fruiting in the scrub at Minnipa in November. GooDENIACEAE. Dampiera stricta, R. Br. ‘Myponga (Dist. A): D. lanceolata, Cunn. Longwood (Dish sean Minnipa (Dist 2). Goodenia glauca, F.v. M. TJ have this species from Ren- mark, Gladstone, Arkaringa, and Broken Hill, and always: var. sericea, Benth. The indusium, although glabrous on the outer face, is appressed-silky on the inner and the style is: hairy. G. pusillifilora, F. vy. M. Brighton, Dublin (Dist. A); Halbury, Gladstone, Telowie Gorge (Dist. N). Scacvola spinescens, R. Br. Minnipa (Dist Magis ase aemula. R. Br. (Dist. N) and S. humilis, R. Br., both grow at Gladstone. These two species are certainly rather difficult to distinguish and it might be better, as Bentham suggests, to treat Aamilis as a variety only. S. aemula has longer and less prominently toothed leaves, a soft pubescence which may almost wear off through age, and usually longer spikes and corollas. It is a larger plant and has a wide range throughout rs) io the State. S. Aumilis is essentially northern in its habitat. Puzzling forms, almost intermediary, occur on Kangaroo Island, where Tate records the existence of both species. COMPOSITAE. Hlelipterum floribundum, DC.; var. Sturtianum, Benth. Dublin scrub (H. H. D. Griffith); Gawler Ranges (S. A. White) ; Telowie; Pirie; Karoonda; Warramboo. This is the form with straw-coloured outer bracts of the involucre and pappus-bristles united only at base. The spreading snow- white inner bracts of this “everlasting’”’ are a marked feature in many parts of the Murray Scrub and Eyre Peninsula. The type, with all the bracts white and the pappus-bristles dilated and united in their lower halves, is found chiefly in our Far North—-Mount Lyndhurst, Oodnadatta, Tar- coola, Mount Gunson, Gawler Ranges, Arkaringa, Everard Range, River Finke. In these Transactions, Xxxvi., 23, pl. 11., it was sought (1 now think unneces- sarily) to distinguish this form as var. tubulipappum. The specimens vary in size, and there are small intermediate forms from the Murray and Wallaroo, with all the bracts white but the pappus-bristles united only at base. //. corym- biflorum, Schlecht. This beautiful httle plant often covers the ground along the banks of the Murray with a carpet of “white everlastings,” as it also does in many of our northern districts. At Melrose it grows on the flats among the box- gums. Athrixia tenella, Benth. Specimens from Edilillie have the upper part of the stems more or less clothed with erect or spreading bracts similar to those of the involucre. This character shows an approximation to the Western Australan A. Croniniana, F. v. M., but the pappus is normal. Cratystylis conocephala, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot., xliui., 138, ann. 1905 (Olearia conocephala, F. v. M.; Pluchea conocephala, F. v. M.; Stera conocephala, Ewart et Rees). Common near Murat Bay and inland towards Chillundie. The conical heads are very fragile, finally falling from the branchlets and the bracts separating from the receptacle. The flowerheads seem to be constantly semi-dioecious or dioecious, the bisexual (or male?) corollas swollen towards the summit by the fertile, connate anthers, the female corollas cylindrical with the anthers abortive and free. (See pl. vu.) The pistil of the bisexual flowers appeared perfect, but it was too early in the season (November 11) to make certain on this interesting point. (Gneludinge (my decurrens,, To wy ie: Karoonda; Lameroo; Murray Bridge: Gladstone: Strath- albyn; Nuriootpa; Port Lincoln; Yeelanna; Hog Bay, K.1I. All the efforts I have made to distinguish satisfactorily these two species have failed, and I think they should be united. Mueller first sought to distinguish them by stating (Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict., 111., 59) that H. decurrens “differs from /7. retuswm in shorter more wrinkled leaves, with broader decurrent lines, in neither shining nor glabrous nor heterogam- ous flowerheads, and in more copious pappus-bristles.’”’ Later, in Fragm. vil., 46, he adopted another formula: —“Ab fH. retuso distinguendum est capitulis paulo longioribus apice magis apertis, squamis involucri minus _ flavescentibus nunquam laxis.” As regards the supposed presence of female flowers in //. refusum and their absence in H/. decurrens, out of ten specimens examined only two (from Murray Bridge and Kangaroo Island) had no female flowers, and these two were not distinguishable by any other characteristic from specimens which had both bisexual and female flowers in each head. The leaves, which vary from 5 to 15 mm. in length and are usually spreading, have a narrow groove along the upper surface and a small point which is more or less recurved, so that the leaf appears either truncate or notched at the summit. The upper-surface varies from rough to almost smooth, and the margins are always more or less revolute, sometimes almost hiding the tomentose under-surface. The decurrent lines, are often as long as the leaf itself and are always conspicuous, at least below the young leaves, for the prominence or otherwise of the lines is almost entirely a question of the age of the leaf, just as the looseness or otherwise of the involucral bracts is a matter of floral -- iz?) development. The head contains ]0-13 flowers, of which 1-3 are usually female, 4-toothed, and without pappus; rarely all are bisexual. The involucral bracts vary from snow-white (like those of Cassinia laevis) to straw-colour. //. adnatwm, with which Ozothamnus retusus was united by Bentham in Fl. Aust., 1i1., 629 (he has not noticed O. decurrens in that work), appears to be a distinct species with short, rather acute, erect leaves, adnate to the branch usually for the whole of their length (see J. H. Maiden, [lust. N.S.W. Plants, 23, pl. 8), but I have not seen any specimens from South Aus- tralia. As regards priority of specific name, //. retwsum and /1. decurrens are both of the same date—F. v. M., Fragm., vili., 46 (1873)—but the original descriptions are:— Ozothamnus retusus, Sond et Muell. in Linnaea, xxv., 510 (1852); O. decurrens, F. Muell., in Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict., mi., 09 (1859). HH. Jessenn, F. v. M. To the stations men- tioned by Mueller in Vict. Nat., vu., 48, for this species— River Murray, Gawler, Lake Alexandrina, Burra, Wirrabara, Port Augusta, Port Lincoln—may now be added: Halbury, Gladstone, Napperby, Telowie, Melrose, Whyte-Yarcowie, Meribah, Lake Gairdner, Gawler Ranges. For the closely- allied species, //. hyalospermum, F. v. M.:—Burnside, Kapunda, Melrose, Tarcowie, Gawler Ranges. Calotis scapigera, Hook. Port Adelaide River (Dist. A ; Piece ae terrific ). Olearia rudis, F. v. M. ,Karoonda. Extreme form of var. glabriuscula, Benth. Almost without hairs or roughness, but otherwise like the type. HTumea squamata, F. v. M., was common at Karoonda, but only budding in early October. Lagenophora Billardiert, Cass. Campbell Creek, Mel- rose (Dist. N). Craspedia globosa, Benth. This handsome and appar- ently rare plant was found in bud on the banks of Campbell Creek, Melrose, in the middle of October. Brachycome tesquorum, sp. nova (tab. viii.). //erba perennis tata glanduloso-hispidula basi lignea, caulibus erectis ramosis, foliis rigidulis oblanceolatis 2-3 cm. longis acute paucidentatis trinervils, nervis infra prominentibus, pedun- culis elongatis subecorymbosis, involucri bracters oblongis margine late seariosis laceratis, ligulis florum marginalium conspicuis lilacinis, achenis obovatis compressis margune incrassatis exalatis pilis uncinatis conspersis utrinque bieos- tatis, pappo nullo. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer); Glen Ferdi- nand, Musgrave Ranges (S. A. White). Belongs to Section 76 Paquerina, and appears nearest to 2. angustifolia, A. Cunn., but has three-nerved leaves with a few long sharp teeth or lobes.and ribbed achenes. Senecio magnificus, F.v. M. Pinnaroo; Karoonda (Dist. M); Oodnadatta; Everard Range (Dist. C). SS. brachy- glossus, F. v. M. At Renmark is a form with involucres 7-8 mm. long, of about 12 bracts; outer female flowers about 10, with a very short ligule not exceeding the style-branches ; inner bisexual flowers 20-25. The heads correspond fairly with var. major, Benth., but the Renmark specimens are slender, few-flowered, with leaves nearly entire, and only about 12 em. high. - *Centaurea melitensis, Li. “Maltese Cockspur.” Yaninee. *iledypnois cretica, Willd., is found at Gladstone in the form with glabrous involucral bracts and long diffuse stems. Moolooioo, ordinary form (S. A. White). *CUrypostemma calendulaceum, R. Br. “Cape Dande- hon.’’ Forming great yellow. patches on the slopes of Mount Remarkable in October. *Carduus tenuiflorus, Curt. To the localities already given must be added Melrose, Robe, and Kangaroo Island. * Lactuca saligna, 4. “Willow Lettuce.” Murray Bridge as a new locality. . * Sonchus maritimus, L. Henley Beach; Glenelg; Port Noarlunga; Port Elliot; Robe; Port MacDonnell. I don’t know whether it is found on the seacoast north cf Adelaide. Probably the plant referred to by Bentham in FI. Aust., in., 680, as a maritime variety 'of S. oleraceus, L., which it resembles in the achenes. In the Nat. Fl. of 8.A. I called it var. littoralis of S. asper, but was not then aware that it was perennial, with long slender subterranean stolons penetrating the sand and forming new plants. In the South Australian specimens the leaves vary from almost entire, with small auricles, to sinuate-pinnatifid with large rounded auricles, and the achenes have usually 3-5 longitudinal ribs, the middle one most prominent, but with few or no transverse rugosities, which are also obsolescent in some Mediterranean forms. Our plant varies in height from 30 to 60 cm., and is often course and stout, the leaves bordered by spiny teeth. As this species is not- mentioned by the early navigating botanists of Australia, it is very probably, hike Cakile maritima, an intro- duction which has spread rapidly along our coasts. F. M. Bailey records the occurrence of S. maritimus in Queensland. *S. asper, Hoffm. Grows to a large size in Campbell Creek, Melrose. *Chrysanthemum coronarmm, lL. As a garden escape at Berr1. 77 *Xanthium orientale, L., ann. 1763 (X. canadense, Mill, ann. 1768). Sent to the Department of Agriculture from the neighbourhood of Renmark, and apparently numercus. This weed is a congener of the Bathurst Bur (*X. spinosum, L.), but has burs twice as large, with stouter and longer spines and two large divergent beaks at the summit of the bur. This is its first record in South Australia and it is a most undesirable introduction. The body of the bur is 14-18 mm. long and with the two beaks it measures 17-25 mm. in length. Originally an American species, but may have reached ‘South Australia from the Mediterranean, as it approaches closely to the descriptions of X. italicum, Mor., the name given to a form of \. orcentale naturalized in Mediterranean countries. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. PLATE V. Triodia lanata, n. sp. 1, flowering glume. 2, palea. 3, pistil, stamens, and lodicules. Puate VI. Trichinium seminudum, n. sp. 1, perianth. 2, inner segment of perianth. 3, bract. 4, bracteole. 5, pistil and stamens. Pragte-VIT. Poranthera triandra, n. sp. 1, male flower: 2, female flower. 3, female flower viewed from above after the fruit has fallen, show- ing the 3 calyx-segments and. the hypogynous disk. 4, female flower and pedicel (fruit fallen). 5, embryo. 6, stamen. Cratystylis conocephala, S. Moore. 1, female flower. 2, bisexual (or male 7) flower. 3, free, barren stamen of female flower. 4, summit of style. Tillaea. 1, flower of T. Sieberiana, Schult. 2, carpel of same. 3, carpel of T. acuminata, F. M. Reader. 4, flower of same. Pruate VIII. Brachycome tesquorum, n. sp. 1, female flower. 2, bisexual flower. 3, outer involucral bract. 4, inner involucral bract. 5, achene. 78 REVISION OF THE GENUS STIGMODERA, AND DESCRIP- TIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF BUPRESTIDAE (ORDER COLEOPTERA). By: HH... CaRTER, BA. PE E.S: [Read June 8, 1916.] Puates [X. anp X. STIGMODERA, Escholtz. More than most Australian families of the Coleoptera, the Buprestidae are in great need of revision; while of the Buprestidae the purely Australian genus, Stigmodera—num- bering above 300 species of the most beautiful of our Coleoptera—has never been tabulated. There is, in conse- quence, much confusion arising from misidentification, synonymy, and nomina nuda. Twenty-three authors have described or named species, of whom, fortunately, the earlier writers—e.y., Donovan, Kirby, and Castelnau and Gory—gave excellent figures, the monograph of the last two authors being a standard work of great value. Amongst later writers, Saunders gave figures not only of his own species, but of species of other authors identified by him. There is thus little difficulty in determining the majority of the species described by these authors. It is much to be regretted that later writers who have contributed most new names—e.g., Thomson, Macleay, Blackburn, and Kerremans—have not published figures of their species, so that, where the types are not available for examination, there is some difficulty in deter- mining the value of their species, unless they possess strongly differentiated characters. The work of Thomson is so casual, brief, and unscientific that the greater part is of little value. He seems to have taken little pains to acquire knowledge of the works of other authors on the subject. In consequence, as Kerremans has shown, a large number of his names are synonyms. Macleay’s types are distributed between the Australian and the Macleay Museums in Sydney. I have been able to examine these. Moreover, many of the species described by Saunders were sent to him by Mr. G. Masters, late curator of the Macleay Museum, so that the named specimens in that Museum may in many cases be considered as co-types. Blackburn described fifty-five species, but with a tendency to insufficient allowance for variation, and some- times with insufficient material. I find that no less than 79 seventeen of these must be considered as synonyms, or, at most, variations of previously-described species. Some of these have been indicated by himself, others were unfortunately published in papers which nearly synchronized with those by M. Kerremans, so that each of these writers sometimes repeated the work of the other. By the courtesy of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, of the South Australian Museum, and the co-operation of my friend, Mr. A. M. Lea, I have had the loan of a large number of specimens, including many of Blackburn’s co-types, or specimens bearing labels in Black- burn’s handwriting. This has been supplemented by similar help from Mr. Kershaw, of the National Museum, Melbourne, so that I have been able to determine with accuracy almost all the species named by this diligent entomologist. Further, a notebook containing the late Canon Blackburn’s copious notes on various Coleoptera has been entrusted to me, in which is an outline of a tabulation of the genus Stegmodera. While not following the same method in my own tabulation, this has been of use in a few cases of species unknown to me. Besides the material mentioned above, all the unnamed or doubtfully-named specimens in the Macleay Museum, the Brisbane Museum, the Perth and Tasmanian Museums have been sent to me, together with the fine private collection of Mr. Lea. My own collection—largely taken by myself in twenty years’ collecting in every Australian State, except South Australia, is a good one—and I am further indebted for specimens to Mr. C. French, Mr. H. W. Brown (the widest of our field collectors), and Mr. H. Hacker. In 1907 I visited the Museums of Brussels, Paris, and England, taking notes on specimens, especially in the Hope Museum, Oxford, and the British Museum (which last had recently purchased the fine collection of M. Kerremans), and I was thus able to compare specimens with many types. With this material I have ventured on a task that would otherwise have been insuperable, in the hope that the tabulation may render identification easier to collectors, and at the same time purge our catalogues of useless names. Probably sore errors will occur. but at least this tabulation will afford a basis for future workers. Lastly, I would pay my homage to the great specialist in Buprestidae, M. Chas. Kerremans, whose cheery acquaintance I had the honour to make in 1907 and whose correspondence I have valued since. His standard work in the ‘‘Genera Insectorum’’ has been of great assistance to me, and I have, in part, followed his subdivision of the genus into the three subgenera mentioned below. Whatever be the value of these subdivisions zoologically, they are very helpful in classifying so large a genus. I had hoped to see the 80 completion of M. Kerreman’s monumental monograph on the Buprestidae before attempting my tabulation, a work courageously continued throughout periods of ill-health. To this misfortune has now been addéd the martyrdom of his devoted country and the detestable German occupation, during which all correspondence has been impossible. I am sure that M. Kerremans will take an honest criticism in a generous spirit. Up to 1902 this author described some eighty-four Australian species of Stagmodera, of which twenty are con- fessed synonyms, partly through the synchrenism with Black- burn’s publications. To these I have added others below, in some cases confirmed by notes lately taken at the British Museum by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. In a few cases species placed together in my tabulation may not be synonymous. It is not sometimes possible to determine species Ly description only, especially when the descriptions omit important charac- ters or no following note shows the distinction between a new species and its nearest allies. This should always accompany a description in so large a genus. While a European naturalist has the advantage of access to types and copious literature to hand, he has not generally the field experience and constant communication with collectors to enable him to decide ques- tions of variation and distribution. This fact further emboldens me to attempt the work that follows. VARIATION.—The variations of Stiqmoderae are often so wide that it is always a dangerous supposition that an insect that looks at first sight unlike anything described is a new species. At the same time, while certain species seem lable to variation, a large number are singularly constant in colouration, pattern, and structure. These variations may be classified under :—(1) Size, (2) colour, (3) structure, (4) sex. (1) Seze.—While the majority of species will be found of a certain average size, remarkable instances occur -in exceptional cases of dwarf or abnormally large specimens. Thus in the common species, taken around Sydney, I have before me macularia, Don., varying from 33 x 15 mm. to ‘21 x 9 mm.; variabilis, Don., from 37 x 15 mm. to 20 x 8 mm.; jacquinot?, Boisd., from 30 x 14 mm. to 19 x 8 mm.; cyanicollis, Boisd., from 13 x 44 mm. to 74 x 24 mm. (2) Colour —Here will be an the chief stumbling- block to the novice. Again it is the commoner and widely- distributed species which vary most. The _ well-named variabilis, Don., is a good example of this. Here the elytra may be a concolorous red or yellow, while the three dark fasciae and apical spot show every form of interruption or absence. The following are some of the species in which a similar variation has been noticed :—smitcheli, Hope (with ig 6) —_— its many-named variations, infra); yarelli, C. and G.; semo- cincta, C. and G. (with variety variopicta, Thoms.) ; undulata, Don.; robusta, Saund.; ignota, Saund.; speciosa, Kerr. ; dulcis, Blackb.; octosmlota, C. and G.; punctiventris, Saund.; swmulata, C. and G.; rewcher, C. and G.; oleata, Blackb. ; alexandri, n. sp.; regia, Blackb. The presence or absence of* shoulder spots is variable in jehellii, Saund. ; ignota, Saund.; skuseti, Blackb.; punectiventris, Saund.; and others. The absence or presence of yellow or red margin of the pronotum in the same species is rare, but nevertheless it seems to occur—/.¢., if stevenst, Gehin. = tibialis, Waterh., the latter being generally without such a margin; but E am very doubtful of this synonymy. The width of this pale margin in species with a dark disc and wide margins is very variable—e.y., thoracica, Saund.; latithorar, Thom. ; witte- collis, Macl.; pictipes, Blackb.; tricolorata, Waterh.; while some species vary in the amount of red colouration which takes the place of the usual metallic surface of the pronotum, as in parryt, Hope; caroli, Blackb. JMJaculiventris, Macl., is extremely variable in pattern; the type has the elytra orange-yellow, sanguineous towards apex, with a spot on the suture behind the scutellum, a postmedial fascia, and an apical patch dark-green; but the postscutellary spot is some- times widened into a short fascia, there is often a wide preapical spot, sometimes shortly fasciate, while the suture is more or less widely dark. It is one of the largest of the subdivision Custiarina, having simple tarsal claws, and is wrongly placed with Themognatha in the “‘Genera Insectorum.”’ The colour of the abdomen is variable, probably sexual, some- times brassy-green with yellow spots at the sides; in other examples the abdomen is almost wholly yellow, the margins of segments only being green. The apex has a fringe of long yellow hair. Melanism is of rare occurrence in the genus, but I have seen the variety of variabilis, Don., with the whole upper- surface black, except the yellow band to the prothorax, known as nigripenmis, C. and G. What is more common is a tendency for the colour of the fasciae (in fasciated species) to spread more or less, sometimes wholly, over the surface of the elytra. Thus cruwentata, Kirby, is an evident variety of vegeta, Tlope. There is a wholly- blue specimen of yare/li, C. and G., in the Macleay Museum, and Mr. H. W. Brown has two beautiful blue-green specimens of conspicillata, White, while there is a well-known variety of cyanicollis, Boisd., found in Victoria and Tasmania, which I believe is the species described as viridis, C. and G. It is possible that the charming little species described fra as lea: may be another local variety of 82 this, but it should be named. Blackburn mentions an example of wndulata, Don., illustrating the above tendency (ante, 13975: Pp. oays It is thus quite possible that varicollis, Cart., is a variety of yarelh, C. and G., though this appears to be a good example of geographical variation, in which every specimen has a more or less constant pattern that varies from the type found elsewhere. This remark is also true of rufipes, Macl., a red- legged North Queensland form of octospilota, C. and G. This kind of variation, or species in the making, obviously intensi- fies the difficulty of sharp definition in the tabulation in a genus in which colour is so prominent a feature. In a few species the colour of the underside is variable. This will be treated especially under sex variation, but in the much- described punctiventris, Saund. ( = bimotata, Saund. = yguttata, Blackb., etc.) the underside is either yellow or coppery, while in species having more or less yellow on the under-surface the amount of such colouration is very variable. S. decipiens, Westw., is also variable in pattern. (3) Structural variation (including sculpture and cloth- ing).—The chief variations here will be noted under sexual variation; otherwise such variations are rare, and the best diagnosis of species can be made on structural characters. There are, however, two obvious cases that deserve mention. (a) Width, or expansion of the sides of prothorax. (6) Structure of the apices of the elytra. In a few cases there are some considerable variations under (a)—e.g., klugi, C. and G., often shows wide differ- ences in the form of the prothorax (a fact to which Mr. G. S. Bryant called my attention when collecting in Sydney). This is true also of the species parryi, Hope, which in a long series I cannot distinguish from parvicollis, Saund. (6) The apices of the elytra form, in general, one of the best characters for the separation of allied species, and some authors believe this to be a constant character in the same species. There is, however, sufficient variation here to give cause for trouble (vide Blackburn, ante, 1900, p. 48, on yarelli). The examina- tion of long series of bicincta, Boisd.; octospilota, C. and G. ; cupricollis, Saund., and others, will show enough variation to make exact description difficult, the spines sometimes being subobsolete; where the type has distinct spines. Also many of the larger species, whose apex is more or less truncate with a short external spine (e¢.g., thoracica, Hope; variabilis, Don.) show a variation towards the simply-rounded apex. (4) Sexual variation.—The most marked sexual distinc- tion lies in the form of the last abdominal segment, the male having this segment more or less excised (e.g., reichei, C. and 83 G.), or merely truncate (¢.g., macularia, Don.), while that of the female is rounded. The male is generally smaller (markedly so in ¢mperialis, n. sp.), narrower, and more attenuated behind. In some species (¢.¢., chevrolati, Gehin. ; reichei, C. and G.) the female has a finely-forked ovipositor, to be found in many others only by dissection. JI have not observed the sexual variation in density of punctures, noted by Blackburn, except perhaps in pubicollis, Waterh., in which the male has the thorax densely clothed with long hairs, the female having only a slightly pubescent surface. In such cases the density of hair is accompanied by a corresponding coarseness of sculpture. A more obvious sexual variation occurs in a few species in the colour of the abdomen. Thus in alternata, Lumh., the largest and most beautiful of the section Castiarina, the male has a yellow abdomen, while that of the female is dark-green, with lateral yellow spots; simi- larly with maculivéntris, Macl. In jekelli4, Saund., and cruenta, C. and G., the male has a yellow, while the female has a dark metallic abdomen. In immaculata, Cart., the pronotum and whole underside of the male is bright metallic- green, the corresponding parts of the female being brilliant- golden-copper. In wnperialis, n. sp., the male is not only much smaller than the female, but the elytra are without the fascia found in the female. In the nearly-related species, duboulayi, Saund., and macfarlanei, Waterh., the male has one fascia, the female two fasciae, besides the dark apex to the elytra. In consmeillata, White, the male has only the apex of a dark colour, while the female has two fasciae as well as the apex so coloured. S. oleata, Blackb.—Mr. H. W. Brown has taken a long series of this fine species at Yalgoo, Western Australia, of which seven specimens are before me—two male, five female. The author evidently had some doubt as to the male specimen described by him being conspecific with the female by his note of interrogation affixed thereto. I have little doubt that the male so described is that of another species, while there is some doubt as to his diagnosis of the sex of the female specimen described. I therefore append notes on the colour markings of the specimens before me. 3. (a) Head, legs, and underside blue-black, the last three segments of abdomen red with dark margins ; prothorax orange-red with narrow basal margin dark; elytra blue-black with medial fascia expanded laterally and wide preapical fascia connected narrowly at sides with the former orange-red, also a few small orange spots near basal margin. , 84 ¢d. (b) As in f(a), except prothorax with apical half suffused with darker markings, elytral orange fasciae not connected laterally, abdomen entirely dark (metallic blue and green). Q. (a) Two specimens as in the description of the male by Blackburn (the whole blue-black, elytra with red preapical fascia). Q. (4b) Two specimens have an additional medial fascia orange-red, narrower than in the male, and widely interrupted at the suture. Q. (c) One specimen, elytra as in /4/, but the prothorax , has a vague transverse red band near the base. S. sanguinosa, Hope.—In this species there is a marked sexual dimorphism in the structure of the apices of the elytra and of the last segment of the abdomen. In the male the 3 4 SexuaL Vartatrion or Apices or Knyrra AND ABDOMEN OF Stigmodera sanguinosa. Fig. 1. Apex of elytra of female. Fig. 2. Apical segment of to ; pee abdomen of female. Fig. 3. Apex of elvtra of male. Fig. 4. Apical segment of abdomen and part of aedeagus of male. elytra are prolonged considerably beyond the abdomen, while in the female the reverse is the case. The last abdominal segment in the latter is bilobed, while it is truncate in the male. The quite different structure of the apices of elytra, 85 simply pointed in the male, bidentate in the female, is very unusual. I do not know a similar case in the whole genus. I have noted in the tabulation special cases of variation as they occurred, for convenience of reference. Distribution.—While the genus is exclusively peculiar to Australia and adjacent islands, the species are extraordinarily freakish in their distribution. A few species are very widely scattered, almost over the whcle continent, while the majority are found in a quite limited habitat. Of the larger species I know only one, mifchel/i, Hope, that is found in every one of the States; while macu/aria, Don., variabilis, Don., occur over the whole of the eastern side of the continent. Of the smaller species, the following are known to me as occurring in every State: —A mphichron, Boisd.; burchelli, C. and G.:; cyanicollis, Boisd., and its varieties ; wosmilota, C. and G.; S-smlota, C. and G.; 10-maculata, Kirby, and rufipennis, Kirby. The country extending from north-west Victoria to the extreme west of Western Australia can only be considered as one faunal area, and many of the Western Australian forms occur over a great part of this area. I have received specimens of simulata, C. and G.; robusta, Saund.; jekell, Saund. ; sanguineolenta, C. and G.; pallhidiventris, C. and G., from widely-separated places in this great area, extending as it does over thirty degrees of longitude. Besides the above, there are a few species—e.g., wndulata, Don.; bicincta, Boisd.; crenata, Don.; S-maculata, Saund.—that occur over the whole of eastern Australia. A large number, possibly the greater number of species, are very local in their occur- rence, and collectors will often speak of limited regions where one rare species is known only to be found. Thus cydista, Rainb., has only been found in a limited district near Sydney, while Mr. Brown’s captures in the Cue district show species unknown elsewhere. SYNONYMY. I have placed var. only before those names which ought, in my opinion, to be retained for certain constant forms, sometimes peculiar to certain districts, and which may in some cases prove to be distinct species, but which differ from the typical form. Thus S. rvfipes, Macl., is a Queensland variety of octospilota, C. and G., having red femora. Again, under that much-described species, mztchelli, Hope, besides the fawxs pas of M. Thomson, occur var. 1, guadrispilota, Saund. (a robust large form peculiar to Western Australia) : var. 2, tasmanica, Kerr (a small Tasmanian form); var. 3, karattae, Blackb. (a variable form from Kangaroo Island, Victeria, and southern New South Wales, generally smaller and darker than the typical form). 86 I have placed under the tabulation all the synonyms known or considered as such by me; but in the list imme- diately following this are placed only such synonyms as have not been so far published. b. = “NO Ore © tay 12. 13. | 20. 21. 22. THEMOGNATHA. parryt, Hope (=fusea, Saund.=parvicollis, Saund.= major, Waterh.=picea, Kerr.). sanguineocincta, Saund. (=alcyone, Thoms. =coelestis, Thoms.). sangunepennis, C. and G. (=cincticollis, Kerr.). excisicollis, Macl. (=addenda, Thoms.=sincera, Kerr.). haematica, Hope (= (?) clara, Kerr.). afims, Saund. (=limbata, C. and G.=adelpha, Thoms.). sanguinea, Saund. (= pictiventris, Kerr. =cyaniventris, Kerr. =avuncularis, Thoms.). donovam, C. and G. (=yansoni, Saund.). rectapennis, Blackb. (=agicerubra, Kerr.). reichet, C. and G. (= funerea, . White = marmorea, Blackb.). vitticollis, Macl. (=delia, Thoms. = fallaciosa, Kerr.). mitchelli, Hope (=strichklandi, Hope=daphnis, Thoms. =ostentatriz, Thoms.=var. 1, quadrispilota, Saund. = var. “2, =tasmanica, Kerr = varses, karattae, Blackb.). yarelli, C. and G. (=var. 1, favipennis, Gehin. =var. 2, elegans, Gehin.=var. 3, varicollis, Cart.). flavicollis, Saund. (=S. wnicincta, Saund.). CASTIARINA. empressicollis, Macl. (=costalis, Saund.). moribunda, Saund. (= (?) dispar, Blackb.). punctiventris, Saund. (=guttata, Blackb.=var. minor, Blackb. =var. ignea, Blackb.). atronotata, Waterh. (= guttaticollis, Blackb. = consularis, Kerr: ): Note.—minor, Blackb., is wrongly placed under guttaticollis by Kerremans (Gen. Ins., p. 207). septemnotata, n. nom. (=septemmaculata, Blackb. ; the latter name is preoccupied by Mannerheim for a synonym of spilota, C. and G.). producta, Saund. (=acutipennis, Thoms. = (7?) var. sul- cicollis, Kerr.). delta, Thoms. (= (?) deceptor, Kerr.). lilliputana, Thoms. (= Neocuris mastersi, Macl. = ocularis, Kerr. = (?) dawsonensis, Blackb.). 87 semicinecta, C. and G. (=var. variogcta, Thoms.). laena, Thoms. (= var. electa, Kerr.). versicolor, C. and G. (=decemguttata, Gory.= parva, Saund.). decemmaculata, Kirby (=inaequalis, Kerr.). picta, C. and G. (=purpurea, Hope=var. laetabilis, Kerr.). pallidiventris, C. and G. (=var. cincta, Blackb. =rwbro- emcta, Kerr, n. praeoc.). elderi, Blackb. (=rustica, Kerr.=diversa, Kerr.). andersoni, C. and G. (=var. verax, Kerr.). mastersi, Macl. (=var. deleta, Kerr.). distincta, Saund. (=sternalis, Blackb.=deliciosa, Kerr. =var. baltola, Kérr.=var. imermis, Kerr.). fulviventris, Macl. (=guttigera, Blackb.). auricollis, C. and G. (=ochreiventris, Saund. =strigata, Macl.). wilsoni, Saund. (=var. segma, Kerr.). confusa, Waterh. (=agrestis, Kerr.). anchoralis, C. and G. (=arborifera, Blackb.). smulata, C. and G. (=helenae, Hope=var. phryne, Thoms.=var. lais, Thoms.=var. ftriramosa, Thoms. = distinguenda, Thoms. = fraterna, Kerr.). ignota, Saund. (=var. semisuturalis, Saund.). abdominalis, Saund. (= (7) var. wnica, Kerr.). tricolor, Kirby (=curta, Saund.=opima, Kerr.). humeralis, Kerr (= tillyardi, Cart.). gibbicollis, Saund. (= fascigera, Kerr.). cyanipes, Saund. (=armata, Thoms. =/ongula, Blackb.). cupricolis, Saund. (= alterzona, Thoms. = deyrollei, Thoms. = julia, Thoms.). trifasciata, C. and G. (=apicalis, C. and G.=tacita, Kerr.). affabiiis, Kerr. (=simplex, Kerr.). vegeta, Hope ( = coeruleiwventris, Saund. = haroldi, Saund.=vwiridiventris, Saund., var. cruentata, Kirby =neologa, Thoms. =(?) coerulea, Kerr. = coélestis, Kerr. =stillata, Blackb.). erenata, Don. (=krefftr, Macl.=variata, Kerr.). rubriventris, Blackb. (=maculifer, Kerr.). burcheali, C. and G. (=perplera, Hope=langqiunosa, Hope = hostilis, Blackb.). | sagittaria, C. and G. (=gravis, Har. =obhscuripenns, Saund.). amphichroa, Boisd: (=sexspilota, C. and G.=sieholdi, C. and G.=cylindracea. Saund.=bhicolica, Kerr.). 88 54. hope, Saund. (=burchelu, Hope=placida, Thoms.). 55. punctatosulcata, Saund (=ltigiosa, Kerr.). 56. obscura, Saund. (=var. transversipicta, Thoms.). 57. alternecosta, Thoms. (=alacris, Kerr. =quadrinotata, Blackb.). 58. scalaris, Boisd. (=cyanicollis, Boisd. =subtritasciata, C. and G.=media, Hope=crucigera, C. and G.= prudens, Kerr.). 59. flavovaria, Saund. (=flavomicta, C. and G.=timida, Kerr.). 60. wiolacea, Macl. ( = cupreoflava, Saund. = equena, Blackb.). 61. pwerilis, Kerr. (=var. atrocoerulea, Kerr.). 62. rotundata, Saund. (=(?%) var. aencicornis, Saund.). NOTES ON SYNONYMY. (1) I have examined a large number of specimens labelled parryt, Hope, and parvicollis, Saund., and have carefully compared them with descriptions. While extreme cases are very different in size, and vary as to the amount of dark colouration on the pronotum, I have not been able to draw any definite line between the two names. The other synonyms have been already noted by Kerremans. (2) (3) (4) (6) (7) I see no reason for the various names under these to mark minute differences scarcely amounting to variation. (5) The description of clara, Kerr., would exactly cor-_ respond to a specimen of haematica, Hope, in which the blue colour extended over the whole abdomen; I have seen examples in which this is very nearly the case, the amount of red or blue on the underside being very variable. (8) S. donovam, C. and G.=jansont, Saund. There can be little doubt of this from a study of the figures and descriptions. (9) The description of apicerubra, Kerr., exactly cor- responds with my co-type of rectipennis, Blackb. (10) S. rewchec, C. and G., is very variable. Blackburn himself thought that marmorea was a synonym. (11) I cannot see anything in the description of fa/laciosa, Kerr, to distinguish it from witticollis, Macl., a common Northern and Central Australian species, subject to wide variation. Dr. E. W. Ferguson informs me that there is some confusion between the names vwifticollis, Macl., and sexmaculata, Saund., in the Brit. Mus. Coll., but these are widely different species. (12) S. mitchelli, Hope, shares with variabilis, Don., the distinction of being the most variable in a variable genus. 89 IT have little doubt of the synonymy of the seven names. (13) After my recent experiences in the examination of long series, I am compelled to include varicollis, Cart., as a variety of yarelli, C. and G., though the name should stand for this local form, of which Mr. Duboulay took a large number, all more or less marked as stated in its description. (14) I agree with Blackburn that wnicineta is the male, flavicollis the female, of the same species. (15) Saunders’ figure and description of costalis proclaim its identity with ¢impressicollis, Macl., a fairly common Queensland insect. (16) I am a little doubtful here. There is a slight colour difference, as the suture and apex of moribunda are said to be narrowly black, this marking being absent from dispar, Blackb. This variation is so common in analagous cases é.g., rufipenms, Kirby, that I think I am justified in giving this synonymy. (17) I have seen many specimens which include all these names and which form continuous series. (18) (25) (26) (27) (30) (32) (35) (41) (43) (46) (47) (55) (56) (60) In all these cases Dr. E. W. Ferguson has been kind enough to confirm my own impressions by an examination of types in the British Museum. As regards (32), I have previously published the synonymy of sternalis, Blackb., -with distincta, Saund. Dr. Ferguson’s note on mermis, Kerr., states :—‘‘There were two spp. included under mermis, both marked types; one=distincta, Saund.=deli- ciosa, Kerr.; the other=nova, Kerr.; baliola seems little more than a colour variety of distincta, Saund., with broader bands and basal elytral border.’’ (20) I have followed Kerremans in placing acutipennis, Thoms. = producta, Saund., though the former name has been long given in Australia to the species described as insignis, Blackb. (21) S. delta, Thoms (wde note in tabulation). (22) I am only slightly in doubt as to the correct inclu- sion of dawsonensis in this; but there is only a slight colour difference, the addition of an apical spot on each elytron, and this variation is common in other species. (23) S. variopicta, Thoms. This form is well known to collectors as a variety of semicincta, C. and G. I have taken the two forms in company frequently, at Medlow, Blue Mountains. (24) S. electa, Kerr., cannot be more than a variety of laena, Thoms. (28) See note in the tabulation. 90 (29) (31) From descriptions and examination of many specimens, including co-type of e/deri, Blackb., and the type of mastersi, Macl. (33) Co-type of guttigera compared with type of fulvi- ventris, Macel. (34) Type of strigata, Macl., compared with figures and descriptions of auricollis and ochreiwentris. (36) More than probable. (37) A éo-type of Blackburn’s arborifera is identical with the very common Perth species, anchoralis. (38) One of the most variable of the smaller species. Extreme forms are very different in pattern, but all have the same general colour scheme and robust obese form (fraterna was merely a name to supply the preoccupied distinguenda ). (39) S. semisuturalis, Saund., is a well-known varietal form of zgnota, Saund., to collectors. JI have taken them together in the Blue Mountains. (40) Vide note in tabulation. (42) I confess to a blunder here, due to my not having then seen M. Kerremans’ fine work (Genera Insectorum.) (43) M. Kerremans was mistaken in placing gibbicollis, Saund., as synonymous with grata, Saund. The species are quite distinct. This no doubt accounts for his redescription of gibbicollis as fascugera, Kerr. (44) I have already published the synonymy of Jongula, Blackb., with cyantpes, Saund.; armata, Thoms., described as from Sydney, is no doubt the same species. It is rare in the Sydney district, though occurring at Ropes Creek and in the Blue Mountains. (45) Slight colour varieties, chiefly in the prothorax and underside. 7 (48) S. cruentata, Kirby, is the oldest of the names, but the pattern of vegeta, Hope, is the common one. I am a little doubtful as to the identity of coelestis with the above; -stillata was a name given by Blackburn for coelestes, Kerr., the latter name being preoccupied by Thomson. There is no reason for placing sfi/lata as a synonym of laena, Thoms., as M. Kerremans has done (Genera Insectorum). (50) S. rubriventris, Blackb., was described from Western Australia. There is a New South Wales species very near, if not identical with it, but generally larger. It is possible that this is the form described as maculifer, Kerr. (51) S. hostiis, Blackb. I have examined a co-type of this in the South Australian Museum collection, labelled by Blackburn. The apex of one elytron is slightly malformed or damaged ; the other apex is perfect and ordinarily bispinose. As this is the only or main distinction between this and Or hurchelli, 1 conclude that Blackburn was misled by the malformation. (52) Is my conclusion from figures and descriptions. (53) (54) Common species that include all the names noted. (57) The synonymy of alacris, Kerr., with alternecosta, Thoms., has been published by M. Kerremans himself. A co-type of quadrinotata, Blackb., in the South Australian Museum shows the same insect. A species I often used to find near Cook River, Canterbury (near Sydney). (58) The commonest insect of the whole genus, with a corresponding variation, which I believe includes the names given. (59) (61) I feel sure of the synonymy, from descriptions. (60) S. eqiuina, Blackb. Type in National Museum, Melbourne, examined by me and found identical with type of violacea, Macl. The suggestion of mine that ewpreoflava, Saund., was the same was confirmed by Dr. Ferguson. In the following tabulation an asterisk (*) is placed against species unknown to me. This tabulation is put forward with some diffidence, and is probably not without error. The difficulties can be partly estimated by the follow- ing statement of the numbers of names so far catalogued :— No. of species in tabulation. No. of names catalogued. A. Stigmodera 8 1) B. Themognatha 69 121 C. Castiarina 241 386 Total 318 pe, en In other words that 204, out of 522 names, should be either sunk as synonyms or treated as variations; a formidable list with which to make oneself familiar. M. Kerremans gave 345 species in the Genera Insectorum, and I find that four species were then omitted—viz., suwbpura, Blackb.; tyrrhena, Blackb.; pallas, Blackb.; and erubescens, Blackb. If my tabulation is correct there are thus 318 existing species, of which 31 are here described as new. The species can be divided into subgenera as follows :— 1. Elytra pitted with large foveate punctures (also striate- punctate in cancellata, Don.)—a. stTiagMopERA, Eschs. 2-4. Elytra striated or striate-punctate, the intervals some- times costate. 3. Tarsal hooks lobed or toothed at the base--8. THEMO- GNATHA, Sol. 4 Tarsal hooks simple—c. casTrarina, C. and G. 92 Suspgenus A. Table of SriamopeERA, elytra pitted. 1-9. Elytra without coloured fasciae. 2-6. Elytra yellow. 3. Elytral foveae small, more or less concolorous with elytra apex widely bidentate—goryi, C. & G.; curtisi, Hope. 4-6. Klytral foveae large and black. 5. Apex of each elytron simply rounded—macularia, Don. ; cicatricosa, Dalm. 6. Apex of each elytron bispinose (with oblique excision)— jacquinoti, Boisd, die Elytra brown-red, foveae black, apex subtruncate— porosa, i. sp. 8. Elytra red, foveae green, apex dentate—sanguinosa, Hope. 9. Upper surface brilliant golden-green—gratiosa, Chev. ; smaragdinea, Hope. 10-12. Elytra with coloured fasciae. rh. Thorax and underside brilliant coppery-green—roet, Saund,; cancellata, Boisd.; vescoei, Gehin. 12. Thorax and underside dull -blue or ereen—cancellata, Don.; dejeani, Hope; dejeaniana, Boisd Norre.—The geographical distribution of the above is curious, the first four species being peculiar to the eastern side, the last four to the western side of Australia. Suscenus B.. THemognatHa, elytra striate, tarsal hooks” lobed or toothed at base. 1-8. Tibiae enlarged and toothed on the external border. 2. Prothorax with yellow margins, abdomen yellow—duponti, Boisd. ; stevensi, Gehin. 3. Prothorax concolor ous, abdomen bronze—tibialis, Waterh. 4-117. Tibiae normal. 5-71. Elytra without coloured fasciae. 6-23. Elytra entirely red or yellow. 7-15. Prothorax concolorous. 8-10. Prothorax red (sometimes with bronzy reflections). 9, Alternate intervals of elytra costate—heros, Gehin. 10. Intervals regularly convex—parryi, Hope; fusca, Saund. ; parvicollis, Saund.; major, W aterh. ; picea, Kerr. Ai: Prothorax bronze—chalcodera, Thoms. 12-14. Prothorax brassy-green. 13. Abdomen chiefly yellow—brucki, Thoms. Oe Abdomen brassy -green—sanguineocincta, Saund. ; aleyone, Thoms. ; coelestis, Thoms. 15. Prothorax black—aestimata, Kerr. 16-23. Prothorax with red or yellow margins. 17-19. Dise of pronotum black. 18, Margins of pronotum red, underside blue—sanquini- pennis, C. and G.; cincticollis, Kerr. 19. Margins of pronotum yellow, underside black—flavo- marginata, G. and H.; cruentata, Murray. 20-22: Pro green, with red margins. 21. Klytral apices simple—menalea as, Thoms. 22. Klytral apices strongly bispinose—lobicollis, Saund. 54-62. 55-61. 93 | Prothorax red, with narrow central part black, abdomen red—haematica, Hope; (?) var. clara, Werr. Elytra red or yellow, suture or apex, or both with dark markings. Prothorax concolorous. Pronotum and underside blue. Suture and sides generally with wide blue vittae— sutwralis, Don.; vertebralis, Boisd. . Suture (partly) and apex only dark—franea, n. sp. Pronotum and underside green. Apices of elytra truncate. Base, suture, and apex of elytra blue (apical mark rarely absent)—similis, Saund Base and suture ot elytra green, size smaller than similis marcida, Blackb. Apices of elytra strongly bispinose—e.ccisicollis, Macl. ; addenda, Thoms. ; sencera, Werr. Pronotum bronze (sometimes more or less red)—caroli, Blackb. ; capucina, Blackh. Prothorax with red or yellow margins. Red margins as wide as or wider than discal colour. Alternate intervals of elytra subcostate and narrowed— latithorax, Thoms. Intervals of elytra uniform—thoracica, Saund.; atalanta, Thoms. Margins of prothorax narrower than discal colour. Disc of pronotum metallic-green, sides of elytra sanguineous. Underside entirely green. Sutural markings continuous from base to apex without notable enlargement—limbata, Don. Sutural marking commencing behind base, with irregular widenings—affinis, Saund. ; limbata, C.. and G.: ; adelpha, Thoms. Underside (in part at least) yellow. Elytral suture green, abdomen with yellow spots, last segment with red bands—sanguinea, Saund.; picti- ventris, Kerr.; var. cyanwentris, Kerr. - avuncularis, Thoms. Apices of elytra strongly bispinose, margins of elytra not dark. Sides of prothorax angularly widened, margins of pro- notum and elytra red—viridicineta, Waterh. Sides of prothorax rounded, their margins and elytra clear yellow—donovami, C. and G.; jansoni, Saund. Apices of elytra truncate, margins of elytra blue-black— lessoni, C. and G.; acutithorax, Thoms. Dise of pronotum and apical half of elytra coppery-red— pascoei, Saund. Dise of pronotum and apex of elytra bronzy—sanquini- ventris, Saund. Dise of pronotum blue, margins irregularly red—notati- collis, n. sp. Disc of pronotum red, margins bronzy—wimmerae, Blackb. Elytra brown, piceous, or black, lateral margins more or less yellow. Prothorax with yellow or red margins. 59-62 60. 61. 62. 63-71, 64-68. 65. 66-68. 67. 68. 69-71. 70. 94 Head and underside abnormally pilose. Form oval, apices of elytra simple, pronotum strongly pilose in male—pubicollis, Waterh. ; lateritia, Thoms. Form navicular, apices strongly bispinose, pronotum not pilose—barbiventris, n. sp. Head and underside normally pubescent. Elytra reddish-brown, disc of pronotum black—flavo- cincta, C. and G. Elytra brownish-black, disc of pronotum bronze—grandis, Don. Pronotum mottled red and black, not margined— gigas, 1 a OP Elytra dark-blue or black, apex sanguineous (except im qa): Prothorax concolorous. Elytra (except apex) and underside black — princeps, Blackb Elytra (except apex) blue (or greenish). Form elongate, apex widely red—bonvouloiri, Saund. Form shortly ovate, apex narrowly red—obscuripennis, Manneth. ; rugosipennis, Thoms. Prothorax mar roined more or less red. Elytra blue, apex red, apical segments of abdomen red— rectipennis, Blackh. ; apicerubra, Kerr. Apex of elytra concolorous with rest, margins inter- ruptedly red—rufocyanea, n. sp. Klytra (in general) fasciated. Prothorax concolorous (at least with no defined yellow or red margins). Upper-surface nitid dark-green, underside black, elytra with a single preapical fascia red—mniszechi, Saund. Whole surface. brilliant- -green, elytra with basal and preapical fascia yellow —saundersi, | Waterh. ; obesissima, Thoms. Pronotum bronze or coppery. Underside black, elytra black with irregular fasciae vellow—reichei, C. and G.; funerea, White; mar- morea, Blackb. Underside (or at least the abdomen) yellow. Elytra with 3 black fasciae, apex sanguineous (pronotum sometimes with irregular orange spots near margin)— murrayi, G. and H.; trifasciata, Murray ; imperatriz, Thoms. Elytra with 2 fasciae and apex blue-black, underside blue —spencei, C. and G.; egregia, Boh.; sternoceroides, Thoms. Pronotum blue, elytra with 3 fasciae and apex blue— congener, Saund Pronotum green, irregularly mottled yellow, elytra with one fascia and apex violet—chevrolati, Gehin. ; imperatriz, White; imperator, Thoms. Pronotum yellow (sometimes with dark discal markings), abdomen more or less yellow. Klytra with one fascia, shoulder, and subapical spot black, apices hooked—martini, Saund. Elytra with one fascia and subapical spot blue, apex rounded—flavicollis, Saund.; wnicincta, Saund. 86. 87. 88-113. 89-95. 90-94. 96-113. ‘97-99. 98. 99. 100-113. 101-108. 102-106. 103-105. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109-113. 110-112. ITE. 112. 113. 114-117. 115. 116. 95 Pronotum red with base, apex, and discal spot green, elytra with short fascia and apex ereen—carpentari iae, Blackb. Pronotum with sexual difference in colour, male orange, female blue-black (sometimes with red or orange basal band), underside black—oleata, Blackb. Prothorax with yellow or red margins. Yellow margins as wide or wider than dark disc. Elytra with one fascia and apex blue. Legs variegated, femora yellow, tibiae green—vpictipes, Blackb. Legs concolorous. Whole abdomen yellow (24-29 mm. long) — tricolorata, Waterh. Apical segments only yellow (36-42 mm. long) vitticollis, Macl.; delia, Thoms. ; fallaciosa, Werr. Elytra with basal margin poe short fascia blue (male nonfasciate)—imperialis, sp. Yellow or red margins of Age evans not as wide as dark dise. Elytra with sexual colouration, male with one, female with two fasciae, and apex blue. Disc of pronotum brilliant-copper, punctures small and sparse—duboulayi, Saund. Dise of pronotum less nitid, punctures large and close— macfarlani, Waterh. Elytra without sexual colouration. Size large (more than 30 mm. long). Disc of pronotum black (or nearly so). Elytra with 3 vellow fasciae. Elytra with preapical red spots, besides fasciae Blackb. Elytra without preapical spots—fortnumi, Hope.. Elytra with 2 (widely interrupted) yellow fasciae— sexrmaculata, Saund., Disc of pronotum green, fasciae variable or absent— variabilis, Don. ; kingi, W. S. Macl.: var. nigripennis, C. and G.: unifasciata, C. and G. Dise of pronotum blue, elytra with 1 fascia and apex blue—westwoodi, Saund. Size smaller (less than 20 mm. long). Dark colour predominating on elytra. Pronotum obscure green or blue, coarsely punctate— mitchelli, Hope; stricklandi, Hope; daphnis, Thoms. ; ostentatriz, Thoms.; var. 1, quadrispilota, Saund. ; var. 2, tasmanica, Kerr.; var. 3, karattae, Blackb. Pronotum _ brilliant- green, sublaevigate — laevicollis, Saund. Yellow colour predominating on elytra, pronotum blue, elytra with 3 fasciae, and apex blue—yarelli, C. and G.; var. 1, flavipennis, Gehin.; var. 2, elegans, Gehin. ; var. 3, varicollis, Cart. Margins of pronotum with one or more yellow blotches. Size very large (42 mm. long), pronotal blotch near hind angles—gloriosa, n. sp. Size smaller (28-32 mm. long), pronotal blotch obliquely invading disc; male apex only violet, female with 2 fasciae and apex violet—conspicillata, White; signaticollis, Hope; cyanura, Hope. regia, Ly. 96 Size 20-23 mm. long, pronotal spot not invading. disc, elytra with postmedial fascia bilobed and subapical triangular spot extended to apex—praecellens, Kerr. : frenchi, Blackb. (var., without yellow spot on pro- thorax, ground-colour of elytra red). Nore.—A specimen of this beautiful and rare species was taken by me at Wangaratta, Victoria. Mr. W. Duboulay tells me that his father took it at Albury. A specimen sent me from Inverell, corre- sponding with two in the Macleay Museum (from Murrurundie, New South Wales, and Ipswich, Queensland, respectively), is very similar’in structure and pattern, but has a darker elytra and is without any yellow on the border or underside of prothorax. At present I hesitate to call this other than a variety of praecellens. Suseenvus C. Casrtrarina, elytra striate-punctate, tarsal hooks 1-15. simple. Elytra carinate-costate. Notr.—Only species with strongly-pronounced costae are included here. Many other species have less pronounced costae, e.g., costata, Saund.; lutei- penms, C. and G,; nanula, Kerr. Elytra mostly red or yellow. Form shortly ovate, suture, apex, or subapical spot black. Pronotum very convex, dull-black, with deep medial line —erythroptera, Boisd. Pronotum not very convex, nitid-purple or bronze, with- out medial line—acuticollis, n. sp. Form long and narrow, elytra without dark markings. Pronotum bronze with 4 deep foveate depressions— impressicollis, Macl.; costalis, Saund. Pronotum purplish-green with 2 slighter lateral depres- sions—attenuata, n. sp. Form widely oblong, pronotum bronze with deep irregular foveate depressions. Elytra red, suture and apex black, apices trispinose— nasuta, Saund. Elytra with carinae red, interstices black, apices finely bispinose—sp7nolae, C. and G. Pronotum and elytra testaceous—testacea, Saund. Pronotum yellow with black vitta or vittae. Elytra orange with blue-black spots—decipiens, Westw. ; capucina, Thoms.; tricarinata, Macl. Elytra blue-black, pronotum trivittate—octocostata, nts: Elytra without carinate costae. Elytra yellow (without dark markings except basal margins). Pronotum and underside metallic-green, more or less rounded on sides. Elytral intervals flat, 13 mm. long—planata, n. sp. Elytral intervals convex, 93} mm. long—moribunda, Saund. (sometimes with suture and apex narrowly evaneous—( ?) dispar, Blackh. 6. 57-59. E 97 Alternate intervals subcostate, apex sanguineous, 7-8 mm. long—tincticauda, n. sp. Prothorax straightly narrowed from base to apex, with sexual colouration—immaculata, Cart. Prothorax dark-bronze green or coppery, abdomen yellow —pallidipennis, Blackb.; addenda, Kerr. Whole surface above and below yellow—flava, Saund. ; flavescens, Thoms.; flavidula, Kerr. Elytra yellow or red with suture or apex, or both, dark. Prothorax concolorous. Pronotum, apex, and suture (except in canaliculata, Blackb.) of elvtra black. Abdomen cyaneous. Form elongate-oblong, prothorax not widest at base. Male with apex of abdomen produced and bilobed, pro- thorax very wide—rufipennis, Kirby; var. croci- pennis, C. and G. Male with apex of abdomen normal (excised or truncate). 13 mm. long, elytra red, sides of prothorax evenly rounded—parallela, Saund.; crocipennis, Hope. 6 mm. long, elytra testaceous, sides of prothorax widely rounded. Apex of elytra wholly black—nanula, Kerr. Black suture not extending to apex—canaliculata, Blackb. Form widely ovate, prothorax widest at base—ampli- pennis, Saund. Abdomen flavous—rubricauda, Saund. Pronotum bronze, underside blue or violaceous. . Suture of elytra only black (this enlarged and termin- ated before apex; elvtra sometimes concolorous yellow)—subpura, Blackb. Apex narrowly, and short subapical fascia black— balteata, Saund.; postica, Thoms. Pronotum coppery or greenish-bronze. Sutural colour widely dark blue-green—elongata, Saund. Sutural colour narrowly green or bronze. Abdomen green—observans, Kerr. Abdomen golden-bronze or yellow—bimaculata, Saund. ; punctiventris, Saund.; guttata, Blackb.; var. 1, minor, Blackb.; var. 2, iqnea, Blackhb. Base and apex of elytra only dark, 16 mm. long or less. Apex of elytra widely black, apices bidentate. Pronotum and abdomen black—nigriventris, Macl. Pronotum coppery, abdomen green—viridiventris, Macl. Apex of elytra widely purple, pronotum bronze-green— phaeorrhea, Wirby. Apex of elytra narrowly dark. Abdomen golden, or golden-green. Apices of elytra with long external spine, posterior margins serrate—hirundicauda, n. sp. Apices of elytra rounded, margins entire. Elytral intervals subdepressed, apex green—jucunda, Saund. Elytral intervals subcostate, apex black (sometimes witk postmedial spot)—luteipennis, C. and G. Abdomen yellow, posterior margins of elytra serrate. 58. 98 Pronotum green, apices of elytra unidentate—cinna- momea, Macl. 59. (LP ] var. of 58). Pronotum reddish-bronze, apices of elytra 60-62. 61. 67-78. 68-70. 69. 70. gk 72. 89. 90. finely bidentate—straminea, Mace}. Klytra with large preapical spot extending, or not, to apex, pronotum blue, 18-22 mm. long. Apices of elytra strongly bispinose, slightly recurved— hackeri, Cart. ; caudata, Cart. Apices of elytra rounded—unimaculata, Cart. Pronotum red with black spot on disc, apex of elytra with large black spot—maculicollis, n. sp. Pronotum black with wide red margins—analis, Saund. Elytra yellow or red with dark spots. Pronotum concolorous. Pronotum greenish-bronze, elytra without dark suture or apex. Elytra with 7 blue spots, underside blue. One spot only on suture, normally pubescent beneath— spilota, C. and G.; septemmaculata, Mannerh. Three spots on suture, densely pubescent beneath— - septemnotata, n. nom.; septemmaculata, Blackb. Elytra with 7 green spots, underside bright-green, pro- notum transverse—septemguttata, Waterh. Elytra with 8 blue spots, underside bronze—octo- maculata, Saund. Elytra with 5 black spots behind the middle—quinque- punctata, Waterh. Apex of elytra black (or nearly so). Pronotum black, elytra red with large medial spot —maculipennis, Saund. Pronotum and underside green. 21 mm. long, elytra with 6 spots and apical margin black— punctatostriata, Saund. 15 mm. long, elytra red with 2 large discal spots— binotata, Saund. 10 mm. long, elytra with 4 spots, scutellary region and apex dark—scutellaris, Kerr. 74-8 mm. long, elytra testaceous with dark spots. Elytra with 3 black spots near apex—triguttata, Macl. Elytra with suture, apex, sutural, and 4 lateral spots green—sexguttata, Macl.; spots variable or absent— var. puella, Saund. Pronotum brassy-black, elytra with 4 lateral black spots— quadriguttata, Macl. Pronotum red with dark discal markings. Apex of elytra dark. Pronotum with 2 green vittae, sometimes connected— mustelamajor, Thoms.; gibbosa, Macl. Pronotum with large central transverse mark—atrono- ae, Waterh.; guttaticollis, Blackb.; consularis, err. Pronotum with central spade-shaped mark, apex of elytra reddish—seanotata, n. sp. Pronotum yellow, with oval black spot at centre of base— trimaculata, Saund. j Pronotum golden-green, margins yellow—septemspilota, Cart. 91-111. Elytra dark with yellow or red spots, pronotum and underside coppery or green. 92-95. 93. 94. 106. 107-111. 108. 109-111. 110. 111. 112-134. 113-117. 114. E2 99 Pronotum medially sulecate, apices of elytra close and subunidentate. Each elytron with 3 round spots, basal and preapical connected with red marginal marks -producta, Saund.; acutipennis, Thoms.; (?) var. sulcicollis, Kerr. Each elytron with lateral and discal spot yellow, pre- apical subfasciate spot yellow and red—venusta, ° Cart.; suavis, Cart. Each elytron with subhumeral and 3 discal spots yellow, hindmost connected with red lateral spot—gentilis, Kerr. . Pronotum not medially sulcate. Apices of elytra widely divergent, each strongly bispinose. Basal third of elytra dark—insignis, Blackb. Basal third of elytra yellow—caudata, Kerr. . Apices of elytra strongly acuminate (more so than in producta), subapical spots linear. Subapical spots diverging towards apex (14 mm. long)— acuminata, Kerr. Subapical spots converging towards apex (7-9 mm. long) —obliqua, Kerr. Apices less acuminate than in producta, form more parallel—delta, Thoms. ; (?) deceptor, Kerr. Apices bispinose, interior spine small. Each elytron with 3 discal spots, hindmost red at side— delicatula, Kerr. Each elytron with humeral and 3 discal spots, hindmost at sides and margins red—spectabilis, Kerr. Elytra without red markings. Each elytron with 1 lateral and 2 discal spots yellow (10-12 mm. long)—confinis, Kerr. Size small (7-8 mm. long), prothorax bulbous. Each elytron with lateral and 2 discal spots and pre- apical fascia yellow—pulchella, n. sp. Elytral spots smaller and without preapical fascia— liliputana, Thoms.; ocularis, Kerr.; (Neocuris) mastersi, Macl.; (?) var. with 2 additional yellow spots at apex, (?) dawsonensis, Blackb. Nors. — Gentilis, pulchella, and lilliputana might well be placed in a separate group, form elongate- ovate, apex not acuminate. There is an unacountable mistake in Ann. Soc., Belg., 1900, p. 312, where M. Kerremans places delta, Thoms., as a synonym of punctatostriata, Saund. A glance at the description and figure of the latter shows a widely different insect, besides the difference in dimensions (delta, 12x4 mm.; punctatostriata, 21x8 mm.). From description I think delta, Thoms.=deceptor, Kerr. S. hbens, Kerr., is omitted from the tabulation as unknown to me, while the description as to structural characters is too brief for accurate diagnosis. It is apparently near delicatula, Kerr. Elytra almost wholly dark with longitudinal or transverse yellow or red markings. Size large, 18-21 mm. long. Elytra brown-black, margins yellow, apices bispinose— semicincta, C. and G.; var. variopicta, Thoms. 115. 116. pi lg 118-134. 119-130. 120-124. 121-123. 122. 123. 124. 125-130. 126. 197. 128. 129, 130. 131-133. 132. 133. 134. 135-166. 136-154. 137-148. 138-145. 139-144. 140-142. 141. 142. 143. 144, 145. 146-148. 100 Elytra purple with straight vitta and preapical trans- verse yellow, apices truncate—jubatu, Blackb. Elytra violet-purple, with a medial fascia golden— magnifica, Blackb. Elytra blue, pronotum golden-red, the first with humeral spot and antemedial fascia yellow—chobauti, Thery. Size smaller, 15 mm. Jong or less. Elytra mostly green (sometimes blue in /eai). Elytra olive-green, abdomen yellow. Pronotum yellow with discal and basal spots black. Elytra with subapical fascia and epipleural spot yellow— pertyt, C. and G.; var. mima, Saund. Elytra with 2 fasciae, margins and humeral spot yellow— flavosignata, Macl. Pronotum brassy-green—luteocincta, Saund. Whole surface mostly (including abdomen) metallic-green. Elytra with anterior sides and wide preapical band orange-red—kerremanst, Blackb.; apicalis, Kerr. Elytra with narrow shoulder and wide preapical mark yellow, the latter with 2 green spots—ocelligera, C. and ¢; Elytra with margins and variable number of elongate discal spots yellow—virginea, Erich. Elytra with margins only in part yellow—viridis, C. and G. (possibly a local Victorian and Tasmanian variety of cyanicollis, Boisd.). Elytra with epipleural spot and apical fascia yellow— leai, n. sp. (possibly a variety of 129). Whole surface blue, or blue-black, with pale elytral markings. Widely ovate, elytra with wide yellow medial band— obsepta, Kerr. Elongate,’ elytra with humeral margins and _ preapical band red—dulcis, Blackb.; colorata, Kerr. Note.—Very variable, often approaching thomsoni, Saund., of which it is a possible Tasmanian variety Black, basal third of elytra and first three segments of abdomen yellow—seminigra, Cart. Elytra with pairs of yellow or red spots, the middle four tending to become interrupted fasciae. Head without yellow spot, elytral apices simply or finely bidentate. Elytra with epipleural and 8 discal spots yellow. Prothorax concolorous. Abdomen dark, form cylindric. Elytra dark-blue or purple, underside densely pilose. Margins of elytra yellow, discal spots subequal—aantho- pilosa, Hope; parallela, White; splendida, Gehin. Latero-humeral spot yellow, middle spots variable in size —elongatula, Macl. , Surface golden-green, 4 crocicolor, C. and G Elytra blue, 4 elongate spots ante and 4 subfasciate post- median spots red, form acuminate—lepida, n. sp. Abdomen yellow, form oblong attenuate behind—picti- penmis, Saund. Norre.—Four anterior yellow coalescing, as in Saunders’ figure. Prothorax with yellow margins, 4 medial spots sub- fasciate, anterior spots elongate— spots, sometimes 147. 148. 149-154. in0-152. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155-166, 156-165. 157-161. 158. 159-164. 160. 161. 162-166. 163. 164. 165. 166. 101 Abdomen dark, elytral intervals nearly tlat—victoriensis, Blackb.; sensitiva, Kerr. Abdomen yellow, elytral alternate intervals subcostate— costipennis, Saund. Elytra with marginal and 6 discal spots vellow, abdomen dark. Prothorax concolorous. Pronotum with medial suleus—mansueta, Kerr. Pronotum without medial sulcus, prothorax globose— laena, Thoms.; var. electa, Kerr. Prothorax and elytra with red margins, elytra with humeral and 2 basal spots and 2 fasciae vellow— rufolimbata, n. sp. Prothorax purple with bright-green margins, elytra with 4 marginal and 6 discal spots yellow—versicolor, C. and e decemguttata, Gory; parva, Saund. Head with yellow spot, prothorax with yellow or red margins, underside mostly vellow. Apices of elytra trispinose, posterior margins entire. Elytra with epipleural and 8 discal spots vellow. Form ovate and obese—octospilota, C. and G.; femorata, C. and G.; adelaidae, Hope; (var.) rufi nes, Macl. Form parallel. Basal spots more or less round—decemmaculata, Wirby ; imaequalis, Kerr. Basal spots elongate linear—picta, C. and G.; purpurea, Hope; var. laetabilis, Kerr. Elytra w ith epipleural and 6 discal spots vellow or red, underside yellow. Apex and margins of elytra red, apices bluntly tridentate —pallidiventris, C. and G.; var. cincta, Blackb.; rubrocincta, Kerr. Noret.—The only distinctions I can find between cincta and pallidiventris are the larger size and the antemedial dark fascia continuous to the sides in the former. Apex of elytra dark, apices acutely trispinose—elde77, Blackb.; (margins of elytra sometimes reddish) rustica, Kerr; diversa, Kerr. Form oblong-attenuate, elytra with large basal and apical spots and postmedial fascia brick- red, femora red—argillacea, n. sp. Apices of elytra bispinose, posterior margins serrated— serratipennis, n. sp. Note.—Octospilota, elongatula. crocicolor, and others of this group have a tendency to longitudinal confluence of the elytral yellow markings. “Of octo- spilota there is a common variety from Perth, Wes- tern Australia, in which the basal and medial spots coalesce, also the postmedial and subapical, leaving the margins, suture, and one fascia dark. Rufipes, Macl., is a well- marked Queensland variety, with red femora and distinctions in the pattern, The name should be kept. I have a specimen of elongatula, from Sydney, in which all the spots on each elytron have thus coalesced, so that the dark markings consist only of a marginal and a sutural vitta. thus approaching (but distinguished from) vittata, Saund. 167-171. 168-170. 169. 170. ie 172-194. 175-194. 176-179. 1 Wii 178. AWS 180-193. 181-187. 182-185. 183-188. 184. 185. 186-188. 187. 188. 189-194. 190-192. TOL; 7492) 193. 194. 195-203. 196. 197-203. 193, 199-203. 200-202. 201. 102 Klytra with longitudinal dark vittae (sutural and two discal). Prothorax concolorous. Klytra yellow, unidentate, vittae continuous to apex— wittata, Saund. Elytra red, bispinose, discal vittae not continuous to- apex—saunguinolenta, C. and G. Prothorax with margins widely red—amabilis, C. and G. Klytra with basal margins, postmedial fascia, and apex only dark. Posterior margins serrated, pronotum and _ underside blue, form elongate—longicollis, Saund. Near preceding, but postmedial fascia with bilobed. extension in front (sometimes forming a _ sub-— basal fascia), also suture blue—desideria, n. sp. Posterior margins entire. Size large, 20 mm. long or more. Fascia and apical mark connected externally, latter with 2 yellow spots—erubescens, Blackh. Space between fascia and apical mark dark-red— alternata, Lumh. Apical half of elytra more or less red, markings variable (vide supra)—maculiventris, Macl. Size medium (12-15 mm. long), elytral intervals flat or little raised. Klytral apices strongly bispinose, truncate between spines.. Fascia narrow, elytra without red margins. Form elongate. Apical mark wide and square—andersoni, C. and G.;. var. verax, Kerr. Apical mark narrow—mastersi, Macl.; var. deleta, Kerr. Fascia wider, elytra with red markings. Space between fascia and apical mark red, underside blue-black—brutella, Thoms. ; terminalis, Kerr. Elytral apices narrowly bispinose, underside bronze- green (variety without fascia)—wniformis, Kerr. ;. (?) graphisura, Thoms. Form ovate, elytral apices shortly bispinose. Underside blue. Antennae normal—distincta, Saund.; sternalis, Blackh. ;- deliciosa, WKerr.; var. baliola, Kerr.; var. imermis, Kerr. Male with fiabetlate antennae—(Hypostigmodera) varie-- gata, Biackb. Pronotum and underside golden-green, apex lunate— nova, Kerr. Size small (7-5 mm. long), elytral intervals subconvex— subcostata, Kerr. Elytra with basal margins, suture, one fascia and apex dark. Prothorax red, with central vitta and 2 spots blue— coccinata, Hope; elongatula, White. Prothorax concolorous and dark. Size large, 20 mm. long or more—sancta, Cart. Size smaller, 16 mm. long or less. Apices of elytra bispinose. Form oval, sutural band wide, fascial margins straight —skusei, Blackb.; laudabilis, Kerr. 202. 208. ‘204-228. 205-210. 206. 207-225. 208-210. 209. 210. aii. 212-228. 213-215. 214. 215. 216. ‘217-225. ‘218-222. 219. ‘220-222. ‘221. 222. 223-225. 294. -_—_ 225. 226-228. 227. 228. 229-266. 230-259. 231-252. 232-236. 233-235. 234. 103 sutural band narrow, fascial margins Blackb. Form navicular, irregular—campestris, Apices of elytra tr ispinose pulechripes, Blackb. Nore.—Skusei and campestris have sometimes a dark spot on shoulder. Elytra with basal margin, humeral spot, one fascia, and apex (or subapical ‘mark) dark. Form cylindric, underside coppery-bronze, preapical mark dark. Prothorax golden, centre of Blackb. Prothorax concolorous. Elytra with spot on suture between fascia and scutellum. Size larger (15 mm. long), elytral intervals strongly- punctate—convexa, Cart. Size small (9 mm. long), elytra] intervals finely punctate— fiiformis, Blackb. Form obovate and flat, elytra with suture dark near scutellum, apical margins red—tyrrhena, Blackb. Apex of elytra dark. Form narrowly navicular. Elytral apices widely dark, basal sutures not dark, with- out red margins—gracilior, Cart.; gracilis, Cart. Apical mark square, basal suture dark, subapical] margins red—disjecta, Kerr. Form shortly ovate (as in mustelamajor, apical area red—festiva, n. sp. Form elongate-ovate. Elytra with dark spot on suture, scutellum. Abdomen blue—propinqua, n. sp. Abdomen yellow or red. Elytra with red margins, n. sp. Elytra without red margins, Macl.; guttigera, Blackb. Elytra with suture dark throughout. Abdomen dark-green, elytral markings green and violet elytra with dise violet—insignicollis, Thoms.), sub- between fascia and form subcylindric—haswelli, form ovate—fulviventris, —macleayi, Blackb. Abdomen yellow, elytral markings bronze-green—au/i- collis, C. and G.; ochreiventris, Saund.; strigata, Macl. Prothorax with yellow margins, elytra with dark humeral spot. 14 mm. long, disc of pronotum and elytral suture black— audax, Saund 9 mm. long, disc of pronotum bright-bronze, suture not dark—titania, n. sp. Elytra with basal margin, apex (or subapical mark), postmedial fascia, and humeral vitta dark. Prothorax concolorous. Underside dark. Size large, 15 mm. long or more. Elytra vellow with dark-green or blue markings, apex dark. Prothorax widest at middle, apices of elytra simply rounded—undulata, Don.; laportei, Boh. 235. 236. 237-252. 238. 239-252. 240-247. 241-243. 242. 243. 257. 258. 259. 260-265. 261. 262-264. 263 264. 104 Prothorax widest at base, apices of elytra bispinose— neglecta, n. sp. Klytra red with short subapical fascia Saund. Size smaller, 12 mm. long or less. Alternate intervals of elytra subcostate—costata, Saund. All intervals uniform. Apex of elytra widely dark, humeral vitta arcuate. Elytral markings blue. Pronotum and underside violet or coppery, form elongate and parallel—wilsoni, Saund.; var. sigma, Kerr. Pronotum and underside peacock-hlue, sides of elytra sinuate—flavopicta, Boisd. ; bicolor, Gann G. colorata, Hope. Pronotum and underside metallic-green, elytral markings purple—flavopurpurea, Cart. Pronotum coppery. Underside coppery—confusa, Waterh. Underside blue black—agr estis, Kerr. Apex of elytra very narrowly dark or pale with pre- apical marking. Form convex and robust, preapical fascia anchor-shaped.. Pronotum and underside bronze- black—anchoralis, C. and G.; arborifera, Blackhb. Pronotum and underside coppery—sim: ulata, C. and G.: helenae, .Hope; var. phryne, Thoms.; var. lais, Thoms.; var. triramosa, Thoms.; distinguenda,. Thoms.; fraterna, Kerr. Form narrower and flatter, extreme apex narrowly indistincta, green (rarely eonnected with preapical marking)— iospilota, Cand G. Abdomen (at least apical segments) yellow. Size large (15 mm. long or more), elytra red, preapical mark straight. Apices of elytra finely but distinctly bispinose. Pronotum irregularly and coarsely punctate—speciosa,. Kerr. Notrr.—In general with postmedian fascia; this, in type specimen, only represented by a spot on each side, not mentioned in the description. Pronotum regularly and finely punctate—ignota, Saund. Abdomen of male vellow, of female green, apices of elytra with minute excision not bispinose—jekelli, Saund. Size smaller, elytra yellow, tee 3 mark cordate or sagittate—abdominalis, Saund.; (?) unica, Kerr. Notre.—U nica, Kerr., deseribed as from Sydney. With a long experience amongst collectors in this district, the only species I know near it is abdom- mmalis, Saund., and the author’s description may well apply to a discoloured specimen of abdominalis in which the green markings appear black. Prothorax with yellow or red Margins. Underside golden-green. Preapical marking cordate or anchor-shaped. 14-15 mm. long, sides of prothorax and ground of elytra orange-red—cupida, Kerr. 10-12 mm. long, sides of prothorax (narrowly) and elytra yellow—tricolor, Kirby; curta, Saund.; opima, Kerr. 266. ‘267-281. 268-275. 269-271. 270. 271. 272-275. *273. 274. 275. 276-281. 277. 278. 279-281. ‘280. 281. 282-306. 283-291. ‘284-290. 285-301. 286-289. ‘287. 288. ‘289. 290. ‘291. 105 Wide dark apical mark surrounding 2 yellow spots— humeralis, Kerr. ; tillyardi, Cart. Notrt.—A Brisbane variety of this is without humeral vitta. Underside yellow, head with yellow spot, apex and margins of elytra red—flaviceps, Cart. Elytra cg ate ene ade tage patch, postmedial fascia and apex dark. Prothorax concolorous. Cireum-scutellary patch large (extending over greater part of anterior third). Size large (18 mm. long), pronotum bronzy-black—bremei, Hope. Size medium (138-16 mm. long), pronotum and underside golden-coppery—ornata, Blackb. Circum-scutellary patch small. Elytral markings blue, intervals smooth, 13 mm. long— cordifer, Kerr. and underside _Elytral markings green, intervals punctate, 9 mm. long —doddi, Cart. Size small (6-7 mm. long), scutellary spot connected at base with shoulder spots—hilaris, Hope. Prothorax with yellow or red margins. Apices strongly bispinose, elytral intervals closely punctate—biguttata, Macl.; terrae-reginae, Blackb. ; triangulosa, Kerr. Apices lunate subbispinose, intervals smooth—gibbicollis, Saund.; fascigera, Kerr. Apices of elytra simply rounded. Scutellary patch not extending to markings dark-green—grata, Saund. Scutellary patch extending to sides at base, markings bright-green—subgrata, Blackb.; campestris, Kerr. Norr.—In the last two species—doubtfully distinct— the lateral half of each elytron is much more closely punctate than the sutural half. Elytra dark with two yellow or red fasciae. Medial pale fascia arcuate and interrupted at suture. Size large (15-20 mm. long), posterior margins denticulate. Prothorax concolorous. Apices of elytra rounded, upper-surface mostly blue- black or blue. sides at base, Pronotum dark-bronze, underside blue (with or without yellow humeral spot)—hoffmannseggi, Hope. Pronotum dark-violet, underside dark-green—fairmaziret, Kerr. Pronotum and underside coppery or golden—pallas, Blackb. Apices feebly bidentate, whole surface (except fasciae) bright-blue (with or without yellow humeral spot, the latter form with prothorax much widened and elytra obovate)—klugi, C. and G. Size smaller (10-14 mm. long), posterior margins entire, upper-surface bright-green, underside coppery-green with latero-subhumeral yellow spot — dimidiata, Cart. Nore.—This species is specifically near cyanicollis, Boisd.; viridis, C. and G.; and leai, Cart., but the exigencies of tabulation place it here. 292-306. 293. 294-301. 295-300. 296. 297-301. 298. 299-301. 300. 301. 302-306. 303-305. 304. 305. 306. 307-420. 308-353. 309-350. 310-314. 311-315. 312. 313. 314. 315 316-375. 106 Elytra black, blue-black, or violet-black, medial fascia nearly straight and continuous, Apical margins of elytra red, pronotum black—bella, Saund.; cruentata, C. and G. Pronotum bronze. Elytra violaceous, intervals little raised. Apices of elytra trispinose, underside blue—bicincta, Boisd.; bicingulata, C. and G.; dejeani, Gory; trispinosa, Kerr. Apices bispinose. Apical spines of equal length, underside bronzy, elytral intervals sublaevigate—vicinu, Saund. ; ; bicincta, C. and G. External spine longer. Underside purple, elytra] intervals strongly punctate— subbifasciata, Saund. Elytra blue- black, alternate intervals subcostate, under- side green-bronze—coeruleipes, Saund. ; variety with oval basal spots yellow—montana, n. var. Prothorax with red or yellow margins. Margins of prothorax widely and of abdomen red, the former subangulately widened. Apices of eyes ‘shortly bispinose—erythromelas, Boisd. as from Tasmania, my specimens come fare Perth, Western Australia. Apices of elytra str ongly bispinose, external spine very long—cyanipes, Saund.; armata, Thoms.; longula, Blackb. Norr.—The colour varies from blue-black to bright— blue. The widening of the prothorax is also variable, generally widest about the middle, sometimes sulcate within the margin, but in all cases examined the widest part is more advanced than in erythromelas. Margins of prothorax and whole underside yellow— marginicollis, Saund. Elytra yellow or red with basal margin, 2 fasciae and apex or preapical mark dark. Apical mark covering apex of elytra. Pronotum concolorous. Size large, 15-20 mm. long. All fasciae extending to sides. Pronotum and underside coppery ot shortly bispinose—cupricollis, Saund. Pronotum and underside more obscure—var. alterzona, Thoms. ; deyrollei, Thoms. Pronotum black (probably discoloured variety of pre- ceding)—julia, Thoms. Pronotum blue, underside brilliant-violet, armed (?)—cognata, Kerr. Notr.—A species found near Sydney seems to correspond with the author’s description, but has finely bispinose apices. Margins of elytra red, male with yellow abdomen— cruenta, C. and G. Size smaller, 10 mm. long—vigilans, Kerr. Anterior fascia not extending to sides. Norr.—While in general this character holds true, exceptional cases occur. green, apices apex un- EEE a oe te 317-345. 318-329. 319. 320-329. 321. 322-330. 323-325. 324, 325. 339. 340-345. 341-344. 342. 107 Abdomen dark. Size large, 14-21 mm, long. Ground of elytra yellow, margins red, neither fascia reaching sides—blackburni, n. sp. Ground of elytra red. Form wide, pronotum and underside blue—robusta, Saund. Norr.—Fasciae variable, sometimes only spots, or (rarely) wanting, apex alw: ays narrowly cyaneous. Form narrower. Pronotum blue-black, apices of elytra widely lunate and strongly bispinose. Elytra sinuate, slightly obovate, intervals strongly con- vex and finely punctate—thomsoni, Saund. Elytra much attenuated at apex, intervals flat and strongly punctate—pisciformis, n. sp. Notr.—pisciformis has the prothorax strongly bulging near base, with much denser and coarser punctures than thomsont. . Pronotum bronze-green, underside green. Form elongate and depressed, apices finely bidentate— helmsi, Cart. Form cylindric. Underside green, apices acuminate with oblique excision —triyasciata, C. and G:; apicalis, C. and G.; tacita, Kerr. Pronotum and underside bright-blue, apices bispinose— kirby, Guér.; vivida, Hope. Size, 12-14 mm long. Ground of elytra yellow. Pronotum bronze-green, elytral markings blue—affabilis, Kerr. ; simplex, Kerr, Pronotum bronze, elytral markings black (or nearly so), apices bispinose. Postbasal yellow band wide, apical spines long — recti- fasciata, Saund. Postbasal yellow band narrow, apical apices subobsolete —colligens, Kerr. Size small, 10 mm. long or less. Pronotum black, form narrowly cylindric, apices acuminate with oblique excision—tripartita, Kerr. Norr.—-rhis species very near and possibly a small variety of atricollis, Saund. Pronotum bright-blue, elytra red with bright-blue fasciae —vegeta, Hope; coeruleiventris, Saund.; haroldi, Saund.; viridiventris, Saund.;~ anterior blue band extending to base, var. cruentata, Kirby; neologa, Thoms.; coerulea, Kerr.; coelestis, Kerr.; stillata, Blackb. Norr.—Kirby’s name has the priority, but this colour variation is less common than that of Hope’s type. Second elytral interval wider than rest and subcostiform. Pronotum bronze, sometimes greenish, scarcely sulcate. Light bands of elvtra red, apices widely lunate, external spine long—plagiata, Gory; crenata, C. and G.; sezplagiata, Gory; bicruciata, Hope; hopei, Boh. ; similata, Boh. 343. 344. 345 346-350. 347-349. 348. 349. *350. 351-353. 352. 353. 3545375. Bo00-a12. 356-360. all 358-360. 359. 360. 361-375, 362-367. 363, 364. 365-367. *366. 367. 368-372. 369-371. 370. 372. 373-375 374. 108 Light bands of elytra with external parts only red, apices more finely lunate and shortly hispinose—crenata, Don.; krejfti, Macl.: variata, Kerr. Light hands of elytra testaceous throughout—generosa, Kerr. Pronotum black, very convex, with deep medial suleus— carinata, Macl. Abdomen vellow or red. Posterior margins of elytra entire. Pronotum bronze-green, anterior fascia antemedial— rubriventris, Blackb.; maculifera, Kerr. Pronotum coppery, anterior fascia medial—secularis, Thoms. Posterior margins of elytra denticulate, pronotum coppery or purple—cara, Blackh.; placens, Kerr. Margins of prothorax yellow or red. Dise of pronotum coppery, its margins and whole under- side yellow—bifasciata, Saund. Dise of pronotum blue, its margins and whole underside red—castelnaudi, Saund.; thomsoniana,. Mast. : laportei, Kerr. Subapical mark not extending to apex of elytra Prothorax concolorous. 13 mm. long or more. Form wide, sinuate and depressed, elytra red with blue— black fasciae—felix, Kerr. Form cylindric, robust. Margins of elytra red, markings nearly black—burchelli, C. and G.; perplera, Hope; languinosa, Hope; hostilis, Blackh. Margins of elytra not red, markings more brilliant— sagittaria, C. and G.; gravis, Har.; obscuripennis,. Saund. 12 mm. long or less. Elytra red with dark fasciae. Pronotum and underside bright-green, form eylindric— amphichroa, Boisd.; serspilota, C. and G.; sieboldi, C. and G.; var. cylindracea, Saund.; var. bucolica,. Kerr. Pronotum bronze, underside blue, form obovate—. carminea, Saund. Pronotum and underside golden. Fasciae black, sides of elytra sinuate-—pulchra, Saund. ; rostrata, Thoms. Fasciae light-green, short (often mere spots), sides. parallel—aureola, Cart. Elytra testaceous with dark fasciae, form depressed. Apices of elytra bispinose. Elytra without red margins, intervals uniform and flat—. hope, Saund. ; : burchelli, Hope; placida, Thoms. Klytra wath red margins, alternate intervals subcostate. and wider—punctatosulcata, Saund.; litigiosa, Kerr. Apices of elytra simply rounded—punctatissima, Saund. Margins of prothorax and underside yellow or red. Klytra and protons ic margins red (12x5 mm.)— distingueinda, Saund. 375. 376-398. 377-389. 378-388. 379. 380-387. 381. 382-387. 383. 384-388. 385-387. 386. 387. 388. 389. 390-398. 391-393. 392. 393. 394-398. 395-397. 396. "Oot. 398. 399-420. 400-409. 401. 402. 109 / Elytra and prothoracic margins yellow (11x35 mm.)— signata, Kerr. Norr.—I have identified signata as a species taken lately by Mr. J. Dixon, of Melbourne, in the north- west district of Victoria. ‘The description is merely confined to colour and size. If I am correct, the species often has the anterior fascia broken up into spots, while the yellow colour so much predominates over the green that it can scarcely be said to be “vert obscur, avec de.’ The same species has been determined by Blackburn for a specimen in the South Australian Museum as distinguenda, Saund., of which it may be a variety. Anterior fascia often (or always) broken up into 3 spots. Apical mark covering apex of elytra. Prothorax concolorous, abdomen dark. Apices clearly bispinose, spines equal, elvtra red with green fasciae—delectabilis, Hope. Apices acuminate, with narrow oblique excision. Base of prothorax with pronounced medial lobe— obscura, Saund.; var. transversipicta, Thoms. Base of prothorax nearly straight, form cylindric. Elytra orange-red, pronotum bronze—recta, Saund. Elytra testaceous. Elvtral intervals flat. Pronotum and fasciae blue-black, anterior spots not in a horizontal line (11 mm. long)—atricollis, Saund. Pronotum and fasciae bright-blue, anterior spots in a horizontal line (8-9 mm. long)—deserti, Blackb. Elytral intervals convex, apices more widely excised— suavis, Kerr. Abdomen yellow, size large (16-19 mm. long)—alerand1, n. sp. Subapical mark not at the apex of elytra. Margins of elytra sanguineous. Intervals flat, suture partly dark, markings blue— rubrocincta, Gehin. — Alternate intervals subcostate, suture dark throughout, markings bright-green—-alternecosta, Thoms. ; alacris, Kerr.; quadrinotata, Blackb. Margins of elytra not sanguineous. Pronotum bronze. Posterior half of suture dark—piliventris, Saund. Whole suture dark—cruzx, Saund. Notre.—I have not been able to identify this species, which must be very close to several of its neighbours, and possibly a variety of piliventris. Pronotum green or blue, whole suture dark — scalaris, Boisd. ; cyanicollis, Boisd.; subtrifasciata, C. and G. ; media, Hope; crucigera, C. and G.; prudens,. Kerr. Anterior fascia bifureate laterally, leaving lateral spot yellow or red. Yellow or red postbasal marks continuous with lateral spot. Form elongate, flat, elytra red, apices simple (19-23 mm. long)—insularis, Blackb. Form subcylindric, elytra yellow, apices bispinose (15-16 mm. long)—hrowni, n. sp. 403-417. 404-408. 405-407. 406. 407. *408. 409. 410-420. 411-418. 412-415. 413. 414. Al5. 416-418. 417. 418. 419. 420. 421-423. 422. 423. oF 110 Size smaller, 12 mm. long or less. Pronotum bronze. Underside bronze. Apices of elytra bispinose, elytral markings coppery— cupricauda, Saund. Apices of elytra feebly excised, elytral markings black— imconspicua, Saund. Underside blue, apices of elytra distinctly acuticeps, Saund. Pronotum and underside metallic-green or flavovaria, Saund.; flavopicta, C. and G.; Kerr. Yellow postbasal marks isolated and round. Prothorax concolorous. Posterior margins-of elytra serrated. Pronotum, underside, and elytral markings coppery or violet-bronze—violacea, Macl.; cupreoflava, Saund. ; equina, Blackb. Pronotum blue-black, widest at base, feebly convex, fasciae green-black—australasiae, C. and G.; simu- lata, Hope; melbournensis, Thoms. Pronotum green-bronze, widest at middle, very convex, fasciae blue-black—assimilis, Hope. Posterior margins of elytra entire. Pronotum nitid-bronze, smaller than preceding—puerilis, Kerr; var. atrocoerulea, Kerr. Size small (6 mm. long), pronotum brilliant-bronze— minuta, Blackb. Pronotum fiery-coppery at sides, its disc and elytral fasciae bright-green—cydista, Rainb. Pronotum with yellow margins, posterior margins of elytra serrated—eremita, Blackb. Elytra testaceous, with 3 fasciae, and the apex dark. Form narrow and acuminate, pronotum coppery, fasciae and underside blue—quadrifasciata, Saund. Form shortly obovate, pronotum and underside green, fasciae bronze—rotundata, Saund.; (?) var. aene- cornis, Saund. Notrrt.—I have a specimen of rotundata from Sydney in which the fasciae are represented by mere dots; aenetcornis may well be another variety. I have never seen it identified. S. crux, Saund., and acuticeps, Saund., are pro- bably varieties of common species, but I have not sufficient evidence to convict them of synonymy; marginicervex, Thoms. ; and libens, Kerr., have been omitted from the tabulation as impossible to identify from description only. spinose— bluish— timida, STIGMODERA POROSA, N. Sp. Pl.) Mew Elongate-ovate. Head, antennae, prothorax, scutel- lum, and upper-surface of legs nitid greenish-bronze, under- side and tarsi black-bronze, elytra brown-red, the numerous large foveae thereon black or nearly so, the base narrowly Tel dark-bronze. Apex of head and whole underside strongly villose, the hair on head yellowish, on underside white. Head densely punctate and slightly rugose, scarcely depressed between eyes, with small smooth longitudinal ridge in the middle of the forehead, sometimes finely channelled at the middle of base. Prothorax moderately convex, width one and one-half times the length, straight at apex, bisinuate at base, with wide medial lobe, sides nearly straight on basal half, more strongly converging towards apex, posterior angles acute; disc densely and coarsely rugose-punctate, with smooth, nitid, vermiculate intervals, sometimes with vaguely-defined smooth medial line behind, and an even less-defined medial depression on anterior area. Scutellum widely oval, with central part depressed and finely punctate. “/ytra slightly widened at shoulders and again behind the middle, then moderately converging to a wider apex; each elytron widely subtruncate, or with wide concave outline (as in grandis, Don., as depicted by Saunders), the whole surface covered with large foveae arranged more or less in longitudinal series, the raised nitid vermiculations themselves sparsely punctate. Sterna and episterna coarsely rugose, abdomen with round distinctly-separated punctures, sparse on centre, dense at sides, in both cases becoming much finer towards apex, basal margins of segments quite smooth. Dim.—28-30 x 12-13 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Caloundra (H. Hacker). Three specimens in the Queensland Museum taken by Mr. Hacker are all female. The species is superficially like sanguinosa, Hope, from Western Australia, but differs markedly in the following characters, imter alia :—(1) Size larger, especially more robust, and less navicular. (2) Coloration less vivid, the underside and elytral foveae metallic- black in porosa, golden copper or green in sangiwinosa. (3) Apex of elytra entirely different. It belongs to Sect. 6., Stigmodera, as classified by Kerremans (Genera Insectorum, p. 204). ” Note.—After six months the colour of the elytra be- comes much darker, the red only noticeable at the apex, the prevalent tone being blue-black, with here and there gleams of the brown-red. STIGMODERA FRANCA, Ni. Sp. Pl. ix., fig. 11. Oblong-ovate. Head, underside, and legs blue-black, pronotum bronze-black with violet reflections, antennae and tarsi black, elytra chestnut-brown with a narrow basal margin, the suture and apex widely blue-black, scutellum blue. 112 Underside, legs, and tarsi rather thickly clad with long whitish hair. Head canaliculate hut not excavate in front; densely and finely rugose punctate. Pronotum 12 x 8 mm., moderately convex, apex nearly straight, base moderately bisinuate, widest at base, sides rather strongly sinuate in front of the acutely-produced posterior angles, thence sharply narrowed anteriorly, base exactly twice as wide as apex; distinctly channelled for the greater part, the channel terminating behind in a large smooth depression; disc in general evenly and closely punctate, with some irregular, smooth areas towards the obtuse anterior angles. Scutellum cordate, laevigate with a carinate margin. S/ytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, and nearly two and a half times as long, sides sinuately widened behind middle, each apex rather widely subtruncate (a little rounded), the sutural points feebly produced and divergent, posterior margins entire; striate; each elytron with four wide, scarcely-raised costae, the wider intervals between these irregularly rugose-punctate, the costae and raised parts of intervals with smaller punctures. Sternium coarsely punctate, the prosternum transversely ridged: abdomen more finely punctate, the punctures smaller towards apex. TZ'arsal hooks with well-developed dentate enlargement at their origin. Dim., 40 x 16 mm. Hab.—North Queensland: Upper Mulgrave River (Coll. of C. French). A single female specimen has an elytral pattern somewhat as in latithorax, Thoms., or thoracica, Saund., with a darker ground colour than either of these. The sculpture of the elytra is somewhat like that of gigas, Gehin., or latithoraz, Thoms., but the smaller more attenuate, concolorous pro- thorax easily distinguishes it from these. The surname and Christian name of the distinguished naturalist in whose col- lection the type is contained being both preoccupied in Stigmodera I have used a Latinized form of his name to denote this fine species. STIGMODERA GIGAS, 0. sp. Pl. ix., fig. 6. Oblong-oval, robust. Head black, with two red spots between the eyes, pronotum mottled red and black, the smooth raised vermiculations red, with irregular black spaces; elytra brownish-black with narrow orange-red border: underside, legs, and antennae nitid-black, except for a aoa! red spot on the flanks of the prosternum. Head scarcely concave, lightly aban ede: sparsely - punctate. Prothorax 10x16 mm., very wide and convex 113 (sub-bulbous), straight in front, bisinuate behind, with middle lobe very wide, the base of elytra angulately fitting into excisions on each side of the middle lobe; widest behind middle, sides widely rounded and strongly crenated, anterior angles deflexed and obtuse, posterior subrectangular; disc irregularly sparsely and coarsely punctate, the punctures almost entirely limited to the smaller black areas, medial line smooth, neither raised nor depressed. Scute/lum subcordate, depressed in front, laevigate, sometimes with red spot. Hlytra wider than prothorax at base and three and a half times as long, shoulders obtusely angulate, sides sinuately widening behind the middle, thence narrowing to the truncate apex; deeply striate, intervals widely convex, very sparsely punc- tate, humeral region rugose. Prosternwm and flanks of metasternum vermiculose-rugose ; abdomen with large elongate scattered pits, bearing smaller punctures within, apical seg- ment vermiculose-rugose. Dim., 45-53 x 20-23 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Southern Cross, also Tammin. Type in Macleay Museum. A species allied to grandis, Don., but distinguished as follows :— | S. grandis. S. gigas. Head without spots. With two orange spots. Prothoraz rather flat, widest Very convex, widest be- at base, rugose-punctate, hind middle, sparsely and margins widely orange. coarsely punctate, red colour prevalent over whole surface. Elytra not wider than pro- Sparsely punctate (except thorax at base, coarsely at shoulders), apex with and densely punctate, subobsolete exterior tooth, apex with strong external orange margin extending tooth, orange margin ex- over two intervals on basal tending over three inter- half. vals on basal half. Underside aeneous - black, Black, slightly pubescent. densely pubescent. Four specimens examined, two of which (the sexes) are in the collection of Mr. W. Duboulay, taken by his father, Mr. F. H. Duboulay, at Tammin. Mr. Duboulay has also sent one to Mr. C. French. STIGMODERA BARBIVENTRIS, Nn. sp. Pl. ix., fig. 7. g. Elongate-navicular. Head, prothorax, underside, legs, and antennae dark nitid green-bronze, prothorax nar- rowly bordered orange: elytra tawny-yellow on disc with wide 114 darker band towards sides and apex, extreme lateral border orange-yellow as on prothoracic margin, red at apex. (The lighter colour on disc confined to the costate intervals, the wide sulci being dark-brown.) Head and the whole underside densely covered with long white hair. Head coarsely rugose, forehead nearly flat, scarcely excised, and faintly channelled, strongly produced in front. Prothorax rather flat, bisinuate at apex and base, the latter nearly twice as wide as apex, anterior angles produced and obtuse, sides crenated, gently rounded and diverging to the base, posterior angles rounded; surface coarsely vermiculate- rugose, the raised rugosities smooth and nitid, two deep basal foveate punctures. Scutelluwm subcordate, smooth. Flytra widening at the shoulders, then gradually and regularly tapering to the apex, each elytron strongly bispinose at apex, the exterior spine unusually long. Each elytron with ten costiform intervals, including the sutural but excluding the subcostate margins, the sutural costae terminating in the apical spine, the second costa short and joining the fourth near base, the fourth similarly connected with the sixth; costae 7-10 commencing behind the humeral swelling, the ninth subobsolete; the costae smooth except for a few large punctures; the sulci between costae wide and rugose-punctate, with evident rows of large punctures forming crenulations to the sides of costae. The whole wnderside, where not obscured by dense hair, rugose, the raised vermiculation nitid; last segment of abdomen with arcuate excision. /emora coarsely punctate with long hairs, tarsal claws widened at base into a small lobe. Dim., 42 x 16 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Beechworth. Type ¢ in the National Museum, Melbourne; Q@ in Mr. Lea’s collection, labelled New South Wales (probably Inverell). I have only seen these two specimens of this fine species. The female presents a slight variation in the apical structure, the wide space between the long external and the short sutural spines containing an angulation, obtusely dentate, making each apex subtrispinose. There is no sign of this in the male specimen. The two are otherwise alike, except for the usual sexual distinction in the last abdominal segment, in which the female has a stronger tuft of hair than the male. The species is very distinct from all the other described larger species. STIGMODERA GLORIOSA, Nn. sp. Pl. ix., fig. 8. @. Oblong-ovate, robust. Antennae brilliant bronze; head and pronotum brilliant golden-green, the former with an elongate orange spot on the face, the latter with large 115 rounded orange markings near the hind angles and a small one near the middle basal fovea; scutellum very nitid and brassy; elytra orange-red, with basal margins brilliant green, two wide fasciae and the apex widely obscure green, the first ot these antemedian, sinuate on its anterior margin, extending from shoulder to shoulder, concave to the front and not reaching the sides; the second postmedian, nearly straight, extending to the sides and there produced to meet the wide basal dark-green marking ; prosternum, legs, margins of meso- and meta-sternum, and margins of abdominal segments brassy- green, episterna and rest of underside yellow. Head canaliculate, but not excavate between eyes; irre- gularly punctate, with a few smooth raised spaces, closely punctate towards sides. Prothorax very convex and wide, apex bisinuate, anterior angles produced and rounded, base twice as wide as apex, strongly bisinuate, the middle lobe widely subangulate, posterior angles produced and acute; widest near base, sides regularly rounded; disc irregularly punctate, the punctures finer near middle, coarser and closer (subrugose) at sides, a smooth medial line near base, a transverse foveate depression at middle of base and two short longitudinal sulci intersecting the base towards the hind ’ angles. Secwtellwm oval, convex, and smooth. Hlytra slightly wider than and more than three times as long as the pro- thorax, widened behind shoulders and widest behind the middle: sides not serrated, apex widely rounded, not spinose. Each elytron with ten striae besides a short scutellary stria, intervals convex and sparsely punctate, the fourth and eighth with a row of larger punctures. Sternwm coarsely punctate and sparsely clad with long white hairs, abdomen with basal segments coarsely, apical very finely punctate. /emora finely and sparsely punctate; tarsal claws strongly toothed at their origin. Drin., 42 x 19 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Murchison district. Type in National Museum, Melbourne. This magnificent insect from French’s collection is unique in the Melbourne Museum, but was evidently undescribed. Belonging to the sexmaculata, Saund., fortnwmi, Hope, and regia, Blackb., section, in form and pattern, but differing from all these in the strongly convex prothorax, and like conspicillata, White, in the basal red spot on thorax. The elytral pattern is most like that of regia, Blackb., except that the whole apical region is dark coloured. The elytra are a little displaced in the specimen, but if closed the apex would form one continuous wide curve, without tooth or exca- vation. Mr. H. W. Brown has also a specimen, taken by himself. 116 STIGMODERA IMPERIALIS, n. sp. PL. 13. fg, @ Q. Oblong-oval. Head basal part blue, face red mar- gined blue and green, clypeus green-bronze, labrum reddish with long upright tufts of hair, antennae green; pronotum, elytra, and greater part of underside red, the first slightly violaceous, with narrow medial vitta and base blue, the second with basal border, straight postmedian fascia (not reaching sides or suture), and very narrow apical border black; the last with margins of abdominal segments, margins and middle of prosternum and metasternum metallic-blue, episterna red with a violet tinge; scutellum purple, femora red with base and apex blue, tibiae blue, tarsi blue above red beneath. Head concave and finely canaliculate at base; with coarse scattered punctures on middle, more dense at sides. /Pro- thorax 8 x 15 mm., rather depressed, widest at base, sides rather straight behind, then arcuately and _ subsinuately narrowed to apex, apex and base bisinuate, the former fringed with hair at margin, about ‘half the width of base, anterior angles produced and subacute, base scarcely lobed at middle, posterior angles produced and acute; disc with smooth medial depressed line for the greater part, closely and rather finely punctate on middle, coarsely and closely on sides. Sewtellum subcordiform, concave, and smooth. L/ytra oblong, widened at shoulders and again behind the middle, there widest; sides nowhere serrated, apex subtruncate, or widely rounded with a short tooth at each sutural extension; with ten deep striae, the first bifurcating behind the scutellum, forming a short extra stria, the sixth and seventh originating behind the humeral callus, all intervals convex and sparsely and rather coarsely punctate. (Underside coarsely punctate, the punc- tures becoming finer on abdomen, the front margins of seg- ments quite smooth, sternum and first segment of abdomen with sparse long whitish hairs, otherwise almost glabrous. Tarsi with wide teeth at their origin. Dim., 40 x 17 mm. dg. 31-35 x 13-15 mm. .Elytra without the postmedial fascia or apical coloration. The whole elytra orange-red. Two specimens in Mr. H. W. Brown’s collection. Hah.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). A magnificent insect, of which several specimens were captured by that indefatigable collector, Mr. Brown, at Cue. While standing near vitticollis, Macl., it is quite distinct from that species in 1ts more brilliant and varied colour, narrower and shorter fascia, apex of elytron not bidentate, base of thorax not excised, etc. Type, female, in the author’s collection. 117 STIGMODERA RUFOCYANEA, Nl. Sp. Pl. ix., fig. 10. Elongate-oblong. Whole surface and appendages dark- blue, with the following sanguineous red markings, margins of prothorax, elytra with a wide oblong lateral patch behind the shoulder, and a wide lateral vitta extending from behind the middle to the apex. Head lightly concave, canaliculate, closely punctate at base and sides. more distantly at middle and apex, the punc- tures round and deep, with two raised laevigate spaces on forehead. VProthorar 5 x 94 mm., slightly bisinuate at apex and base, the former distinctly produced at middle, the latter with wide shallow medial lobe; widest at middle, thence nearly straight to the base and arcuately converging to the apex, this about two-thirds as wide as base: anterior angles obtuse, posterior produced and acute; disc rather flat, margins slightly explanate; irregularly punctate, punctures round, denser in front and sides, lateral margins rugose punctate ; medial line laevigate, terminating behind in a wide shallow depression, two large basal foveae near margins. Seuwtellam oval, concave, laevigate. /ytra rather depressed, less wide than prothorax at base, sides subparallel, apex simply rounded; punctate-striate, intervals nearly flat except near apex, and sparsely punctate, the third and fifth meeting before the apex, as also the seventh and eighth, leaving a small rugose space. (Underside finely and closely punctate, with irregular clothing of thick long hair. Hooks of tarsi very slightly enlarged at their origin. Dam., 27 x 10 mm. fHlab.—-Australia. (Type in Macleay Museum.) A single female specimen in the Macleay Museum, labelled “‘Australa,’’ is in form, especially of prothorax, like limbata, Don., and menalcas, Thoms., but is more depressed, with flatter elytral intervals; in colour it is not unlike Metaxymorpha grayi, Parry, the lateral blood-red markings contrasting with the dark-blue surface, making it an excep- tionally beautiful species. Chibanti, Théry, has blue elytra, with prothorax having a red disc, besides other notable differences. STIGMODERA NOTATICOLLIS, Nn. sp. Pl. x., fig. 36. dg. Elongate-oblong. Head cyaneous (or greenish) with pale pubescence, antennae golden-green, prothorax very dark- blue, with a small red spot at the anterior angles, and a large, oblique, triangular red mark on the sides; widest near, but not reaching the base, and narrowing to a fine angle near the 118 apex, and extending below over the greater part of the prothoracic episterna; elytra orange-red, sanguineous at sides, with the suture and apex narrowly cyaneous. In one speci- men this sutural coloration enlarged behind the scutellum and again before the apex into a large macula, with a small spot of the same colour on each side near the middle. In the other specimen the postscutellary macula only slightly indi- cated ; sternum and femora blue, tibiae and tarsi greenish, the last red on the underside, abdomen yellow. Head lightly excavated and channelled, regularly punc- tate. Prothorax 4 x 64} mm., convex, apex slightly produced in middle, base lightly bisinuate, the base of elytra fitting angulately into a small excision near posterior angles, medial lobe wide and straight behind, sides lightly and evenly rounded, anterior angles deflexed and obtuse, posterior a little produced and acute; disc finely and evenly punctate, with a smooth medial line, and a basal fovea at each excision. Scutellum elongate-ovate, concave, smooth. WL/lytra of same width as prothorax at base, sides nearly straight and without denticulation, apex without spines and subtruncate; striate, intervals nearly flat on disc, a httle convex at sides and apex. Sternum finely, abdomen minutely punctate, the former rather densely clothed with long white hair. Tarsal hooks finely lobate. Dim., 19-20 x 74-8 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Berrima. Type in Macleay Museum. Two male specimens in the Macleay Museum, with locality labels in the handwriting of the late Mr. Masters, are the only specimens I have seen of this distinct species. With the form of praecellens, Kerr., and eruwbescens, Blackb., the coloration of the elytra is somewhat as in affinis, Saund., with the prothoracic margins somewhat as in consgcillata, White. STIGMODERA BLACKBURNI, N. sp. PAL em Toad ae Oblong-oval. Head, pronotum, and underside bright bronze, the first and third with a greenish tinge, the second purplish, elytra flavous-sanguineous at base and sides, with basal margin, two fasciae, and apical spot dark-green, the first fascia premedial, formed by three large maculae nearly connected but not extending to sides, the second postmedial, nearly straight, not quite reaching the sides, the apical spot large, bifurcated laterally, scutellum, legs, and tarsi green. HTead densely punctate, excavated, and channelled be- tween eyes. Prothorax moderately convex, slightly advanced in middle at apex, nearly straight at base, widest behind 119 middle, thence converging gradually to base, more steeply towards apex, all angles obtuse ; disc with large and scattered punctures on posterior half, finer and closer at sides and apex, a smooth medial line on basal half and two small foveae at base. Scutellum elongate-triangular, a large fovea on anterior, a few deep round punctures on central part. Llytra little widened behind shoulders and middle, three and a half times the length of prothorax, rather widely rounded behind, posterior margins serrated, the apices bidentate with small semicircular excision; punctate-striate, the intervals gently convex at middle, sharply so at sides and apex, a little wrinkled and sparsely punctate. Sternwm with large round punctures close and regular: abdomen with much finer and closer punctures and almost glabrous. Tarsal hooks simple. Dim., 21 x 9 mm. Hab.—South Australia (Blackburn Collection). Type (unique) in South Australian Museum. A single female in the South Australian Museum is superficially like alexandri, but differing widely as follows :— (1) Wider and more robust form; (2) abdomen green-bronze ; (3) apices of elytra more widely rounded and simply bidentate, not strongly spinose. From robusta, Saund., besides great differences in colour, it differs widely in form, being more elongate, with a quite different apical structure. The pre- medial fascia is concave towards the front and leaves a space of three elytral intervals at the sides; the postmedial fascia leaves only one interval uncovered on each side. I have much pleasure in naming a South Australian species after the scholarly entomologist who did so much to extend our know- ledge of the insect fauna of Australia. STIGMODERA ALEXANDRI, 0. sp. Pit aa: 13. Elongate-ovate, subdepressed, strongly attenuated be- hind. Head, pronotum, sternum, antennae, and scutellum nitid-bronze, slightly greenish, legs bluish, the first blue at apex ; elytra orange-yellow with the base narrowly, three ante- medial oval spots, sometimes narrowly connected into a fascia, the sutural one largest and extending to the scutellum, the other two placed obliquely behind the humeral callus; a short postmedial fascia, widened at suture and the apex narrowly blue-black; abdomen yellow. Head channelled and widely excavated, coarsely punc- tate. Prothorar convex, nearly straight in front, slightly raised in middle, bisinuate at base, with wide medial lobe; widest behind middle, the sides boldly widened near base 120 then obliquely narrowed to apex, subsinuate near the denticu- late posterior angle, anterior angles depressed and acute; irregularly punctate, the punctures coarse and close at sides, sparse at base, close and fine towards apex, medial line smooth. Scutellwm scutiform, depressed, and smooth. /lytra rather flat, more than twice as long as wide, of same width as prothorax at base, strongly attenuated behind, with apical margins serrated, each apex with a strong oblique lunation with a long external and short sutural spine; striate-punctate, intervals nearly flat, densely and finely punctate. Prosternim closely, mesosternum coarsely, metasternum and abdomen very finely punctate and sparsely pubescent. Dim., 16-19 x 6-7 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa and Cunderdin (Miss J. F. May and Western Australian Museum). Four specimens, one male, three female, vary in their elytral pattern; the three females are coloured as above, except that in one example the antemedial spots are narrowly connected to form a fascia, while in another the postmedial fascia is narrowly interrupted at the suture. In the male the only dark markings are a small spot on each shoulder, a small postmedial spot halfway between suture and sides on each elytron, and the extreme apex narrowly. There is no doubt as to the conspecific nature of the four examples. The male and one female were on the same card in Mr. Lea’s collection from Mullewa; the other two, similarly labelled, from Cunderdin, were sent respectively from the South Aus- tralian and Western Australian Museums. The species are nearest to jekella, Saund., from which it differs markedly in the wider basal two-thirds of the elytra, with its more attenu- ated apical third, and the strongly spined apex—this somewhat as in semiconcta, C. and G., and varropicta, Thoms. The pattern is also different, the suture without any coloration. Type male in Mr. Lea’s collection; female in South Austra- han Museum. STIGMODERA RUFOLIMBATA, N. Sp. Pl. xs, ees Elongate-ovate, rather flat. Head and -provighiitn bronzy- black, antennae and apex of the former blue, the sides of the latter bordered red or orange; elytra blue-black, varied with yellow or red as following ; two large rounded or oval basal spots not extending to the base, an undulating medial fascia narrowed near but not reaching the suture and -produced laterally to the humeral angle, a narrower arcuate postmedial fascia not reaching the suture and producéd laterally (in one 12] example quite, in two examples not quite) to the extreme apex, the lateral coloration brightly sanguineous throughout ; underside and legs steel-blue, very nitid. Clothed with sparse white hairs. Head sharply sulecate on front. Prothorax nearly straight at apex, moderately bisinuate at base, sides of male subparallel on basal third, of female subsinuately narrowed at base; feebly arcuate at sides and gently narrowing to the apex, anterior angles slightly advanced and rounded, posterior angles subrectangular; disc rather coarsely and closely punc- tate, smooth medial line sometimes apparent, a small central basal fovea and two shallow lateral depressions. Sew?e//ium triangular, concave. lytra of same width as prothorax at base, slightly widening behind shoulder, subsinuate near middle (subparallel in male, slightly enlarged behind the middle in female), sides near apex minutely serrated, the extremity with small oblique lunation; each elytron finely bispinose, the exterior spine more prominent : striate-punc- tate, seriate punctures large and distinct, intervals convex throughout, more strongly raised on apical half, the fifth, sixth, and seventh abruptly starting behind the humeral enlargement; intervals minutely punctate. Sternum densely and coarsely, abdomen finely punctate. Dim., ¢, 15-7 x 5-64 mm.; 9, 17 x 6 mm. Hab,—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). In form and pattern somewhat of the decemmaculata, Kirby, type; but larger and without the yellow subapical aud head spots of that species; the underside blue, sides sanguineous, iter alia. The upper-surface is coloured almost exactly like pallidiventris, C. and G., var. cincta, Blackb. The irregular striation in the humeral region is unusually marked. Types in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA BROWN 1: sp. Pl. te. fie. ~15. Elongate -subcylindric. Head, antennae, pronotum, sternum, and tarsi dark-bronze, the head with coppery and blue, the sternum with some cyaneous reflections; elytra blue, with three yellow fasciae as following; first subbasal, oval fascia not reaching base or suture, but produced on shoulder and humeral epipleurae as far as the lateral sinuation, second a medial undulate fascia, narrowed internally and externally, third an anteapical arcuate fascia; the last two fasciae not reaching the suture, but extending to the sides. Abdomen blue, with long white hairs; legs greenish-bronze. 122 /1cad widely excavated and channelled between the eyes ; rugose-punctate. Lrothoraz, 3 x 44 mm., convex, widest near base, apex subsinuate, slightly advanced in the middle; base nearly straight, sides gently rounded and narrowing to apex, anterior angles a little advanced and obtuse, the posterior acute (about 80°); disc densely punctate, sub- rugosely at sides; a smooth medial line faintly indicated near base, terminating in a small fovea with two very shallow lateral impressions. Slytra of same width as prothorax at base, and three and two-thirds times as long, sides subparallel, lateral sinuosity scarcely evident from above, serrated near apex, extremity with moderately wide oblique lunation; each elytron shortly bispinose, exterior spine conspicuous; striate- punctate, intervals flat on disc, sharply costate near apex, rather coarsely and unevenly punctate. Sternum coarsely rugose, abdomen with first two segments densely and coarsely, the apical more finely punctate. Dim., 15-16 x 5 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). In form somewhat near longicollis, Saund., in pattern near the australasiae, L. and G., type; but the prothorax is more cylindric than that of the former species, as depicted by Saunders, while the blue coloration is much more vivid than in australasiae. Two specimens sent by its indefatigable captor. Type in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA DESIDERIA, HN. sp. Phi x.) fes® 16sandea Elongate subparallel, moderately convex. Head, thorax, underside, legs, and elytra blue or violet-blue, the last marked yellow as follows. Male with wide subbasal fascia parallel to the base, but not reaching it nor the suture, and produced widely on the sides to beyond the middle, two antemedian pear-shaped maculae, one on each side of the suture, an irregular horizontal anteapical fascia extending to the sides but not reaching the suture; in the female the subbasal fascia is produced downwards on the disc to meet and include the antemedian spots; antennae and tarsi bronze. Head excavated and canaliculate on front, regularly and closely punctate. Prothorax widest at middle, apex and base bisinuate, the latter more strongly so; sides evenly rounded, slightly narrowing to the apex; disc rather unevenly, not coarsely punctate, densely so at the sides, a depressed smooth medial line evident on basal half, terminating in a minute fovea; two slight lateral depressions. Scutelliwm subcordate, concave, laevigate. Llytra slightly enlarged at shoulders, 123 little constricted at middle, border serrated near apex; each elytron bispinose, with small oblique excision at extremity, exterior spine the more prominent; striate-punctate, seriate punctures small, intervals flat on disc, the sutural intervals costate towards apex, intervals unevenly and sparsely punc- tate. Abdomen and sternum finely punctate, and sparsely clothed with whitish hair. Dim., ¢, 144 x5 mm.; 9, 16 x 6 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). The sexual coloration as above may be accidental and individual, but the pattern alone distinguishes it from other described species. Somewhat similar in shape to Prone (supra) and longicollis, Saund., it is flatter and less cylindric than the former. The only species to which it may be com- pared in colour scheme of the elytra is praecel/lens, Kerr., but in general form and structure is nearest to longicollis, Saund. Types in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA NEGLECTA, Nn. sp. P])) x.g seo 18: Elongate-ovate. Head, pronotum, and underside blue, pronotum and sternum with some bronze reflections; elytra yellow with the following dark-blue markings; basal margin, wide oblique vitta behind the shoulders, an elongate-oval antemedial spot on the suture, wide postmedial fascia and apical patch, the sutural spot, fascia, and apical patch con- nected along the suture; antennae and legs blue. Head furrowed and lightly excavate in front; densely, not deeply punctate. Prothorax lightly convex, nearly straight at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, widest at base, sides arcuately narrowing to apex, all angles a little acute; dise with large round punctures, sparsely placed behind, becoming dense and finer on front half; with an elongate central fovea and two oval foveae at base. Scwtellum cordate and depressed. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax at base, sides lightly sinuate, apex bidentate with a rather wide shallow excision between teeth, posterior margins entire ; striate-punctate, intervals flat on middle, strongly convex at: sides and apex ; quite impunctate (except in humeral swelling). Sternum strongly, abdomen very finely punctate and clothed with dense recumbent hair. Dim., 17 x 7 mm. Hahb.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains. Type in author’s collection. I find a female specimen misplaced amongst a series of undulata, ‘Don., which it resembles closely at first sight, especially in the elytral pattern and size; otherwise I can find nothing very near it. The following comparison with undulata will serve to distinguish it, imter alia. S. undulata. Colour — Head, and underside green, elytral dark-green. pronotum, bronze- markings Prothorax strongly convex, widest near middle. Agices of elytra rounded. Abdomen glabrous, or nearly simply S. neglecta. Head, pronotum, underside, and elytral markings blue, prothorax above and_ be- low with patches of bronze. Lightly convex, widest at base. Widely excavate and_ bi- dentate. Densely pubescent. So. STIGMODERA PROPINQUA, Nl. sp. Pl. x., fig. 19. Elongate, subcylindric. Head, antennae, prothorax, legs, and underside blue, the last very brilliant ; elytra yellow, with two small humeral spots and a sutural spot between these, a straight (sinuate on its margins) postmedial fascia, and a preapical macula varying from elongate-ovate to triangular, blue-black, the last produced to the apex at the suture. Head moderately excavated and rather deeply channelled, closely punctate. Prothorax convex, apex slightly produced at middle, base very lightly bisinuate, widest at base, thence arcuately converging to apex, anterior angles deflexed and widely obtuse, posterior deflexed and subrectangular, disc evenly, not coarsely, punctate, smooth medial line indicated near base, terminating in a shallow fovea. Sewtellium sub- cordate, concave, laevigate. H/ytra of same width as pro- thorax at base and about three times as long, sides very lightly sinuate, apex minutely lunate and very shortly bispinose: striate-punctate, intervals convex throughout, minutely and sparsely punctate. Sternwm coarsely and densely, abdomen finely and densely punctate. Dim., 15 x 5 mm. Hlab.—South Australia. Types in Macleay Museum. Two specimens (the, sexes) in the Macleay Museum are near convera, mihi, in colour and pattern of the elytra, but differ markedly in the following details: colour of prothorax and underside (coppery-bronze in convera), less cylindric form, much less strongly punctured surface, with entire absence of any denticulation of sides near apex, the ante- medial spot not connected with the fascia on the suture. It differs from longicollis, Saund., in its much shorter prothorax and different elytral pattern, more convex form, etc. ] bo 5 S. convexa, Cart.—In my description of this I stated of the elytra, ‘‘Margins entire to apex.’’ There is, however, a minute denticulation quite close to the apex, which I over- looked. STIGMODERA PISCIFORMIS, nN. sp. Pl. xv; fe, 20. ¢. Ovate, much attenuated behind. Head dark-bronze, prothorax, scutellum, and underside dark-blue with bronzy reflections, antennae and legs blue, elytra red, with the base, two straight fasciae (the first antemedian, not extending to the sides, branching at the suture to the base, the second post- median extending the full width and slightly widened at the middle), and the apical tenth blue-black, the apical macula with straight anterior margin. Head deeply excavated, widely channelled, punctate and pubescent. /Prothorar very convex, widest (subangulately widened) a little in front of base, thence rather straightly narrowing to apex, apex arcuate, base bisinuate and less than twice as wide as apex, medial lobe wide, anterior angles slightly produced and acute, posterior obtuse; disc rather strongly punctate, the punctures round and close, subconfluent at the sides, medial line smooth. Scwte/luwm subcordate, concave, laevigate. lytra depressed, of same width as pro- thorax at base, widened behind shoulders, lightly sinuate at middle, apical third strongly narrowed, denticulate at margins, the apex of each elytron with strong oblique luna- tion and bispinose, exterior spine prominent; striate-punctate, intervals flat or nearly so throughout, distinctly but sparsely punctate. Sternum coarsely, abdomen finely and densely punctate, almost glabrous. @. Differing only in colour from the male. Pronotum and underside with bronzy tints prevailing over the cyaneous, the antemedian fascia only represented by humeral spots and an enlarged sutural macula, the post medial fascia absent. Dim., 15 x 5 mm. Hab.—South Australia (types in Macleay Museum) ; Western Australia: Eucla (C. French). ' Three specimens examined are the only examples I have seen. It is not, therefore, possible to state that the above coloration is a constant sexual difference, but I am convinced that the three examples are conspecific. The form of both prothorax and elytra is unusual, the former abruptly widened near the base, the latter strongly attenuated and spinose. The nearest to it in general form are confinis, Kerr., and thomsoni, Saund., but differs from the latter, besides mark- ings in less sinuate and more attenuated form, and its flat and distinctly punctate elytral intervals. 126 STIGMODERA ARGILLACEA, Nl. sp. Pl. <3 Sige Moderately convex, ohlone: sharply attenuated behind. Head dark-blue, pronotum dark-bronze with coloured reflec- tions, the former with large yellow spot on centre, the latter evenly bordered yellow, scutellum, antennae, and tarsi blue, elytra brick-red with the following markings peacock-blue, wide basal and apical margins, suture, two fasciae, the first (not quite reaching the sides) in front of, the second (extend- ing to sides) behind the middle, and a nearly straight longitudinal vitta from the humeral angle to the first fascia (leaving an elongate red patch at the sides); between the second fascia and the apex the suture widened into a diamond- shaped spot; underside yellow, abdominal segments margined red, femora and (in part) tibiae red, rest of tibiae peacock- blue. Head with shallow channel between eyes but not exca- vated; metallic parts coarsely, the yellow spot more finely _ punctate. Prothorax arcuate at apex, bisinuate at base, sides widest behind middle, arcuately narrowed to apex, all angles slightly obtuse; disc densely punctate, except near base, the punctures here larger and more distinct. Scutel/um cordate, concave, nearly smooth. /lytra with narrow collar at base, forming a bead-like projection at shoulder, sides widened behind shoulder and slightly so behind middle, then converging sharply to apex; each apex trispinose, the middle spine longest, posterior margins entire; striate-punctate, the punctures in striae small, intervals flat on middle, convex at sides and apex, and themselves strongly punctate, the punc- tures thereon as large as those. in the striae. Underside glabrous, with coarse shallow punctures, coarse on prosternum, fine on abdomen. Dim.,. 13-15 x .5-5°>, mm. Hab.—North-western Victoria: Hattah (J. E. Dixon). Four examples sent by Mr. Dixon, who captured many others in this district. While belonging to the 8-spilota, C. and G., group, and a near ally to that species, it is clearly distinct not only by ground colour, and that of the legs and pattern, but especially in the quite different and coarser punctures of the elytral intervals, besides being of a slighter and different shape. I have compared it closely with the type of rufipes, Macl., and fmd a similar difference of sculp- ture, besides differing in pattern and colour, though alike in its leg coloration. In one of my examples the premedial fascia is interrupted. Types in the author’s collection. N.B.—S. rufipes, Macl., though possibly a variety of 8-spilota, C. and G., differs from the typical form in the following. Prothorax with red line near and parallel to apex 127 _sand a red spot at middle near base. Llytra with dark violaceous markings as follows: base, apex (widely), post- medial fascia, oval shoulder vitta; suture, the last widened into a diamond-shape spot opposed to the lateral vitta, the prothoracic margin narrow in front, much widened behind (as in S-spilota). Form oblong, scarcely enlarged behind middle. There are two specimens in the Macleay Museum. ‘The name should be kept for this well-marked Queensland variety. STIGMODERA SERRATIPENNIS, Nl. sp. PI¥ x., Ho. 22: Elongate-ovate. Head, pronotum, and scutellum violet- black, the first with a large yellow spot, the second with the margins widely yellow; elytra violaceous, large oval base, small preapical, epipleural spots, and two fasciae yellow, one medial the other postmedial, both extending to sides but not to the suture; centre and flanks of prosternum, the greater part of mesosternum and metasternum, first abdominal seg- ment, and the middle and sides of the other segments yellow, the rest of underside and legs bronze-black, with short sparse hairs. Head slightly concave, widely channelled, with sparse round punctures. JProthorax straight in front, lghtly bisinuate behind, anterior angles obtuse, posterior rectangular, widest behind middle, sides evenly rounded, disc moderately - punctate, with smooth medial line. Scutellwm cordate, deeply foveate or subsulcate on anterior half. Hlytra convex, slightly widened at shoulders, sides gradually narrowing behind, strongly and coarsely serrated on apical third; extreme apex lunate, with each clearly bispinose, the sutural spine short, the outer dentate. Dim., 15-16 x 5-6 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Two specimens examined come very near the well-known 8-spilota, C. and G., and 10-maculata, Kirby, but differ from both in—(1) elytral pattern, the medial and postmedial spots being replaced by fasciae extending to the sides; (2) legs and dark portions of underside dark-bronze, instead of blue or variegated, with more dark colour than in the above- mentioned species; (3) the strong serration of apical border of elytra (entire in 8-spilota and 10-maculata); (4) each apex bispinose, instead of trispimose. Type in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA MACULICOLLIS, Nn. sp. Pio xis fie. 23: d. Elongate-ovate, attenuated in front and behind. Head and antennae black, the excavate front red, with a 128 black spot at the base; pronotum red with a central black macula covering a large portion of disc; elytra red with a narrow basal border and the apex black; underside black, with the prosternum, spots on the mesosternum and meta- sternum, and a transverse band on each abdominal segment reas legs variegated, the upper-surface of remers and base of tibiae black, the rest and tarsi red. Head widely excavated between the eyes, rabies distantly and clearly punctate. Prothorax moderately convex, sides rather strongly widened behind middle, thence gradually converging to the apex and more suddenly towards the base, apex slightly, the base strongly bisinuate, apex somewhat advanced at middle, the middle lobe of base wide, with the base of elytra subangularly produced forward halfway between the scutellum and posterior angles, the last subacute; disc with clear round punctures, irregularly not closely placed, a smooth medial line on basal half. Sewtellam subcordate, raised, with depressed centre, and finely punctate. Slytra rather flat, slightly expanded and widest at the shoulders, compressed at middle and thence converging to the apex; each elytron strongly bispinose at apex, the exterior spine the longer, space between spines rather narrow; striate-punctate, seriate punctures small and close, intervals moderately convex, more strongly so towards sides and apex, and transversely striolate, with a few small punctures. Underside glabrous, evenly and finely punctate. Dim., 14 x 5 mm. Hab.— Queensland. Type in National Museum, Mel- bourne. A single specimen from the French Collection in the Melbourne Museum is labelled ‘ ‘Queensland, sp. nov.,’’ the last words in the handwriting of the late Canon Blackburn. It is not very close to any described species, ‘and may be recognized by its unusually coloured pronotum and the variegated legs and underside. STIGMODERA HASWELLI, N. sp. PIL xt, hig) 24. Cylindric, robust. Head, pronotum, and sternum dark- green, the first blue at apex, the second with bronzy reflec- tions, scutellum and legs blue, elytra orange-yellow, sanguine- ous at base and margins, with extreme base narrowly, and seven large spots bright blue; two oval placed obliquely behind the shoulder, with a club-shaped spot on suture between these, having a narrow ‘extension to the scutellum, three forming an interrupted postmedial fascia, the sutural spot of these diamond-shaped (in one example narrowly con- nected on one side with the lateral spot), the two lateral 129 transversely extending to the sides, and a triangular apical spot, with its apex at the apex of the elytra, bordered on each side sanguineous; abdomen red. Head excavated and channelled, and, like the pronotum, densely punctate. Lrothorax very convex, nearly straight in front, slightly bisinuate behind, sides gently and evenly rounded, oblique anteriorly, anterior angles depressed and wide, posterior rectangular, without medial impression. Scutellum triangular, depressed, and punctate. JLlytra of same width as prothorax at base, less than twice as long as wide, sides nearly straight, little narrowed behind, each apex subtruncate with two very short equal spines, subapical mar- gins entire; punctate-striate, intervals closely and _ finely punctate, nearly flat on disc, the first three wider than the rest, external two costate. Underside finely punctate, with short white pubescence. Dim., 12-13 x4°7-5 mm. | Hab.—Queensland: Duaringa; and South Australia (7%). Macleay and South Australian Museums. Two specimens, both female, examined. The type from Duaringa, the other labelled ‘‘Jung’’ (collector’s name), prob- ably from South Australia. It is near burchelli, C. and G., and cara, Blackb., but differs from the first by its yellow abdomen and elytral pattern, from the second in the absence ’ of sub-apical serration (said to be ‘“‘fortiter denticulatis’’ in cara) and the widely subtruncate apices, besides having a different elytral pattern. I have named it after Professor Haswell, the honorary director of the Macleay Museum. Type in Macleay Museum. STIGMODERA LEPIDA, Nl. sp.° * Pix.; fies; ;2acand "26. Elongate-acuminate, subcylindric. Head and pronotum dark violet-blue, the former with some coppery reflections, elytra blue with orange or brick-red markings as following: two oval basal spots not quite reaching the base, two narrower antemedial oval spots behind the former (in the female example the first pair coalesce with the second pair, forming an irregular longitudinal stripe); a narrow marginal stripe extending from the base to the end of the anteapical fascia (in the male this is narrowly connected with the basal spot, in the female not so); an irregular, postmedial, horizontal fascia, not nearly reaching the suture, and a somewhat similar anteapical fascia; underside of male dark metallic-copper, very nitid, of female blue-black, with coppery reflections. Head and pronotum regularly punctate, the former depressed and channelled on front, the latter moderately convex, with faint indication of a medial line near the basal F 130 fovea. Prothorax with apex nearly straight, base bisinuate, sides rounded and narrowed anteriorly, anterior angles depressed and obtuse, posterior subrectangular. L/ytra narrowly subcylindric, acuminate at apex, the sides not ser- rated ; each extremity with a small oblique excision, scarcely spinose; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures small and little evident, the intervals flat on disc, convex near apex, and almost smooth. Sternum finely, abdomen minutely punctate, with rather close, whitish pubescence. Dim., 9-11 x 3-4 mm. ; Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). A small species, evidently very near but apparently not mansueta, Kerr.; also near xanthopilosa, Hope. The colour does not tally with the description of the former, the pro- thorax being blue (not green) and not ‘‘si//onné longitudinale- ment.’’ The elytral markings also are red (not yellow), while Kerremans says of his species, ‘‘Jfoins acuminé aw sommet et un peu plus large que S. elongatula, Macl.’’ In my species the apex is considerably more acuminate than in elongatula. Types in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA OCTOCOSTATA, Nl. sp. Be x aNheeaeG: ¢. Elongate-subcylindric. Head, antennae, and elytra uniform blue-black, pronotum yellow with three black mark- ings, the first medial club-shaped, the oval club occupying the front part, with a straight stem exactly filling the wide medial sulcus on basal half, the other two dumb-bell shaped, symmetrically placed on each side of the middle, the basal ball of dumb-bell' exactly occupying a round basal depression near the hind angles; prosternum yellow with a black basal border extending forward on each side; rest of underside and legs a rich dark-blue, quite glabrous. HIead excavated between the eyes, closely punctate. Prothorax convex, widest at middle, sides evenly and rather widely rounded, nearly straight at apex and base, a little wider at base than at apex, all angles obtuse; disc with wide central depression on basal half and two large depressed foveae at sides; densely and evenly punctate. Scwtellum widely triangular, depressed, and punctate. //ytra strongly widened at shoulders, then subparallel to near apex, there each elytron very finely bispinose; base irregular, each elytron angulately produced forward at the middle, the angle being formed by the short scutellary costa meeting the raised humeral margin and overlapping the base of prothorax; disc with three well-raised costae, the first pair meeting within the basal angle and continuous to the apex, terminating there 131 in the short spines, the third costa originating behind the humeral callus and not quite extending to apex, the sides and suture also subcostate; between the suture and first costa is another shorter raised interval on basal half; all costae smooth and nitid, the interspaces densely and rather finely punctate. Prosternum and metasternum with large, rather distant punc- tures; abdomen densely and finely punctate. Dim., 11°5 x 3°5 mm. //ab.—Australia. Type in National Museum, Melbourne. A single specimen from the French Collection in the Melbourne Museum bears no locality label, but is so distinct from all known species as to deserve description. While carinated, somewhat as in impressicollis, Macl., and spinolac, C. and G., so far as the elytra are concerned, it is very different in colour and form, notably in the curiously patterned pronotum and the quite irregular base of the elytra, with the angle not fitting into but overlapping the prothorax. It is unfortunate that the locality has not been accurately noted for this pretty little species. STIGMODERA SEXNOTATA, Nl. sp. Pl. x.; fig: 228: Elongate-ovate, attenuate in front and behind. Mouth and scutellum blue, head greenish-bronze, prothorax red, this colour extending over the prothoracic episterna, with a spade- shaped discal spot green-bronze, widely covering the apical, narrowly the basal half; elytra rufo-sanguineous, the discal parts paler, with the base and six spots blue, three a little in front of the middle, the sutural one slightly in front of the other two, three behind the middle, the sutural one behind the other two; sternum green-bronze; abdomen blue, densely clothed with white adpressed hair. Head excavated, channelled, closely punctate. Prothoraxr convex, widest behind middle, apex arcuate, base strongly bisinuate, middle lobe produced, sides widely rounded a little in front of base, thence arcuately converging to apex, anterior angles embracing the head, and (seen from above) acute, posterior slightly produced, acute; disc densely punctate, a smooth depressed medial line on basal half terminating in a small: fovea. Scutellum subcordate, depressed, laevigate. Liytra of same width as prothorax at base, widened behind shoulders, thence nearly straight, not much narrowed and minutely denticulate towards apex; each apex sharply bispinose, with a short internal and a rather pronounced external spine; striate-punctate, intervals nearly flat and rather densely punctate. Sternum strongly, abdomen finely F2 132 punctate, the latter obscured by hair. Dim., 12-13 x 4-43 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cunderdin. Type in Western Australian Museum. Three specimens, identical in colour and markings, suggest coccunata, Hope, or guttaticollis, Blackl., in the prothoracic coloration, but are without the lateral spots of the former, and with larger discal markings than the latter. The elytral spots are placed as in septemspilota, mihi (which has the apex dark and is differently shaped). A very distinct species that I have seen in no other collection. STIGMODERA ATTENUATA, Nl. sp. Pl. x.) feo: Elongate, attenuated in front and behind. Head coppery, with purple reflections, mouth blue, antennae green; pronotum purple with greenish reflections, elytra yellow with narrow basal margin green; scutellum red with green border; underside cyaneous, the episterna and margins of abdomen dark-green. Head excavated and canaliculate, with rather large irregular punctures. Prothorax widest at base, slightly convex in middle, rather flat and explanate at sides, both apex and base very moderately bisinuate, the obtuse anterior angles a little produced, the posterior rectangular not pro- duced, sides narrowed in a gentle curve from base to apex; disc finely punctate on middle, coarsely and sparsely at sides; a faint medial depression terminating behind in a round fovea; two large foveate depressions near the posterior angles. Scutellum cordate, depressed, and nearly smooth. //ytra elongate, navicular, three and one-third times as long as the prothorax, slightly widened behind shoulders, the sides then gradually tapering to a fine apex, nowhere serrated, apex lunate, and each elytron bispinose, the interior spine very short, the external long ; striate-punctate, intervals irregularly and strongly costate as follows: third and fifth intervals strongly costate, together originating at the base, the third continuous to the base and produced into the strong external tooth, the fifth joining the seventh before the apex, the eighth, ninth, and tenth narrower than the third and fifth, and originating behind the humeral callus, sixth interval briefly carinate then widely convex, suturak, scutellary, and other intervals flat. Prosternum coarsely, the rest of underside very finely punctate, with sparse short hair. Dim., 12-14 x 4-5 mm. Tab.—Victoria: Fernshaw and Gippsland. 133 Two specimens (the sexes) examined belong to the parallela, Saund., section, but differ from that species in the navicular form, costate elytra, and the brilliant but dark coloration of the pronotum and underside. It is also near impressicollis, Macl., but differs in the form of prothorax and in the colour of pronotum and underside. Types in the National Museum, Melbourne. STIGMODERA PLANATA, VN. Sp. Pl. x., fig. 30, Ovate, depressed. Head, antennae, prothorax, scutellum, underside, and legs golden-green, elytra pale-yellow. Head excavated and channelled, closely punctate. /ro- thorax straight in front, bisinuate behind, anterior angles deflected and rounded, posterior slightly produced and sub- acute, widest at base, narrowing arcuately to the apex; disc densely evenly punctate, with a smooth medial line terminat- ing at the base in a small fovea. Scutellwm cordiform, depressed, smooth. //ytra ovate, rather flat, sides very little sinuate, not serrated behind; apex with a minute oblique lunation, finely bispinose; striate-punctate, the flanks of prosternum densely rugose-punctate. Sternwm coarsely, abdomen very finely and densely punctate. Dim., 13 x5 mm. Hab.—Western Australia. Type in the National Museum, Melbourne. Two specimens, both male, examined. The species comes near punctiventris, Saund., and dispar, Blackb., and some varieties of guttata, Blackb., from all of which it differs in its more depressed form, more ovate elytra, and the close and even puncturation of the whole upper-surface (including the elytral intervals), and the absence of any dark coloration of the elytra (in one specimen there is a very narrow basal green margin perceptible). From dispar, Blackb., it differs in larger size, flatter surface, and smaller apical lunation. Cinnamomea, Macl., is sometimes very like it, but the abdomen is always yellow and the prothorax very different (more convex and with coarse sparse punctures); ignea, Blackb., is another ally, with coppery thorax and underside, with some dark markings on the elytra. , STIGMODERA ACUTICOLLIS, Nn. sp. PI; Ait ai Ae ‘ Elongate-ovate. Head ri pronotum nitid bronze-black or tinged with blue, elytra red with suture and extreme apex black, antennae, underside, and legs dark-blue. 134 Head excavated and channelled, regularly not densely punctate. Prothorax unusually short, moderately convex, arcuate at apex, bisinuate at base; widest at base, the sides converging in a feeble curve (a little sinuate near front) to apex, all angles distinctly produced and acute, the anterior markedly so; disc nitid, sparsely punctate, without any medial depression or line, with a medial basal fovea. Seutellam cordate, depressed in middle. JL/ytra slightly enlarged behind shoulders and again behind the middle, posterior margins entire, apices finely bispinose, exterior spine more prominent; punctate-striate, all intervals convex and finely punctate, the alternate intervals costate. (nderside moder- ately closely punctate and nearly glabrous. Dim., 11 x 4 mm. Hab.—Southern Queensland: Duaringa, Brisbane (A. M. Lea). Type in Macleay Museum. Two specimens examined belong to a species closely allied to erythroptera, Boisd., but differing as follows :— S. erythroptera. S. acuticollis. Prothorar subbulbous, sides Lightly convex, widest at rounded, surface subo- base, surface nitid and paque, densely and finely punctate, with deep cen- sparsely punctate, without medial depression, angles tral depression, angles acute. wide. Elytra, three costae on each, interspaces flat, posterior margins serrated. Three costae on each, less strongly raised, with in- termediate intervals also convex, posterior margins entire. | Surface above and _ below Finely and more sparsely densely punctate. punctate. In subpura, Blackb., the mtervals are nearly flat and posterior margins serrated. STIGMODERA TITANIA, N. Sp. Pl. x., fig. 32. Narrowly elongate-oblong. Head, antennae, prothorax, scutellum, underside, and legs brilliant greenish-bronze, margins of prothorax with wide pear-shaped yellow markings. narrowing to the apex, the widened part not quite reaching the base, and produced widely on the prothcracic episterna ; elytra testaceous with the following markings blue-black, the base connecting with a large oval spot covering the humeral region, a straight postmedian fascia extending to the sides, | deeply trifid on its anterior, less deeply so on its posterior margin and the apex, the last with a straight anterior margin. 135 Head deeply excavate, narrowly sulcate, closely punctate. Prothorav bulbous, apex straight, base strongly bisinuate, sides widely rounded, widest at middle, anterior angles de- pressed and obtuse, posterior depressed and acute, evenly and rather closely punctate, with distinct medial depression ter- minating in a basal foveate puncture. Scwfelluwm subcordate, minutely punctate. /yfra of same width as prothorax at base, lightly enlarged at shoulders, and compressed at middle, feebly attenuate behind and very minutely denticulate near apical margins; each apex minutely lunate ,and_ feebly bispinose. ('nderside minutely punctate and densely covered with short white pubescence. Dim., 9 x 3 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River. Type in Macleay Museum. A pretty little species, of which there are two examples in the Macleay Museum, the type female, the other possibly male. The elytral pattern is somewhat as in coccinata, Hope (elegantula, White), but titania is narrower, with prothorax differing in form and colour; nor has it the strong apical spines of that species. Hope’s insect, moreover, has a yellow underside. It is perhaps nearest wnicincta, Saund., in colour scheme, with a differently shaped base of elytra and additional markings. Otherwise I know nothing amongst the smaller species of the genus at all near it. The yellow margins of the prothorax are unusual in their outline, somewhat as in notaticollis, above, but the yellow area is proportionately much larger. STIGMODERA PULCHELLA, N. sp. Plz x. ie 3s. Oblong, attenuated behind. Head, antennae, prothorax, and elytra dark-blue, the last with pale-yellow markings as follows: two large round spots near base, two large ante- median pear-shaped spots situated behind the former (the pear stalk directed upwards), a lateral ovate-triangular spot placed on each side between the other spots, and an arcuate anteapical fascia extending to the sides, but not to the suture; underside and legs a rich purple-blue. HTead excavated and canaliculate, closely and evenly punctate. VProthorax globose, the apex feebly, base strongly bisinuate, the middle lobe rounded and pronounced, sides well rounded, widest at middle; disc closely and regularly punctate, a smooth medial line faintly indicated on basal half, all angles a little produced, depressed, and wide. Sewtelliim subcordate, concave, and punctate. //ytra widened behind shoulders and again behind the middle, sides not at all serrated, apex lunate and bispinose, the internal spine minute, 136 the external prominent ; punctate-striate, intervals nearly flat and closely and finely punctate, basal border raised and produced to form a short carina near scutellum. Underside densely and finely punctate, almost glabrous. Dim., 8 x 2°75 mm. /lab.—Queensland. Type in the National Museum, Melbourne. Two specimens (the sexes) from the French Collection in the Melbourne Museum are merely labelled Queensland. The species is near gentilis, Kerr., in size, form, and markings, except that in gentilis the basal spot is produced laterally, while in pulchel/la the three antemedian spots on each elytron are quite separated and clearly defined, while the hind fascia is not widened and sanguineous on the margin as in gentilis, and the apical lunation is more oblique, with the external spine more prominent. STIGMODERA LEAI, li. sp., or var. PT. x. ea: Oblong, entirely peacock-green or blue, except the elytra, this with a latero-humeral spot, and preapical arcuate fascia yellow, the last interrupted at the suture and produced back- wards on the margins nearly to the apex. Sculpture, form, and size as in cyanicollts, Boisd. Dim., 9 x 34 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River and West Coast. Types in A. M. Lea’s collection. Two species, male and female, of this pretty little species vary only in the shade of colour, one being distinctly blue, the other blue-green. It may only be a variety of cyanicollis, Boisd., differing from the well-known Victorian and Tas- manian var., viridis, C. and G., in the presence of the sub- apical fascia; but it certainly deserves nominal distinction. STIGMODERA TINCTICAUDA, Nl. sp. HA. ex, AeA. Elongate-subcylindric, attenuated at apex. Head, pro- thorax, legs, and underside golden-green, elytra testaceous with apical third gradually suffused with red, antennae and tarsi coppery-bronze. Head and pronotum strongly and evenly punctate; the former deeply excavated and channelled, the latter convex- arcuate at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, all angles slightly produced and acute, sides feebly arcuately narrowed from base to apex; disc with slight medial depressicn, terminating in a basal fovea. Scutellum cordate, depressed, and punc- tate. ilytra of same width as prothorax at base and two and a half times as long; punctate-striate, the alternate: 137 intervals subcostate, all intervals minutely wrinkled, apex very finely bispinose, the spines black, external spine more evident. Sternum coarsely, abdomen less coarsely punctate, the latter with short white hairy clothing. Dim., 6°5-8 x 2°5 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Yalgoo (H. W. Brown). Two specimens sent by Mr. Brown belong to a species ». pulchella, Cart. 34. a leat, Cart. 35. t tincticauda, Cart. 36. my notaticollis, Cart. 37. a hirundicauda, Cart. 38. " festiva, Cart. full 145 NOTES ON THE LORD HOWE ISLAND PHASMA, AND ON AN ASSOCIATED LONGICORN BEETLE. By Arruur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist. [Contribution from the South Australian Museum. | [Read June 8, 1916.] Puates XI.-XVIT. One of the most remarkable species of insects that I obtaimed during a recent (December, 1915, and January, 1916) visit to Lord Howe Island, is a large wingless phasma, Karabidion (formerly Lurycantha) australe, Montr. It appears to have been taken by almost every natural history visitor to the island, and, in fact, once their hiding-places are .known, specimens may be taken in practically unlimited numbers. During the day they remain concealed in hollows in upright or slightly-sloping stems of living trees, but their presence may be detected by examining the ground at the foot of the trees, where heaps of their excrement, sometimes amounting to bushels, may be found. The hollows are seldom less than eighteen inches in length, and are sometimes much longer; suitable ones are probably used for years. On examining the heaps of droppings, frequently both fresh and newly-hatched eggs may be found, the females apparently simply extruding their eggs as soon as these are ready. Occasionally during daylhght, when beating shrubs over an umbrella for insects, a newly-hatched larva, usually green, would drop into it; but except for these I never saw a specimen at large during daylight. They appear to come out late at night and to climb the trees directly for food. In the hollows considerable numbers live together in all stages, but with immature forms in the majority; from one hollow that was completely emptied sixty-eight specimens were taken ; in the same hollow were several large spiders and cockroaches. The males are armed with formidable spines on the hind femora, and when being captured they attempt to use these in conjunction with the strong curved tibiae; the females simply try to escape. The females vary comparatively little in structure, except that when mature the smallest is not quite four inches in length and the largest is a little over five inches. The males, however, vary considerably, especially in the hind legs; the smallest in the Museum measures nearly three inches, the 146 largest about four and a half inches. The hind femora on the small males have armature not much more pronounced than on the females, but on the large males the two large teeth are very strong, and there are up to twelve smaller ones; the femur itself on the large males is considerably wider than the abdomen, and passes the sixth segment of the latter; whereas on the small males it 1s narrower than the abdomen, and may not extend to the tip of the fourth segment. Six specimens (all males) were taken, on which, a leg having been lost, it had been renewed; four of these were larvae, and the renewed legs are very small (pl. xiii., figs. 5-8). On the two mature specimens (pl. xiv.) the renewed leg is a hind one, and it is remarkable that with each the leg, in addition to being much smaller than the non-renewed one, is without conspicuous masculine armature, approaching the female type. I saw no communities in dead trees, but was told that occasionally when a tree touched a house, and especially in the olden days when many houses were thatched, the phasmas would frequently take shelter in large numbers in the ceiling and make uncanny noises at night. But they were easily checked from doing this by preventing any part of the adjacent trees from touching the house. In nearly all cases that I examined it was seen plainly that the phasmas had selected for their domicile trees that had been largely bored by larvae of a large longicorn beetle. This beetle, Agrianome spinicollis, W. S. Macl.,™ is abundant on the island, and numerous specimens may be taken at night on the trunks of many kinds of trees. The larvae make large borings and eject most of their excrement outside the trees; each makes a large hollow, and as many usually work together their borings frequently interlace; in time, with the work of other insects, timber-rotting fungi, etc., large hollows are formed, and in these the phasmas take up their residence. A large orange tree was practically destroyed by larvae of this beetle, and figures (pl. xvi.) are given of the inside and outside appearance of portion of the trunk of this tree, showing the great damage done. Large Kentia trees are also attacked. No living banyan trees were noticed to be attacked by it, but larvae were abundant in dead ones. Very old and rotten logs of many kinds of trees appeared to be attacked with as much favour as living trees, and their larvae are often taken from such logs by the islanders, with whom they are very favourite fish-bait. 4) It is not Cnemoplites (Arimaspes) howei, as the late Mr. A. S. Olliff thought possible. 147 Both sexes of the matured beetles vary in length, but the male may be readily distinguished from the female by its longer and stouter antennae and legs, especially the front tibiae and tarsi, pronotum with patches of coarse punctures alternated with more finely punctured and subopaque patches (instead of with coarse punctures throughout as on the female), and abdomen wider and subopaque, except that the fifth segment and tips of the others are shining; whereas on the female the abdomen is polished throughout. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (2) Pirate XI. Male of Lord Howe Island Phasma, Karabidion australe, Montr. : Puate XII. Female of Phasma. Puate XIII. Figs. 1-8. Immature specimens of Phasma. ag? Larva with renewed right hind leg. » Sand 7. bs A ., left front leg. PRS 2 td “e , Tight middle leg. » o- Eggs. Prate XIV. Two mature males with right hind legs renewed. Prate XV. Sections of tree inhabited by Phasmas (greatly reduced). 7 Pirate XVI. Longicorn Beetles, Agrianome spinicollis, W. S. Macl. - Pirate XVII. Sections of orange tree damaged by Longicornes (greatly reduced). (2)Photographs by Mr. Henry Hale. of the South Australian Museum. 148 HYALOSTELIA AUSTRALIS, THE ANCHORING SPICULES OF AN HEXACTINELLID SPONGE FROM THE ORDOVICIAN ROCKS OF THE MACDONNELL RANGES, CENTRAL AUSTRALIA. By R. Evseripce, Junr., Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, Honorary Fellow. [Contribution from the Australian Museum. | [Read July 13, 1916.] PiLate XVIII. In 19060 a small collection of MacDonnell Ranges fossils was presented to the Australian Museum by the Department of Mines, Adelaide. Amongst these was a small piece of red fossiliferous quartzite, the weathered surface covered with minute straight, white, rod-like bodies, and the same showing in section on the fractured ends of the entire mass. This at the time was put aside for further examination, and, as so often happens in such cases, forgotten. These white, apparently rod-like bodies I take to be the anchoring spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge, and referable to the genus Hyalostelia, Zittel (= Pyritonema, McCoy). The existence of these spicules had already been recog- nized in the rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges. At the annual meeting of the Society, on October 17, 1893, Mr. W. Howchin ©) “‘exhibited a fossil sponge, Hyalostelia, from the Lower Silurian rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges, forwarded by Mr. Thornton, of Tempe Downs. The only other site where it is known to occur in South Australia is in the Cambrian rocks at Curramulka.”’ - Professor R. Tate briefly referred in his account of the Horn Expedition fossils to the occurrence of sponge rootlets in quartzite at Finke Gorge. He described(S) them as cylindrical casts, 1°55 mm. in diameter, extending through a vertical thickness of four inches. Notwithstanding these (1) McCoy: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi. (2), 1850,-p. 2738: (2) Howchin: ‘Trans. Roy. Soc: S: Aus., xvii. pt. 11.,° 1893, p. 855. (3) Tate: Report Horn Expdn. Central Austr., pt. 1u1., 1896, eae OF 149 easts are larger than //yaloste/ia rods proper, Tate yielded preference to a sponge view of their nature rather than regard them as Annelide burrows. The cylindrical rods forming the specimen now before me, and which I propose to term //ya/lostelia australis, have a variable diameter of 0°19-1°39 mm., the longest preserved piece measuring twenty millimetres. They are circular in sec- tion, and when the strong mineral alteration the reds have undergone allows the structure to be seen, it is concentric. In many an axial tube is still apparent. These spicular cables are quite free and unattached to one another, without any trace of ‘‘rope-like bundles,’’ and although not all absolutely parallel to one another, lie more or less in one direction. The matrix is a compact quartzite shghtly iron-stained in colour, and the rods being white stand out in strong contrast. As already stated, the spicular rods are siliceous like the matrix, but in places have undergone a secondary chalcedonic change, and when this is so all structure is obliterated, the alteration taking the form of bleb-like particles. Neither hooked-hke terminations nor projecting decorative structures were observed. The variation in the spicule diameter (0°19-1°39 mm.) is quite in keeping with that of the already-described species, me yaccrcmaus, MeCoy, sp. (15-7. mm.).. Dr. J. G. Hinde comments on this vagiability in the anchoring spicules of the above species,‘4) which is met with in limestones of Llandeilo age; these also are converted into chalcedonic silica. The diameter of the MacDonnell Ranges anchoring spicules, therefore, very considerably exceeds that of the British form, and will afford a ready means of distinguishing the two until the body of the sponge proper in //. australis is discovered. As a matter of strict priority the name //yalostelia, Zittel, 1878, should give place to that of Pyritonema, McCoy, 1850. Dr. Hinde, however, has retained the former, but in the English edition of Zittel’s “‘Text-book of Palaeontology,’’ by Eastman, the two are separately maintained, Pyrito- nema being defined as ‘‘fascicles of long, stout spicules, supposed to be root tufts’’; whilst in Hyalostelia the anchor- ing spicules are ‘‘root-tufts composed of elongated, slightly- bent fibres, sometimes terminating in four recurved rays.”’ Mr. Howchin was kind enough to lend me his specimen, when I found that it and the Museum example form portions (4)Hinde: Mon. Brit. Foss. Sponges, pt. 2, 1888, p. 112. (5) Vol. i., 1900, p. 55 150 of one and the same piece of rock. When united the two pieces measure one and a quarter inches long, one and a half inches wide, and three-quarters of an inch thick, the spicular rods extending throughout. I am indebted to Mr. Howchin for the following remarks {August 31, 1916]:— ‘‘From the material in my hand I think there must be at least two clearly distinct species. Notwithstanding the inclusion of rods of different diameters in the same individual, there is, in all my examples, a certain preponderance of a given diameter in the rods of any one particular sponge. This also seems to be borne out by the descriptions and figures hitherto published. That is to say, in a certain number of cases the individual rods do not, throughout the entire speci- men, attain a diameter of more than half that of the average size of other examples. The diameters of the respective species, as described, are as follows (Hinde’s figures being used) :— (Hyalosteha parallela, McCoy, 02 to 0-5 mm. Group I. (fine | H. (Pyritonema) fasciculus, McCoy, 0:2 hair-like rods). } to 0°5 mm. |. (Hyalonema) young, Eth., junr. | Described as ‘‘hair-like.’’ : (/yalostelhia australis, Fath., junr., 0°19 to Group II. 139; (stout rods). H. (Hyalonema} smith, Y. and Ws, 0s to. 1-5. mms “Tt is true that H. australis (rods) do ‘considerably exceed’ in size those of Pyritonema fasciculus, but they are, if anything, a little smaller than those of HH. smithiu. The Tempe Downs example comes so near to the Carboniferous HT. smithu that I regarded it as indistinguishable from that form, and for that reason did not define it as a new species.”’ EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. HYALOSTELIA AUSTRALIS, Hth., fils. Fig. 1. Transverse section of anchoring spicules—x4 diam. ,, 2. Longitudinal section of several spicules—x7 diam. In both sections the dense black portions in the spicules are the silicified tissue; the white patches, on the contrary, are the blebs of chaleedonic silica. In the transverse section (fig. 1) | some of the axial canals are visible (as at a), and again in a longitudinal section (fig. 2, b). ELOATING GLACIER Krrterron 10,755 ROSS SEA WHITE ISLAND TSLAND CASTLE Roc SSE rrenenvs ARS: Na300 AN BEAUFORT 1) ISLAND BLACK ISLAND he (FloaTiNG GLACIER Ice) , , ° 3 i * DAIL Y yO ef y St y; / SEN J “DISCOVERY wwren QUARTERS ~*~ Mc MURDO CBarne OBSERVING STATION WidON 3NUL Vol. XL., Plate XIN i MT MORNING sv79 SOUTH aviod Vv ke MTLISTER ages aaz1205 aonvi VICTORIA NEW HARBOUR GRANITE HARBOUR. 151 AURORAL OBSERVATIONS AT THE CAPE ROYDS STATION, ANTARCTICA. British Antarctic EKapedition, 1908. By D. Mawson, K.B., D.Sc., Erc. [Read July 13, 1916.] Piuates XIX. ann XX. PREFACE. The following notes were prepared for publication in the year 1911. The printing, however, was delayed, as Sir Ernest Shackleton expected to publish the Scientific Reports of the Expedition as a continuous series. Since then, want ot the necessary funds has driven him to abandon the idea of a complete series, and this manuscript is at last released for publication. The matter submitted is, firstly, the journal of aurorae observed, and, secondly, conclusions drawn from an analysis of the records contained therein. The journal is a compilation of all loggings entered by members of the party. In this almost everybody at the hut participated. One of the par- ticular duties of the night-watchman was to scan the heavens at intervals for auroral phenomena. As the party contained few trained observers, the journal is not consistently thorough throughout. However, as I was responsible for that depart- ment of the work, I made it my business to personally observe every display possible between the hours of 8 a.m. and mid- night; the night-watchman had standing orders to waken me at any time between midnight and 8 a.m., should there be any notable demonstration. I wish to mention Professor T. W. E. David, Chief of Scientific Staff, as having been specially active in observations and loggings connected with this journal. As the records of auroral phenomena noted by observers of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition of the years 1912 and 1913 were very full and supply much more matter for discussion than herein available, only more prominent con- clusions will be referred to in this contribution. Later on the subject can be reopened in the light of the fuller information made available by the later expedition. Adelaide University, January, 1916. 152 CONTENTS. JI. JOURNAL OF AURORAE :— 1. Introductory Remarks eee fi. 2. Explanation of Terms enmploveds: in hie Text 153 3. The Journal 15 II. SumMARY :— 1. Frequency in relation to Sun-spot Cycle So ae 2. The Annual Variation of Frequency ... AC 3. Auroral Storm Periods ... 5 ae sad vee 4. Diurnal ‘Variation . 203 5. Frequency in relation to Gacor aohie Tinactide 205 6. Diurnal Frequency and Geographic Direction considered Conjointly ... oh ia oe bee 7. Diurnal Variation in Trend Ap p 1 AB. 8. Relation to Lines of Magnetic Force ... 2 S208 9, Relation to Land Topography ... ine 3 BIO 10. Relation to Meteorological Conditions Ve 20 11. Colour Ao ne - Hi a It DE 12. Suggestions ... Me; oe a oe Seay i I.—JOURNAL OF AURORAE. 1. InrrRopucToRY REMARKS. All directions mentioned in the text are given as true and not magnetic bearings. The magnetic declination at Cape Royds was, approximately, 150° E. The time of the entries is stated in a daily round of twenty-four hours, beginning at midnight and ending with the following midnight. For example, 22.30 refers to 10.30 p.m. of the civil scale. The hour entered was that of the hut clock, with neces- sary adjustments made at two periods of the year, on occasions when the clock was ascertained to be considerably in error in relation to local mean time. Unfortunately, those of the party in charge of the ‘‘time’’ were not as painstaking as they should have been, and so this record, though relatively accurate in itself, cannot be relied upon, within several minutes of time at least, for comparison with other stations. The trend of bands in the sky was noted as frequently as possible, and the direction stated always the real trend, as if observed in the zenith; not the apparent trend as seen in perspective. In cases more than a few degrees from the actual zenith some experience is necessary to accurately deter- mine such direction. As a rule, no attempt was made to log the trend of arcs of low elevation, on account of uncertainties entailed therein. Arcs extending straight across the zenith a Pa) he 153 from horizon to horizon, as they drifted away from the zenith, always appeared, on account of perspective, to become bowed with convexity away from the observer. This and other optical effects had at all times.to be carefully borne in mind when recording the trend of fragments of arcs at a distance from the zenith. : It is certain that many faint auroral phenomena escape observation altogether, except at the hands of an experienced observer. Often when the luminous phenomena have so faded as to be invisible to the eye in the normal way, something may still be seen by looking towards a point 60° or 90° away and then staring sideways. By doing so the focus is thrown upon a fresh (more sensitive) portion of the retina. Reference in the text is frequently made to topographical features of the locality about Cape Royds, the observing station. The position of these can be noted by reference to plate xix. (facing page 151). 9. EXPLANATION OF TERMS EMPLOYED IN THE TEXT. The manifestations recorded as aurorae are luminous phenomena of diverse form resembling closely the appearances produced by electric discharge in rarified gases. The accumu- lated labours of contributors to this subject show that the incandescence observed in auroral displays is due in some way to electric disturbances in the higher rarified atmosphere. In logging the manifestations a number of. types have been recognized and agreed upon by various authors. The majority of the contributions to the literature of the subject, however, have not been sufficiently scientific, and published works are overloaded with a redundancy of terms, often over- lapping and ill-selected. In this place, a discussion of the. subject will not be attempted. It will suffice to explain what is meant by the terms actually used in this journal. Curtain.—This is the idealized form of aurora _phe- nomena, and contains all the elements of auroral manifesta- tions. Curtains are in the form of somewhat convoluted (draped) bands and bars across the sky. Like the article of furnishing from which they take their name, they are narrow in lateral width, but the vertical extension is always con- siderable. A fine illustrative example, though somewhat more than usually convoluted, is that figured by Dr. Wilson as plate 10 in the Aurora: Report of the British National Antarctic Expedition of 1902-1904. The elements of a curtain are vertical filaments, or streamers, as they are referred to in this journal. The streamers are arranged just 154 as are the teeth in a comp, when the latter is held vertically with the back of the comb below. At the lower edge of a typical curtain the streamers are all united to form a con- tinuous ribbon of light at an even altitude above the surface of the earth; above they fade into invisibility at varying altitudes, imperceptibly passing into outer darkness. In cases where the display is fainter, only the brighter sections of a curtain may be visible, and the relation of such patches of light in the heavens only become manifest at intervals when the excitation increases and the intervening portions of the curtain become dimly outlined. Often all that is visible is one or two isolated streamers which experience has taught are, in most cases at least, the visible parts of an invisible curtain, if one may so express oneself. Curtains, as they are viewed, wax and wane—-now dazzling bright and again quickly fading to almost invisibility. The excitation travels definitely from one end to the other, often in slow, pulsating movements. ._In the case of intense displays, however, the luminescence ripples in a kind of wave-motion through the streamers from one end to the other. In addition to the passage of. luminescence along the length of a curtain, the whole curtain usually shows a tendency to drift (body-travel ) towards some quarter of the heavens. Curtains seldom appear singly, but more often multiple, usually as strictly parallel forms, in number proportionate to the intensity of the aurora. Very brilliant curtains usually reduce them- selves within a few minutes to a nebulous condition, in which the streamers and all fine outline are lost in a broad incan- descent (nebulous) band or arc. Nebulous bands, arcs, and patches are commonly referred to throughout this journal. Brilliant aurorae below the horizon may cast a reflection on and so illuminate the borders of visible clouds, producing an auroral glow. Our observations show that at other times there was the appearance of auroral excitation connected with specific clouds. The term corona is not employed here, for in lhterature it is, often at least, misapplied. The streamers of curtain rings, when such are situated in the zenith, on account of perspec- tive effect, appear to converge to a meeting-point above, and so have often been referred to in literature as a special ‘form under the name of corona. Elsewhere in contributions on the subject of the aurora polaris the term is employed to refer to manifestations when an intense display reaches the zenith. The term arch is, except perhaps in exceptional cases, a misnomer, as extensive linear bands are of the nature of arcs at a fairly uniform height above the surface of the earth. 155 3. JOURNAL OF AURORAE OBSERVED AT Aa Me) Care Royps, Ross Istanp (Lat. 77° 32’ Sourn, Lone. 265th, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 25th. 26th, 27th, 4.00 24.00 2.00 16.00 24.00 22.00 ESe SESS5 cS ROE = Wo bo S 166° 12’ East), puriING 1908. March, 1908. An auroral streamer on the S.E. horizon. April. Streamers from E.N.E. to S.K. near the horizon. Auroral streamers again noted. Streamers over N.E. and S.W. horizon. Curtain to EK. Curtain behind Ross Island extending from N. to S.E. by E. Fine snowfall from no visible cloud at 23.00. Four arcs extended overhead to N. and S., situated in ‘the sky. to E. of zenith. Also streamers appeared over the horizon. Aurora again noted; partially obscured by nimbus clouds near the horizon. Slight haze with fine snow between 2.00 and 4.00. Two streamers seen in the EK. Curtain trending to the N.W. Curtains stretching N. and S. across the sky to E. of zenith. The moon well up, and so the auroral light must be strong to be visible. Streamers in the N. Beams over the slopes of Mount Erebus, to the N.E. Four parallel bands across the sky from the zenith to the E., trend somewhat E. of N. The light is strong, notwithstanding the brightness of the moonlight. Streamers and low ares from N. to S. on the EK. horizon. Aurora continues in the E. Aurora continues, but fainter. Streamers arising from the N.E. horizon, noted on the next succeeding days when clear between 17.30 and 18.30. Stronger lights, usually as ares, show up between 22.00 and 2.00. Aurora bright from N. to E. Aurora in N. and HE. Aurora in N.E. to S. Aurora reported in N.E. and §S. Aurora reported in N.E. and S. Auroral phenomena appeared in the S. and S. by W. Almost the whole sky from N. by W., through E. to S., ablaze with auroral bands, curtains, and nebu- lous masses. The luminous masses appear to travel rapidly in a definite direction. The forms are ever changing, retaining their shapes for not longer than 10 seconds. The nebulous masses have the appearance of being very near the earth’s surface. This evening, and several preceding evenings, the bands trended in a distinctly more E. and W. direction than on earlier occasions. 28th, Ist, 4th, Sth, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 00.80 2.00 2.00 22.00 24.00 22.00 3.00 20)..00 22.00 2.00 11.00 20.00 22.00 3.00 4.00 15.00 16.30 17.30 | 18.15) 21.30 24.00 156 The brilliant auroral display continues. or, 10°C EN or “the zenith; bowed noticeably, with concavity to the S.E. The are just referred to had straightened and crossed the zenith, trending N.N.E. and S8.S.W. Three faint parallel curtains in the zenith and east of it, extending from near the N. horizon to within 20° of the S. horizon, and trending N. and §. Two blobs of auroral nebula in the S.S.E. in the position of the earlier ares. An auroral haze in the E. Two curtains, one 30° up in the W., the other 45° up in the E. The mean direction of trend about N. and S., but bowed concave to. the W. An indefinite auoral haze to the KE. The night very dark and the sky clear. The aurorae were very faint, and visible only on account of the favour- able conditions. 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 189 2.15 ? and head above smooth and shining, longitudinally rugose 218 between the frontal carinae and eyes, the rugae diverging behind. Cheeks with coarse, elongate punctures. Mesonotum and epinotum subopaque and rugose-punctate, the rugae irregular on the sides and often transverse on the base of the epinotum; pronotum and declivity of epinotum smooth and shining, as are also the petiole, postpetiole, gaster, and legs. Antennal scapes and legs with sparse piligerous punctures. Body, including the antennae and legs, covered with rather abundant, erect, coarse, yellowish hairs; those on the scapes and tibiae standing off at an angle of about 30° to 45°. Yellowish-brown to piceous or castaneous-brown ; append- ages paler; first gastric segment in pale specimens often darker behind; mandibular teeth black. Female.—Length, 10°5-12 mm.; wings, 13-14 mm. Head rather small, scarcely longer than broad, sub- rectangular, very slightly broader behind than in front. Antennal scapes reaching about one-fourth their length beyond the posterior border of the head. Thorax large; mesonotum overarching the small pronotum in front, flat- tened behind; seen from above, distinctly longer than broad ; scutellum longitudinally impressed in the middle; base of epinotum sloping, longer than the declivity, the spines long, blunt, directed upward, outward, and backward. Petiolar node compressed anteroposteriorly, its upper border feebly impressed in the middle; postpetiole short, broader than long. Gaster large. Wings with large discal cell and only one cubital cell. Sculpture resembling that of the worker, but the whole upper-surface of head and cheeks longitudinally rugose, except a small median occipital area which is shining and coarsely punctate, and the clypeus, which is transversely rugu- lose on the sides. Thorax, including the mesopleurae, smooth and shining; epinotum sharply rugose, the rugae on the base transverse in front, arcuate behind, on the sides irregular above, longitudinal below and extending forward on to the mesosterna. Pilosity like that of the worker. Colour darker, castaneous; legs, usually including the coxae, yellowish; wings distinctly and uniformly infuscated throughout, radial vein and apterostigma dark-brown, remaining veins paler. Male.—Length, 5-6 mm.; wings, 6-6°5 mm. Head, excluding the eyes, distinctly longer than broad, convex behind and above, not broader behind than in front, its occipital border with a pronounced, strongly-reflected margin. Cheeks very short; eyes large and convex. QE —E—yE——E———— =" 219 Mandibles narrow, with two or three teeth. Clypeus convex, with rounded entire anterior border. Antennal scapes slender, somewhat shorter than the head; funiculi with joints gradu- ally increasing in length distally, but without distinct club; first joint slightly swollen. Thorax large; mesonotum, seen from above, as long as broad, very convex, especially in front, where it strongly overarches the very small pronotum. Meso- sterna and mesopleurae large and very convex. Epinotum narrow, prolonged backward, its base rapidly sloping and more concave anteriorly, its posterior portion somewhat higher, subnodiform, and with very short declivity. Petiolar and postpetiolar nodes low and rounded, the latter longer than broad and somewhat broader than the former. Legs long and very slender. Venation of wings as in the female. Pilosity and sculpture much as in the worker, but the hairs somewhat finer and the head much less rugose in front, the mesopleurae and upper-surface of the epinotum smooth and shining and the mandibles shining and sparsely punctate. Colour as in the female, but the head darker, the mandibles yellow, and the wings and apterostigma somewhat paler. Habh.—Victoria: Melbourne (type locality); Yarra dis- trict (W. W. Froggatt); Swan River (locality of female, Atta antipodum, cited by F. Smith). New South Wales: Jenolan Caves (J. C. Wiburd); Port Hacking (W. B. Gur- ney); National Park, near Sydney,’ Sutherland, Leura, Katoomba, Hornsby, Manly, Sandringham, Bulli Pass, Gos- ford, and Uralla (Wheeler); Fitzroy Falls (R. J. Tillyard) ; Sydney (A. M. Lea); Sydney and Katoomba (fF. Silvestri) ; Shoalhaven district (W. W. Froggatt); Dorrigo (W. Heron). Queensland: Mount Tambourine and Colosseum (E. Mjoberg) ; Townsville (F. P. Dodd); Brisbane and Koah (Wheeler) ; Bribie Island (Wheeler and H. Hacker). Although series of specimens from different localities vary more or less in average size, in colour, sculpture, and the. length and shape of the epinotal spines, it seems inadvisable on the basis of the material examined to confer names on the varieties of this species. APHAENOGASTER (NYSTALOMYRMA) PYTHIA, Forel. Pl. xx1., figs. 4-65 pl. xxii., figs. 5-8. Aphaenogaster longiceps, Mayr.: Journ. Mus. Godeff., 12, 1876, p. 43, female, male (in part). Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) longiceps, Forel: Ark. Zool., 9, 1915, p. 76, two females and male. 220 Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) pythia, Forel: thid., p. 76, two females and male. Worker.—Length, 4-5°5 mm. Averaging smaller than lonyiceps. Head scarcely longer than broad, distinctly broader behind than in front, with less- rounded posterior corners than in /ongiceps, and with less- constricted, though distinctly marginate, posterior border. Eyes distinctly less convex, antennae shorter, though the scapes surpass the occipital border of the head by nearly one-fourth their length; funicular joints shorter. Pronotum and base of epinotum more convex and rounded above in pro- file; mesoépinotal constriction shorter. Epinotal spines shorter, much further apart at their base than long, and directed more upward. Petiolar node rising less abruptly from the peduncle. Legs shorter and stouter, gaster perhaps a little larger than in longiceps. Smoother and more shining; mandibles subopaque and shining; the rugae between the frontal carinae and eyes feebler; epinotum smooth and shining above; sides of meso- notum and epinotum much more finely rugulose-punctate, so that their surfaces are also more shining. Hairs finer and paler and a little more oblique on the legs and antennal scapes. Colour usually paler and more yellowish than in longiceps. Female.—-Length, 9°5-11 mm.; wings, 12°5-13 mm. Smaller than the female of longiceps, with the posterior corners of the head more pronounced and less rounded, the eyes somewhat less convex, the antennae, thorax, and legs shorter, and the epinotal spines smaller and acute. Venation as in longiceps. Sculpture much as in Jongiceps, but the head more sub- opaque and more finely rugose. Gaster and upper-surface of thorax very smooth and shining. Pilosity as in the worker. Colour distinctly paler than that of the female longiceps, wings less deeply infuscated, yellowish-hyaline, with the radial vein and apterostigma dark-brown. Mesonotum with three large longitudinal brown blotches, gaster behind the first segment brownish-yellow, as are also the legs, including the coxae. Mate.—Length, 4-475 mm, Smaller than the male of Jlongiceps, the head and antennae shorter, the former scarcely longer than broad, excluding the eyes; thorax much shorter and broader, the 221 pronotum and scutellum seen together from above scarcely longer than broad. In profile the scutellum is more convex and projecting, the anterior portion of the base of the epinotum descends more abruptly, and the nodiform posterior enlargement is more pronounced in profile, but less pro- nounced when seen from above. The nodes of the petiole and postpetiole are much lower than in /ongiceps. Sculpture, colour, and pilosity much as in that species. Hab.—Queensland: Herberton (type locality) and Cedar Creek (E. Mjéberg); Gayndah; Peak Downs; Rockhampton ; Kuranda and Enoggera (Wheeler). New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). APHAENOGASTER (NYSTALOMYRMA) BARBIGULA, sp. nov. Paes... nes. 7 to 93: pl. xxn/, fig. 9. Stenamma Cischnomyriner) longiceps, Forel: Rev. . Suisse Zool., 10, 1902, p. 4389. female; Fauna S.W. Aust., Hamb. Exped., 1, 1907, p. 284, two females and male. Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) longiceps, Forel: Bull. Soe. Vaud. Se. Nat., 49, 1913, p. 187, female. Worker.—Length, 4°5-5°5 mm. Head regularly-elliptical, about one and one-fifth times as long as broad, not broader behind than in front, with convex sides, rounded behind the eyes, and without posterior corners. Occipital border feebly reflexed. Eyes moderately convex. Mandibles irregularly denticulate, with three larger apical teeth. Clypeus, frontal carinae, and frontal area much as in /ongiceps; frontal groove indistinct. Antennae rather long, scapes incrassated distally, extending less than one- fourth their length beyond the posterior border of the head, funiculi distinctly 4-jointed, all the joints shorter than in longiceps. Pronotum and base of epinotum rounded and convex in profile; mesoépinotal constriction long and_pro- nounced, epinotal spines reduced to small, rather acute, sub- erect teeth. Petiolar node rounded, lower than in /ongiceps or pythia. Postpetiole scarcely longer than broad, decidedly broader than the petiole, in profile with abrupt posterior slope. Legs rather slender; posterior tibiae with small spurs. Shining; mandibles subopaque, longitudinally striate; clypeus feebly and transversely rugulose; head very smooth and shining above and behind, sharply, longitudinally rugose between the frontal carinae and eyes; cheeks only with several small, scattered, piligerous punctures. Thorax smooth and shining, with the sides of the mesonotum and epinotum punctate-rugose, the rugae being somewhat longitudinal on 222 the former; remainder of body smooth and shining, with small, scattered piligerous punctures. Hairs as in longiceps and pythia, except that they are very long on the gula, forming a well-developed psammo- phore; on the scapes and legs they are more oblique than in longiceps and more as in pythia. Colour variable and like that of /ongiceps. Female.—Length, 13 mm.; wings, 13°5 mm. Similar to the females of the two preceding species. Head subrectangular, a little broader behind than in front, with rounded posterior corners. Antennal scapes extending only a short distance beyond the posterior border of the head. Thorax rather long; base of epinotum long, its spines acute, shorter than in Jongiceps and directed downward and _ back- ward. Scutellum and petiolar node without median impres- sion. Venaticn of the wings as in the preceding species. Smooth and shining; mandibles subopaque, finely striate ; clypeus transversely rugulose; head finely, longitudinally rugose; rugosity on the base of the epinotum above fine, indistinct and transverse, more distinct and longitudinal on the sides. Hairs similar to those of the worker but rather short, except on the gula, where they form a psammophore, as in the worker. Colour uniformly yellowish-ferruginous, with slightly paler legs. Waings yellowish-hyaiine, as pale as in pythia, with dark-brown radial vein and apterostigma; remaining veins resin-coloured. . Hab.—-South Australia: Adelaide (type locality) (A. M. Lea and Rothney); Meningie (L. H. Mincham); Gawler (A. M. Lea); Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E. H. Wright). Western Austraha: Dongarra; Gooseberry Hill; Wallaby Island; Beverley (F. H. Duboulay). Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie). New South Wales: Yanco (W. W. Froggatt). ' This species, described from numerous workers from many of the localities cited above and a single female taken by Mr. G. E. H. Wright between Karoonda and Peebinga, is readily distinguished from /ongiceps and pythia by the conspicuous psammophore of the worker and female, by the peculiar shape of the head and very short epinotal spines of the worker, and by the downwardly-directed epinotal spines of the female. The male seems to have been seen by Forel, but was not described, as it was referred to longiceps. When again taken it will probably be found to differ as much from the males of /ongiceps and pythia as the worker and female differ from the corresponding phases of these species. oe wh 223 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Prats XX]. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) longiceps, F. Smith. Head of worker, dorsal view. Worker, body in profile. Head of female, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) pythia, Forel. Head of worker, dorsal view. Worker, body in profile. Head of female, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) barbigula, n. sp. Head of worker, dorsal view. Worker, body in; profile. Head ot female, dorsal view. Pirate XXII, Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) longiceps, F. Smith. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of female in profile. Same of male. Thorax of male, dorsal view. Head of male, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) pythia, Forel. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of female in profile. Same of male. Thorax of male, dorsal view. Head of male, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nustalomyrma) barbigula, n. sp. Thorax, petiole,- and postpetiole of female in profile. 224 ACARIANS FROM AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN ANTS AND ANT-NESTS. , By NarHan Banks. (Communicated by Arthur M. Lea.) [Read July 13, 1916.] Prargers XXII go XXX. The myrmecophilous mites collected by Mr. Lea in Tasmania and Australia were sent me for determination and description several years ago. Some of the specimens are immature and cannot now be determined; most of the adult specimens prove to be new species. This is not strange, as very few mites of these families have been described from these regions, and these few not from ant-nests. There is little generically remarkable in the collection ; they are such as might be found in ant-nests in other countries. Only a few of them were attached to the ants; the others are largely scavengers, but nevertheless will doubt- less be found to be rather closely confined to ant-nests, and not generally distributed or with other environments. The myrmecophilous mites of few regions outside of Europe are known, and Mr. Lea deserves much praise for his industry and attention in gathering such a number of these tiny and generally-neglected creatures. As to host-relation, Hctatomma metallicum is host to seven species of mites; Ponera lutea and Polyrachis hexacantha each have six species; one mite occurs with four species of ants, but nearly all the others have but one host. BDELLIDAE. BDELLA (SCIRUS) HOSPITA, Nl. Sp. VPLS ce ee Body about twice as long as broad, broadly rounded behind, tapering in front; beak about two-thirds as long as width of body, with four hairs each side. Palpus with first and last joint about equal in length, and each about as long as the beak, second and third joints very short, subequal, last joint with long hairs on tips and apical half or more, few hairs on other joints. Cephalothorax with one eye each side. Dorsum of abdomen with few fine, scarcely-visible hairs. Legs of moderate length, femur 4 hardly as long 225 as the beak, with few fine hairs, more numerous on tarsi, especially near apex. Length, 1°6 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha. Tasmania: Chudleigh, with Zridomyrmey. ERYTHRAEIDAE. FESSONIA PROMINENS, li. sp. Pho xxiii fie. (5, Body twice as long as broad, broadest in front; cephalo- thorax with a prominent, median process, and each side with two concavities; opposite the second one are the large, sessile eyes, two each side, close together, and behind them on the median line is a pair of pits or sensillae, each with a hair, but I cannot see a crista or groove. Legs slender, of even thickness throughout; legs 1 and 4 about as long as body, the tarsi a little shorter than the preceding joint, but not swollen. Body clothed above and below with short, cone-like hairs, each with small spicules in transverse rows; there are several patches on the dorsum free of hairs, three such spaces on the cephalothorax, and a row of four each side on the abdomen. The legs have similar but more elongate hairs, while the tarsi have still more slender hairs, almost bristly. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Ocean Grove, with /ridomyrmex mite- dus (Lea collection). RHYNCHOLOPHUS ATTOLUS, Nn. sp. PY, xxii,, fic. 6. Similar in most respects to R. retentus, body of same shape; small, triangular cephalothorax is lower than abdomen, crista enlarged at posterior end, one eye each side, palpi rather long. The body is clothed with short hairy bristles, not clavate as in Ff. retentus; the legs are a little longer, leg 1 longer than body, 4 much longer than body, 2 and 3 about as long as body. In leg 1 the tarsus is as long as penultimate joint, and this latter scarcely any longer than the one before it (in 2. retentus it is much longer). In hind legs the joints are all more slender than in #. retentus, the tarsus being scarcely three-fourths as long as the pre- ceeding joint, not at all enlarged toward tip, and plainly longer than tarsus 1. Length, 1°2 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea. RHYNCHOLOPHUS RETENTUS, 0. sp. Pl. xxui., figs. 2 and 3. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, y sides nearly parallel, only little narrower behind. Dorsum I 226 clothed with hairs, which are thick or slightly clavate, and all clothed with fine hairs. Cephalothorax small, triangular, much longer than abdomen; crista reaching near end, enlarged only at posterior end; one eye each side. Beak slender, terminating in a recurved point each side; palpi long and rather slender, ending in a blunt claw, with about seven teeth in. a row before it, thumb of pipderata length, not swollen, with hairs of moderate length. Legs not very slender; leg 1 rather longer than body, 4 about as long as body, 2 much shorter; tarsus 1 as long as penultimate joint, slightly swollen; tarsus 4 nearly three-fourths as long as’ penultimate joint; tarsus 1 with dense fine hairs, other joints with scattered short bristles, which are minutely hairy. Length, 1°3 to 1°55 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polio hexacantha ; Sea Lake and Ocean Grove, with Iridomyrmex nitidus. TROMBIDIIDAE. TROMBIDIUM AEQUALIS, nN. sp. Plo 3a. Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest in front, broadly rounded behind. Legs short; leg 1 longest, about equal to body, leg 4 a little shorter, legs 2 and 3 subequal and about as long as width of the body, tarsus enlarged, but over three times as long as broad and fully one-third longer than the preceding joint, tarsus 4 not enlarged, equal to preceding joint. Palpi large and stout, ending in a rather slender claw, and a cylindric thumb equal to the claw, inner edge of claw fringed with teeth, the last of which is heavier than the others. Cephalothorax with two sessile eyes each side, close together, crista ending in a pair of sensillae. Legs clothed with moderately long single hairs. Bedy densely clothed with short erect hairs, those on cephalo- thorax and tip of body often branched. Length, 1 mm. HTab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea (Lea collection). PARASITIDAE. CELAENOPSIS BREVIATUS, Nl. sp. ’ Pl ssa, He. Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest in middle. Dorsum with scattered fine hairs; mouth-parts barely projecting in front of the body: palpi short; legs very short, the fourth pair longest, and these scarcely as long as width of body; leg 1 shorter and weaker than the other pairs, ending in a few short sunple hairs, other legs with few short hairs. Sternal shield in ————s > = 227 three parts, a transverse part in front, and behind are two pieces meeting angularly in the middle; the vulva, behind these pieces, is V-shaped; the genital plate has two bristles each side, the sternal plate one on each side, the ventral plates have many short bristles near sides, and others on the ventral*area toward margin; the anus is hardly its length before the hind margin. Length, *8 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Chudleigh, Hobart, and Kindred, with /ridomyrmex. MYRMONYSSUS AEQUALIS, Ni. sp. eee ie. 10> xxvi; figs. 14 and 16; and xxvi., fig. 21. Body oval, rather pointed in front, broadly rounded behind, with short fine hairs around margin, and on dorsum densely covered with very short fine ‘hair. All legs rather stout, and front pair hardly as long as body, second pair plainly shorter; third and fourth hardly as stout as others; the tibia and patella in each leg subequal in length, the tarsus always longer, and ending in a large caroncle, tarsus 2 on lower side narrowed before middle; all legs with few short, simple hairs, few as long as the width of a joint. The under- side of the beak has several transverse or oblique rugose streaks on each side. Length, °8 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, Hobart, and Ulverstone, on ants (14132) and (14941), and Bagdad, on thorax of Tridomyrmex gracilis. HYPOASPIS MINUSCULUS, 0. sp. Pi: xxiv, fic.* 8. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest in front of middle, tapering each way. Dorsum with a few scattered, rather short, simple bristles, mostly near the margin. Palpi short. Legs rather slender, first pair nearly as long as body, second much shorter and stouter, fourth shorter than the first; in all the tarsi are much longer than the preceding joint, and all legs with fairly numerous hairs. Sternal plate short, concave behind, with three short bristles each side; ventral surface with a few bristles, and a pair of rather longer ones near tip; anal shield plainly longer than broad, broader in front than behind, with an apical bristle, anus near the front edge. Length, 55 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with ants (No. 20). HyYPOASPIS INEPILIS, n. sp. BL sev fie: 17. 2. Body about one and one-half times longer than broad, broadest at posterior third, tapering rather suddenly 12 228 behind, dorsal shield occupying anterior two-thirds of dorsum, truncate behind, with two rows of long bristles each side, the submedian row not regular, a few other bristles near margin, a pair in front, and several behind the shield. Legs long but rather stout, the second pair plainly heavier than the “others, the first and fourth pairs about as Jong as the body, all with long simple hairs; tarsus 1 about one and one-half times longer than the preceding joint, all with short-stalked caroncles; sternal shield with three bristles each side, ventral shield very broad behind and truncate, anal shield but little longer than broad at base, not much narrowed behind, a stout bristle at each posterior corner, several bristles near margins of ventral shield, and others on ventral surface outside of shield. The peritreme begins behind coxa 3 and extends in slight, almost even, curve forward. Last joint of palpus has a little process or finger on middle beneath. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Camponotus, sp. (No. 14865). CYRTOLAELAPS GRACILIPES, n. sp. Pl. Sxiv 7; a a. Q. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest at middle, tapering each way, with about seven simple hairs on each side, mostly behind; legs very long and slender, especially the tarsi, all with simple hairs; sternal shield deeply concave behind, with two bristles each side, genital with one bristle each side, ventral shield tapering behind, the anal shield broad and truncate in front, a bristle behind anus, about six simple bristles on ventral surface each side of ventral shield. The male has the body more tapering behind, leg 2 larger but without spurs, the coxa 4 more approximate. Length, Okami. ITab.—New South Wales: Sydney and Liverpool. Vic- toria: Lal Lal, with Ponera lutea, Camponotus nigriceps, Ketatomma metalhcum, and Polyrachis hexacantha. CyRTOLAELAPS FEMORALIS, Nl. sp. 1 2 Mab: S Gig Mean onepalita Yellow-brown; body oval, pointed in front, rounded behind; dorsum smooth, without hairs; epistoma with a slender median point: sternum with four bristles in a trans- verse row across middle; vulva between hind coxae sub- triangular; legs short, but very slender and with cnly fine hairs, tarsus 1 ends in fine hairs but with a small caroncle and claws, tibia 1 shorter than tarsus, as long as patella; in legs 3 and 4 the femora are long, very slender at base, and 229 curved, the patella and tibia both very short, subequal, the tarsus very long. Length, °75 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Evandale Junction, with Hetatomma metallicum. PARASITUS LYRATUS, Nl. sp. Pl. xxv., fig. 18. Yellowish. Body hardly twice as long as broad, sides evenly rounded, broadest behind middlé; no hairs on the body above, a pair of very short ones at tip; sternal plate lyre-shaped, with three pairs of bristles, metapodia nearly circular, each with a _ bristle, ventral shield roundedly triangular, the point in front between the hind coxae; anal shield nearly its length behind ventral, subtriangular, with an apical bristle; legs rather long, front pair very slender, with some apical hairs as well as the claws; all legs with few short almost spine-like hairs. In male the second and fourth pairs of legs are plainly thicker than the others, the femur of leg 2 with a stout spine in front; coxae 4 approximate, not one-half their diameter apart; ventral and anal shields united and nearly covering the venter, pointed behind. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Dunorlan, with Amblyopone australis. PARASITUS DISPARATUS, N. sp. Pioxxiv, no. 1M. Body nearly twice as long as broad, tapering each way; above with many short stout bristles, mostly clavate, especially at sides, one at each humerus is longer and serrate behind: legs slender, all with bristles, but near tips with fine hair; first pair about as long as the body, the tarsus nearly as long as the tibia and patella together; leg 2 stouter but without spurs, leg 4 reaching behind body, the tarsus 4 not longer than tarsus 1, sternum rather narrow, between hind coxae no wider than a coxa; the anal shield large and broad, the anus its length from the tip. Leneth, ‘8 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Latrobe, with Polyrachis hevacantha. PARASITUS INVERSUS, Nn. sp. Pl) smi... 9. Body pyriform, about one and one-half times longer than broad, broadly rounded behind. Dorsum with a pair of minute bristles on extreme front; a submarginal row of about eight long bristles, those behind stouter than those in front, and a submedian pair toward tip; margin with shorter bristles, except toward front. Venter with short bristles each side behind, a pair below on beak, three pairs on the sternal plate, a pair (with minute hair at base) just behind the sternal 230 plate, a pair toward base on sides of ventral plate, one each side of the anus, and a long one behind on anal plate. Legs long and rather slender, with scattered fine hairs. The peri- treme is outwardly margined by a plate which extends a little behind hind coxae. Ventral plate much broader behind than in front, a little longer than broad, anal plate much broader in front, long-pointed behind; the anus (broader behind) at about middle cf anal plate; an elongate metapodial plate each side behind the peritremal plate. Length, 1:1 mm. /fab.—Victoria: Portland (H. W. Davey), with Keta- tomma metallieum. ANTENNOPHORIDAE. PTOCHARUS DAVEYII, Silvestri. Pl, “xavige 22, Boll. Labr. Zool. Agric. Portici, v., p. 56, 1910. Body as broad as_long or much broader, and very high behind according to amount of distension, broadest at or behind middle. Dorsum shows a shield much longer than broad, and beyond its middle a transverse line, not reaching either side; dorsum without hair. Venter and margin with many fine short hairs; genital plate triangular, separated by a line from the ventri-anal plate, latter broader than long, broadest on anterior third, anal aperture at its tip. Legs very short and stout; first pair nearly as long as body, clothed with many simple hairs, longer ones at tip of tarsus, other tarsi rather blunt. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Liverpcol, with Camponotus aencopiosus and Iridomyrmex naitidus. PARAMEGISTUS AUSTRALIS, N. sp. Pl xxi; foe: Body plainly a little longer than broad. Dorsum smooth, few if any bristles. Mouth-parts small; movable finger of male mandibles slender, curved. Legs short, not as long as width of body; leg 1 slender, with many rather stout bristles, other legs thicker, with very few bristles. Sternal shield transversely divided, the smaller anterior part apparently in three parts; two short spines each side on the anterior part and one each side on the posterior part; male aperture ellip- tical, small. Ventral plate large, very broad at posterior third, with about 16 short spines; anal plate broader than ventral, crescentic, with many fine hairs, the anus, which is pointed behind, near its anterior margin. Length, °8 mm. Hal.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha. Probably will form a new genus on account of shape of ventral plate. | i ———eE——— 235 about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest at middle, tapering behind, reaching to hind margin of hind coxae, in front of it four bristles, venter without bristles; anus nearly circular and about its length from the submar- ginal line. Male genital aperture hardly circular, broader in front between coxae 3, and nearly one and one-half times its diameter from them. lLeneth, °5 mm. ; dS Jia. —Tasmania: Latrobe, with Letatomma metallicum. UROPODA DENTIFRONS, Nl. sp. Ply xxvii.; figs. 33; 34, and 36. Rody short, subpyriform, shghtly pointed in front, body hardly one-fourth longer than broad, male genital aperture between coxae 3 only a trifle nearer to the posterior than to the anterior margin. Dorsum with scattered, rather long, sunple hairs; a row of very short ones submarginal on the lower edge of the body. Labial plate broad, divided in middle, each lobe with several teeth on anterior margin. Legs very short, stout, with few hairs except at tip, * femora 1 and 2 of male with a large spur near inner base; peritreme beyond coxa 2 with a long outward band. In the female the vulva is about one-half to two-thirds of coxae 2 behind the camercstome, its anterior edge at middle of coxae 2; a pair of submedian hairs in this space and one each side at coxae 2; vulva about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly rounded in front: behind it is truncate between coxae 4. Length, 55 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Stanley. Victoria: Portland, with Ectatomma metallicum. URoOPODA DUPLICATA, Nl. sp. Pl. xxix., fig. 38. Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest in middle, rounded behind, in front with a small median prominence; dorsum with scattered fine hairs arising from hyaline dots: plate in front of coxae 1 with outer outline truncate in front and an inner rounded portion; female genital aperture one and one-fourth times as long as broad, rather nearer hind than front margin, barely narrowed behind, and reaching to hind margin of hind coxae, in front close to scemsrpatcttic, four hairs each side and four in front; few, if any, distinct hairs on venter; anus more than its length from the submarginal line; legs rather slender, front tarsi with many hairs toward the tip, others with short spines. Length, 55 mm. Hahb.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Polyrachis ammon. 236 UROPODA FRATERNA, N. Sp. Pl, x%3., Se: Very similar to U. imternata. The plate in front of coxae | is more acute in front, and shows an inner curved ridge; the female genital aperture is nearer to the camero- stome, and is about one and one-third times longer than broad, not noticeably narrowed behind coxae, and not reaching much behind middle of hind coxae. The venter shows an internal line, asin (”. wnternata, but it is farther in front of the anus; there are hairs around genital aperture and on venter, as in U’. internata, and some between the internal and submarginal lines. The male genital aperture is circular and situated between coxae 2, and hardly its diameter from the camero- stome; the plate in front of the coxae 1 is more nearly truneate in front. Length, 45 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Chudleigh, with Polyrachis hewxa- cantha. UROPODA INTERNATA, 0. Sp. p Pl. xxvii, so. Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly rounded at each end, broadest near middle ; no hairs on dorsum ; plate in front of coxae 1 roundly triangular ; female genital aperture nearer to posterior than to anterior end, iully one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly rounded in front, narrowed at hind coxae, almost trun- cate behind, where it reaches hind edge of hind coxae; in front quite widely separated from camerostome, two pairs of hairs in front, four each side, and one behind hind coxae, venter with some scattered fine hairs; anus almost reaching the submarginal line, in front of it a distinct internal line extend- ing up each side to hind tarsi. Legs very short, especially femora, tarsi with stout spines, except tarsus 1 with fine hairs near tip. Length, -4 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, with Jridomyrmez. UROPODA LONGIFRONS, 0. ‘sp. Pl. sxxVvi1i-y Mie. See: Very similar to (’. conveaifrons from Tasmania and with the same host; but the plate in front of coxae 1 is plainly longer, about as long as broad. The body is about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadest behind the middle. narrowed in front; no hairs on dorsum. The female genital aperture is much closer to the hind than to the front end, about one and one-third times as long as broad, slightly narrowed and truncate behind, where it reaches the hind edge of hind coxae, in front well separated from the camerostome, four bristles in front of it; anus hardly its length from the sub- marginal line; few, if any, hairs on venter; tarsi with short. a 237 spines, front tarsi with fine hairs toward tip. Length, ‘55 mm. H1ab.—New South Wales: Sydney. Victoria: Sea Lake, with HLetatomma metallicum. UROPODA OBLIQUIFRONS, n. Sp. Pl. xxix., figs. 39 and 40. Body only a little longer than broad and only slightly pointed in front. A submarginal row of simple hairs, and above an inner row of long scale-like hairs, and others on the middle area of the dorsum. The labial plate with its anterior edge retreating obliquely each side and slightly toothed, rather more in the male than in the female. Legs short, tarsi hairy at tip; femur 1 of male with a spur near base bearing a hair, femur 2 of male with a long spur near base, tarsus 4 of male with a tooth on inner edge near the middle. In female only short spurs on the anterior femora. The male genital aperture is between and fully its diameter from the coxae 3, and there are bristles in front of it and at bases of the coxae, and a few on the ventral plate. This male aperture is a little nearer the posterior than anterior edge of the body. In the female the genital aperture is about one-half the width of a coxa behind the camerostome, and its hind border is between coxae 4 and nearly truncate, the aperture is broadest near its middle; there are two pairs of bristles in front of it. The peritreme makes a prominent bend outside of coxae 2. Length, 1:05 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Burnie, with Amblyopone australis. UROPODA SUBMARGINATA, Nl. sp. PL, mee he: | Very similar to U. agcata, but the plate in front of coxae | is broader in front and the inner pointed part is more triangular; there is no internal line on the venter, and the dorsum has scattered hyaline dots, each with minute hair. and a submarginal line of these hyaline dots, slightly elevated, all around body above. Body about one and one-third times as leng as broad, broadest in middle, broadly rounded ‘at each end ; female genital aperture about in middle of body, one and one-fourth times as long as broad, hardly narrowed and trun- cate behind, where it reaches to middle of hind coxae; anus about one and one-half times its length from submarginal line, a bristle each side and a little behind it, but few other bristles on venter ; four bristles in front of genital opening and severai each side. Male aperture circular, about its diameter from the camerostome and from coxae 2, situated between hind parts of coxae 2. Length, ‘6 mm. 238 Hab.—New South Wales: Otford, with Camponotus aeneopMlosus. UROPODA TASMANICA, Nn. Sp. Pl. xxix., figs: 42 to0.44; Red-brown. Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest a little beyond middle, in front is a hardly-distinct, rounded projection, showing slightly more prominent in some than other specimens. Dorsum with many scattered small clavate hairs, but not prominent. Venter with numerous short simple hairs, sternum with a pair just behind camerostome ; submarginal line about twice the length of anus from the margin. Legs short, femora thickened, tarsi long, tarsus 1 with many long simple hairs near tip, other tarsi with some spines about as long as basal width of the joint. Genital aperture of female one and one-half times longer than broad, a little narrowed behind; in the male the genital opening is circular, situated between coxae 3, from which it is separated by hardly the diameter, and shows a dark spot each side. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Railton, U!lverstone, and Hobart, with Myrmecia pyriformis. UROPODA TRILOBATA, Nn. Sp. , Pl. xxvil.,oueece. This species is similar to l’. convexifrons, but the plate in front of coxae 1 is more elongated and trilobed in front. The body is about once and one-third times as long as broad, broadest in middle, and broadly rounded both in front and behind; dorsum hairless. The female genital aperture is plainly nearer the hind than the front margin of body, it 1s about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadly rounded in front and hardly narrowed behind, and reaches to the hind margin of the hind coxae; in front it does not extend so near the camerostome as in (. conveaifrons, and the four hairs in front are in pairs, one pair near the camerostome and one near the genital opening. The anus is hardly its length from the submarginal line. The tarsi have stout spines, except tarsus 1, which has fine hairs near tip. Length, ‘5 mm. /Tab.—Tasmania: Devonport, with ant (No. 14941). ORIBATIDAE. GALUMNA ANTALATA, N. |sp. Pp sxex,.: Liga In general similar to G. alata. A large, smooth body, small cephalothorax, large wings, nearly twice as long as deep, and emarginate before the middle. The cephalothorax 239 shows no trans-lamella, and there are no superior bristles ; the pseudostigmatic organ is setaceous (not enlarged at tip). The legs show only slender simple bristles; the femora are not margined. The globose abdomen is without hairs; the genital aperture is nearly square and almost twice its length in front of the very much larger anal aperture; this is fully twice as long and negrly twice as wide as the genital aperture, and is widest in posterior part. The coxal plate shows three short lines each side, the posterior two united at inner ends. Length, *6 mm. , Hahb.—Tasmania: Latrobe, Burnie, and Hobart, with sLinblyopone australis and Letatomma metallicum. NovTasPis SPINULOSA, Michael. Specimens of this large, bristly species were taken at Hobart, Tasmania, with the ant Jridomyrmerx. It was described from New Zealand, and agrees well with Michael’s description and fine figures. TYROGLYPHIDAE. TYROGLYPHUS INAEQUALIS, Nn. sp. iP) ae fie 50. Pale-yellowish, with dark spot each side on abdomen. Body fully twice as long as broad; abdomen in the female rather emarginate behind in middle, and here with three long hairs on each side, one of them about as long as the body, others as long as the width of the body. Cephalothorax with four large, subequal bristles above on the posterior part and two long ones in front. Legs rather short; leg 1 larger than the other pairs, and in male much enlarged, but not toothed. The hind tarsi very slender; all legs with few hairs or bristles, that at tip of penultimate joint the largest; in hind legs the intermediate joints subequal in length, and together nearly as long as the hind tarsus. Length, °3 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Stenamma longiceps (Lea collection). EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate XXITI. Fig. 1. Trombidium aequalis, tarsus 1, palpus, hairs. » 2. Rhyncholophus retentus, palpus. ae. 3 ¥ leg 1, hairs, beak. » 4. Bdella hospita, palpus, beak. » 5. Fessonia prominens, hairs, cephalothorax. » 6. Rhyncholophus attolus, legs, palpus, hairs. 5 7. Celaenopsis breviatus, venter. Fig. 240 Pirate XXIV. Hypoaspis minusculus, venter. Parasitus inversus, venter, Myrmonyssus aequalis, beak. Parasitus disparatus, venter. Oyrtolaclaps ygracilipes, venter. PuatE XXV. Parasitus lyratus, venter, claw,*male leg 2, Myrmonyssus aequalis, dorsum. Cyrtolaclaps femoralis, part of venter. Myrmonyssus aequalis, male leg 1. Hypoaspis inepilis, dorsum. PrateE XXVI, Trachyuropoda lear, venter, leg 1. . Paramegistus australis, venter, mandible, epiandrium. Antennophorus emarginatus, venter. Myrmonyssus aequalis, leg 2, male. Ptochares daveyi, venter. Trachyuropoda constricta, venter, part of male venter, hind tarsus. Puate AXXVIT. Uroplitella comparata, sternum. Uropoda amblyoponae, labial plate, hairs. Uroplitella disparata, sternum. leg 1, labial plate. Uropoda trilobata, leg L labial plate. Uroplitella comparata, leg 1, labial plate. Uropoda bifrons, labial plate. Pirate XXVIII. Uropoda bilobata, coxa 1, labial plate, hairs. Ma longifrons, leg 1, labial plate. oa dentifrons, labial plate. ¥ 3 peritreme, epiandrium. by. internata, venter. $5 dentifrons, leg 1. as converifrons, part of venter. PratE XXIX. Uropoda duplicata, part ot venter, hairs. s obliquifrons, coxae 1 and 2, peritreme, hair. 7 . labial plate. Bi convexifrons, epiandrium. .¢ tasmanica, venter, hairs. Rs Ss tarsi 4 and 1. ie 5 epiandrium. PratE XXX. Gulumna antalata, leg 1, pseudostigmal hair. Uropoda amblyoponae, venter. ‘ apicata, part of venter, female. yf mi re male. é fraterna, labial plate. Tyroglyphus inaequalis, legs 1 and 4. Uropoda submarginata, part of venter. 241 THE LEPIDOPTERA OF BROKEN HILL, NEW SOUTH WALES. PART Il. By Oswa.tp B. Lower, F.Z.8., F.E.S., etc. [Read July 13, 1916.] | BOMBYCINA. Family LYMANTRIADAE. 224. EUPROCTIS CORALLIPHORA, Low. Two specimens, in September. 925. EUPROCTIS EDWARDSI, Newm. Two specimens, in March. 226. CoLUSSA DENTICULATA, Newm. Not uncommon during March and April. wy Fae 227. CoLussa varia, Wlk. Two specimens; one from Stephens Creek, one Yandama. 228. ANTHELA STYGIANA, Butl. Two fine specimens, in March and April. 229. ANTHELA PYROMACULA, Low. Two specimens, in September. 230. ANTHELA CALLISPILA, Low. Three specimens, in April. 931. ANTHELA PSAMMOCHROA, Low. Taken occasionally, in March and April. 232. ANTHELA CLEMENTSI, Swin. Two specimens, in March. 233. ENTOMETA FERVENS, WIk. from Rather common, December to March. Attached to BRucalyptus. ; 234. ORGYIA RETINOPEPLA, Low. One specimen, in October. 242 Family HYPSIDAE. 235. NYcCTEMERA AMICA, White. Common during March and April. Family SPHINGIDAE. 236. HERSE CONVOLVULI, Linn. Not uncommon, February to April. 237. HerRSE ABADONNA, Fabr. Five specimens, in March. This is distincta, Lucas. 238. CELERIO LINEATA, Fabr. Not uncommon, February and March. This form is known as /ivornicoides, Lucas. The genus Celerio has priority over Chaerocampa, Dup. 239. CELERIO SCROFA, Bdv. Several specimens, October to March. 240. CELERIO EROTUS, Cram. One (poor), specimen, in March, an accidental straggler. 241. CELERIO EUPHORBIAE, Linn. One specimen, in April, captured by Mr. J. Fairhead. 242. HIPPoTION CELERIO, Linn. Not uncommon, January to March. 243. HemMaris HyLas, Linn. rm : : Three specimens, early in January. 244. Hemaris kinGI, Macl. One specimen, at electric light, in February. 245. HopLIocCNEMA BRACHYCERA, Low. Taken occasionally, September to November. I have specimens from Pinnaroo and Semaphore, South Australia; Roebourne, Western Australia; and Alice Springs, Central Australia. This species has the facies of species of Closmotriche, one of the Votodontidae. Family EUPTEROTIDAE. 246. OCHROGASTER CONTRARIA, WI1k. Not uncommon during March and April. \ 243 247. OCHROGASTER INTERRUPTA, WI1k. Four specimens, in March. Probably a form of contraria. 248. EpricoMa ARGENTATA, WIk. ‘Three specimens, at light, in October. Family NOTODONTIDAE. 249. DESTOLMIA LINEA™, WIk. Five specimens, all males, in October and November, almost certainly attached to Casuarina. I have it from Belair and Pinnaroo, South Australia, taken in September. 250. Stauropus (?) EURYScIA, Low. One specimen, type, in June. Family BOMBYCIDAE. 951. BomByx OxYGRAMMA, Low. Two specimens, in May. 252. Bompyx MIOLEUCA, Mevr. One specimen, in March. 253. BoMBYX ALBIFINIS, WIk. Two specimens (poor), from near Tarrawingee. x These three species cannot remain in the genus Bomby 7: and until the whole group is revised it would be useless to attempt their generic position. Family PSYCHIDAE. 254. HYALARCTA HUEBNERI, Westw. Two specimens, in November. 255. CLANIA IGNOBILIS, WIk. Five specimens, bred in February. 256. CLANIA LEWINII, Westw. One specimen, November. 257. PLUTORECTIS GRISEA, Heyl. One specimen, at light, March. 258. PLUTORECTIS GYMNOPHASA, Low. Three specimens, October, November. 244 259. PARACHARASTIS ERION Ow. 259. PARACHARASTIS ERIONOTA, L Three specimens, March to May. Family COSSIDAE. 260. Cossus CINEREUS, WIk. Taken occasionally at light, in May and June. It is a ponderous insect, especially the female. 261. ZEUZERA COSCINOPA, Low. Several specimens, March and April. 262. ZEUZERA NEUROXANTHA, Low. Five specimens, October and March. Family HEPIALIDAE. 263. HECTOMANES POLYSPILA, Meyr. Two abraded specimens, in March. Mr. R. 8. Lower once met with this species in hundreds, attracted by light, at Pinnaroo, South Australia, in March. 264. PrELUS HyaLINaTUs, Herr-Sch: Not uncommon, during May and June. 265. TRICTENA LABYRINTHICA, Don. Taken occasionally, in May and June. PYRALIDINA. This group is rather extensively represented in the district, the whole of the families being en evidence. As will be apparent by those enumerated, nearly all the world-wide species are found here. //ellula undalis, Gn.: Nomophila noctuella, Schiff; and Tritaca affinitalis, Led. (=ustalis, Wlk.), are met with in vast numbers, more especially undalis. The Phycitidae and Crambidae are more numerous than the other families, whilst the Pterophoridae are repre- sented by the single Dowxosteres canalis, Wk. Subfamily PHYCITIDAE. 266. EUZOPHERA COSMIELLA, Meyr: Rather common, at light, August to December. 267. EUZOPHERODES POLIOCRANA, Low. Taken occasionally, March and April. 245 268. CATEREMNA MICRODOXA, Meyr. Not uncommon, September to November. 269. EUCARPHIA TRITALIS, Wlk. Taken occasionally, September to December. 270. EKUCARPHIA NEOTOMELLA, Meyr. One specimen, September. 271. ErrecLa BEHRIT, Zeller. Rather common, August to January. 272. ETIELLA CHRYSOPORELLA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, August to November. 273. PEMPELIA OPIMELLA, Meyr. Two specimens, October. 274. PEMPELIA (?) HEMICHLAENA, Meyr. One fine specimen, October. 275. HETEROGRAPHIS IANTHEMIS, Meyr. Salebria placoxzantha, Low., P.L.S., N.S.W., p. 45 (1898). I think my specimens are identical with Mr. Meyrick’s. Mr. Meyrick, however, gives no locality in his original description. T.E.S., Lond., p. 260 (1887). Five specimens, March, September, and October. 276. Epicrocis Gcypsopa, Meyr. Taken at rare intervals, March and April. 277. EPICROCIS OCULIFERELLA, Meyr. Rather common, September to November. Varies con- siderably in ground-colour and forewings, some specimens being almost clear ochreous, others silvery-grey to dark fuscous. 278. LASIOTICHA CANILINEA, Meyr. ‘Two specimens, March. 279. CRYPTOBLABES CENTROLEUCA, Low. Not uncommon, at light, November and December. 280. TRISSONCA MESACTELLA, Meyr. Not uncommon, March and April. Somewhat variable in ground-colour of forewings, which is sometimes pale-ochreous, or fuscous-whitish. 246 281. NEPHOPTERYX MONOSPILA, Low. Taken occasionally, April. 282. HypopHANA HOMOSEMA, Meyr. Tolerably common, at light, September to April. 283. HoMOEOSOMA VAGELLA, Zeller. Common, at light, August to December. 284, CROCYDOPORA CINIGERELLA, Wlk. Rather common, August to December. 285. ANERASTIA MIRABILELLA, Meyr. Not uncommon, February and March. 286. ANERASTIA DISTICHELLA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, March and April. 287. ANERASTIA METALLACTIS, Meyr. Five specimens, April. 288. EPHESTIA ELUTELLA, Hib. Rather common, July to December. 289. EPHESTIA INTERPUNCTELLA, Hiib. Tolerably common, October to January. Subfamily GALLERIADAE. 290. ACHRAEA GRISELLA, Fab. Taken occasionally, November, March, and April. 291. APHOMIA PACHYTERA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, January to March. 992. MELISSOBLAPTES DISEMA, Low. One specimen, May. 293. MELISSOBLAPTES BARYPTERA, Low. One perfect specimen, March. The type came from Parkside, South Australia. : 294. GALLERIA MELLONELLA, Linn. Rare here, three specimens, March and May. 247 Subfamily CRAMBIDAE. 295. DIPTYCHOPHORA OCHRACEALIS, WIk Two specimens, November. 296. EROMENE OCELLEA, Haw. Rather common, at light, August to December. It is almost universally distributed. 297. SEDENIA XEROSCOPA, Low. Five specimens, September. 298. SEDENIA ACHROA, Low. Not uncommon, September and October. 299. SEDENIA RUPALIS, Gn. Four specimens, October. 300. SEDENIA CERVALIS, Gn. Nine specimens, September to November. 301. SEDENIA POLYDESMA, Low. Taken occasionally, September and October. 302. SuRATTHA HEDYSCOPA, Low. Five specimens, taken at light, February. They were all taken at the same time and place, yet I have not met with the species since. 303. SURATTHA BATHROTRICHA, Low. Three specimens, October and November. 304. TaLis PEDIoNOMA, Meyr. Common, March to May. _ 305. TaLis PENTEUCHA, Meyr. Not uncommon, March. In the original description the specific name is printed panteucha, in Hampson’s revision penteucha. 306. TALIS GRAMMELLUS, Zeller. Rare here, April to May, five specimens. 307. TaLIS ACONTOPHORA, Meyr. Common, March and April. 308. TALIS LONGIPALPELLUS, Meyr. Not uncommon, March to May. 248 309. TaLis cycLosEmMaA, Low. Three specimens, March and April. 310. Tatis crypstcHroa, Low. Rather common, March to May. 311. TALIS STENIPTERALIS, Low. Three specimens, October. 312. TaLIS EREMENOPA, Low. Two specimens, in March. 313. CRAMBUS LEPTOGRAMMELLUS, Meyr. Five specimens, March. Subfamily EPIPASCHIADAE. 314. JOCARA THERMOPTERA, Low. Three specimens, March and May. 315. ASTRAPOMETIS SABURALIS, WIk. Taken occasionally, March and April. 316. MacaLLA HABITALIS, Gn. Common, November, December, and April. 317. MaAcaLLA FUNEREA, WI1k. Three specimens, at light, taken for the first time, March, 1915. 318. SPECTATROTA FIMBRIALIS, Warr. Taken occasionally, September. Subfamily PYRALIDAE. 219. AGLOSSA CUPREALIS, Hub. Not uncommon, November and December. 320. PyRaLIS FARINALIS, Linn. Rather common during November, February, and April. 321. Pyrauis caustica, Meyr. Occasionally in March, April, and June. The specimens are somewhat larger on the average than the type, expanding to 22 mm. 249 > Subfamily HYDROCAMPIDAE. 322. NYMPHULA NITENS, Butl. Abundant some seasons, absent others, November March. 323. NYMPHULA DIPLOPA, Low. Three specimens, October and November. 324. MUSOTIMA OCHROPTERALIS, Gn. Taken at rare intervals, in November. 325. MUSoTIMA NITIDALIS, WIk. to Not uncommon, October and November, generally taken in the garden. Subfamily SCOPARIADAE. 326. ECLIPSIODES CRYPSIXANTHA, Meyyr. Taken occasionally, at hght, September and October. 327. ECLIPSIODES ARGOLINA, Low. This type is still unique, taken in April. 328. ECLIPSIODES EPIGYPSA, Low. Two specimens, in September. 329. EcLIPSIODES CRYPSERYTHRA, Low. Four specimens, April and November. 330. ScoPARIA ANTHOMERA, Low. Two specimens, March. 331. ScoparRIA SUSANAE, Low. Not uncommon, May to June. 332. ScOPARIA SCHIZODESMA, Low. Taken occasionally, August to March. 333. SCOPARIA ANISOPHRAGMA, Low. Rather common, August and September. 334. ScOPARIA LICHENOPA, Low. Tolerably common, April to June. 335. ScoPARIA MESOGRAMMA, Low. A rare species, three specimens, August to October. 250 336. TETRAPROSOPUS PARACYCLA, Low. One specimen (type), in November. Subfamily PYRAUSTIDAE. 307. ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS, Cram. Taken occasionally, October and November. A _ widely- distributed species. : 338. NACOLEIA RHAEOALIS, WIk. Not uncommon, March and September. Commonly known as murcalis, W\k. 339. LyGROPIA XANTHOMELA, Meyr. Two specimens, March. 340. GLYPHODES mMiIcRoTA, Meyr. Five specimens, February and March. 341. HeLLULA UNDALIS, Fab. Abundant, from September to May. Widely distributed. Hampson (P.Z.S., p. 760, 1898) allows wndalis, Fab. ; hydralis, Gn.; and phidilealis, Wik., to rank as three distinct species. Mr. Meyrick considers them identical. 342. NOMOPHILA NOCTUELLA, Schiff. Common, nearly throughout the year. Universally dis- tributed. 343. METALLARCHA EURYCHRYSA, Meyr. One specimen, December, an accidental straggler. £ have specimens from Hoyleton and Petersburg, South Australia. 344. MRrTALLARCHA LEUCODETIS, Low. Rather scarce, October and November. 345. KURYCREON MASSALIS, WIk. Common, January to April. 346. TRITAEA AFFINITALIS, Ld. Common throughout the year, except July and August. 347. ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS, Dup. Taken occasionally, April and May. 348. MECYNA ORNITHOPTERALIS, Gn. Not uncommon, March and April. I follow Hampson in separating this species from polygonalis, Hiib. 251 349. METASIA HOMOPHAEA, Meyr. (2?) One specimen, doubtfully referable to this species, November. 350. PIoNEA ORTHOGRAMMA, Low. One specimen (type), in November. 351. ScELI@DES corDALIS, Dbld. Common from September to November, and in March. The larvae probably feed in the seed-pods of Solanum esuriale, which is abundant here. 352. HELIOTHELA OPHIDERESANA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, November to March. Subfamily PTEROPHORIDAE. 353. DOXOSTERES CANALIS, WIk. Taken occasionally, March and April. TORTRICINA. This group is only sparsely represented here, but those species taken are quite representative. A noticeable pecu- liarity is the absence of the very common Tortria postvittana, Wik.; but with the advent of the numerous gardens being formed, it is certain to be introduced ere long. A large pro- portion of those enumerated were taken at light. Subfamily PHALONIADAE. 304. HELIOCOSMA ANTHODES, Meyr. Thirteen specimens, October. The type came from Wes- tern Australia. Subfamily TORTRICIDAE. 390. [SOCHORISTA PANAEOLANA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, November. 356. I[SOoCHORISTA ACRODESMA, Low. Five specimens, September. 357. Capua oxycGcona, Low. Not uncommon, March and October. 358. CaPUA PLACODES, Low. Three specimens, September to December. 359. CAPUA ATRISTRIGANA, Meyr. Four specimens, March and April. 252 360. CaAPUA LEPTOSPILA, Low. Three specimens, May. 361. EPICHORISTA PETROCHROA, Low. Five specimens, October and November, 362. DICHELOPA PANOPLANA, Meyr Not uncommon, November. 363. PALAEOTOMA STYPHELANA, Meyyr. Taken occasionally, October and November. 4 Subfamily EUCOSMIDAE. 364. SPILONOTA EJECTANA, WIk. Taken occasionally, September and October. 365. SPILONOTA MACROPETANA, Meyr. Common, at hght, September to June. 366. EUCOSMA PLEBIANA, Zeller. Common, March to June. 367. Bacrra opTantas, Meyr Not uncommon, October to January. 368. PoLYCHROSIS BOTRANA, Schiff. Several specimens, March. 369. LASPEYRESIA POMONELLA,. Linn. Rather common, October to January. 370. LASPEYRESIA LOMACULA, Low. Occasionally, October and March. Subfamily OKCOPHORIDAE. This subfamily is well represented, but most of the species taken here are of sombre colouring. The genus Phi/ohota occurs very sparsely, its place being taken by the genus Nephogenes, of which I have nearly 30 varieties. The genus Trachyntis is essentially Western Australian, but I have taken several new species, and feel confident that many more remain to be discovered in this district. 371. EULECHRIA ATRADELPHA, Low. Two specimens, December. The type was taken at - Stawell, Victoria. 253 372. EULECHRIA LEUCOPIS, Low. Taken occasionally, November. 373. EULECHRIA GRAPHICA, Meyr. One specimen, January. 374. EULECHRIA ACTIAS, Low. Taken occasionally, April and October. 375. EULECHRIA NEPHELOMA, Low. ' Not uncommon, November. 376. EULECHRIA ERIOPA, Low. Nine specimens, October. 377. EULECHRIA PENTASPILA, Low. A scarce species, four specimens, May. 378. EULECHRIA PHOTINOPIS, Low. A winter species, taken occasionally, July. 379. KULECHRIA SCIOPHANES, Meyr. Taken occasionally, March and October. 380. EULECHRIA PARALEUCA, Low. Two specimens, November. 381. EULECHRIA AUTOPHYLA, Low. Three specimens, March and April. 382. LINOSTICHA MYRIOSPILA, Low. One specimen, type, November. 383. LINOSTICHA AMPHILEUCA, Low. Two specimens, March. The type came from Victoria. 384. LINOSTICHA PUDICA, Low. Taken at rare intervals, August. 385. LINOSTICHA CREMNODISEMA, Low. Not uncommon, March and April. 386. LINOSTICHA EUADELPHA, Low. Several specimens, June. 387. OENOCHRODES CROSSOXANTHA, Low. Three females, November. Birchip, 254 388. TRACHYNTIS EREBOCOSMA, Low. Several specimens, April and May. 389. TRACHYNTIS SARCOSMA, Low. Five specimens, April and May. The type came from Cockburn, South Australia. 390. TRACHYNTIS ARGOCENTRA, Low. Taken occasionally, April. 391. TRACHYNTIS TETRASPORA, Low! Two specimens, May. Much paler than the type, which came from Derby, Western Australia. 392. TRACHYNTIS PELOMA, Low. Not uncommon, April and May. The type came from Warrego, New South Wales. 393. PHLOEOPOLA INFERNA, Low. Not uncommon, March to May. 394. NEPHOGENES PYROCENTRA, Low. Rather common, March to May; rarely in June and July. This species varies,in ground-colour, some specimens being almost fleshy-white, others fuscous to black, but the fleshy-red longitudinal streak is always clearly defined. 395. NEPHOGENES XIPHOLEUCA, Low Not uncommon, March to May. 396. NEPHOGENES PETRINODES, Low. Two specimens, June. 397. NEPHOGENES PYCNoDA, Low. Five specimens, November. The type came from near Townsville. 398. NEPHOGENES PERIGYPSA, Low. Nine specimens, October and November. 399. NEPHOGENES CENTROTHERMA, Low. Taken occasionally, March and April. 400. NEPHOGENES SUSANAE, Low. Rather common, beaten from Lassia biflora, in August. 401. NEPHOGENES CRASSINERVIS, Low. Rather common, also beaten from Bassia biflora, August and September. . 255 402. NEPHOGENES ATRISIGNIS, Low. Taken occasionally, in May. 403. NEPHOGENES BASATRA, Low. Rather common, August to October. 404. NEPHOGENES MELANTHES, Low. Common, October and November. 405. NEPHOGENES DROSERODES, Low. One specimen, type, August. 406. NEPHOGENES DRYMELANTHES, Low. Five specimens, April. 407. NEPHOGENES AMPHISEMA, Low. One specimen, Wompah (on the Queensland border), November. 408. NEPHOGENES apora, Meyr. Common, at light, March and April. 409. NEPHOGENES FOEDATELLA, WIK. Taken occasionally, April. 410. NEPHOGENES oLymPIAs, Low. Not uncommon, October. 411. NePHOGENES ZALIAS, Low. Taken occasionally, October. "412. NEPHOGENES SILIGNIAS, Low. Rather common, October and November. 413. NEPHOGENES EREBOMORPHA, Low. Seven specimens, June. 414. PHILOBOTA HABRODES, Low. Common, March to May. 415. PurLoBpoTa GONOSTROPHA, Low. One specimen, type, May. Further material may indicate this species to be referable to .Vephogenes. 416. PuiLoBpora oxysEemMaA, Low. Taken occasionally, January and March. Sometimes the markings are almost obscured by whitish ground-colour. 256 417. CAESYRA XANTHOCOMA, Low. Taken occasionally, September and October. 418. CaAESYRA PELODESMA, Low. Not common, September and October. 419. OcysToLa HOLODRYAS, Low. Rather common, at light, September to January. 420. H&rTEROBATHRA XIPHOSEMA, Low. - Two specimens, August. 421. HETEROBATHRA SEMNOSTOLA, Low. One specimen, type, August. 422. HETEROBATHRA BIMACULA, Low. Two specimens, August. This and the two previous species are exceedingly scarce. 423. ARISTEIS MACROTRICHA, Low. One poor specimen, Tarrawingee. 494, PLEUROTA PYROSEMA, Low. Five specimens, May. A rare species. 425. SaROPLA PARACYCLA, Low. Not uncommon, May and June. 4926. EUCRYPTOGONA TRICHOBATHRA, low. Taken occasionally, May and June. ; 427. MimoBRACHYOMA EUSEMA, Low Not uncommon, October to December. 498. GUESTIA ACTINIPHA, Low. Three specimens, May and June. 429. GUESTIA PELADELPHA, Low. Rather uncommon, at light, May to July. I took a large series on one occasion ; but it is usually scarce. 430. GUESTIA EURYBAPTA, Low. Four specimens, April to June. 431. Gursti1a(?) 1scHnota, Low. One specimen, type, September. i ee ie ai aSec. the atin tahini ti a 5 —— ae ee a 257 432. GUESTIA ADELPHODES, Low. Three specimens, May. 433. PAURONOTA THERMALOMA, Low. One specimen, type, July. 434. BorKHAUSENIA MACULIFERA, Low. Taken occasionally, October and November. 435. BoRKHAUSENIA MEGALOPLACA, Low. Rather scarce, May and June. This species has the terminal joint of palpi short, and is more correctly referable to Pauronota. j 436. BorKHAUSENIA HYPOXANTHA, Low. One specimen, type, November. 437. BorKHAUSENIA(?) ERYTHROCEPHALA, Low. One specimen, type, April. 438. BorKHAUSENIA ZOPHOSEMA, Low. One specimen, type, August. 439. Mimopoxa pDRyINA, Low. Three specimens, October. 440. MACHAERITIS XERODES, Low. Common in grassy places, October and November. 441. MacroBATHRA ZONODESMA, Low. Three specimens, October. 442. MacroBATHRA SyNComaA, Low. Occasionally, October. 443. MAacroBATHRA PHERNAEA, Low. Three specimens, October. 444. MAcROBATHRA GASTROLEUCA, Low. One specimen, type, November. 445. MACROBATHRA METALLICA, Low. Three specimens, October. 446. MacroBaTHRA DROSERA, Low. Three specimens, October. iw) Ol Go NOTES ON A HIGH-LEVEL OCCURRENCE OF &A FOSSIL- IFEROUS BED OF UPPER CAINOZOIC AGE IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF THE MURRAY PLAINS. By Water Howcuin, F.G.S. [Read August 10, 1916. ] In previous notices“ the broken and fragmentary occurrences of the fossiliferous beds of Cainozoic age in South Australia have been commented upon and the great range of altitude exhibited by these beds has been used as collateral evidence in proof of locally-developed earth movements. Up to the present the evidence has been supplied mostly by the older fossiliferous series, which have been shown to give a vertical range, in successive steps, of about 2,500 feet. (2) The upper marine series (Tate’s ‘‘Miocene’’) does not show the same range in its respective altitudes as the lower series. The city of Adelaide is built on a platform of these beds at a height of 100 feet above sea-level. They occur in many places in the sea cliffs of Gulf St. Vincent, at about the same level, or less, and also in the cliffs of the River Murray at about 40 feet above sea-level. The greatest elevation of the Upper Cainozoic marine beds on the western side of the ranges, so far as known, occurs near Hallett’s Cove. In the cove itself the fossiliferous (?) Miocene occupies a position in the face of the cliffs, between the Permo-carboniferous till and the Pleistocene clays, at a . height of 100 feet above sea-level; but at the distance of a mile inland the same beds are repeated, resting on a shelf of Upper Cambrian rocks, at a height of about 200 feet above sea-level. An additional occurrence is described in the present paper at a still greater elevation. (1) Howchin : ‘‘Description of a Disturbed Area of Cainozoic Rocks in South Australia,’’ Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxv. (1911), p. 47; ‘‘An Outher of Older Cainozoic Rocks in the River Light near Mallala,’”’ ditto, vol. xxxvi. (1912), p. 14; ‘‘Foramini- fera and other Organic Remains obtained from Borings on the Lilydale Sheep-station,’’ ditto, vol. xxxix. (1915), p. 345. (2)Tate fixed the base of the Lower Cainozoic fossiliferous beds, in the Croydon bore, at 1,681 feet; so that when the height of the hore above sea-level (57 feet) is allowed for, and the height of the fossiliferous fragment on the Hindmarsh Tiers (about 900 feet above sea-level) is added, we get an extreme vertical range of these beds as 2,524 feet. 259 DESCRIPTION OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BED. Recently my attention has been directed to a new locality for the occurrence of beds of this age situated near the Mount Mary railway station, on the Adelaide to Morgan line. At a distance of one and a half miles from the railway station, towards Morgan, at the 91 mile post, the line passes through two shallow cuttings, at the summit of a slight rise in the grade. The section exposed in these cuttings shows a maxi- mum face of 7 feet, the lower 5 feet consisting of a shelly deposit, which latter is capped by layers of travertine lime- ‘stone having an average thickness of 2 feet. The shell-bed (so far as seen) consists entirely of oysters, and is apparently limited to one species, Ostrea sturtiana. These are in enormous numbers, being packed closely together, and with only a slight amount of inorganic bed material, the latter consisting of calcareous sand and shelly fragments. The occurrence of paired valves was found to be relatively rare, for whilst a few of these were obtained, by far the greater number occurred as separates, probably separated and distributed by wave action. The only other organic remains that came under observa- tion were gathered from the washed material obtained from within and around the shells. These were microzoic, and consisted of two species of foraminifera /Rotalia beccarii and ‘Polystomella crispa), one or two valves of ostracods, and a fair number of fragments of small spines belonging to Spatangoid echinoderms. The facies of the bed and its contents show a direct resemblance to the upper series of the River Murray cliffs, in which O. sturtiana is the typical and most-abundant fossil. Tate says ):—“‘This species constitutes banks up to 10 feet or more in thickness in the upper part of the River Murray cliffs, from Overland Corner to beyond Blanchetown.’’ I cannot find that Tate has given any other record for the occurrence of the species than that of the River Murray cliffs, and this is the only locality given by Dennant in his Catalogue.) I have collected one or two examples at Hallett’s Cove, but it is not known elsewhere in South Aus- tralia, and has not been noted outside of the State. The restricted occurrence of this species, as compared with the countless number of individuals assembled within a limited area, is very remarkable when viewed in relation to geographical distribution, and is very difficult to explain. This particular oyster appears to have held the ground of a a = (3) Trans. and Proc. Roy; Soc. S. hus. vol. Vili. (1886), p. ‘97. (4) Records Geolog. Sur. of Victoria, vol. i., pt. i1., 1908. z2 260 certain area so effectively as to practically exclude all com- petitors and to maintain the exclusive possession for a considerable time; yet, notwithstanding its local fecundity, failed to establish itself beyond its own particular province. The deposit, as seen on the railway, is intersected by a shallow valley, which cuts it in two. The outcrop must at one time have been continuous, but whether it has been eroded to its base by the valley or simply obscured by cover in the hollow is uncertain. The permanent way has been ballasted with the shells throughout the two cuttings, and the embankment between the cuttings has been constructed of the same material. The full length of the fossiliferous outcrop, including the intervening valley, is about 500 yards. The travertine limestone which caps the fossiliferous bed slopes, with the ground on either side of the rise, and together with the shell-bed, pass below the surface of the ground. At no point in the outcrops is the base of the fossiliferous bed: seen, nor the bed-rock on which it rests; its thickness, there- fore, is uncertain. EVIDENCE OF EARTH MOVEMENTS. It has been already stated that the normal height of the Upper Cainozoic marine series in South Australia is 100 feet above sea-level, or less than: that. At Hallett’s Cove they occur in two steps, at 100 feet and also at 200 feet above sea-level. The height of the Mount Mary railway station is given, officially, as 311 feet above sea-level, while the fossil1- ferous bed in that neighbourhood is 30 feet higher. The corresponding bed in the cliffs of the River Murray is thirteen miles distant from the Mount Mary bed, and has a mean elevation of 40 feet above present sea-level. The two occur- rences are, therefore, not only widely separated as to location, but the one occupies a position 300 feet above the other. Notwithstanding these discrepancies in their present positions, there can be no doubt that the respective beds were deposited at the same level, and that the oysters formed a living colony in the same waters and at the same time. In order to explain the present discordance in their respective levels, it must be assumed that a two-fold move- ment has taken place. First, a general uplift of the sea-bed, extending to some hundreds of feet, by which a plateau was formed; and, secondly, a collapse on the eastern side, by which the ground in that direction subsided to the extent of at least 300 feet. The facts brought to our notice by this interesting outler of marine beds at Mount Mary form an additional contribu- tion to the geological history of the Mount Lofty Ranges, ela ¢ 261 and accords with the suecession of events that is assumed to have taken place on the western side of the ranges. The western slopes of the dissected plateau show successive steps im which longitudinal segments have slipped down—in some ceases below sea- -level—forming the foothills of the ranges and the sunken areas of Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf. The Mount Mary occurrences of these beds give evidence of similar earth movements having taken place on the eastern side of the ranges as on the western, A. very distinct fault-scarp faces the Murray Plains, with a north and south strike, making a line with Eudunda, Point Pass, and Robertstown. To the eastward of this fault-scarp the ground slopes away to the River Murray. Point Pass railway station, situated at the foot of the eastern scarp, is 1,249 feet above sea-level ; the oyster-bed, near Mount Mary, is 340 feet above sea-level ; and the corresponding bed at Morgan is 40 feet above sea- level. By the movement of elevation an old sea-bed was raised several hundred feet above sea-level, and this upward movement was followed by longitudinal fractures, in two or more steps, by which the faulted segments left the old marine sediments at different levels. These differential movements of the earth’s crust supply a certain order of succession by which we may infer their geological age. Thus the older marine beds of Cainozoic age have been more displaced and occur through a greater range of altitude than the newer marine beds of the series. These facts suggest that the earth movements had been in operation before the newer members of the series were laid down and were continued subsequently to the latter’s depesition. The movements were evidently complicated, and involved alterna- tions of elevation and subsidence. My attention was called to the Ostrea bed by my nephew, Mr. E. E. Howchin, who had received his information from Mr. A. Tonkin, pigs duties as an enginedriver on the Morgan railway took him daily through the cuttings where the shells are exposed. bo Cr No MINERAL NOTES. By D. Mawson, D.Sc. [Read August 10, 1916. | PuaTE XXXT. ConTENTS. 1, Octahedrite.. 2, Twinned, Gypsum Crystals. 3, Beryl. 4, Loadstone. 5, Monazite, 6, Cordierite. 7, Sillimanite. §8,. Spinel. 9, Sphene. 10, Davidite. 1. Octahedrite.—A new and interesting locality for this mineral is at the Glen Osmond Quarry, Adelaide. It is the first reported occurrence of octahedrite in Australia. The crystals, which are of rare occurrence, are found on the drusy surfaces of fissures traversing the quartzite. It appears in acicular and obtuse octahedral forms associated with rutile.. The crystal measured is a stumpy octahedron about 1 cm. long. It is capped by a basal face, and shows also the following: (117); (113),. (112), (111), and: (1410). ‘The faces gave sharp: readings. The angle of 68° 15’ between the cleavages is characteristic. The colour is reddish-brown. The specimen measured was collected by Mr. A. C. Broughton. 2. Twinned Gypsum Crystals —Mr. F. Voss Smith, manager of Block 14 Mine, Broken Hill, handed over to me: the interesting twinned gypsum crystals illustrated (see plate Xxxi.).. They were formed in the mtersor of a boiler of marine type on the Westward Ho! Mine, near Manna Hill, South Australia. The water which had formed the feed for: the boiler was drawn from a creek containing mineralized’ water. When it was cleaned out, the occasion of the finding of the crystals, the boiler had been standing idle for five years and the contents evaporated. As shown in the illus-. tration, they are cruciform penetration twins, with the (100) as twin plane. 3. Beryl.—This mineral occurs in notable quantities as large isolated crystals in the quartz reefs and coarse pegma- tites associated with Pre-Cambrian granite intrusives out- cropping to the north of Olary, in the Booleocomatta Hills, and elsewhere in that neighbourhood. They are faintly (1) These notes are based on minerals exhibited before the Society during the years 1910 and 1911. Publecation was deferred owing to the author having mislaid his notes before departing on. his Antarcti¢ Hxpedition in’ December, 1911. a is ee i i eh be-Lhabhhet ee a 263 greenish in colour, and surface specimens are always turbid and much cracked and discoloured. The crystals are usually bounded by 1010 faces with irregular ends. In one case the 1010 faces were bevelled by 2130 faces and the ends ‘terminated by definite basal planes. The mest notable feature, however, is the great size to which they attain. The fragments of a crystal weighing 100 lb. were recovered from one outcrop. 4. Loadstone.-—Slugs of highly-magnetic polar magnetite occur weathered out along the outcrop of a basic intrusion in the Pre-Cambrian belt about one mile to the north-east of the Woman-in-White Mine, Boolcoomatta. 5. JMJdonazite.—This mineral occurs in notable quantity in association with corundum in the corundum-mica-schist be- tween Mounts Pitt and Painter, in the Flinders Range. This formation is within two miles of the great lode culminating in Mount Gee, associated with which are the several radio- active minerals already exhibited at a meeting of this Society —namely, autunite and torbernite, with less-frequent zeunerite, gummite, carnotite, etc. The monazite-bearing rock in question outcrops as an irregular patch about a ‘quarter of a mile in diameter and is intersected by a gorge. ‘The neighbouring rocks have been shown to be Pre-Cambrian, and are chiefly volcanic. (lide Aust. Ass. for Adv. Science Report, 1911.) The origin of the formation appears to have been the result of the action of gaseous and _ liquid magmatic solutions (pneumatrolysis) upon the surrounding rocks. Such a conclusion is supported by the nature of the mineral association, by the coarseness and irregularity of the erystallizations, and by the presence of much tourmaline, apatite, and monazite. The absence of silica, and the abund- ance of mica, cordierite, and the hke, show that agent was doubtless rich in hydrofluoric acid. Massive formations of fluor spar and remarkable crystallized quartz formations else- where in the neighbourhood (e.g., at Mount Gee) further support this theory. On this line of reasoning the Mount Gee formation is to be regarded as a later phase (further from the magma hearth) of pneumatrolysis which, in the first place, had effected the development of the ccrundum-mica- schist belt containing the monazite. Monazite is everywhere present in the corundum-schist, but in very variable amount. Here and there it is visible to the naked eye in the hand specimen, and aggregates up to half an inch in diameter have come under notice. It is usually embedded in or surrounded by the leaves of the mica, but where black tourmaline is abundant is often embedded in the tourmaline. Crystalline tacets are commonly shown on the grain-like individuals. The ; 264 : colour varies from light honey-yellow to a_ reddish-brown. Two samples, obtained by the bulk concentration of the ore on a Wilfley dry table, were submitted to Mr. J. C. H. Mingaye, who kindly analysed them and obtained bits follow- ing results :- — Sample 1. Saad 2 Rare earths of tle Cerium Group as oxides nA, is sk 25°04 9% 66°48 % Thoria. (THO, "4: ey ae 0°20. % 0°16 % The No. 2 sample was much more free from admixture of other mineral matter. Both will be noted to be unusually poor in thoria. 6. Cordierite.—Associated with the corundum-schist, already referred to, near Mount Pitt, is cordierite-rock. Or account of the abundance and excellence of the material this forms a notable occurrence of the mineral. The distribution is irregular throughout the zone affected by pneumatrolysis, but is more abundant and appears in distinct bands in the peripheral belt. Usually it is admixed with corundum, silli- manite, and some mica; but in places outcrops of almost pure cordierite-rock appear. Where there is much cordierite the corundum is pink. Some perfect double-ended hexagonal pyramids of pink corundum have been met with embedded in the cordierite. In one place the rock is about half-pink corundum and half cordierite, and there lumps of corundum many pounds in weight were got. Normally, it is of a waxy appearance and a brown colour, but is also found very lght- ccloured and even black. Its microscopic characters are normal and the pleochrcoic halos are beautifully shown. 7. Sillimanite.—Microscope sections show this mineral to occur in notable amounts in association with the ccrdierite just described. It is normal in character. This is probably the most important cccurrence of this mineral yet recorded in South Australia. 8. Spinel.—Large octahedral crystals of the spinel, pleonaste, are frequent in the corundum-mica-schist belt near Mount Pitt. , They are opaque, and reach an inch i diameter. The octahedral form is perfect. The composition- of the spinel appears to vary in different portions of the outcrop, but the prevailing type is best described as a, pleonaste. The crystals are often embedded in the soft mica and can easily be isolated. 9. Sphene.—Mr. Greenwood was the first to bring ix specimens of this mineral from the Mount Painter district. These were examined chemically and identified by Mr. W. T. Chapman, of the Mines Department. An examination of the \ _ ; j 265 outcrop from which these specimens were derived proved the rock to be a very coarse-grained igneous injection, perhaps best described as a cabbro- -pegmatite. It outcrops in the Pre-Cambrian area on the creek about a mile below Mount Gee. The sphene crystals are of a clove-brown colour, and some were discovered that weighed several pounds. They are embedded in a coarse uralitized- diopside. The formation recalls the ‘‘yatalite’’ of Benson, from the Pre-Cambrian area near Adelaide. 10. Davidite.—In a _ preliminary notice 2 concerning radio-active minerals from the Radium Hill lode, near Olary, the name davidite was suggested for one of them. Since that date mining operations have opened up the lode'and exposed additional features of interest. A special contribution on the subject will’ be forthcoming shortly, but in the meantime further reference to the association and identity of davidite is due. The davidite in its pure form is but rarely met with in the lode. It is in the form of streaks, grains, and crystals embedded in the other filling. The latter is chiefly radio- active ilmenite of a non-homogeneous character. In _ places grains and patches of pure rutile appear. Occasionally in the more massive portions of the lode stringers of quartz, centrally disposed, make their appearance. Embedded in such quartz nice cuboid crystals of davidite are to be met with. In thin sections, under the microscope, these crystals appear homo- geneous, and there is no evidence that they are a mechanical mixture of mineral ingredients. An analysis by Dr. W. T. _Cooke of some of this material is published elsewhere. (5) The radio-active ilmenite forming the general lode-filling becomes blacker and duller in the deeper zones, and at the same time is more highly radio-active. The principal change is that of decrease of titanium and increase in iron and uranium. In certain pockets and apophyses the filling is mainly coarse, intensely black biotite, 4) through which the radio-active mineral is distributed as nodules. These latter commonly contain 8 per cent. U,O,. The mineral composing these nodules weathers comparatively readily, and, as met with, is often in the state of brown, earthy aggregates. On the spoil heap, where the micaceous gangue has been dumped at the mouth of the shaft, a growth of carnotite is to be observed developed on the flakes of black biotite subsequently to reaching the surface. The biotite thus becomes, in the course 2) Vv “ide Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc., S. Aus., 1906. 4) Vide Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc., S. Aus., present volume, p. 267. (4) Vide Report by R. E. Stanley: Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc.. S. Aus., present volume, p. 268. 266 of several months, coated more or less with mustard-yellow carnotite. A sooty coating in two fissures in the lode, and also smearing some of the coarse biotite, was found to be very highly radio-active. In appearance the coating sug- gested oxide of manganese. It completely dissolves in weak acid. A rough test showed it to be almost entirely oxide of uranium, This apparently is the first report of the occur- rence of uranic oxide free in nature. .The formation of the carnotite at the surface, in the dump heap, appears to depend upon the presence of this uranic oxide in the gangue. In the surface portions of the lode a micaceous mineral in tiny green scales occurs in places. At the time of writing the pre- liminary note ‘°) it was suggested that this might prove to be roscoelite. Examination is hampered by the minute quantity available, but it certainly is not roscoelite, inasmuch as the absence of vanadium has been proved. Uranium also is absent, but it does contain 6°8 per cent. of Cr,O, (chromic oxide). The 16 lb. block of lode matter which formed the basis of the report by T. Crook, F.G.S., and G. S. Blake, B.Sc., F.C.S., contains no typical davidite that can be observed by the naked eye. Their reports deal comprehen- sively with what the block sample contained—namely, carno- tite and the massive non-homogeneous radio-active ilmenite, which composes the body of the lode.“ It may be also that the block contains some davidite in microscopic quantities. As already mentioned, davidite occurs elsewhere in the lode in the form of rough crystals, which are microscopically homogeneous. The conclusions of Crook and Blake that. davidite is a non-homogeneous substance is, therefore, not valid. (5) Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1906. (6) ‘On Carnotite and an associated mineral complex from: South -Australia,’?’ Min. Mag., March, 1910, vol. xv: (7) Note made upon personal inspection of the block.--D. M. bo (oP) ~] CHEMICAL NOTES ON DAVIDITE. By W. T. Cooke, D).Sc., University, Adelaide. [Read August 10, 1916. ] A preliminary note by Professor Rennie and myself on certain radio-active minerals from Olary appeared in these Proceedings in the year 1906. Of the ferriferous and titan- iferous radio-active constituents of the lode, the one referred to as Davidite is the most interesting, as it 1s homogeneous and is a distinct species (vide ‘Mineral Notes,’’ by Dr. Maw- son, in this volume, p. 262). The bulk of the lode, however, is a mechanical and chemical mixture of ilmenite, magnetite, rutile, and davidite. Analyses of davidite gave the following figures :— TiO, 54°3 FeO 16:0 Fe,O, be: 13°0 Rare earths ... eA 8°3 eo eorO., and U,O, 4°6 MgO . We 0-6 CaO 1°5 PbO tek CuO trace H,O 1°5 Total 10079 The rare earths contain very little thorium, but much cerium. The presence of lanthanum, didymium, erbium, and yttrium was shown by chemical and spectroscopic tests. Most of the 4°6 per cent. included under vanadium, chromium, and uranium oxides is due to the last-named element. Zirconium is absent. Scandium.—Sir William Crookes has by spectroscopic analysis found that scandium is present. ‘) Davidite readily gives off helium in quantity when heated to a red heat; 100 grams yielding about 15 cubic centimetres of fairly pure helium. 1) Private communication from Dr. Mawson. 268 A NOTEWORTHY OCCURRENCE OF BIOTITE MICA. By Evan R. Srantey, F.G.S., Government Geologist, Papua. [Read August 10, 1916.] This mica occurs as a constituent of the radio-active: ilmenite-bearing lode in the Pre-Cambrian formation at Radium Hill, situated about twenty miles east-south-east of the Olary railway station. There is a considerable amount of quartz and radio-active minerals associated with it, the most obvious of the latter being carnotite. This carnotite appears to have some connection with the black mica, and so, on the suggestion of Dr. D. Mawson, a separation, analysis, and optical determination have been made. Close to the lode, but not directly associated with it, is a coarse mica vein, dark greyish-green in colour, apparently different from the black mica in the lode itself. Both these micas, when exposed to atmospheric conditions for a period of a few months, become coated with carnotite, and therein hes the special interest which they possess. Microscopic CHARACTERS. The mica is jet-black in colour and possesses the usual perfect cleavage parallel to the (001). In thin sections it is light greenish-brown in colour and strongly pleochroic, the pleochroic scheme being as follows :— a=very dark-greenish sepia. [) = greenish-yellow. C= yellowish- brown. The extinction is practically straight, being parallel to the cleavage traces. In convergent polarized light a small optical axial angle is seen. This angle was determined roughly by comparing it with the optical axial angles of known minerals on a prepared scale. It was found to be approximately 30°, approaching that of aragonite. It is optically negative and p strongly directed fcrward, almost horizontal,’’ as against ‘““Labrum vertical or nearly so’’ of Rhopaea and Pseudo- holophylia. The type of the only previously. described species of Pararhopaea (callabonnensis) 1s 1n the Museum, and its labrum appears to be quite vertical to the long axis of the body; in fact, it appears exactly on the same plane as the basal portion of the clypeus, and almost at right angles to the front elevation of that organ. In Rhopaea ‘it is directed at right angles to a straight line continuing the base of the clypeus, and gently diver ges from a line continuing its front elevation. PARARHOPAEA GIGAS, Nl. sp. d. Bright castaneous, some narrow margining parts black or blackish. Densely clothed with long yellowish hair on sterna, parts of legs, junction of prothorax and elytra, hind margin of scutellum, and basal joint of antennae; upper- surface with very short, sparse, depressed, whitish setae. a: flead with two feeble elevations between eyes; the punctures there dense, large, shallow, and reticulate, about base much smaller and sparser; clypeus with elevation high and bilobed, in middle of apex much less elevated than at sides; labrum widely and deeply notched, with numerous setiferous punctures. Antennae with first joint large and obtriangular, second small, third-tenth forming a “curved flabellate club. Apical joint of palpi with a wide, shallow depression. Prothorar about twice as wide as long (14 x 73 mim.), sides crenulate and. subangularly dilated near the 289 middle; with large shallow punctures, dense in front, irregu- larly distributed elsewhere; with a feeble and irregular median line. Sewtel/wm with irregular punctures, hind margin rugose. Alytra three-fourths as wide as_ long (18 x 24 mm.), shoulders rounded, sides gently dilated to beyond the middle; with irregularly distributed and rather small punctures, some round and others transversely rugose ; dise of each elytron with three extremely feeble costae, the third commencing in a shallow post-humeral depression. Pygidium acutely margined, tip obtusely bilobed, with numerous small punctures and in parts shagreened. Legs long; front tibiae acutely tridentate, hind tibiae with two unequal spurs, the inner one moderately acute and about as long as basal joint of tarsi, the outer one longer and wider, dilated from base to beyond the middle, and then feebly rounded to apex; claw-joint with a short bisetose onychium ; claws long, with a strong acute tooth about middle and a rounded swelling at base. Length (¢, 9), 34-39 mm. @. Differs in having prothorax smaller and narrower, elytra more dilated, abdomen considerably larger, pygidium more convex and much less acutely margined, club much smaller, legs shorter, spurs to hind tibiae wider and shorter, and hind tarsi considerably shorter. Hab.—Western parts of South Australia: Ouldea (R. T. Maurice), Lake Arcoona (A. Loveday), Overland Railway, ten miles east of Golden Well (— Chandler, in National museum). Type, 1.517. | The largest specimen in actual bulk is exceeded only by an unusually large specimen of Lepidiota froggatti, of all the Australian JJ/elolonthides in the Museum, but its length is slightly less than that of Lepidoderma waterhouser. The club is composed of eight joints, instead of seven, as in callabonnensis and the following species, but in the allied genus, Rhopaea, the joints of the club vary in number from five to eight. On the male the first lamella of the club is about as long as the clypeus is wide, and is truncate at its tip, the second is rather abruptly bent backwards from where it passes the first and (as also the succeeding joints) is about one-third longer than it. On the female the lamellae of the club are only about the length of the basal tarsal joint, the first lamella is about two-thirds the length of the others, slightly longer than the joint itself, and acutely pointed. On the apical joint of the only female in the Museum there is a small swelling that from some directions causes the club to appear nine- -jointed, but this is probably accidental. On the specimen in the National Museum there are a few long hairs near each front angle of the pronotum. K 290 PARARHOPAEA RHIPIDOCERA, Nn. Sp. “« 3. More or less castaneous, some marginal parts nar- rowly black or blackish. Densely clothed with long yellowish hair on sterna and parts of legs, basal joint of antennae, latero-frontal and hind margins of prothorax, and hind margin of scutellum. Head coarsely sculptured between eyes; clypeus with large, round, shallow punctures, its margining elevation high and very feebly bilobed; labrum moderately notched, with a few coarse punctures at sides. Antennae with first joint moderately large, second short, third slightly longer and wider, with a short projection near the inner apex, fourth- tenth forming a strongly-curved flabellate club. Apical joint of palpi with a long excavation. Prothorar strongly transverse, sides moderately rounded with the margins crenulated, apex incurved to middle; with moderately large, shallow punctures, dense in front, irregular elsewhere; with feeble remnants of a median line and with a shallow depres- sion towards each side. Slytra not much wider than pro- thorax, sides almost parallel to near apex; with moderately coarse punctures, in places subvermiculate, and denser towards apex and sides than elsewhere; disc of each elytron with four costae, the inner ones more conspicuous than the outer ones. Pygidiwm with rather acute margins, tip feebly notched; with moderately dense punctures. Legs rather long; front tibiae strongly tridentate, hind tibiae with two unequal spurs, but the longer one not much wider than the shorter one; onychium small, but with two long setae, each claw with an acute tooth. Length, 18-24 mm. Hab.—Western Australia:: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). Type, I. 4523. Of the size and general appearance of callabonnensis, but head very different between eyes, prothorax longer, with different punctures, and without long discal hairs. The smaller specimens are rather more coarsely sculptured than the largerones. The head between the eyes on most of the specimens appears irregularly biareolate, with the punctures crowded and coarse, on two of them the coarsely-punctured space appears instead to be elliptic in outline. The lamellae of the club are subequal in length and slightly longer than the four basal joints of the tarsi; they are usually closely folded together, but when separated have a beautiful fan-like appearance. The hairs at the apex of the scutellum are not on its upper-surface, and on several specimens are concealed (or abraded). 291 LEPIDIOTA PICTICOLLIS, Nn. sp. Bright castaneous; head, all margins, and a median line on prothorax, scutellum, under-surface, pygidium, and legs black or blackish; antennae (club castaneous), palpi, and claws obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with seta-like white depressed scales, dense on head, all margins of pro- thorax, scutellum, and sides of abdomen, and not very dense elsewhere; sterna and base of abdomen with long, dense, whitish pubescence, and with some straggling hairs; legs with long hairs and white seta-like scales. Head with crowded and moderately large punctures; clypeus conspicuously bilobed, with larger and_ sparser punctures than on the rest of head. Antennae with first joint almost as long as four following combined, second rather short and stout, third and fourth moderately long and subcylindrical, fifth of irregular shape, sixth and seventh very short and strongly transverse; club three-jointed, the lamellae nearly as long as the six preceding joints combined. Prothoraxy strongly transverse, sides finely margined and feebly crenulated, front without raised margin; with small and not very dense punctures, becoming crowded at sides and in front, with a shallow medio-frontal impression. Scutellum with rather dense punctures. Flytra at base very little wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to near apex; surface lightly rugose, and with small and not dense punc- tures; each elytron with four discal costae, the two inner ones moderately distinct and conjoined to form a small swelling at summit of apical slope, the two outer ones very feeble, with the fourth quite close to the margin. Pygidiuwm rather acutely margined, with a vague median line, tip lightly notched; punctures crowded and rather small. Legs rather long; front tibiae strongly tridentate, middle tooth nearer the apical than the subbasal one; tarsi slightly longer than tibiae; claws each with a long and acute median tooth, and a small subtriangular basal one. Length, 36-38 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland: (H. J. Carter’s No. 6), Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker, Queensland Museum’s No. 307). Type, I. 4525. In general appearance not at all close to any of the species named or identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn, and at first glance apparently nearer to Pararhopaea and Paralemdiota than to Lepidiota, but the antennal club is rather small and composed of but three joints, hence in his table of the true J/elolonthides it could only be referred to Veolemdiota or to Lepidiota (unless to a new genus). Re- ferring it to Lepidiota, in his table of that genus it would K2 292 be referred to A, BB, but from the four species there associated (as, in fact, from all others of the genus) it may be readily distinguished by the bicoloured pronotum: on this the black (or, at least, very dark-brown) markings are so disposed that the castaneous parts form two large irregularly- rounded patches. In some lights some of the hairs on the front femora have a beautiful golden-rose gloss. The front tarsi are of the same _ proportionate length as those of froggatti. The specimen from Mr. Carter (labelled by the late Rev. T. Blackburn ‘‘Not known to me’’) is considerably paler than the others, with the pygidium obscurely reddish ; it is also much less densely clothed (but this 1s probably due to abrasion). LEPIDIOTA DARWINI, Blackb. The type of this species was a female, but both sexes were described by Blackburn. There are now before me nine females, two of which were compared and agreed with the type, and another is marked as a co-type. On all of them the propygidium and abdomen are very densely clothed with scales that are (either now or evidently once were) of a snowy whiteness;.on three of them the pygidium is moderately clothed, but the scales are sparser and larger than on the adjacent parts; on the others, however, the pygidium is almost or entirely glabrous, and appears conspicuously black, in striking contrast to the snowy scales near it; it appears to be a trifle longer than wide, but by actual measurement is seen to be a trifle wider than long. There are also six males before me, two bearing Black- burn’s name labels and two others his number 2789 (in a note-book recorded as darwinz). At first glance these speci- mens look strikingly different to the females, and I am by no means satisfied that their identity is certain. They differ in being smaller, paler (the colour gradually becoming still paler posteriorly), prothorax more convex, with larger and sparser punctures, without a shining median line (this being distinct on all the females); elytra less regularly clothed and with three or four fairly well-defined (although not conspicuously elevated) glabrous lines on each (of these, on the females there are scarcely any traces, or none at all, although the type was said to ‘‘bear obscure indications of three or four wide, scarcely-convex costae’). The pygidium is more transverse than in the female (regularly clothed on all six), the abdomen is smaller,.and the elytra are less dilated pesteriorly, but these latter characters are certainly sexual. 293 LEPIDIOTA PERKINSI, Blackb. Four co-types of this species are slightly smaller and the prothoracic punctures are smaller in proportion than on the males noted under darwini, but at most they represent a slight variety of the same. If the males so noted are really males of darwini, then perkinsi must rank as a variety only of that species. LEPIDIOTA DELICATULA, Blackb. L. suavior, Blackb. In the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection there was no label representing de/icatu/a, as there nearly always was when an unique specimen had been removed from his collection; in consequence he appears to have entirely overlooked the species when tabulating the genus.) The type is in the South Australian Museum, and was compared and agreed with the ‘type (now in the British Museum) of swavvor. LIPIDIOTA SQUAMULATA, Waterh. In commenting on the scales of this species (under the ‘description of /eai) Blackburn laid Stress on the colour of the same. There are before me two specimens from his collection labelled as squvamulata, two sent by. Mr. Arrow as having been compared with the type, and some others. The species appears to be fairly common in North-western Australia. Some of the specimens have all the scales of a snowy or slightly waxen whiteness (probably the natural colour of living specimens), on others they are all more or less brownish, and on still others they vary from white to brown, but this is almost certainly due to discoloration by age, immersion in liquids, etc. DIPHUCEPHALA. In Blackburn’s table of this genus (ante, 1906, pp. 268- 272), in A, E, and EE, there are mistakes; evidently :qnota was misplaced, and the word ‘‘elytra’’ was used instead of ‘‘prothorax’’; the lines in question should have been :— E. Lateral margins of prothorax strongly dentate | in the middle ... mf ... tgnota, Macel. EK. Lateral margins of prothorax at most feeblyv angular in the middle. the line EE governing only mitens and rufipes, and not iquota. For K (anrolimbata) the character of the clothing of the pygidium used is confined to the female, the depression behind the scutellum is extremely feeble, and practically useless ; the species, however, is a ery distinct one. () Ante, 1912, p. 63. 294 For LL (smaragdula) “ rygidium’’ was evidently a mis- take for ‘‘scutellum’’; the species in his collection doubtfully identified as smaragdula has the scutellum non-foveate, but pygidium much as on pulchella (on p. 268 Burmeister was given as the author instead of Boisduval). : DIPHUCEPHALA PULCHELLA, Waterh. D. azureipennis, Macl. This species varies in length from 6 to 8 mm., and has an almost parallel range of variation in colour to that of colaspidoides, from which species it may be readily dis- tinguished by the much wider and less parallel-sided median groove of the prothorax. From examination of the type of azureipennis Blackburn considered that name to be synony- mous, and such was my own impression from a similar examination. DIPHUCEPHALA NITIDICOLLIS, Macl. D. obscura, Macl. This synonymy has been already noted by Blackburn, and when J examined the specimens standing under the name of obscura in the Macleay Museum they appeared to be simply dirty ones of nitidicollis. DIPHUCEPHALA MINIMA, Macl. The only specimen in the Museum that could be placed in BBB, of Blackburn’s table, is a small female that agrees well with Macleay’s description of minima, except that the front tibiae are bidentate (but the second tooth is very small) and that the colour is purplish-blue instead of green (a com- mon variation in colour). DIPHUCEPHALA HIRTIPENNIS, Macl. DIPHUCEPHALA COERULEA, Macl. DIPHUCEPHALA LATIPENNIS, Macl. The types of these species were returned to the Queens- land Museum by Macleay, and have perished. DIPHUCEPHALA HIRTIPES, 0. sp. Bright metallic-green, densely clothed parts more or less coppery; club of antennae, flanks of prosternum, hind tibiae (except at base), hind tarsi, and parts of the others, black or blackish; rest of the legs and of the antennae reddish. Head, pronotum (except a large medio-basal sub- quadrate space), flanks of sterna and hind coxae with dense depressed scales, more or less stramineous in colour, abdomen rae % 295 with paler scales, but along middle with long stramineous hairs, becoming almost tufted at tip; pygidium densely squamose, metasternum with rather long pubescence or short hairs; legs with stramineous hairs, becoming much longer, blackish, “and very conspicuous on the hind tibiae and tarsi. Head with densely crowded punctures; clypeus with two conspicuous sutures, the space between about twice as wide as long, tips semi-upright, somewhat rounded, the notch semi- circular. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides lightly increasing in width from base to middle and then strongly diminishing to apex, which is about half the width of base; with a very feeble median line; punctures very dense, but more or less concealed, except on the glabrous portion, where they are very shallow, with a confluently-variolose appear- ance. Scufellwin highly polished and impunctate. lytra finely shagreened throughout, with irregular rows of small punctures. Front tibiae bidentate; three basal joints of front tarsi densely clothed on lower surface. Length, 9 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type, fT, 5759. In general appearance strikingly close to sericea, with which it would be associated in Blackburn’s table, but apical half and sides of pronotum densely squamose and the rest glabrous, elytra glabrous and with much smaller punctures, and abdomen with very different clothing (the hairy part of the abdomen is completely free from scaies). The ocular eanthi have longer and stiffer clothing than usual; there is a feeble ridge along the middle of the “pygidium. DIPHUCEPHALA TARSALIS, nN. Sp. ¢. Bright metallic golden-green, antennae (club black) and legs (claws blackish) reddish. Moderately densely clothed with rather long, subdepressed, stramineous setae, becoming denser and paler on under-surface and pygidium, but the latter glabrous at apex. Head flat and with crowded punctures between eyes; elypeus with tips elevated and obtusely triangular, the dividing notch very wide. Prothorax lightly transverse, sides lightly ineurved between middle (where each is acutely angular) and base, with a rather deep median groove some- what dilated at base, lateral sulci well defined but not traceable to middle, with rather large punctures- (more crowded in the depressions than elsewhere), each with a single setiferous granule. Sevte/lum highly polished and impunc- tate. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax; with large, deep, approximate punctures in irregular rows: fourth and 296 seventh interstices lightly elevated. Pygidinm rather coarsely shagreened. Front tibiae acutely bidentate; front tarsi densely padded on under-surface, first joint somewhat triangular, second (excluding its supporting base) fully four times as wide as long, third somewhat smaller but of the same proportionate width, fourth irregularly triangular. Length, 6-65 mm. Differs in having the tips of the clypeus much smaller and but feebly e levated, legs shorter, with front tarsi much narrower and not spongicse, and by the more convex abdomen. /Tab.— Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea) > New South Wales: Comboyne (W. H. Muldoon). Type, I. 4487. In Blackburn’s table would be associated with nitidi- collis, from which it differs in being considerably smaller, and’ by the remarkably wide front tarsi of the male; from small: specimens of rufipes it differs in the very different clothing of upper-surface and different shapes of the inflated front tarsal joints of the male; in size it is about equal to puherila, but the sculpture and clothing are very different. The tips. of the clypeus are obscurely diluted with red. DIPHUCEPHALA PYGIDIALIS, Nn. sp. basal joints of antennae reddish, the others black, under- surface of clypeal tips black and shining, tarsi blue or purple, the claws black, tips of front tibiae reddish. With white, moderately-long setae or elongate scales, fairly dense on head’ (denser on tips of clypeus than elsewhere), moderately dense- on sides, base, and along middle of pronotum (and a few scattered about elsewhere), and forming feeble lines on elytra: under-surface and legs with moderately-long white: hair, forming a tuft on pygidium and becoming black on parts of tarsi. | Head shagreened and with crowded, partially concealed punctures; clypeus distinctly and evenly narrcwed from base, the tips acutely elevated and subtriangular, their dividing’ notch almost U-shaped. /Prothorar moderately transverse, but much longer than the apical width, which is about half that of the base, base bisinuate, but truncate at scutellum, sides rather strongly rounded, front angles rounded off, median line (except for its clothing) vaguely defined, lateral impressions rather small deep foveae; finely shagreened’ throughout and with small dense punctures at sides. Seutellum depressed in middle, shining, and very feebly shagreened. //ytra somewhat dilated in middle, a feeble: 3. Bright metallic-green or coppery-green, two or three ii a 7 FOL toate x 297 / depression near base; with somewhat irregular rows of not very large punctures, shagreened throughout. Pyyidium shagreened and with a vague median line. Front tibiae with an acute apical tooth only, three basal joints of front tarsi inflated and (as also the Kien e with dense white setae on under-surface. Length, 8-105 mm. Q. Differs in fine the head srnaller. sides of clypeus more strongly rounded, ‘the projecting tips much smaller, abdomen more convex, legs shorter, with the front tarsi not dilated and not spongiose. Hah.—Western Australia: (old collection), Cunderdin (Western Australian Museum), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). ‘Type, I. 5757. In Blackburn’s table would be associated with furesta, from which (as from all other Western Australian species) it is distinguished by the conspicuously narrowed clypeus of the male, and finely shagreened and curiously clothed pro- notum. The male of masters: has the sides of the clypeus more rounded, the prothorax with large shallow punctures ‘on the sides, and the pygidium not tufted, with the clothing elsewhere different. On two of the specimens the pronotum is more conspicuously coppery than the other parts. The ‘long white scales on the elytra of specimens in perfect con- dition form a row on each interstice, but a very slight amount of abrasion causes them to appear irregularly distributed, they give the elytra (to the naked eye) a curiously speckled appearance ; on all the specimens the base of the prothorax is margined with scales; on two males the scales form three conspicuous longitudinal lines and two feeble ones, with a few scattered about irregularly; on another male they are irregular, but on the only female before me the longitudinally : ds: ventralis The excavations ter sae te on the. four a segment longicorms Abdomen not. longitudinally excavated, Third joint of antennae much shorter than fourth ee PTs Third joint slightly longer than fourth, or at least almost as long. Prothorax with a distinct median line ... mediana Prothorax without such. Elytra black A ver a .. §=‘nana {nova Elytra not black (7) ) nigricans DyYSCOLOCERUS. To this genus, proposed by Bonvouleir upon a single species from Sumatra, Blackburn has added three species and I have added one and know several others; but it is probable that all the Australian species will eventually be considered as belonging to a new genus. DyscoLocERUS concoLtor, Blackb. There are in the Museum three co-type males of this species. Blackburn described the sexes as differing in the apical segment of abdomen, that of the male being lightly (77On some large females of nigricans the elytra are almost black. 310 angulate towards the apex; but the margins of the apical segment of these males are exactly the same as on three females before me. The sexes, however, may be readily distinguished by the antennae; on the male the three apical joints are distinctly longer than the seven preceding com- bined, and the eleventh joint is slightly longer than the eighth, and much longer than the tenth; on the female the three apical joints are less cylindrical, shorter than the seven preceding combined, and the ninth and eleventh are of equal length, and not much longer than the tenth. The species occurs in New South Wales (Forest Reefs), as well as in Tasmania. DYSCOLOCERUS FUSCUS, hn. sp. Of a uniform dingy castaneous-brown, legs somewhat paler. Densely clothed with rather short, stramineous pubescence. Head evenly convex; with crowded punctures. Antennae with second joint about as long as fourth, third about as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth-eighth equal in length and slightly longer than wide, ninth about as long as seventh and eighth combined, as long as eleventh, and slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax strongly rounded in front, then parallel-sided to base, median line distinct; punctures slightly larger than on head, crowded on middle, still more crowded on sides. lytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with crowded punctures at base, elsewhere with somewhat smaller granulate punctures; striation well defined. Length, 7-8 mm. Hab.—South Austraha: Murray River (H. 8. Cope). Lype, 1) 5746: A compact species, with outlines much as those of porosus and rubriventris, and distinctly wider than concolor. On account of the ninth joint of antennae suddenly much longer than the eighth, and the comparatively wide pro- thorax, the species has been referred to Dyscolocerus rather than to Hemiopsida. In some lights the pubescence has a golden gloss. The two specimens in the Museum are probably females. DYSCOLOCERUS AUREOPILOSUS, Nn. sp. Of a uniform dingy castaneous-brown, legs and antennae somewhat paler. Densely clothed with golden pubescence. Head with crowded punctures; gently depressed between antennary sockets. Antennae long and rather thin, second joint almost as long as fourth, third as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth-eighth subequal, ninth-eleventh slightly longer than seven preceding joints combined, ninth about as long as three preceding joints combined, slightly longer than tenth, and slightly shorter than eleventh. Prothorax ’ 311 rather strongly rounded in front, and then with sides feebly dilated to extreme base, median line fairly distinct on apical half, but not traceable to base; punctures much as on pre- ceding species. /ytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; punctures and striae much as on preceding species. Length, 8 mm. 3 Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (H. J. Carter). Type (unique), I. 5752. In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding species, but prothorax less transverse, more rounded in front, sides less parallel and with hind angles diverging outwards, median line less conspicuous in front, and not traceable to base. The antennae are strikingly different, but they are probably sexually variable in both; the type of the present species is probably a male. As I do not know heros and victoriensis, they have been excluded from the following table, but the former would be associated with basalis and the latter with concolor. Elytra partly black ... ete on eps no! “basahis Elyvtra entirely black. Abdomen conspicuously paler than sterna ... rubriventris Abdomen concolorous, or almost so, with sterna = porosus Nlytra nowhere black. Prothorax without median line “ab ne concolor Prothorax with median line. Prothorax with basal half parallel-sided ... fuscus Prothorax with basal half diverging to f extreme base oe Ae .. aureopilosus Nematopes, Latreille. Mame tat., 1825, p. 248; Lacord., iv., p. 113; Bonv., Mon., p. 644. NEMATODES MAJOR, Bonv. Mon., p. 668, pl. xxxii., fig. 3. Dromoeolus thoracicus, Lea. The genus Vematodes was not recorded from Australia in Masters’ Catalogue, and Bonvoulcir described major as from Victoria, in the United States. This mistake has been already pointed out by Fleutiaux (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1897, p. 257), who records it from Melbourne. The late Rey. T. Blackburn has already noted that Dromoecolus thora- cicus is a Nematodes, and I am now convinced that it is a pure synonym of V. major. . The species varies in length from 6 to 10 mm. ‘Two specimens from Merimbula probably belong to the species; they differ from the others before me in being smaller (5-54 mm.), much paler, and with the discal impressions of the pronotum scarcely traceable. Hah.—New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. 312 EUMENES BAKEWELLI, Bonv. This species ranges from 11 to 14 mm. in length, and occurs 1n Tasmania as well as in Victoria. DROMOEOLUS DIGNOSCENDUS, Bonv. The description of this species is but lttle more than a comparison with ferruginipes from Waigiou, the only refer- ence to colour being ‘‘la couleur des tarses est plus claire.”’ The length (variable in all the species known to me) was given as 5 mm. There are four specimens before me from Tasmania (the type was from Melbourne), that possibly belong to the species; they are black, antennae (basal joint excepted) obscurely diluted with red, and tarsi and knees rather more conspicuously red (although not brightly so). The pubescence is rather dense and irregularly distributed. The second and fourth joints of antennae are short, subequal, and their combined length about equal to that of the third. Of the other black Australian species it is distinguished from australasiae by the non-carinated head and fourth joint of antennae much shorter than the third, and from /uguhris by the non-carinated head and paler appendages. ; The four Australian species of the genus may be tabu- lated as follows :— Derm dull reddish-brown ... . oa ... imnterioris Derm black. | Head non-carinated ae ir: re ... dignoscendus (?) Head carinated Third and fourth joints of antennae subequal australasiae Third joint much longer than fourth .. lugubris ARISUS. The species of this genus in general appearance are much like those of Mornax, but are distinct therefrom by short oblique sulci on the metasternum ; to see these clearly, how- ever, it is necessary to force the legs aside. All the species have the head more or less conspicuously tricarinated in front, with the median carina sometimes continuous from base to apex; on some specimens the median carina is very feeble on the clypeus, so that then the elevations resemble a thin Y. ARISUS DEPRESSUS, Bonv. A specimen from New South Wales (Tamworth) probably belongs to this species, but it differs from the description in being “somewhat smaller (44 instead of 6 mm.); the carina on its head, from the junction of the oblique ones on the clypeus, is very conspicuous to the base. The sutural stria on each elytron is well defined throughout, and about the base the 4 others are fairly distinct, but they are very feeble or alto- gether wanting elsewhere. Of the striae Bonvouloir remarks: —‘‘Elytris non striatis’’; but again, ‘‘sans traces de stries distinetes, sauf la juxta suturale.’’ A specimen from South Australia (Monarto) is a little smaller (54 mm.) than the type; in addition to size, it differs from the Tamworth one in having the carina on the basal part of the head much less distinct, “although traceable, and the elytra! striation rather more pronounced. ARISUS CARINATICEPS, Nl. sp. Black; suture, under-surface, antennae, and legs more or less obscurely reddish. Densely clothed with stramineous pubescence. Hlead with a conspicuous median carina from base to apex, clypeus with an oblique carina on each side joining the: median carina between the antennary sockets; punctures crowded and rather smail. Antennae moderately long, second joint short, third slightly longer than fourth, fourth- tenth equal in length, but feebly decreasing in width, eleventh longer. Prothorar with sides rounded in front and then oblique to base; with dense and rather small but sharply- defined punctures, becoming crowded on sides; with a narrow, shining, continuous median line. “/ytra feebly decreasing in width from near base; with dense granulate punctures about base, posteriorly becoming smaller, sparser, and _ less asperate; striation well defined, except about middle of each elytron. Hind corae at sides about half as long as their greatest length; basal joint of hind tarsi about as long as the rest combined, third triangular and deeply bilobed. Length, 53-6 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron); Vic- toria: Benalla (R. Helms). Type, I. 5734. Differs from depressus in having the derm black and prothorax with a shining median line. The metasternal sulci are partially concealed by the middle femora, but are con- spicuous when these have been forced aside. ARISUS MINUTUS, Nn. sp. Bright castaneous. Densely clothed with short, stra- mineous pubescence. Head with a strong median carina, but becoming rather feeble on clypeus, the latter with a thin oblique cne on each side joining the median one between the antennary sockets ; with dense and rather small, partially-concealed punctures. Antennae rather short, second joint short, third rather wide, distinctly longer than fourth, fourth-tenth subequal in length 314 and rather strongly serrated, eleventh distinctly longer. Prothorax with sides rather strongly rounded in front, with a shining median carina on basal third; with small and rather dense punctures, becoming denser on sides. //ytra slightly diminishing in width from near base; with rather dense asperate punctures about base, much smaller and sparser elsewhere; striation well defined about suture and base, finer or wanting elsewhere. Length, 4 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay). Type .(unique), I. 5735. The hind coxae are much as in the preceding species, but the tarsi are missing; the species differs from the description of depressus in being smaller (it is considerably smaller than any previously described species of the genus) and antennae not filiform but quite strongly serrated ; the prothoracic punc- tures are also considerably finer than on a species I have, with some slight doubts, identified as depressus. The meta- sternal sulci are very short, oblique, and close to the leg, and to see them clearly the femora must be forced aside; each appears as the apex of a much wider and somewhat deeper depression on the flank. Fornax. This genus is the most abundant in species of all the EBucnemidae, and the species at first glance are mostly strikingly alike in general appearance, but they may usually be readily distinguished by characters of the head and antennae. In Blackburn’s table the genus is distinguished by ‘‘Basal joint of hind tarsi as long as all the other joints together’’; this is true of most of the species before me, but on several of them the basal joint is either slightly or quite conspicuously shorter than the rest combined ; these, however, may be distinguished from Discaptothorax by the considerably narrower latero-prosternal grooves. FoRNAX PARVULUS, Bonv. There are five specimens of Fornax before me that differ from all the others in having the fourth and fifth joints of antennae subequal in length and exceptionally short, their combined length being equal or subequal to that of the sixth. I cannot satisfy myself, however, that they belong to but one species, although possibly they all belong to parvulus. The smallest specimen (54 mm., similar in length to the type) is from Tasmania, and has the tip of the abdomen almost pointed (certainly not ‘ate rotundato’’), the fourth and fifth joints of antennae are strongly transverse, and their combined length is slightly less than that of the sixth, and the sixth to ninth joints are slightly dilated. A specimen ee 315 from Northern Queensland is of similar length, but is slightly wider, the fourth and fifth joints slightly longer (but still transverse), and together quite as long as the sixth; the tip of the abdomen could fairly be called widely rounded (pos- sibly the tip is sexually variable). Two from New South Wales (Galston) are similar to the Tasmanian specimen, except that they are larger (6-8 mm.). einai ae 319 Table of species known to me:— A. Derm black. a. Head with a short longitudinal carina. b. Third joint of antennae longer than fourth bb. Third joint shorter than fourth ... aa. Head not longitudinally carinate. ¢. Pronotum with minute, ill-defined punc- tures on disc c. Pronotum with punctures : AA. Derm more or less castaneous. B. Fourth and fitth joints of antennae com- bined no longer than sixth, if as long BB. Fourth and fitth joints combined longer than sixth. C. Derm of pronotum opaque CC. Derm of pronotum shining. D. Eleventh joint of antennae just per- ceptibly longer than tenth ... DD. Eleventh joint conspicuously longer than tenth. E. Widest part of prothorax not the extreme base. d. Prothorax with a feeble Pains line, but traceable throughout dd. Prothorax without such a line ... EE. Widest part of prothorax the extreme base. , F. Elytra somewhat darker than Bro: thorax ae Elytra no darker than pr othorax. Comparatively large and robust Go. Smaller and thinner. larger, ea ouned Basal. joint. of hind tar6i longer than the rest com- bined HH. Basal joint shorter than the rest combined suturalis niger parvoniger carinatifrons parvulus subopacus orthodoxrus norfolcensis howensis interruptus MAjJOTINUS talayroides CUSTANCUS DYSTRIGONISTHIS PARADOXUS, Blackb. The type of this species was from North Queensland (probably from Cairns). There are four specimens from Cairns, nine from New South Wales (Forest Reefs), and three from South Australia (Mount Lofty and Adelaide), that appear to belong to the species. They vary in length from 5 to 10 mm. (the type was about 7 mm). Their elytral striae are peculiar; at the greatest width (just above the metasternum) each has eleven, of these the tenth vanishes level with the apex of the first abdominal segment, the ninth and eighth meet near the apex, and then, as one, deepens and continues till it joins the first, the second and third vanish at about one-fourth from the apex, the fifth and sixth become, conjoined and terminate nearer the apex, and the fourth and seventh become conjoined and terminate still nearer the apex. 320 GALBOCERUS, Nl. g. Head convex, antennary sockets large, not closely approximated ; clypeus trisinuate in front. Antennae flabel- late. Prothorax mcderately transverse. /lytra parallel- sided to beyond the middle. Prosternmum with a wide and deep excavation on each side of base; propleural triangles each margined inwardly by a distinct carina, extending from front coxa to level with the middle of the eye, margined out- wardly by the overhanging side of pronotum. Metasternum with two side pieces on each side, the outer one (the true episternum) rather thin and parallel-sided, the inner one hooked at base and narrowed till it disappears slightly before the apex. Hind coxae long inwardly, strongly and evenly narrowed (almost to a point) outwardly; tarsi with fourth joint wide and strongly produced on lower-surface, claws each with a wide and conspicuous membranous appendix. The type and only specimen in the Museum is, in general appearance, strikingly like J/icrorhagus cairnsensis on an enlarged scale, but it differs from J/icrorhagus in having propleural triangles instead cf parallelograms, in the pro- sternal and metasternal sutures, tarsi, etc. Galhodema has wide and deep prosternal sulci. Galba has deep prosternal sulci and very different tarsi. No other Australian genus has been recorded as having species with flabellate antennae. The flanks of the pronotum are overhanging, so as to provide protection for the antennae when at rest (much as on Phaeno- cerus clavicorns), but as the propleural triangles are flat up to (although polished near) the overhanging margins the prosternum cannot be regarded as having lateral sulci (as in Galba, Galbodema, etc.) ; there is, however, a wide and deep excavation on each side at the base for the reception of the femur. The head of the type being closely applied to the breast, with the palpi partially concealing them, I have not been able to see if the hind edge of the mandibles is strongly sinuous, but believe it to be so. Regarding it as such, the genus, in Blackburn’s table, would be associated with Hypo- coelus, from which it differs in the antennae, tarsi, and meta- sternum. Regarding it as belonging to CC of that table, it would be associated with Humenes, which has very different sides of prosternum, metasternum, antennae, and claws. I am dubious as to its correct position, but provisionally it may be placed near Phaenocerus. GALBOCERUS PARALLELUS, N. sp. Piceous-brown (almost black), antennae and legs of a dingy-red. Rather densely clothed with shcrt, stramineous pubescence. 321 Head with densely crowded and rather shallow punctures, subgranulate in places. Antennae with first joint slightly longer than the space between antennary sockets, second very short and strongly transverse, third slightly longer than fourth and the length of fifth, the others to ninth (two apical joints missing) slightly increasing in length; ramus of third to ninth each about thrice the length of its supporting joint. Prothoraz with sides rather strongly rounded in front, thence parallel-sided to base, with a feeble foveate impression on each side of middle; very densely punctate, towards the mar- gins granulate-punctate. //ytra almost continuously parallel- sided with prothorax to beyond the middle; very densely granulate about base, granulate-punctate elsewhere; striation well defined throughout. Four hind tars: with basal joint as long as the rest combined, basal joint of front tarsi as long as the next three combined. Length, 11 mm. Hab.—North-western Australia: Port George IV. (J. R. B. Love). Type (unique), I. 5748. There are very vague remnants of a median line on the prothorax, the discal foveae are feeble, but quite distinct from certain directions. MALACODERMIDAE. LAIUS PURPUREIPENNIS, N. Sp. 3g. Purple; two basal joints of antennae flavous, rest of antennae, legs, and under-surface black. Densely and finely pubescent. Head with dense and very minute punctures. Antennae rather long; first joint long and of irregular shape, second large and distorted, the following joints small. Prothorax distinctly transverse, front truncate, sides strongly rounded ; punctures as on head. //ytra with sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; scarcely visibly punctate. Front femora obliquely excavated in front; front tibiae dilated towards base, and obliquely sulcate on inner side near base. Length, 4-4} mm. Q. Differs in having two basal joints of antennae very different and the front femora and tibiae simple. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin and Melville Island (G. F. Hill’s No. 377). Type, I. 5687. A remarkable species, and the only one at all close to allem, from which it may be at once distinguished by the two basal joints of antennae; of these the first is dilated towards apex, with the apical portion wide and its summit oblique, from some directions appearing subangular near its outer apex; the second is slightly wider than long, joined to the first on one side, and to the third in the middle, its L 322 upper-surface irregularly concave, with an opening near where it joins the first joint, but with the hollow space inside almost labyrinthic (although of large size it is so largely excavated that it appears little more than a thin irregular shell, convex on the lower-surface). On the female the first joint is somewhat shorter and simple, the second is simple, subparallel-sided, and about as long as the third and fourth combined. On alleni the first joint of the male is more irregular about apex, the second is much smaller, differently joined to the first and third, and its upper-surface totally unlike that of present species. The head, prothorax, and scutellum are of a different shade of purple to the elytra. CURCULIONIDAE. MANDALOTUS ABDOMINALIS, Lea. On some specimens of this species in perfect condition the clothing is more conspicuously variegated than on the types, being of a rusty-brown, mottled with darker and paler spots, on each elytron there is usually a pale, conspicuous spot on the third interstice about the middle. On these specimens also the transverse arrangement of the prothoracic granules is fairly distinct, even before abrasion. MANDALOTUS LATENS, Lea. On fresh specimens of this species the clothing is more or less rusty- or muddy-brown, but rather conspicuously vartie- gated with numerous small, irregularly disposed, pale spots. MANDALOTUS INTEROCULARIS, Lea., var. Two specimens (sexes) from the Glenelg River (Victoria, J. Rau) appear too close to imterocularis to be described as new; but the abdominal carina of the male is more convex, not quite so close to the apex of the segment, the metasternum is slightly more concave, the elytra have feeble tubercles on the third, fifth, and seventh interstices about the apical slope, and the reane eee are stouter towards and less curved about the apex. The female has the conspicuous inter-ocular tubercle as on the type female. In the 1914 table, regarding the elytra as tuberculate, the variety would be associated with arciferus, but on the male of that species the middle of the abdominal carina almost touches the apex of the segment. Numerous specimens of the ordinary form have been taken by Mr. Secker at Lucindale. MANDALOTUS TRANSVERSUS, Lea. The types of this species are females, although they were described as probably being males; but Dr. Ferguson has 323 sent additional specimens from Dorrigo, one of which is a male. It differs from the female in having each of the middle coxae conspicuously armed with an upright, obtusely- pointed ridge; the basal segment of the abdomen is flat, with the base and sides of the intercoxal process conspicuously elevated, the front tibiae are stronger and more curved, and are conspicuously ciliated; the hind tibiae have their apical three-fifths largely scooped out on the inner side, so that when viewed from most directions each appears moderately curved on the outer side and very strongly on the inner, the scooped-out part commences so suddenly that, from some directions, it appears to start from a subbasal tooth; there are also two contiguous medio-basal foveae (small but con- spicuous) on the prosternum. The clothing of the fresh specimens is more of a rusty-red than on the types, and the apical slope is rather less uneven. The female could still be assigned to the position given it in the 1914 table of the genus, but the male would be associated with dentipes, from which it differs in its different and more conspicuous dentition of middle coxae and very different hind tibiae; the hind tibiae of dentipes are very decidedly shorter, more regularly diminish in thickness from the base to the dilated apex, and are rather more strongly and evenly curved; that species also is without medio-basal foveae of the prosternum, and has conspicuous bristles on the metasternum and part of the abdomen. MANDALOTUS ANGUSTUS, Lea. On the middie coxae of the type male of this species there is a shining, slightly-elevated ridge; it is indistinct from some directions, but fairly distinct from others. MANDALOTUS SQUAMIBUNDUS, Lea. In the 1914 table of the genus this species was separated from maculatus (from which, however, it differs in many respects) by the absence of pale elytral spots. But Dr. Ferguson has sent eight fresh specimens from Bowen for examination, and nearly all of these have four rather feeble pale spots at the base of the elytra, and a few still more feeble ones scattered about elsewhere. MANDALOTUS NODICOLLIS, Lea. Some specimens of this species from Townsville are evidently in perfect condition, without the muddy crust that usually conceals the clothing. The clothing is very dense, of a light muddy-brown or grey, with numerous pale spots scattered about on the head, prothorax, elytra, and legs; on some specimens the spots have a silvery lustre, or even a L2 324 slightly greenish or golden one. The ocular lobes are unusually feeble and the emargination of the prosternum less pronounced than is usual in the genus. MANDALOTUS TENUICORNIS, Lea. Numerous specimens of this species have been taken at Robe by Messrs. Feuerheerdt and Secker. Their clothing varies from that of the types to a dingy greyish-white or slaty- white, more or less conspicuously mottled with sooty or sooty-brown. On the males the sides of the prothorax, near the base, are often distinctly wider than the base of the elytra. MANDALOTUS HOPLOSTERNUS, N. sp. 3. Dull reddish-brown, some parts more or less deeply infuscated. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, thickly interspersed with stout setae. Rostrum short, median carina traceable through clothing. Scape rather long and not very stout; second joint of funicle distinctly longer than first. MProthorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded, median line narrow, deep, and almost continuous throughout; with large, subvermiculate, obtuse granules, readily traceable through clothing. lytra somewhat angular, extreme base slightly narrower than widest part of prothorax; with several feeble subtubercular elevations about middle and base and on apical slope, but with a conspicuous tubercle on each side behind shoulder; with rows of large punctures not much smaller on apical slope than about base. Prosternuwm with a conspicuous keel between and in front of coxae. Abdomen with basal segment gently depressed in middle. Front corae widely separated ; front tibiae triangularly produced at inner apex, hind ones strongly narrowed before and strongly dilated at apex. Length, 6 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (J. W. Mellor). Type (unique), I. 5571. The prosternum armed in front associates this species with armipectus in the latest table of the genus, (8) but on that species (which is also a much smaller one) the armature is like a semi-double transverse ridge; on the present species it is an obtuse, but very conspicuous, longitudinal one. In general appearance its upper-surface is strikingly like that of meisus, simulator, and niger. The prothorax is almost entirely dark, the elytra are dark, but in places conspicuously diluted with red; but the colour of the derm is not to be relied upon in JMandalotus. On the elytra the setae are | usually pale and confined to the elevated parts. (8) Ante, 1914, p. 298. MANDALOTUS LAMINIPECTUS, Nl. sp. é. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red; antennae, tarsi, and tips of tibiae castaneous. Densely clothed with sooty-brown scales, more or less obscurely varie- gated with ashen ones, and with numerous stout setae scattered about. Rostrum moderately long, wider at base than at. apex, median carina narrow and distinct throughout. Scape moderately stout; two basal joints of funicle long, rather thin and subequal. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly transvere, median line narrow and rather well defined ; with numerous round granules, readily traceable through clothing. //ytra at widest slightly wider than pro- thorax; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures; some of the interstices irregularly elevated (scarcely tubercu- late), but with a fairly conspicuous swelling behind each shoulder. J/esosternum with a wide and very conspicuous inter-coxal process. Front covae widely separated; femora very stout; tibiae comparatively short. Length (¢. Q), 5-54 mm. @. Differs in having the prothorax more transverse, elytra narrower at the base and wider across middle, meso- sternum unarmed, abdomen gently convex, and legs somewhat shorter. Hab.—Victoria: Glenelg River (J. Rau). Type, I. 5570. The front coxae are very widely separated, and the separation is accentuated by the coxae themselves being scooped out or obliquely flattened, although this is less con- spicuous on the female than on the male. The projection between the middle coxae of the male is very curious; at the base it is about as wide as long, but it obliquely dilates till at the apex it is almost twice as wide as long, with the apices conspicuously elevated and the space between them incurved, the whole process, except for the tips, being depressed below 5 the coxae and concave. Regarding it as notched, it would (in the 1914 table of the genus) be associated with inersis and /aminatipes, but the process in each of those species is very much smaller and of very different shape; their rostrum, front tibiae, etc., are also different. The hind femora of the male from some directions have a deceptive appearance as of being obtusely dentate. On the female the paler scales are almost white, and form feeble spots on the prothorax and elytra, and are rather dense at the base of the head. MANDALOTUS WEDGENSIS, n. sp. ¢. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red, antennae and tarsi castaneous. Densely clothed with slaty-grey 326 scales interspersed with numerous fine setae, the latter becoming long on tibiae. Rostrum moderately long, median carina _ feeble. Antennae comparatively long and thin, first joint of funicle slightly longer and conspicuously stouter than second. /ro- thorax lightly transverse, sides moderately rounded, median line feebly impressed; with numerous feeble granules, the depressions about which appear vermiculate through the clothing. Alytra at base exactly the width of base of pro- thorax, but disinctly wider at basal fourth, thence gently rounded to apex; with regular rows of large, partially-con- cealed punctures; interstices not separately convex, but the fifth and seventh slightly wider than the others. Basal seoment of abdomen with dense punctures, bounded externally by a distinctly curved carina, the other segments almost impunctate. Front corde widely separated; hind tibiae acutely dentate at inner middle, inner apex acutely spined. Length, 4 mm. flah.—South Australia: Wedge Island (Captain Di Ais Whate). “Typeset. 53807. The curvature of the abdominal carina is midway between that of the species DDe and ee of the 1914 table of the genus; but the species may be readrly distinguished from the members of those groups, except sydneyensis, by the hind tibiae: sydneyensis has much longer and denser setae on the upper-surface, and clothing otherwise different, larger eyes and front coxae less widely separated. The gentle slope of the elytra is not at all interrupted by separate convexity of the interstices. MANDALOTUS TIBIALIS, n. sp. ¢. Dark. reddish-brown or blackish, some parts (and including the antennae and tarsi) more or less castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy-grey or ashen, obscurely-varie-. gated scales; interspersed with numerous stout setae; front tibiae conspicuously but not densely ciliated. Rostrum rather short, carina not traceable through clothing. Antennae moderately iong and thin; second joint of funicle slightly longer and thinner than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded and widest across apical third, median line narrowly impressed ; apparently without granules. //ytra distinctly wider thar prothorax at base, and somewhat sinuous there, owing to the elevation of the third interstice on each, parallel-sided (except for a small post-humeral tubercle) to beyond the middle, somewhat irregular on aud about apical slope; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures, becoming smaller pos- teriorly. Front coxzac rather widely separated, middle coxae 327 each armed with a strong, recurved, acute tooth; hind tibiae transverely multicarinate internally, front ones variable. Length, 3}-4 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Syduey (Old Collection), Blue Mountains, and Rydalmere (Dr. E. W. Ferguson); Mitta- gong, 2,000-2,500 feet (British Museum, from J. J. Walker). Type, I. 5581. I cannot satisfy myself that the five specimens before me belong to more than one species; two of them have the elytra about the apical slope subtuberculate and decidedly rougher than on the others, and their front tibiae are apparently strikingly different. On the Sydney and Mittagong speci- mens the front tibiae have the apical three-fourths arched and granulate on the lower-surface, with the granulated portion suddenly terminating in a conspicuous tooth near the base (somewhat as on avenaceus), each of the front femora also has a notch in which the tooth can rest; on the other speci- mens the tibiae are also granulate, but at the pcesition of the strong tooth there is a gentle swelling only, much as on many other species of the genus. The carinae of the hind tibiae are invisible from most directions. In the 1914 table of the genus, regarding the elytra as tuberculate, the species would be readily distinguished from all those referred to F, and also regarding them as non-tuberculate from all those referred to K, by the middle coxae, the remarkable teeth on these vary somewhat in size, but are conspicuous on all the specimens; they curve obliquely inwards over the intercoxal process; the armature of the middle coxae of dentipes, transversus, and scaber is very different. The prothorax on abrasion is seen to have the disc entirely without granules and to be covered with small dense punctures, mixed with a few of larger size; but the sides appear to have a few feeble elevations. The alternate interstices of elytra are not conspicuously elevated above their fellows, except that the third becomes almost: tuberculate at base. MANDALOTUS RAUI, Ni. Sp. ¢. Black, some parts obscurely reddish; funicle and tarsi bright castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stout setae. Rostrum moderately long, upper-surface with derm entirely concealed by clothing. Scape rather long: funicle thin, first joint thicker and slightly longer than second. Prothorar almost as long as wide, sides strongly and evenly rounded, median line feebly impressed ; with numerous round granules, slightly traceable through clothing, but conspicuous on abrasion. //ytra subarcuate at base, which is wider than 328 boing: sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; witly rows of rather large, almost (or quite) concealed punctures ; alternate interstices feebly elevated. Front coxvae very widely separated, middle ones each with a shining oblique ridge. Length (3 , 9), 34-4 mm. a Differs in having the prothorax somewhat smaller, elytra somewhat wider, baal segment of abdomen convex in middle (instead of flat), and legs somewhat shorter, with simple coxae. r /fab.—South Australia: Adelaide, seven specimens from tussocks (J. Rau). Type, I. 5573. In the 1914 table of the genus would be placed under K after Ah, and from all the species there placed (except angustus) it differs in the middle coxae; from angustus it differs in being somewhat smaller, rather more robust, with the front coxae much more widely separated (almcst twice the distance), and with the middle coxae more conspicuously earinated (the carina from some directions causes each coxa to appear armed with a subacute conical tubercle). The separation of the front coxae is rather more than in rwvf- manus, and the elytra, although non-tuberculate, are more uneven than on that species. The elytra (except perhaps at their base) could not fairly be regarded as tuberculate; their base is much less conspicuously trisinuate (except for slight encroachments by the third interstices it could fairly “be regarded as arcuate) than in humeralis. The clothing on all the specimens is very dingy and somewhat obscured by mud, but on two of them there are faint indications of pale spots on the prothorax, and still more faint indications on the elytra. MANDALOTUS SUBHUMERALIS, Nl. Sp. 3. Blackish-brown, some parts obscurely reddish: antennae and tarsi castaneous. Denisely clothed with muddy- brown slightly-variegated scales and with stout setae. Rostrum short and stout, median carina traceable through clothing. Scape not very long: first joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than second. Prothoraa almost as long as wide, sides and base strongly rounded; with numerous granules conspicuously transversely arranged. L/lytra sub- arcuate and wider than prothorax at base, with a conspicuous tubercular swelling on each side just beyond shoulder; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing very small through clothing; odd interstices very feebly elevated above the ever ones. Two basal segments of abdomen feebly depressed in middle. Legs moderately stout; front coxae lightly but distinctly separated. Length, 3 mm. ety 329 Hab.—South Australia. Type (unique), I. 5583. Close to arcuatus, with which it would be associated in the 1914 table of the genus, but differs in having the front tibiae less curved at apex, ciliation shorter and sparser, scape somewhat stouter, but in particular by the subhumeral pro- minence on each elytron. From crawford: (also from South Australia) it is distinguished by its smaller size, narrower form, subhumeral prominences, and abdominal clothing con- ecealing derm. It is about the size and at first glance some- what the appearance of Achopera lachrymosa of the Crypto- rhynchides. The paler markings consist of an interrupted stripe on each side of the prothorax and numerous feeble spots on the elytra. The clubs and two apical joints of each funicle are missing from the type. MANDALOTUS INCONSPICUUS, hn. sp. 3. Dull reddish-brown, appendages paler. Densely clothed with light-brown or stramineous scales, somewhat variegated on upper-surface; with numerous stout setae scattered about. 3 Rostrum moderately long, sculpture of upper-surface entirely concealed. Scape not very long, somewhat inflated to apex; first joint of funicle distinctly longer and wider than second, the others all transverse. Prothorar distinctly trans- verse, sides rather strongly rounded; with dense, normally concealed punctures. Elytra elongate-elliptic, shoulders evenly rounded. Abdomen flat. Legs rather stout: front coxae touching. Length, 2-25 mm. Q. Differs in being somewhat larger and_ wider, abdomen gently convex, and legs shorter. Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow). ‘Type, I. 5587. In the 1914 table of the genus this species would be associated with maculatus and squamihundus; from the former it is distinguished by its much denser clothing (entirely concealing the punctures of the upper-surface) and shorter and stouter antennae and legs. From squamibundus it is distinguished by its smaller size and slightly narrower form, somewhat shorter antennae and legs, front tibiae less acutely produced at apex, and sparser and less regular elytral setae. On the only female before me the elytral clothing is paler than on the two males and with numerous small chocolate-brown spots; on the males the spotting is very obscure. The setae are unusually stout, even on the legs and under-surface, and on the elytra are confined to a single row ‘on each interstice; they are nearly all stramineous. Before 330 abrasion the elytra appear to be finely striated, but after abrasion rows of large punctures become evident. LEPTOPS. In the table of this genus in Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1916, a line was unfortunately left out; this should have followed immediately after K on page 316, as follows :—‘‘KK—Elytra with few tubercles, or if numerous then obtuse.’’ This line governing all the species that followed. With long series of many species of the genus one 1s inevitably forced to the conclusion that the majority are extremely variable. The sexual differences are usually very pronounced, nevertheless with many species the sexes vary towards each other, so that, from an external observation, it is often difficult to be sure of the sex of an individual. As a natural result, many synonyms have resulted, and the acquisition by the Museum of long series of many species taken by Mr. H. W. Brown in the Cue district has made it possible for some of these to be noted, and the plates given ~ (with the exception of five figures all of the members of the group with the breast armed, and comprising most of the giants of the genus) will serve to illustrate the great variability 1m size and sculpture of some of them. LEPTOPS DUPONTI, Boi. var. wnterioris, Blackb. var. obsoletus, Lea. var. carmnatus, Lea. LL. tribulus, in error. 4 Pl. xxx I previously ‘ referred to interiors as a variety of tribulus, and named two other forms as varieties of the same species. But Mr. Arrow, from examination of the type, has pointed out that our identification of trabulus 0 was incor- rect, and that the real tribulius is the Queensland species known as ferus. In Masters’ Catalogue, echidna and dupont: are. given as synonyms of ¢tribulus, but it has been already) pointed out (from examination of the type) that echidna is really the (9) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 327. (10) The specimens in the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection identified as tribulus were all of the species commonly supposed to be such, and the numerous references in Australian literature apparently all refer to the same species. (11) L.c., 331, by a printer’s error recorded as from ‘Ni? instead of ‘‘W.”’ Australia. 331 species described by Blackburn as planicollis, and is a very distinct species. Till evidence to the contrary, therefore, is forthcoming, it is necessary to regard dupont: as the name of the species hitherto commonly known as fribulus. Plate xxxiv. will give a good idea of the variations in size and sculpture of the species; on fig. 74 there may be noticed a smal! projection in front of the front legs; this is typical of the group with armed breast, and is entirely absent from the real tribulus (ferus). LEPTOPS FERUS, Pasc. Pl. xxxix., figs. 156 to 158. According to a specimen sent for examination by Mr. Arrow, and stated to agree with the type, this is the real fribulus of Fabricius. In the side figure (158) the Catasarcus- like post-humeral tubercle can scarcely be noted, but on fig. 157 it appears on the right side as a small prominence close to the leg. LEPTOPS AREOLATUS, Blackb. L. frenchi, Lea. L. rudis, Lea. Piesxxvil., fies Tih to 122. This species is one of the most variable of the genus. ‘The type (fig. 112) is a rather large male, with the tubercles more obtuse than usual (approaching the female). The normal male (fig. 116) has two rows of more or less conical tubercles on each elytron, the row on the third interstice consisting of from three to seven, on the seventh from five to ten, with the two nearest the apex larger (usually very con- siderably so) than the others. The female is usually much larger and much wider than the male, with the elytral punctures sharply defined and limited, but they are very variable; on the types of frencha and rudis they are so strikingly different in general appear- ance that it seems difficult to regard the two specimens as belonging to but one species, but long series taken by Mr. Brown at Cue and Ankertell (including many taken i cop.) leave no doubt of this being the case. On the third inter- stice there are from two to five very obtuse tubercles, on some specimens tending to become subcarinate towards the base; on the seventh interstice the tubercles are much less conspicuous than on the male and are usually but two in number (on the latero-apical slope), and even these are not always distinctly conical; on an occasional specimen there are some feebly tuberculate spaces on the fifth interstice. 332 The type of frenchi (fig. 114) is a large female of the species, with the derm having a glazed appearance and the punctures more clearly outlined than on any other specimen under examination. The type of rudis (fig. 111) is another large female, with the punctures less sharply defined, although still of large size, and more frequently confluent than usual. The base of the elytra is certainly different in shape to that of the type of frenchi, but the differences appear to be of an individual nature rather than specific. Leprors ciavus, Fab. (formerly H1pporninvs). . LL. elegans, Vea. Mr. Arrow informs me that elegans is a synonym of clavus (from comparison with the type of the latter). This being the case, it would appear that the subfamily //7ppo- rhamdes must be altogether removed from the lists of Aus- tralian beetles, as the only other species (nigrospinosus, No.’ 4940) standing under the subfamily in Masters’ Catalogue belongs to the Amycterides. LEPTOPS EBENINUS, Pasc. L. crassicornis, Pasce. Mr. Arrow sent for examination a specimen of crassicornis that appeared to represent a variety only of ebenimus, and on his attention being called to this, he wrote :—‘‘The types: of ehbeninus and crassicornis differ little, and seem to me to be certainly conspecific.’’ Later on he sent two specimens of the latter and three of the former, including a co-type of each with a label in Pascoe’s writing. On ebeninus the tubercles are more conspicuously conical than they are on crassicornis, on whose elytra they are usually rounded and fewer in number; but they belong to one species and to a small group (12) all of whose species are variable. LEPTOPS RETUSUS, Pasc. L. rostralis, Lea. The description of retusus is quite misleading; the species 1s a very distinct one, and has been redescribed under the name of rostralis. On Mr. Arrow informing me of this, three questions as to the type were asked, as follows:—1. Is there a small tubercle 95 on each side of the elytra just above the middle of the metasternum? 2. 7 there a curious (12) K, of the fehl in pay Rar Ent. elo 1906, Pa es® (13) C, of the table, l.c. 333 oblique swelling just in front of each eye? 3. Are the large elytral tubercles in the same positions as the specimen sent of rostralis’ As affirmative answers were given to all, there is no doubt but that the names are synonymous. LEPTOPS HYPOCRITUS, Pasc. A co-type, sent for examination by Mr. Arrow, has clothing not at all green, the prothorax with a feeble median (not subbasal) carina, with two distinct transverse interrupted impressions; each elytra with three undulated (scarcely sub- tuberculate) ridges, of which one commences on the shoulder as an obtuse tubercle. The rostrum was described as ‘‘in medio canaliculato,’’ the middle of that of the co-type seems to be narrowly impressed near the base, but near the apex it appears to be feebly carinated ; regarding it as non-carinated it would in my table “4) be placed with setosus, with which it has scarcely anything in common; regarding it as carinated it would be placed in L, from all the species of which it is at once distinguished by having but the humeral tubercles. Probably, however, the male possesses characters that would cause it to be referred to a different section. Quite certainly it is not the species I incorrectly had as hypocritus, and so commented upon. (15) LEPTOPS ACUTISPINIS, Pasc. A very distinct species, the original description, how- ever, is not quite accurate (judging by a co-type on loan from the British Museum), as the rostrum is described as “robust, a slender somewhat abbreviated carina in front’’; whereas it is comparatively thin and has a median carina traceable from the base almost to the apical triangle. LEPTOPS POLYACANTHUS, Pasc. v A specimen from Cunnamulla appears to belong to this species, but has the elytral tubercles more acute than usual and the inter-ocular elevations very feeble instead of strongly pronounced. —~ LEPTOPS’ FASCICULATUS, Lea, var. PULCHRIPENNIS, Nn. var. In the Cairns district I obtained numerous specimens that appear to represent a variety of fasciculatus,; they differ from the typical form in having the elytra non-fasciculate, or at least with the fascicles so reduced as to be little more 4) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 316. (15) Ante, 1914, p. 296. 334 than feeble clusters of setae, and not supported by tubercular swellings. To the naked eye the elytra have a_ spotted appearance, but this is due to small patches of golden scales: the patches on some specimens are brilliantly golden, or greenish-golden, but on others are whitish with a slight golden gloss, and the amount of surface they cover varies considerably; the scales among which they are set are sooty- brown or black, but on the apical slope the scales are entirely dark. Many other parts of the body and appendages are also supplied with golden scales, but without the spotted appearance of the elytra. In some lights each elytral punc- ture appears to have a small shining granule on each side, but with greasy or abraded specimens these tend to disappear ; on such specimens also the golden patches diminish in size and brilliance. The granules are occasionally traceable on the typical form, but not on fasciatus, which species the variety approaches in sculpture, although at present I cannot look upon that species as a variety of fasciculatus. Two other specimens have the scales on the upper-surface entirely golden, with a purplish tinge; on another the scales are white, with a golden or purplish tinge, becoming greenish on the sides. LEPTOPS VACILLANS, Lea. The types of this species were supposed to be from Queensland, but there were two specimens of the species in the Blackburn Collection labelled as from Western Australia. LEPTOPS GLOBICOLLIS, Lea. Numerous specimens from Dalby differ from the type of this species in being larger (up to 20 mm.) and with all the joints of the funicle longer than wide. LEPTOPS CONTRARIUS, Blackb. Pl. xxxviii.,, fies, .127.t0 daz: In general appearance many specimens of this species are extremely close to the variety carmatus of duponti; but the suddenly terminated intermediate carinae of rostrum are distinctive. Like so many of the species with armed breast it is very variable in length (16 to 33 mm.) and as to the tubercles and carinae of the elytra. Mr. Brown has taken numerous specimens at Cue. LEeptops co.tossus, Pasc. Pl, xxxvin,, fies, 135° to lar, The white scales on this species with age tend to become of a muddy-brown, especially on specimens at all greasy. 335 LEerrors ECHIDNA, W. S. Macl. Pl) xxxvili., figs. 138 to 140. On the males of this species the first row of elytral tubercles is sometimes continued almost to the base, instead of degenerating mto a carina there; in the females it is sometimes represented by two or three tubercles about the apical slope, and carinated thence to base. In both sexes the prothorax appears to be invariably largely scooped out on the dise (the middle usually but not always carinated) and the sides are conspicuously dilated from base to near apex. There are numerous specimens (ranging from 18 to 28 mm.) in the Museum from Eyre Sand Patch; but the species also ranges down to 11 mm.; see the following note. LEPTOPS ACERBUS, Pasc. ‘Pi. xxxvili., figs. 1383 and 134. I have previously (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 323) commented upon two forms, either of which might be acerbus; of these a specimen from Champion Bay is figured at 134 on plate xxxvuii., and there are others from Beverley before me quite as small (down to 11 mm.). I am now quite satis- fied that these are varieties of echidna; but the specimen without exact locality (fig. 133) is certainly not echidna. LEPTOPS BIORDINATUS, Blackb. PE oexxvi., fies. 95 to 104. Superficially some males of this species strongly approach some males of duponti, but the suddenly terminated inter- mediate carinae of rostrum are at once distinctive. On an occasional specimen the third interstice on each elytron is carinated from base to about summit of apical slope, so that at first glance there is considerable resemblance to some speci- mens of inferioris; on one specimen the second and fourth interstices appear like closely-set chains of small beads, the tubercles (or granules) being twice as numerous as on the typical form. A large specimen from Eucla is most certainly without a pair of conjoined tubercles 6 on the suture near summit of apical slope, nevertheless there is at the position where these should be two minute flattened shining spaces that appear to represent remnants of tubercles. Hab.—Port Pirie, Fowler and Murat Bays, Gawler Range, Wilmington. (16) They are decidedly variable in size on the species. 336 LEPTOPS GRAVIS, Blackb. Pl, xxxv1., figs. 105. to 110: Except by the intermediate carinae of the rostrum gradually running into the head, instead of abruptly ter- minated, it is difficult to distinguish some females of this species from females of biordinatus. At Cooper Creek the natives’ name for the species (according to the late Dr. J. G. Reuther) 1s ‘‘Warnkati.’’ LEPTOPS FRONTALIS, Blackb. A specimen from Stapleton (Northern Territory) differs from the normal form of this species in having the humeral tubercle on each elytron reduced almost to the vanishing point. LEPTOPS ELONGATUS, Lea. PI, xxxix., fies’ 142 to T45. Mr. Brown took numerous specimens (there are now nine before me) that I hesitate to regard as more than a variety of elongatus,; they ail differ in having the elytral tubercles more obtuse, on the apical slope they are more prominent than the others, but much less acute than those of the type; the median channel of the pronotum is much less conspicuous (not due solely to clothing), less parallel-sided, and on five of the specimens an obtuse ridge traverses its middle, so that on each of these it appears as two irregular foveae. The median and sublateral carinae of the rostrum are narrower than on the type, although the same in direction and bounded by similar grooves; the sixth joint of the funicle is transverse, and the other joints are slightly shorter than on the type. The clothing is more of a snowy whiteness (on the type the darker colour may be due to age), and on the abdomen, to the naked eye, appears to form three stripes, of which the median one is abbreviated, its place on the apical segment being taken by a subtriangular shining space; on each of the nine specimens this space is very distinct, although sparsely clothed, on the type it is scarcely traceable owing to being rather densely clothed, on the type also the larger scales are much more numerous on the under-surface generally. Seven of the specimens are from 14 to 16 mm. in length, the others are much larger, 21 to 23 mm. LEPTOPS HERCULES, Lea. Pi enya fios, 141 andy i142: The male of this species differs from the female (the only sex described) in being much narrower, considerably smaller, prothorax slightly longer than wide, elytra with more acutely 337 conical tubercles on apical slope and punctures (except on sides) less well defined owing to the greater elevation of the interstices. The only male I have seen differs also in having the prothorax without a median carina and the scutellum not elevated, but these may be individual variations. It is evidently abraded, and has numerous minute denticulations showing on the front tibiae. LEeprTrorps HORRIDUS, Lea. A specimen from the Coen River differs from the typical form of this species in being much smaller (11 mm.) and narrower, with the elytral tubercles conspicuously red and more acute; the Catasarcus-like tubercle on each side, more- over, is much smaller than usual, although traceable. LEPTOPS LATICOLLIS, Lea. Mr. G. F. Hill has taken numerous specimens of this species near Darwin, and sent six for examination. These all have the upper-surface apparently glabrous, but really sparsely clothed with short setae. The female differs from the male in having the elytra considerably wider than the prothorax, and with somewhat shorter legs. LEPTOPS PARVICORNIS, Lea. Plate xxxix., figs. 146 to 148. Three specimens were photographed to show the differ- ences in size and appearance of this rare species. LEPTOPS CACOZELUS, Lea. Pl. xxxix., figs. 154 and 155. A specimen from Tarcoola evidently belongs to this “species, but has two small conjoined tubercles on the suture near the summit of the apical slope; on another remnants of tubercles are traceable; these specimens seem almost to con- nect the species with parvicornis. LEPTOPS CRASSIROSTRIS, Lea. A specimen from Dr. Ferguson, without locality label, may belong to this singular species; but it. differs from the type in having the elytra less suddenly elevated at the base, with six small tubercles there, some obtuse but fairly large ones on the third and fifth interstices, and the punctures larger; on the prothorax also the granules are larger and better defined. From phymatodis it differs in the rostrum being much shorter, the elytral tubercles much smaller, and the base of elytra very different. 338 LEPTOPS AMPLIPENNIS, Lea. Pl, x conspicuously elevated interstices. E. Three apical joints of funicle trans- nN verse ... .. vermicollis EE. No joints of funicle transverse. F. Seutellum distinct and occupying a basal notch in elytra ... pullatus FF. Scutellum indistinct ‘and elytra without a notch for same. G. Fully three-fourths of front claw joint projecting beyond lobes of third . tarsalis GG. Scarcely more than half pro- TOCRIMES 95. 6) Pee ate -. maculosus 365 I have only been able to include one of the original species in the table; of the others, I have seen a co-type of obesus; in size, shape, and general appearance it is fairly close to syvamosus, but its elytral punctures are quite twice as large as those of that species. O. tigrinus (from ‘‘Australia’’) is perhaps nearer pullatus than any other species, but the description of its elytral clothing and tibial setae are at variance with the five specimens of pul/atus under examination. O. candidus (also from ‘‘Australia’’) is very briefly described, but short as the description is I have seen nothing that will fit it; a Queensland species, close to maculosus, was doubtfully identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn as candi- dus, but differs from the description in several particulars, and it was considered not advisable to include it in the table. ATERPUS FOVEIPENNIS, Lea; var. BIFOVEIFRONS, nh. var. A recently-obtained specimen possibly represents a variety of this species. It differs from the type in being slightly larger (11 mm.), with the upper-surface (except for a few of the elytral foveae) quite as densely clothed as the under. Rostrum somewhat irregularly impressed in front. Prothorax with more conspicuous setae, punctures much smaller (at least, apparently so), and with a curious, small, shining, pear-shaped fovea on each side of the apex, immediately in a line with the middle of the eye. Elytra with third and fifth interstices much more distinctly elevated and nowhere subtuberculate. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type ar war, 1.2726. MERIPHERELLUS NIGRICLAVUS, N.. sp. Chocolate-brown, rostrum, antennae (the club black) and legs (hind femora dark near, but not at, apex) flavous. With white scales between eyes, on prothorax, apex of elytra, and on under-surface. Head with dense punctures. Eyes large, coarsely faceted, separated slightly more than half the width of base of rostrum. Rostrum moderately long, somewhat curved, dilated at apex; with rows of rather small punctures. Antennae thin, inserted about one-fifth from apex of rostrum ; scape almost as long as funicle and club combined ; first joint of funicle stouter and longer than second; club moderately long. Prothorar small, almost twice as wide as long, sides rather strongly rounded, base much wider than apex; with 366 dense punctures, in places concealed. Llytra scarcely once and one half as long as wide, much wider than prothorax, widest across shoulders, with rows of large punctures in rather deep striae; interstices each with a row of punctures. Legs long; femora stout, front lightly, middle moderately, hind strongly and acutely dentate; tibiae thin; front tarsi wide, flat, and fringed with long hairs; basal joint elongate- triangular, longer than the two following combined; second rather strongly dilated, with the apex notched; third cleft almost to base, with the lobes divergent; fourth rather small. Length, 1? mm. | Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection). Dype, | bine It was with some doubt that this species was referred to Jferipherelius, as its front tarsi are very different to those of apicalis. They are, in fact, very peculiar, but may be sexually variable; the type appears to be a male. The white scales are as described, but the type shows traces of abrasion. From some directions parts of the elytral interstices appear to be ridged, so that there they appear to be much narrower than the seriate punctures. MICRAONYCHUS RUFIMANUS, 0D. Sp. Reddish-brown, in places almost black; most of rostrum, scape, part of funicle and tarsi more or less reddish. Moderately densely clothed with pale, greenish-blue or bluish- green scales, in places with a slight coppery gloss. Rostrum long, thin, and shining; punctures concealed about base, near same small but distinct, elsewhere minute. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides gently rounded, base not much wider than apex; punctures partially concealed. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax, sides very feebly decreasing in width from shoulders, with regular rows of large, clearly-defined punctures. Length, 2 mm. Tab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection). ‘Type, cer. A beautiful species, readily distinguished from all others of the genus by its red tarsi. On the front of the prothorax, head, and base of rostrum the scales are mostly smaller than elsewhere, and with a faint coppery lustre; on the prothorax of one specimen there is a distinct median line of scales, but on another the line is not so evident. On the elytra the scales are rather large, and appear in a single row on each interstice, and many of them have a washed-out look. On the under-surface, however, the green is very evident. 367 MICRAONYCHUS CINERASCENS, 0. sp. Dark piceous-brown, rostrum and parts of antennae and of legs reddish or diluted with red. Densely clothed with round, obscurely whitish scales, interspersed with numerous sooty ones; but the sooty ones rather sparse on legs and almost absent from under-surface. Head with punctures entirely concealed. Rostrum long, thin, and lightly curved, with small punctures concealed only about extreme base. Prothorax moderately transverse, base not much wider than apex; punctures dense and normally concealed. L/ytra distinctly wider than prothorax, parallel- sided to near apex; with rows of more or less quadrate, deep, punctures, chose together, but frequently concealed. Length, 23-3 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln, Kangaroo Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 2088. At a glance apparently belonging to I/isophrice and with the general appearance of argentata and alternata; but with a distinct pectoral canal, which extends to the abdomen, although becoming very shallow posteriorly. There are numerous subdepressed setae (distinctly visible from the sides only) amongst the elytral scales. BRENTHIDAE. EUPSALIS PICTIPENNIS, n. sp. PY Sxxi1.4 fe ed. 3. Bright castaneous, some parts narrowly darker, elytra with elongate flavous spots or vittae. Head, from slightly in advance of eyes to insertion of ‘antennae, irregularly excavated and very uneven; mandibles bifid or tritid at tips, internally with several small tubercles. Antennae with joints more or less cylindrical, the eleventh elongate. Prothoraz smooth, with a few minutely setiferous punctures at sides, sides rather strongly dilated to beyond the middle and then abruptly narrowed at base, a transverse line parallel with the base, the space between longitudinally rugose. Hlytra slightly narrower than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near apex; with regular deep striae, mostly suddenly terminating near apex, the striae mostly with deep and large punctures, but becoming smaller towards suture, sides, and apex; interstices impunctate or almost so. /emora stout, finely and acutely dentate; tibiae notched for reception of tarsi; true fourth joint of tarsi small, but quite distinct between lobes of third. Length (including mandibles), 17-19 mm. 368 Q. Differs in having two small foveae between eyes and antennae, rostrum long, thin, cylindrical, and with minute mandibles, prothorax slightly narrower, elytra and abdomen slightly wider and legs slightly shorter. Hab.—Queensland: Claudie River, several specimens cut out of an old log (J. A. Kershaw). Types in National Museum. The male differs from the male of promissus in being larger, in having the head considerably wider between eyes and insertion of antennae, and the space there largely exca- vated, without a process projecting obliquely backwards on each side between an antenna and eye, the joints of the ‘antennae more cylindrical, and the elytra with rows of large punctures in regular striae. The female differs from the female of that species also in being without the lateral pro- cesses on the head, and by the elytral punctures and striae being as in its own male. The markings are also different; on some specimens they are more conspicuous than on others, but they appear to be always in the same positions on each elytron as follows:—A long one on the third interstice start- ing from the base, one on the fourth starting from near the apex of the one on the third, ohe on the eighth from the base to near the middle, a small one on the fifth at the base, one on the sixth at the basal fourth, one on the third near apex, and a transverse cluster on the third to sixth (looking like an irregular interrupted fascia) ; the ninth interstice also is sometimes pale throughout. The pale parts of the inter- stices are usually wider than the adjacent parts. EUPSALIS PROMISSUS, Pasc. Recorded by Pascoe originally from Batchian. I have previously recorded the species from the Northern Territory, but without quoting the original reference, which is:—Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x. (Ser. 4), 1872, p. 323, pl.-xva fig. 8. The species also occurs in Queensland (Endeavour River). The length and mandibles of the Australian speci- mens vary as described in the original ones. CERAMBYCIDAE. URACANTHUS and allied Genera. The Uracanthides formed Group xxiii. of Lacordaire (VIIT.—388), and were by him divided into two sections ; the first containing Scolecobrotus, Uracanthus, and Acthiora, and | the second Rhinophthalmus; with the latter I am not now concerned. To the first group Pascoe added Hmenica, so that at the present time it contains four genera, and these may 369 be tabulated (using their authors’ diagnostic characters) as follows :— Antennae composed of twelve joints (25) ... .-- Scolecobrotus Antennae composed of eleven joints. First joint of antennae long and thin, sides of prothorax straight Aethiora (24) First joint of normal length, sides not straight. Elytra with apices rounded (25) x. ... EHmenica Elytra with apices armed _... tA .. Uracanthus URACANTHUS GIGAS, 0. sp. -” ¢. Reddish-brown, some parts darker. Densely clothed with short ashen pubescence, denser and somewhat longer on head, prothorax (where it is slightly curly), scutellum, and sterna than elsewhere. . Head with small and large punctures intermingled on elypeus, clypeal suture partially concealed by clothing; muzzle of moderate length. Antennae with at least two joints passing elytra, fifth to tenth joints obliquely produced to one side at apex, tenth slightly shorter than ninth, and about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorax about as long as the basal width, sides bisinuate and rounded in middle; disc uneven, becoming corrugated towards sides and in front. Llytra moderately wide at base, sides regularly decreasing in width posteriorly, each widely emarginate and strongly bidentate at apex; each with three feeble but dis- tinctly elevated lines, disappearing before apex, the outer one, before shoulder; with very dense subasperate punctures oi two sizes intermingled, but the largest ones rather small. Legs long and thin, basal joint of hind tarsi almost as long as the rest combined. Length, 46-52 mm. @. Differs in being larger (66 mm.), elytra wider and less narrowed posteriorly, abdomen much larger, and legs shorter. Hab.—Queensland: Kingaroy (C. French); Western Australia: Middalyd (2) (National Museum, from T. Worr). (23) On Uracanthus triangularis and dubius the antennae are occasionally twelve-jointed. (24) Its only species, fuliginea (originally referred to Uvra- canthus), is unknown to me, as it was to Blackburn. It is fre- quently difficult to deal with Pascoe’s genera, unless their typical species are known. (25) Judging from the description and figure this is all I can find to distinguish the genus from Uracanthus, and several species of the latter genus teva the apical armature so feeble that it could almost be regarded as absent, and from some it is quite absent. (26) Possibly a temporary mining camp; the name does not appear in the latest postal guide. 370 Type (¢) in C. French’s collection; type (9), I. 5690, in South Australian Museum. ; Much larger than any previously described species of the genus; each of the three basal joints of the male tarsi has on each side of its apex an acute spine, and these may eventually be considered as of generic importance. The head, prothorax, and scutellum are darker (almost black) than the rest of the body, but no part is of a bright colour. The femora of the male are without distinctively sexual clothing. The eleventh joint of antennae is narrowed from about the apical fourth, the narrow portion appearing to start from a feeble suture. The antennae of the female are probably shorter than those of the male, but on the only one before me they are broken off almost at the base. The two males differ somewhat, the ‘(smaller) one from Western Australia having stouter antennae, the outer line of each mandible an almost even curve (on the type the polished apical portion is deflected almost at a right angle), the apical segment of its abdomen is more strongly concave (probably due to irregularity in drying), and the tarsal spines are less conspicuous. URACANTHUS INSIGNIS, 0. sp. Pl. xxxil, ee. Dark piceo-castaneous, elytra (apex and suture excepted) paler. Densely clothed (except for some conspicuously glabrous spaces) with short stramineous and white pubescence.. Head with muzzle almost twice as long as wide; clypeus with a few conspicuous punctures, rounded posteriorly, with the suture deep, triangular, and. wide in the middle. Antennae thin, not passing third abdominal segment, fifth to tenth joints rather feebly produced to one side at apex, tenth about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorax much longer than wide, base almost twice as wide as apex; glabrous portion with about twenty conspicuous corrugations, but irregular and with a small node on each side of middle. Elytra narrow, almost parallel-sided, each widely emarginate and strongly and acutely bispinose at apex, with remnants of feebly-elevated lines; with dense and minute punctures, but on basal third with rather large partially-concealed ones. : Legs thin, but not very long. Length, 30 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Narara (W. du _ Boulay).. Type, I. 5691. : The most beautiful species of the genus, with an unusually long muzzle, curious clypeal suture, and apical spines of elytra unusually far apart. The type is probably a male, although the femora are without distinctively sexual clothing. The clothing on the head is rather dense, but the 371 muzzle, sides in front of eyes, base, and under-surface are glabrous, or almost so; the prothorax is widely glabrous along middle, the pubescence on each side of the glabrous space appearing as a narrow white line; between each of these and the side the pubescence is stramineous, then there is another white line, narrow at the apex and wide at the base; the scutellum and the suture for a slight distance beyond it are glabrous, then the suture for a slight distance is clothed with white pubescence, but from about the basal third is narrowly dark-brown and glabrous (although not conspicuously so), the apex of each elytron (for a space about two-thirds as long as its width) is highly polished and much darker (the ‘spines are black); on the under-surface the clothing is white or whitish. URACANTHUS DUBIUS, DN. sp. PR xxx) fes6: 3. Piceous-brown, most of elytra somewhat paler. Densely clothed with somewhat ashen short pubescence, pro- thorax with two feeble whitish lines, middle femora with very dense suberect pubescence filling a narrow groove along under-surface, hind femora with similar but less dense clothing. Head with median line deep and well defined, but abruptly terminated near base, clypeus with small dense partially-concealed punctures, its suture deep and_ sub- triangular. Antennae extending to about one-fifth from apex of elytra, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex, tenth slightly shorter than ninth and about two-thirds the length of eleventh.’ Prothorax longer than wide, strongly transversely multi-corrugate, a series of small nodes across middle. H#lytra moderately wide at base, parallel-sided from near shoulders almost to apex, each acutely bispinose at apex, with very feebly indicated elevated lines; basal third with dense small punctures, becoming even smaller posteriorly. Length (d, @), 34-36 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, antennae distinctly shorter, and femora neither grooved nor specially clothed. Hab.—Western Australia: Eucla (C. French); South Australia: Denial Bay (Dr. Abbott), Murat Bay (E. A. King), Fowler Bay (Blackburn’s Collection, from Professor Tate). Type, I. 5482. A large dark species, which possibly should have been treated as one of the varieties of triangularis, but with sub- humeral markings moderately clothed instead of conspicuously glabrous; it is also considerably darker than that species, some- what more robust, and the smallest of the six specimens the size 372 _ of the largest of numerous ones of triangularis before me. One of the specimens was labelled as fuscocinereus in the Blackburn Collection, but it is evidently not that species, which is described as being much smaller and as having three smooth brown patches at the base of each elytron: one humeral, one median, and one sutural; markings which, if constant, should readily distinguish it from all others of the genus. It will be noticed, however, that under Variety C of triangularis a specimen is commented upon whose left side agrees with the description of fuscocinereus. The elytra are without glabrous patches, but a space behind each shoulder and the tips of the elytra are darker at the positions where, in triangularis, the derm is glabrous, but the clothing there is almost, or quite, as dense as elsewhere. On the elytra, except at the dark patches, the pubescence, to the naked eye, appears to be in numerous fine lines, this being due to very feeble elevations; no part of the prothorax is distinctly glabrous, and the oblique whitish lines of pubescence are not very con- spicuous. The tarsi, for the genus, are comparatively short. On the type male the eleventh joint of antennae is narrowed towards the apex, but the narrower portion has its outline continuous with the basal portion, and the false suture scarcely traceable. On a female in Mr. French’s Collection the apical portion is conspicuously marked off from the basal portion by a notch, and the false suture is fairly distinct ; but on a second male the right antenna (the left is unfor- tunately broken) is quite distinctly twelve-jointed, the twelfth joint being about one-third the léngth of the eleventh. (27) URACANTHUS FUSCUS, 0. sp. PLixxxii. leer 3. Dark brown. Densely clothed with short stramine- ous pubescence; middle femora with conspicuously dense clothing along under-surface, the hind ones less densely clothed. Head with median line narrow, base finely granulate, clypeal suture rather deep and semi-circular, muzzle rather short. Antennae just passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex and rather flat, eleventh joint about one-third longer than tenth. /rothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides bisinuate, disc irregularly multi- corrugate, with a small node on each side of middle. lytra not much wider than prothorax, moderately narrowed from (27)On the males of triangularis the false suture is usually fairly conspicuous, and on two specimens in the Museum the ~ antennae are distinctly twelve-jointed; on specimens of many other species also the false suture is sometimes very distinct. 373 ‘shoulders to basal third and then parallel-sided almost tc apex, suture spinose, a small notch between it and middle of apex, which is rounded; elevated lines scarcely visibly indi- eated; with very small punctures, but a few of moderate size behind shoulders. Length (d, 9), 15-24 mm. Hab.—-South Australia (old collection, Macleay Museum and Rev. A. P. Burgess), Tarcoola (C. French). Type, I. 5698. Structurally close to s¢mulans, but darker, prothorax more uniformly clothed, elytra with subhumeral markings but vaguely indicated (not at all on some specimens) and more or less clothed, and general clothing of elytra with a fine multi-lineate appearance (instead of uniform). The elytra are slightly darker near the shoulders and at the tips than elsewhere; two very feeble oblique lines of paler clothing may be traced on the prothorax of several of the specimens. The six specimens before me are all males, but their antennae vary slightly in length and thickness. The specimens from the old collection have the derm entirely of a rather pale- eastaneous, with the clothing uniformly whitish, but they were long exposed to light. URACANTHUS DISCICOLLIS, n. sp. Pi, sexu, fies, Sand 9. | 3. Reddish-brown, some parts darker. Densely but irregularly. clothed with whitish pubescence; all femora very densely clothed along middle of under-surface. Head with median line narrow, deep, and abruptly terminated, base densely granulate-punctate; clypeus convex, rounded posteriorly, subtuberculate on each side in front, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae passing elytra, joints rather thin and subcylindrical, but fifth to tenth feebly pro- duced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. VProthorax distinctly longer than wide, sides subangular in middle, transversely corrugated at apex, and somewhat uneven towards sides, glabrous portion smooth and with a few small punctures. L/ytra narrow, apices rounded with suture feebly produced, with several very feebly elevated lines; with small dense punctures about base, becoming still smaller posteriorly. Length (¢, 9Q), 11-24 mm. Q. Differs in having shorter antennae, sides of pro- thorax less angulate in middle, elytra more parallel-sided, and legs shorter, with femora much less densely clothed along under-surface. Hah.—Western Australia: Albany (R. Helms); South Australia (Rev. A. P. Burgess and Blackburn’s Collection), Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow), Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E. 374 H. Wright), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper); Victoria: Inglewood, on Melaleuca sp. (D. Best); (7?) New South Wales (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 5696. In general appearance somewhat like bivittatus and margimellus, but tips of elytra evenly rounded, and with the suture very feebly produced (scarcely spinose). Of the seven- teen specimens before me the tips are never emarginate, but they vary from a form in which each is distinctly rounded (fig. 9) to one in which the suture is slightly produced (fig. 8). The clothing is also different to the usual form of hivittatus, whose prothoracic vittae are not continuous to apex. The scutellum and suture are usually darker (some- times almost black) than the adjacent parts. There are four wide stripes of pubescence along the prothorax: one on each side of middle and one along each side, the intervening spaces are highly polished and almost (or quite) glabrous; the median glabrous space is usually, but not always, conspicu- ously dilated towards the base, the dilated space being almost oval in outline; on ten specimens it is non-corrugated and with but a few small punctures, and the base is almost with- out corrugations, but on several specimens there are some distinct ones there, but the surface gradually changes till it is almost entirely irregularly corrugated; the disc of the Albany specimen, might almost be regarded as vermiculate, with a short but distinct median line. The elytra appear te thhave three brown lines from base to apex: one sutural (common to both) and one near each side, but these lines are really due to their covering pubescence being much sparser than elsewhere. The false suture of the eleventh joint of antennae is rather distinct on some specimens and scarcely ‘traceable on others. The size is very variable. URACANTHUS PERTENUIS, N. sp. Pl. xxkn.y fest) Ovaaalm, d. Piceo-castaneous. Irregularly clothed with whitish pubescence. Head with median line very narrow, base densely granu- late-punctate; clypeus subtriangular, with a few small punctures, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae very thin, almost extending to the tip of elytra, fifth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. /Prothorax much longer than wide, base conspicuously wider than apex, sides feebly bisinuate; conspicuously multi-corrugate, but somewhat irregular about middle. //ytra at base not much wider than — prothorax, sides regularly decreasing in width to apex, where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; densely 375 and minutely punctate. /eys unusually thin; basal joint of’ hind tarsi almost as long as the rest combined. Length (do, Q@), 14-21 mm. @. Differs in having somewhat shorter antennae, with the fifth to tenth joints less produced on one side at apex,. and shorter legs with thinner tarsi. Hab. — Australia (Blackburn’s Collection) ; Western: Australia (— Unbehaun) ; South Australia: Goolwa (old col- lection); Victoria: Melbourne, on Loranthus sp. and A cacia armata (D. Best); Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). Type,. 1. 5488. A very thin species, at first glance somewhat suggestive of Stephanops, but with the muzzle of normal length. The clothing of the prothorax is somewhat as on discicollis, but the tips of the elytra are utterly different, and, in fact, the species is not very close to any other in the Museum. On the head the pubescence is dense between the eyes; on the prothorax it is condensed into four conspicuous vittae, with the intervening spaces polished and almost glabrous; on the elytra the pubescence is dense at the base on the sutural half for a short distance, but is narrowly continued along the suture, on each side the dense pubescence is rather narrow, but is somewhat dilated at about the basal third; the rest of the elytra is very sparsely clothed; as a result, to the naked: eye, the elytra appear to be conspicuously brown, with three narrow whitish lines; on the under-surface the white pub-. escence is much denser at the sides of the sterna than else- ,where. The prothorax is about twice as long as its apical width. The elytra (except for the suture and margins) are without elevated lines; their tips are unusually acutely armed, but the sutural spine varies somewhat; the outer one, how- ever, appears to be always long and acute. The males are without sexual adornment of the femora, but in addition to the differences noted above their antennae are clothed with a fringe of pubescence projecting downwards (the fringe is very fine, but is quite distinct in a good light); on the female this is represented by a few sparse setae only. URACANTHUS PARVUS, Nn. sp. Ph. wae. ies 12. 3. Piceous. Rather sparsely clothed with whitish pubescence. Head with a very narrow median line, base densely granulate-punctate ; clypeus semi-circularly rounded, with the suture deep. Antennae thin and distinctly passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at 376 rapex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Lro- thorax distinctly longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides feebly dilated shghtly nearer base than apex, with dense corrugations, somewhat irregular, across middle. Llytra slightly wider than prothorax, sides feebly decreasing in width to middle, thence parallel-sided to apex, where each is semi-circularly notched and rather acutely bispinose. Legs very thin, tibiae somewhat curved. Length, 11 mm. Hab.—Western Australia (W. du _ Boulay). Type (unique), I. 5703. The type is the smallest specimen of the genus I have seen. From the preceding species it is distinguished (apart from size) by the very different clothing (the antennae, how- ever, are very similarly fringed), prothorax wider in front, with the sides more rounded, more conspicuously multi-cor- rugate, and by the outer spine of each elytron smaller than the inner one. The clothing 1s moderately dense between the eyes, about the middle on each side of elytra, and on each side from apex of prosternum to apex of metasternum; on the base of elytra, about the middle, it 1s not quite so dense as on part of the sides, but rather denser than on the adjacent parts; the disc of the pronotum is non-vittate. The femora are without sexual adornment. The false suture of the eleventh joint of antennae is very distinct. URACANTHUS TROPICUS, Nn. Sp. Pl, xm he: Piceo-castaneous, some parts paler. Rather densely — clothed with stramineous pubescence, becoming whitish on antennae, under-surface, and legs. Head with median line deep; clypeus equilaterally triangular, punctures rather small, suture deep. Antennae extending to about fourth segment of abdomen, fourth to tenth joints feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is but little less than that of the base, sides moderately rounded in middle; middle of disc smooth and with a few small punctures, base, apex, and sides irregularly corrugated. “/ytra not much wider than pro- thorax at base, very feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose ; with small punctures and some large (but not very large) ones towards base; with remnants of vaguely elevated lines. Length, 15-16 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection). ‘Type, I. 5697. ne | ae ee ee a oe ee 2 377 A small narrow species, which differs from parallelus im being narrower, but elytra at base proportionately wider than base of prothorax, and apical spikes more acute, prothorax more conspicuously corrugated and with sparser clothing. The clothing on the dise of the prothorax is scarcely evenly distributed, but is not vittate; on each elytron there is a narrow glabrous space from the shoulder to about the basal third or half, the pubescence outside of this space being paler than that towards the suture. The middle femora of one specimen are rather more densely clothed along the middle than on the other, its front tibiae are slightly wider, and the antennae are slightly longer, these differences probably being sexual. URACANTHUS PARALLELUS, 0. sp. PR) xaxi., ise 14; ¢. Rather dark-castaneous, elytra somewhat paler. Densely clothed with stramineous pubescence; middle femora very densely clothed along middle of under-surface. Head with median line narrow and terminated some distance from base, where each is granulate-punctate ; clypeus subtriangular, with irregular punctures, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae thin, not extending to apex of elytra,,. fifth to tenth joints feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorar much longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides gently rounded in middle; near base transversely corrugated. Elytra very little wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to apex, where each is semi-circularly emarginate and acutely bispinose, each with remnants of three feeble elevations; with dense and minute punctures and some of larger size (but not very large) about basal third. Length, 18 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown. Type (unique), in National Museum (from C. French). In general appearance very close to froggatti, but pro- thorax more densely clethed, without visible transverse cor- _ rugations except about base, elytra even more parallel-sided, the tips conspicuously emarginate, bispinose, and with cloth- ing slightly sparser than elsewhere, the derm just before the tips not depressed, but evenly convex with the adjacent parts. To the naked eye the type appears to be parallel-sided throughout. The clothing on the upper-surface is almost evenly distributed, the only distinctly glabrous parts being a small spot in the middle of the pronotum and a small spot on each shoulder (the latter possibly due to abrasion). From some directions the tenth joint of antennae appears to be _ slightly longer than the eleventh. 4 * 378 URACANTHUS LATEROALBUS, 01. sp. / Pl. xxxigaoee, 15: gd. Ofa rather dark ¢astaneous. Densely clothed with stramineous and white pubescence. Head with median line narrow, deep, and terminated near base, the latter densely granulate-punctate; muzzle shorter than usual; clypeus densely punctate, suture deep, semi-circular and rather wide. Antennae moderately long, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex. Tro- thorax about one-fourth longer than wide, sides moderately rounded in middle; densely and strongly corrugated, but irregular about middie. s/ytra moderately robust, their median half almost parallel-sided, each notched at apex, with ‘the suture strongly dentate and the outer edge margining the notch subtriangular; each with several very feeble eleva- tions or remnants of same; with very dense small punctures. Legs comparatively stout. Length, 29 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River. Type (unique), I. 5695. A comparatively robust species, with stouter antennae ‘than usual, the antennae, however, are damaged, but ten joints remaining on one side and four on the other; possibly ‘exanunation of a specimen with complete antennae would indicate that it should be referred to Scolecobrotus. The “pubescence on the head is somewhat ochreous and denser between the eyes than elsewhere; on the prothorax it- is “nowhere vittate in character, but is darker on the disc than at the base, apex, and sides; on the scutellum, and on the elytra for a narrow space along the suture, the pubescence — is whitish, and on each side there is a conspicuous marginal snowy stripe throughout; from the shoulder to about the basal third the stramineous pubescence is sparser than elsewhere. so that, to the naked eye, there appears a short subglabrous stripe; the pubescence on the under-surface and legs is mostly white. | The four hind femora are densely clothed with somewhat ‘ochreous pubescence along the under-surface, and along the middle of each there is a brownish glue-like substance; it is not accidental, as it is alike on the four femora, and I have seen a similar substance, or traces of it, on the males of ‘several other species ; it is probably a secretion used for sexual attraction. ‘ URACANTHUS ALBATUS, Nn. sp. Plo xxx ic. a6: 3. Reddish-castaneous. Densely clothed with white pubescence; four hind femora with very dense subochreous 379 pubescence along middle of under-surface; three basal seg- ments of abdomen each with a conspicuous medio-apical spot of moderately long subochreous hairs. Head with a narrow median line somewhat dilated and abruptly terminated near base; clypeus with some large punctures and very minute ones, suture semi-circular and partially concealed by pubescence. Antennae extending to or slightly passing apex of elytra, fourth and fifth joints slightly, sixth to tenth acutely produced on one side at apex,, eleventh joint about one-fourth longer than tenth. Pro- thorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is considerably less than that of the base, sides subangularly produced in middle, strongly transversely corrugated, but irregular about middle. //ytra about one-fourth wider than protherax, feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; basal third with dense and coarse punctures, becoming much smaller pos- teriorly ; each with three feeble elevations, of which the outer one is rather short and scarcely traceable. Length (¢, Q), 14-25 mm. Q. Differs in having shorter antennae and legs, femora not densely clothed along under-surface (although more densely than is usual with females of the genus), and abdomen without tufts on the three basal segments. Habh.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin (C. French) ;. South Australia: Parachilna (Field Naturalists’ Expedition) ; Victoria: Mallee and Grampians (National Museum, from C. French), Dimboola, and Bacchus Marsh, on Acacia sp. (D. Best). Type, I. 5492. Fairly close to strigosus (whose male has very similar abdominal clothing), but elytral pubescence more uniform, prothorax distinctly shorter, and apical spines of elytra much more acute. The pubescence on the head and sides of sterna is denser than elsewhere; on the elytra, to the naked eye, it has a feebly lineate appearance, owing to the feebly elevated lines; on the prothorax it varies in density and disposition, on some specimens being almost uniformly distributed, with but a very small medio-basal glabrous spot, on others the spot is extended to appear as a narrow glabrous stripe; but en about half of the specimens before me the prothorax has four conspicuous vittae of pubescence, with the intervening ‘spaces shining and almost glabrous. On the specimen from _ Kellerberrin most of the elytral pubescence is stramineous; os is aahe ele ee eel two small Victorian specimens have the elytral clothing decidedly sparse. The false suture of the eleventh joint is so distinct on some specimens that their antennae appear to be almost twelve-jointed. 380 URACANTHUS LORANTHI, N. sp. Pl. xexgr ene 17; ¢. Reddish-castaneous. Irregularly clothed. Head with median line narrow and abruptly terminated before base; clypeus with very dense punctures, its suture semi-circular. Antennae distinctly passing elytra, fifth to tenth joints rather lightly produced on one side at apex, five apical joints compressed, eleventh very little’ longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is very little less than that ‘of the base, sides sub- angularly produced in middle; surface irregularly vermicu- late (in places transversely corrugate). Hlytra not much wider than prothorax, decreasing in width to basal third, thence parallel-sided almost to apex, where each is rather lightly emarginate; basal third with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming much smaller to middle, thence to apex shagreened; each with three feeble elevations. Length Cone py Lael. amo, @. Differs in having decidedly. shorter antennae, shghtly shorter legs, and somewhat wider prothorax. Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne, on Loranthus sp. (National Museum and D. Best). Type in National Museum; co-type, 1. 5693, in South Australian Museum. At first glance somewhat like acutus, but elytra with very different tips; each of these is distinctly emarginate, but the sides of the emargination vary from lightly spinose to completely unarmed. The head is moderately clothed with stramineous pubescence, the prothorax (including the sides) has four distinct vittae of similar pubescence, and along the middle a rather wide, loosely-compacted one (on some speci- mens, including the type male, appearing as two narrow vitae, or six im all); on the elytra (except about the base, where it is rather more distinct) the clothing is very short and inconspicuous; on the under-surface and legs the clothing is moderately dense. The clothing of the under-surface of the four hind femora is somewhat denser on the male than on the female, but is not conspicuously erect or suberect as on many males of the genus; the sexes, however, may be readily distinguished by the antennae, these passing the elytra in the male and not extending to their tips in the female. URACANTHUS SUTURALIS, Nn. sp. PL ikxxiL., Ges, 3. Black, im places atasgeele diluted with red. With white pubescence : under-surface of four hind femora densely clothed with moderately long ochreous pubescence. an ti 381 Head with median line very narrow; clypeus with very dense punctures of irregular sizes, suture semi-circular, both suture and punctures partially concealed by clothing. Antennae distinctly passing apex of elytra, fourth to tenth produced on one side of apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Prothorar about twice as long as the apical width, which is much less than that of the base, sides angu- larly produced in middle, surface irregular across middle, and more or less corrugated elsewhere. //ytra distinctly wider than prothorax, parallel-sided from basal third to near apex, where each is evenly rounded, with the suture strongly spinose; with subgeminate rows of moderate-sized punctures, irregular towards base and very small and not geminate posteriorly ; each with three feebly-elevated lines and traces of others. Legs rather long and thin. Length, 22 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Murat Bay (E. A. King). Type (unique), I. 5692. An almost black species, but with conspicuously white clothing ; on the elytra the pubescence appears to be in regular fine lines, with the margins more densely and evenly clothed (but the basal half of the elytra of the type is much abraded) ; on the prothorax there is a conspicuous glabrous stripe on each side, and some glabrous spots on the disc. The elytra have the tips evenly rounded, but the strongly-spinose suture readily distinguishes from sfrigosus. The eleventh joint of antennae, about one-third from apex, appears to have a fine suture, slightly notched at its upper edge, indicating an approach to the twelfth joint of Scolecobrotus more distinctly than on most species of the genus. URACANTHUS LONGICORNIS, Nn. sp. Phexexi,, fis. 269’ to 21. ¢. Bright reddish-castaneous, prothorax and scutellum somewhat darker. Densely clothed with white pubescence; hind femora shallowly grooved along under-surface, with conspicuous clothing (partly ochreous) filling the groove of each. Head with median line deep and abruptly terminated near base, which is densely granulate-punctate; clypeus with some large punctures at sides, small and dense elsewhere, suture deep, wide, and semi-circular. Antennae with at least two joints passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints triangu- larly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. /rothorar not much longer than greatest width, sides gently incurved between base and middle, and then strongly narrowed to apex, which is not much more than half the width of base; strongly transversely corrugated, 382 but somewhat irregular across middle. Llytra not much wider than prothorax, moderately narrowed to basal third, and then parallel-sided to near apex, suture strongly spinose ; about basal third with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming much smaller from about the middle; each with two or three feebly-elevated lines. Length (3, 9), 12-22 mm.. Q. Differs in having shorter antennae and legs, longer and more parallel-sided elytra, wider abdomen, and hind femora with much shorter clothing along under-surface. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection and National Museum, from C. French), Endeavour River (C. French), Cairns (EH. Allen), Type, I. 5704. One of the specimens in the National Museum was labelled by Mr. Blackburn as near acutus,; from that species, however, it differs in having the prothorax shorter, wider at the base, and much less parallel-sided, with the tips of elytra very different; each elytron has the suture strongly acute, with the space near it either very feebly notched (fig. 19) or evenly rounded (fig. 21), but on the only female before me the sutural spine is rather small and the notch distinct (fig. 20); her antennae (unfortunately broken) are evidently considerably shorter than those of the male, with the serra- tions less pronounced. In some respects it appears to approach Aposites. The clothing on the prothorax, scutel- lum, extreme base, and basal sides of elytra has a rather loose woolly appearance, on the rest of the elytra it is very short and depressed ; on some specimens, to the naked eye, a narrow marginal white stripe may be traced from the base to the apex. One of the specimens in the National Museum is labelled as from South Australia, but probably in error. URACANTHUS TRIANGULARIS, Hope. Typical form. Each elytron with a conspicuous glabrous subtriangular patch behind the shoulder, the patch margined with denser clothing (appearing lke a conspicuous irregular white line) than the adjacent parts; apex also conspicuously glabrous and acutely bispinose. Var. A. Apex of elytra not glabrous, but slightly darker than the adjacent parts, subtriangular basal vatch with clothing bounding it no denser or paler than elsewhere ; tips acutely bispinose. Length, 27-31 mm. This variety is distinguishable from some forms of simulans only by the acutely bispinose apex of each elytron. It occurs in New South Wales and Victoria (Mr. D. Best reared one specimen cf it from a species of Lomatia). 383 Var. B. Apex of elytra not glabrous, and not, or scarcely, darker than the adjacent parts; subhumeral patch on each elytron rather shorter than on typical form, partially clothed towards the base and conspicuously bordered (intern- ally and posteriorly) with paler clothing. Length, 18-29 mm. This form occurs from Victoria to Western Australia, and is fairly common in the drier parts of South Australia. The size of the subhumeral patch varies, and when long the variety is only distinguished from the typical form by the non-glabrous apices. The length and acuteness of the outer spine varies, so that on some specimens it is but little more acute than on simulans, from which, in fact, it is not always easy to distinguish specimens of the variety. Var. C. Subhumeral patches with margining clothing not conspicuously paler than elsewhere, apex of each elytron acutely bispinose and not glabrous. Length, 21-24 mm. This form has a similar range to Var. B, and is distinguished from it only by the clothing at sides of subhumeral patches. A specimen, from Onslow, in Mr. French’s collection, might be referred to this variety ; it has the subhumeral patch en the left elytron (on the right it is different, apparently owing to abrasion) partially clothed, so that it appears to be in three irregular parts, one humeral, one sutural, and the other median. But practically, judging from the descrip- tion, the only distinguishing feature of fuscocinereus was a basal patch similarly divided. URACANTHUS FUSCOCINEREUS, White. The original description of this species is insufficient for its positive identification, and it was possibly founded upon one of the numerous varieties of trangularis. Its habitat was given as “‘Australia,’’ not New South Wales, as in Masters’ Catalogue. URACANTHUS SIMULANS, Pasc. Pl. xxxu. fig. 22. A specimen from the Blackburn Collection, labelle@ as simulans, is 15 lines in length, another from Ouldea is 14, the smallest in the Museum (from Beverley) is but 8; but the average is much the same as that of the types (10-11 lines). There are several closely-allied species from which it may be distinguished by each elytron acutely spinose at the sutural apex and not elsewhere, and clothing immediately behind glabrous elytral patches not denser than elsewhere. On the 384 aisc of the prothorax the transverse corrugations are some- times scarcely or not at all traceable across the middle; but on other specimens they are quite as strong there as elsewhere. Hab.—South Australia: Parachilna, Renmark, Ouldea; Western Australia: Beverley, Mullewa, Geraldton. URACANTHUS STRIGOSUS, Pasc. Pl, xxx, figs. eo 25. According to Pascoe, readily distinguished by its fulvous- grey hairy stripes, with naked intervals. A specimen from Victoria (the type was from New South Wales), labelled by Blackburn as strigosus, has four hairy lines on each elytron, with the intervals subglabrous; on the prothorax also the clothing has a sublineate appearance. A specimen from Birchip has the lineate appearance much less defined, the elytral clothing being almost uniform, except that on the extreme margins it is denser; but on the prothorax three almost glabrous lines are very conspicuous. A specimen, taken from a wattle tree at Ropes Creek, differs in being narrower and smaller (8 lines), with the prothorax somewhat narrower, with the lateral nodes more prominent, and with the three glabrous lines very conspicuously occupying most of the surface, and elytra with but two conspicuous hairy lines, although the others are traceable; its four hind femora are very densely clothed on the under-surface, this being a masculine feature; each of the three basal segments of its abdomen has a small medio-apical spot of conspicuosly different clothing to the adjacent parts (this also being a male character). The apical spines (fig. 24) are more acute than usual. Another specimen, from Tarcocla, belonging to Mr. French, agrees with the Ropes Creek one, except that it is slightly larger and with the apical spines of elytra (fig. 25) smaller and closer together. URACANTHUS MARGINELLUS, Hope. PY. -xxxi1.; figs. 26 and 27: A specimen from the Blackburn Collection, and bearing his fame label as marginellus, may possibly be that species; but the elytra are obliquely emarginate at apex, with the ends of the emarginations rounded off and not at all spinose (fig. 26); it was without locality label. Some other speci- mens from South Australia agree with it, others have the emargination even less pronounced, and on one there is a short inner spine (fig. 27). It is not always easy to dis- tinguish this form from hivittatus, whose outer elytral spines (figs. 29 and 30) are often very blunt. 385 URACANTHUS PALLENS, Hope. Ply xxxiy, fio. 28. The original description of this species (excluding size, which in the genus is very variable) would fit several species, but as it was from Tasmania it is probable that a specimen from the Blackburn Collection (bearing a label that is similar to that of many Tasmanian specimens in his collection) may belong to it. This specimen is close to semulans, but the spines at the tips of its elytra (fig. 28) are somewhat different to those (fig. 22) of that species. URACANTHUS BIVITTATUS, Newm. Pi. xxxii., figs: 29 and 30. A fairly common species in New South Wales and South Australia. On some specimens the lines of clothing on the pronotum are continuous to the apex and closer together than on the typical form; but this may be sexual. 7 URACANTHUS FROGGATTI, Blackb. This species was described as having the apex ‘“‘of elytra truncate and devoid of spines,’’ but not correctly so, as two eo-types in the Museum have the tips of elytra densely clothed with snowy pubescence, concealing their real sculp- ture; the tips themselves are emarginate, with the sides of the emargination lightly spinose, or at least acute; the elytra just before the tips are each conspicuously semi-circularly depressed. Appended is a table of the species known to me:— A. Elytra conspicuously glabrous at apex and not behind shoulders _... ... mMsiqnis AA. Elytra conspicuously glabrous at apex and behind shoulders — ... Ee wae ... triangularis AAA. Elytra with post-humer al “(not longitudinal) [ (typical) markings only. a. Each elytron unispinose. b. Post-humeral markings glabrous (at least in part) 44 i af i me ... simulans hb. Post-humeral markings not glabrous ... ... fuseus (in part) aa. eamie elytron bispinose. ‘, With glabrous lines from post-humeral markings glabrilineatus cc. Without such lines d. Post-humeral markings not glabrous ... ... dubrus si Post-humeral markings glabrous. e. Spines comparatively close together ... pallens(?) ee. Spines distant . .. triangularis _AAAA. Elytra with longitudinal ‘markings © or uni- [ (varieties) formly clothed. B. Prothorax not distinctly longer than basal width gigas BB. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide. C. Elvytral clothing condensed into numerous small : fascicles... shi * Bo aye ... eryptophagus N 386 CC. Elytral clothing not so condensed. D. Each elytron produced only in middle of apex DD. Tips of elytra not as in D. E. Elytra unarmed. f. Pronotum binodose in middle ff. Pronotum not binodose in middle EE. Elytra armed, or at least distinctly emarginate. F. Prothorax without transverse corruga- tions ; FF. Prothorax w ih transverse pation G. A conspicuous transverse depression near tip of each elytron GG. Without such depressions. H. Tips of elytra not notched, suture acutely produced. q. Three basal segments of abdomen of male each with a fascicle ... gg. Abdomen non-fasciculate. h. Derm black ie Derm not black. }. Prothorax vittate Prothorax non-vittate HH. Tip of each elytron notched, and usually bispinose. I. With large punctures towards base of elytra. j. Three basal segments of abdomen of male each with a fascicle. Elytral clothing conspicuously vittate ae Elytral clothing uniform Abdomen non-fasciculate. a Base of prothorax very little wider than apex : ll. Base much wider than apex . II. With no large punctures on elytra J. Prothoracic clothing more or less vittate. m. Outside of apical notch very acutely armed but mm. Outside less acutely armed than suture mmm. Outside rounded JJ. Prothoracic clothing non- vittate. Kk. Prothoracic corrugations not continued across middle on whole of basal half. Margins of elytra with paler clothing than dise : nn. Margins with oe as on dise ih i KK. Prothoracic cor rage tions continued across middle of basal half. acutius mermis discicollis (Gin [ part) maleficus froggatti ventralis suturalis [part) discicollis (in longicornis Gn [ part) strigosus albatus loranthi longicornis (Gn [ part) pertenuis bivittatus marginellus tropicus parallelus 387 L. Margins of elytra with con- spicuous white clothing throughout ? 39 33 33 >9 Figs. 39 >? 37 to 42. 43 and 44. 45. 46 and 47. 48 and 49. 50. 51. ‘ 52 and 53. 54and 55. 56. YE 58 and 59. 60. 61. 62. SH & BReSsd 435 PLATE XXXII. (Details of species of Bolboceras.) armigerum, Macl., front view oi clypeus. variolicolle, Lea, front view ot clypeus. insigne, Lea, front view of clypeus. trifoveicolle, Lea, front view of clypeus. quinquecorne, Lea, front view of clypeus. dacoderum, Lea, front view of clypeus. taurus, Westw., front view of clypeus. contextum, Lea, front view of clypeus. pentagonicum, Lea, front view of clypeus. bY by Oe be by Lea, front view of clypeus of cephalic horns. pentagonicum, Lea, back view of clypeus ocular canthi, bainbridgei, Westw., head from above. be) > the side. PratvE XXXIV.(34) proboscideum, Schreib, produced front of head. hoplocephalum, Lea, front view of clypeus. and and Westw., head and prothorax from 63 ta 70. Leptops duponti, Boi., variations, principally in size, of common form. of the South Australian Museum. 71 to 73. Ee # Boi., var. interioris, Blackb. 74. ae ez Boi., common form with pec- toral armature (slight pro- jection in front of front legs) showing. 75. os a Bo... large specimen inter- mediate between common form and interioris. 76. ne . es Boi., var. obsoletus, Lea. 77 and 78. Me , Boi., var., carinatus, Lea. Prate XXXV. 79 to 86. Leptops nitidiventris, Lea. 87 to 89. 5 pilulifer, Lea. 90. a i amplipennis, Lea. 9land 92. os muricatus, Pasce. 93 and 94. om pilulifer, Lea, varieties. Prare XXXVI. 9 to 97. Leptops biordinatus, Blackh. 98 to 104. , ie var. raucus. Blackh. 105 to 110. es gravis, Blackh. (54) Plates xxxiv. to xxxix. are from photographs by Mr. H. Hale, 436 Puatr XXXVII. Figs. 111 to 122. Leptops areolatus, Blackb. (fig. 112 type of species; fig. 111 type of var. rudis, Lea; fig. 114 type of var. frenchi, Lea). » L123 to 126. » « brown, Gea. Pirate XXXVITI. Figs. 127 to 132. Leptops contrarius, Blackhb. 5) eee A acerbus, Pasc. (?) 5, \ Lone a Ff se ay Pasc. ) oo ue, LOT: a colossus, Pasc. 55 eS PaO AT 40s At echidna, W. S. Macl. (fig. 139 co-type | of planicollis, Blackb.). 3 aed 149, + hercules, Lea. PruatE XXXIX. Figs. 143 to 145. Leptops elongatus, Lea (fig. 144 type, figs. 143 and 145 described varieties). 5, J46° to. 148. ne parvicornis, Lea. » 149and 150. x nitidicollis, Lea. a toto 153: us duboulayi, Pasc. », Lotiand 155. 4 cacozelus, Lea. 156 to 158. a ferus, Pasc. (the real tribulus, Fab.). 9) 437 ADDITIONS TO THE FISH-FAUNA OF LORD HOWE ISLAND. No. 5.0) By Atitan R. McCvtiocn, Zoologist, Australian Museum, and Epear R. Waite, F.L.S., Director, South Australian Museum. [Contribution from the Australian and South Australian Miuseum s.] [Read September 14, 1916.] Praves XL. to XLITTI. Since the “Catalogue of the Fishes of Lord Howe Island” was published,'?) a number of new and otherwise interesting species have been forwarded by residents of the island. Some of these are dealt with in the following pages, together with a small collection which was recently obtained for the South Australian Museum by Mr. A. M. Lea during a col- lecting expedition to Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands. We have also again examined some specimens of which the earlier identifications appeared incorrect, and submit additional notes upon them. Much of this material has been forwarded at intervals to the Australian Museum by Mrs. Thomas Nichols, who has contributed so much to our knowledge of the island fauna. Other striking species were secured by Mr. P. R. Pedley, who is also interesting himself in the fauna of the island. Family LEPTOCEPHALIDAE. Genus CoNGERMURAENA, Kaup. Congermuraena, Kaup.: Cat. Apod. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1856, p. 108 (C. habenatus, Richardson); Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiii., 1898, p. 284. This genus apparently differs from Leptocephalus only in having granular instead of sharp vomerine teeth, and in having the muciferous system of the head rather more deve- loped. The dorsal fin originates well forward above ‘the head or just behind the vertical of the pectoral fin, but this con- dition is not a generic character, since the fin commences equally far forward in some species of Leptocephalus. (1) For No. 4 see Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., pt. 3, 1904, p. 135. (2) Waite: loc. cit., p. 187. 438 CONGERMURAENA HOWENSIS, Nl. sp. Pl. xl. fig. 2. Congermuraena mellissi, Ogilby: Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, p. 72 (not C. mellissii, Giinther). Congrellus gilberti, Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxul., 1898, p. 288 (part, Lord Howe Island _ specimens) ; Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 189. Head 1°5-1°6 in the trunk. Head and trunk 1°2-1°4 in the tail. Eye 1°3-1°4 in the snout, and 4°9-5°7 in the head. Snout 3°4-4°3, pectoral 3°0-3°3, and depth of body 2°7-3°2 in the head. Body somewhat compressed, the head and trunk shorter than the tail. Head large, conically pointed anteriorly. Snout longer than the eye, and projecting beyond the lower jaw. Eyes large, separated by a narrow interorbital space. Gape of mouth extending backward almost to below the middle of the eye, with distinct but not fleshy lips. Anterior nostril in a short tube near the margin of the mouth; snout with large open pores with raised margins. A series of widely- spaced pores crosses the upper-surface of the head behind the eyes to beyond the angle of the mouth, where it divides, one branch following the upper lip while ‘the other extends along the mandible: a second series crosses the nape and curves downward behind the preopercular portion of the head. Teeth.—Premaxillary teeth acicular, slender, and acute, and arranged in several rows. Maxillary teeth similar, in three or four rows anteriorly, becoming uniserial posteriorly. Anterior vomerine teeth acicular, becoming granular on the shaft, where they are arranged in two or three irregular rows; they do not extend backward to the vertical of the anterior - margin of the eye. Mandibular teeth acicular, in several rows anteriorly, becoming uniserial posteriorly; the inner ones aré smaller, stouter, and more granular than the others. Fins.—Dorsal commencing well in front of the gill- opening. Pectoral slender, with about fourteen rays, the upper of which are longest. Lateral line commencing on the operculum, slightly arched anteriorly, thence gradually descending to the median line of the body. Colour.—Brown in alcohol, light-olive in formaline. Head with distinct darker cross-bands; the first covers the snout, but leaves the nostrils and larger pores and the lips white; the second crosses the interorbital space and forms a dark patch beneath the eye; the third extends across the nape and preopercular portion of the head; and the fourth crosses the neck and opercles. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins with narrow black borders. res 439 Described from three specimens 143, 283, and 347 mm. long: the smaller, being preserved in formaline and exhibit- ing characters not shown in the larger spirit specimens, is figured. They apparently differ from all described species of Congermuraena in having the dorsal fin originating over the operculum. Loc.—Lord Howe Island. Family LABRACOGLOSSIDAE. Genus LABRACOGLOSSA, Peters. LABRACOGLOSSA NITIDA, N. sp. Bl... xh y fies od, Meme G-te A. a. (23-24; P. 21-22; V. i. 5; C. 17; i. Jat. 72-75; L. tr. 10-11, 19. Depth 3°3 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3°9 in the same. Eye slightly longer than: the snout, 4°0 in the head. Interorbital width greater than the diameter of the eye, equal to that of the orbit and 3:2 in the head. Median dorsal spines subequal to the anterior dorsal and anal spines, 2°4 in the head. Body fusiform, moderately compressed, the upper and lower profiles almost equally convex. Snout rather obtuse ; nostrils close together, small, sublateral, placed near the orbital margin. Eye partly covered by a thick adipose hd, situated in the anterior half of the head. Mouth oblique, the maxillary reaching back to below the anterior portion of the pupil. Preorbital narrow, entire, not covering the maxillary. Preoperculum broadly rounded, the surface of its border striated, the striae forming fine crenulations on its margin. Operculum with a very small spine. Teeth.—A single row of short conical teeth in the upper jaw, behind which is a band of microscopic ones anteriorly on each side of the symphysis. Mandible with a band of minute teeth anteriorly, merging into a single series of small stout teeth on the sides. A large patch of microscopic teeth covers the head of the vomer, from each side of which a narrow band extends backward on the palatines ; commencing evenly with the termination of the latter is a very broad, elongate band on each mesopterygoid. Tongue largely covered by a broad patch of similar teeth. Gill-rakers long and slender, about twenty-six on the lower limb of the first arch ; the longest two-thirds as long as the snout. Scales cover the greater part of the head, extending for- ward to the nostrils: they are present on the cheeks, opercles, and lower iaw, and a few occur on the maxillary. Body covered with rather small, ctenoid scales, which have broad : 440 rough margins, and their exposed surfaces coarsely striate. They form a low sheath at the base of the spinous dorsal, and cover the membranes of the soft dorsal and anal; they also extend over the basal half of the caudal, and portion of the pectoral. Lateral line scarcely arched, formed of simple tubercles, which extend on to the caudal base. Fins.—Dorsal commencing well behind the vertical of the ventral. Its spines are slender, and increase rapidly in length to the fifth, after which they become slightly shorter to the last: the dorsal rays decrease regularly in length backward. Anal commencing beneath the third dorsal ray; its spines increase in length backward, the third being two-thirds as long as the first ray; soft anal similar in form to the dorsal. Caudal deeply forked. Fifth upper pectoral ray longest. Ventrals not nearly reaching the vent. Colour.—After long preservation in formaline, the general colour is brown above, lighter below. A light-coloured area commences above the shoulder and extends backward to the caudal fin, and covers the greater part of the back above ~ the lateral line. Jt is defined anteriorly and below by a dark-bluish area, which commences behind the eye. Dorsal and anal fins dusky, the latter with a light edge. An ill- defined dark spot at the base of the pectoral. Described from five specimens, 134-154 mm. long measured from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays. They differ from L. argenteiventris, Peters, in having smaller scales and ten instead of eleven dorsal spines. Loc.—Four of the specimens were collected for the Aus- tralian Museum by Mrs. T. Nichols at Lord Howe Island. The other was secured at Norfolk Island by Mr. George E. Nobbs. Family LUTIANIDAE. Genus ParacaEsio, Bleeker. PARACAESIO PEDLEYI, Nn. sp. Plexi D. gee 10)5 Am 8s Poe aig We igor C17 as ee elaine L. tr., from first dorsal spine, 10, 1, 20. Head 3°6, and depth of body 2°9 in the length to the hypural joint. Eyé almost as long as the snout, 1°5 in the interorbital space, and 4°0 in the head. Interorbital space 2°5, snout 3°6, and depth of caudal peduncle 3°0 in the head. Third dorsal spine 1°4 in the head, and, 1°3 longer than the last. Penultimate dorsal ray 2°0, third anal spine 3°3, and penultimate anal ray 2°] in the head. Pectoral 0°1 longer than the head. OE EE EE Ee 44] Body moderately elongate, compressed, the dorsal and anal profiles almost evenly rounded. Head tumid, the inter- orbital space high and arched. Eye a little above the middle line of the head. Maxillary reaching backward to below the anterior portion of the eye, only partly covered by the pre- orbital, which is entire and not so broad as the maxillary. Preopercular margin sinuous but not serrated, the hinder limb subvertical, the angle rounded. Operculum with a flat spine. Nostrils minute, close together, midway between the anterior margin of the eye and the tip of the snout. Teeth.—Premaxillaries with several short stout canines anteriorly and on the sides, which are followed by a narrow band of villiform teeth. Mandible with a few canines anteriorly and a band of villiform teeth. Vomer with a small patch of villiform teeth: similar teeth are also present on the anterior portions of the palatines. Tongue smooth. Scales cycloid, of moderate size, largest on the anterior portion of the sides. They extend forward on the upper surface of the head to above the anterior portion of the eye; thence they are defined by a series curving backward to the suprascapular, which is covered with small muciferous canals. “Some large scales are placed on the sides of the nape and are connected with those on the cheeks and opercles. Seven rows on the cheeks, leaving a broad area on the limb of the preoperculum naked. All the rest of the head naked, the skin on the snout and upper part of the head pitted with minute pores. Small scales cover the base of the pectoral fin and a large part of the caudal, but they are not present on the membrane of the dorsal and anal. fins. Lateral line but little arched, extending on to the middle of the caudal peduncle, and consisting of simple tubules. /’ins.—Dorsal originating slightly behind the vertical of the ventrals; the third spine is the longest, and with these on each side of it forms an elevated lobe; the posterior spines are subequal in length and scarcely shorter than the first rays; the rays increase in length backward to the second last. Anal originating below the anterior part of the soft dorsal and terminating a little behind it; the first spine is short, the second and third subequal and as long as the anterior rays. Pectoral falcate, reaching to the vertical of the first anal spine. Caudal strongly forked. (olour.—General colour cerulean-blue and lemon-yellow. The yellow colour covers the tail and greater portion of the caudal peduncle, and extends forward on the supralateral por- tion of the body to a point in advance of the origin of the dorsal. The anterior part of the body is blue, and this colour extends backward along the back below the dorsal fin, and 442 on the side to the lower base of the caudal. Abdominal sur- face silver shot with blue. Head dark above, light-blue on the cheeks and opercles. A dark band crosses the body between the middle of the spinous dorsal and the abdomen, which consists largely of the very broad blackish margins to the scales. Spinous dorsal dark, the membrane between its fourth and ninth spines being almost black; soft dorsal dusky anteriorly, becoming lighter backwards. Anal hyaline-blue, pectorals hyaline, ventrals bluish-white basally, the rays becoming blackish towards the tips. Described and figured from a specimen 336 mm. long from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays. It was collected by Mr. P. R. Pedley, to whom the Trustees of the Austrahan Museum are indebted for many valuable specimens. This species has the general characteristics of P. vanthurus, Bleeker,@) but may be at once distinguished by the form of the spinous dorsal and by the distribution of its colours. Family KYPHOSIDAE. Genus Kypuosus, Lacépéde. KypHosus Fuscus (Lacépede), Giinther. aig a fuscus, Giinther: Jour. Mus. Godeff., ii., 1873, Pp. ° Four specimens are preserved in the Australian Museum from Lord Howe Island and two from Norfolk Island. One of the latter is an incipient albino, being of a light-yellow colour instead of dark-brown, with darker yellow stripes along each row of scales. It is perhaps identical with the ““Guinea- fish” of Lord Howe Isiand, which has been very rarely observed. (4) Family SCORPIDIDAE. Genus ATyPiceTuHys, Giinther. ATYPICHTHYS .LATUS, Ni. sp. Pies sl eeaoe 3. De xii-xil, T4-o: AY ine 13tlos” Pe b= 2 ve Coat Scales in 70-75 rows between the suprascapular and the hypural joint; 12-15 scales between the lateral line and the middle of the spinous dorsal, excluding the dorsal sheath. Depth 2°04-2'1 in the length to the hypural joint ; head 3°2-3°4 in the same. Eye longer than the snout, 2°5-2°8 in the head. Snout 1°2-1°5 in the eye, and 3°5-4°0 in the head ; its length 1 1s (3) Bleslar Res. F aun. Madabase ‘ar’, Pdiss.; 1878, p. 37, pie (4) Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v. 3, 1904, p. 167, 443 a little less than the interorbital width, which is 2°9-3°5 in the head. Fifth dorsal spine 1°6-1°8, and second anal spine 1°8-2°1 in the head. Colour.—Yellow, with six broad longitudinal brown stripes on the body; on the upper half these are much broader than the light imterspaces, and in large specimens the three upper ones may each be divided into two. Head with similar stripes, most of which do not connect with those of the body, being separated from them by a lght transverse bar on each side of the nape. This species is very similar to 4. strigatus, Giinther, but is deeper, and has usually twelve instead of eleven dorsal. spines. The stripes on the body are broader, and an extra one is developed in A. latws, while they are not all connected with those of the head, as in 4. strigatus. In all other details, the two species are very similar. j This definition is drawn up from four specimens in the Australian Museum collection, 105-218 mm. long from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays. A specimen 212 mm. in length is selected as the type. Loc.—The two smaller examples, including that figured, were obtained at Norfolk Island, where Mr. Lea also took specimens, while seven larger ones were secured at Lord Howe Island, together with examples of A. strigatus. ScorPIS vIoLAcEuS, Hutton. Hard-bellied Blue Fish. Ditrema violacea, Hutton: Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., v., 1873, p- 261, pl. vii., fig 31b ’ Scorpis aequipinnis, Ogilby: Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, See eeeuoe: se roc. .luimn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), i1., 1887, eee wmice: ) brans. N.. Zeal. Inst., xlii., 1910, p. asl (not of Richardson). ° Caesiosoma aequipintis, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pp. 167, 206. An examination of a series of specimens of Scorpis shows that several well-differentiated species have been united under the name S. dequipinnis. Richardson’s species has very small scales, there being more than 100 series above the lateral line, and it is confined to South and South-western Australia. The New South Wales form is S. lineolata, Kner., while specimens from Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island are apparently referable to S. violaceus. Larger specimens of the last-named species are readily distinguished from those of S. lineolata, by their much more convex interorbital area and their smaller eye, while seven specimens have x. 27-29 spines and rays in the dorsal fin, and i. 25-27 in the anal. 444 Family POMACENTRIDAE. Genus GLypHIsopon, Lacépede. GLYPHISODON sorpDIDUS, Forskal. Pl, ‘xige oe Chaetodon sordidus, Forskal: Deser. Anim., 1775, p. 62. Glyphidodon leucopleura, Day: Fish. India, 1877, p. 385, pls lxxxinpene, 4 Glyphidodon sordidus, Waite: Mem. Austr. Mus., i11., pt. 3 1897, p. 122. D. xi; 16 5 A. 1.) Tot Pe Vs as ey eee Tee ae, PTA. Twenty eight scales between the operculum and the hypural joint, and three and a half between the back and the lateral line below the median dorsal spines. Body short and deep, narrower in the young, its depth 1°6-1°8 in the length to the hypural joint; head 2°6-2°8 in the same. Eye 2°5-3°3 in the head. Fifth dorsal spine 1°7-1°9, fourth dorsal ray 1°4-1°7 in the head. Body with five dark cross-bands, which are broader than the interspaces between them. The first is indistinct, and crosses the back before the dorsal fin. The second and third descend from a large black blotch on the dorsal fin which covers the membrane between the second and seventh spines; these bands are darker than the others, and may be coalescent on the back. The fourth band is placed below the tenth to twelfth spines, and the fifth below the anterior rays. A large, rounded, black spot on the upper anterior portion of the caudal peduncle extends forward a little below the posterior dorsal rays. Upper base of the pectoral fin with a distinct black spot. Outer ventral ray dusky, as is the anterior por- tion of the soft dorsal and the greater part of the anal. The above definition is based on three specimens 34, 45, and 74 mm. long, the largest of which is figured. They are apparently identical with G. sordidus, Forskal, having the body short and deep, with 33 series of supralateral scales, and a striking black spot on the caudal peduncle, features which are characteristic of that species. Synonymy.—A critical comparison of these specimens with b one of the types of G. lewcopleura, Day, which is preserved in the Australian Museum, convinces us that they are identical with that species also. Day’s example is only 36 mm. long, and is in very bad condition, but sufficient of its characters are retained to leave no doubt of its authenticity; it agrees much better with his description than with his figure, how- — ever, and suggests the latter is inaccurate in both the form of its fins and the disposition of its colour-marking. Day has described a ‘‘dark, almost black, band from the first half of i 4% ‘ } 445 the dorsal fin descending to the ventral,’’ but this is appar- ently formed of the second and third bands, which, as our specimens show, are sometimes partly united and darker than the others. Loc.—Our smallest example (34 mm.) was collected in a rock-pool at Lord Howe Island. Mr. Lea obtained seven specimens at Norfolk Island. Another (45 mm.) was secured at Funafuti, Ellice Group. Two others, including the largest figured specimen (74 mm.) were obtained in the New Hebrides. Family LABRIDAE. Genus THALASSOMA, Swainson. THALASSOMA PURPUREUM, Forskal. Julis trilobata, Ogilby: Mem. Austr. Mus., ii., 1889, p. 68; Thalassoma trilobatum, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pp. 171, 209 (not Labrus trilobatus, Lacépeéde). Julis purpurea (Forskal), Giinther: Jour. Mus. Godeff., xvi. (Fische der Sudsee, viii.), 1909, p. 272, pl. cxlix., fig. a; Thalassoma purpureum, Jordan and Evermann: Bull. UT. S. "Fish. Comm., xxili., 1, 1905, p. 295. Julis umbrostigma (Riippell), Giinther: loc. cit., p. 294, pl. exlix., fig. b; Thalassoma umbrostiqma, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., eto. 41, Jordan and Hvermann: loc. cit.,. p. 300, fig. 129 The fishes recorded by Ogilby and Waite from Lord Howe Island as 7. trilobatum are properly referable to 7. purpureum. Labrus trilobatus, Lacépede, is regarded as synonymous with L. fuscus, Lacépéde, by Jordan and Ever- mann, which differs from 7. purpurewm in having no scarlet markings on the head. The identity of 7. uwmbrostigma and T. purpureum has been suggested by both Klunzinger and Giinther, while Waite has shown that they are merely growth stages of the one species. T. purpureum is abundant on the reefs at Lord Howe Island, while a Norfolk Island example is preserved in the Australian Museum. Family CHEILODACTYLIDAE. Genus CHEILODACTYLUS, Lacépeéde. Subgenus Goniistivus, Gill. CHEILODACTYLUS (GONIISTIUS) EPHIPPIUM, n. sp. Fil. xlin.;) fig. 2. D. xvii. 32-33; A. 1. 8; P. 8, 5-6; oe. di Lela 62-64; L. tr. 9,1, 19. (5) It has been incorrectly recorded as G. brounriggu, Waite: Prelim. Rept. Thetis Exped., 1898, p. 61. 446 Supralateral scales 74. Depth of body 2°7-2°9 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3°1-3°4 in the same. Eye much shorter than the snout, slightly broader than the inter- orbital space, and 4°2 in the head. Fourth dorsal spine 2°5-2°6, second dorsal ray 2°9-3°08, second anal ray, 1°5-1°6, and longest pectoral ray 1°2-1°3 in the head. Body compressed, elevated anteriorly. Profile from the snout to the back very oblique, slightly convex on the snout ; the nape obtusely keeled. A bony tubercle is present on each side of the snout anteriorly, and another larger one is placed before each eye. Orbit defined above by a granular ridge, and by four granular ossicles which encircle the posterior and inferior margins of the eye. WNostrils large, close together, the anterior with fimbriate margins. Lips very thick, the upper overhanging the lower. Maxillary narrow, extending backward to below the nostrils. Preorbital and preoperculum entire; operculum with a small flat spine. A band of small, cardiform, depressible teeth in each jaw; palate toothless. Body covered with moderately large scales, the exposed sur- faces of which are minutely granular. They form sheaths at the bases of the dorsal and anal fins, and extend on to the caudal and pectoral fins. They are very small on the head and breast, and extend forward to between the nostrils on the upper-surface of the head. Lateral line slightly arched, ex- tending over the upper part of the caudal peduncle to the middle of the caudal fin; it is formed of simple tubules placed on small scales, which are intercalated with the others. Fins..—Dorsal originating above the operculum; the spines increase rapidly in length to the fourth, whence they decrease evenly backward, leaving the margin of the fin not or scarcely excavate. The anterior rays are much longer than the last spine; the others decrease regularly backward to the last. Anal short, falcate, its hinder margin incised. Longest simple pectoral ray not greatly produced, not reaching so far back as the adpressed ventrals, which reach nearly or quite to the vent. Caudal forked. Colour.—Light-brown in formaline with oblique darker cross-bands. An indefinite dark bar extends from the nape to behind the operculum; a second broad band extends obliquely backward from the anterior third of the spinous dorsal to the middle of the side; a third covers the greater part of the remainder of the back, and encloses three large light spots below the soft dorsal. A blackish mark surrounds the eye and extends forward on to the snout; sides of head with dark reticulating lines enclosing lighter spots. Breast and caudal fin with some very indefinite greyish ocelli. Spinous dorsal blackish, the soft portion with a median lighter 447 band. Anal, pectorals, and ventrals blackish, hghter in the larger specimen. Described from two specimens 290 and 348 mm. long from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays, the smaller of which is figured and is selected as the type. They are closely allied to several of the species of Cheiodactylus which have more than thirty dorsal rays, but the disposition of their colour-marking distinguishes them from all. Loc.—The larger example was obtained at Lord Howe Island by Mrs. T. Nichols, while the other was secured by Mr. E. Allen at Norfolk Island. Family AMMODYTIDAE. Genus BLEEKERIA, Giinther. Bleekeria, Giinther: Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862, p. 387 Ti, Louolems, Gunther); Jordan: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., =xx.,, 1906, p: 716. This genus apparently differs from Ammodytes only in having no free longitudinal fold of skin along each side of the ventral surface. A critical comparison of the specimen described below with European examples of A. tobianus, Linnaeus, fails to reveal any other generic differences. BLEEKERIA VAGA, Nh. Sp. Phi xbi., fo Pee os Po lO C15; Li: lat. 107 +5 ; Li tr. fm; 1, 48: Head, from the premaxillary symphysis to the end of the opercular lobe, 4°3 in the length to the hypural joint. Depth of the body 271 in the head. Eye a little wider than the bony interorbital width, half as long as the snout, and 6°8 in the head. Pectoral fin 2°5, fourth dorsal ray 4°5, and third anal ray 3°2 in the head. Body subevlindrical, a little compressed, thickest in the middle of its length and tapering at each end. Snout pointed, the mandible projecting and conical anteriorly. Maxillary reaching to below the anterior margin of the eye, pointed behind, and entireiy hidden by the preorbital. Lips broad. Nostrils minute simple openings, supero-lateral. Eye, with a well-developed adipose lid. Angles of the preoper- culum and operculum expanded into broad lobes, which are produced backwards. Head naked, with a subcutaneous muciferous system opening into minute pores, which are largest on the limb of the preoperculum. Jaws and palate without teeth; a large bony knob at the symphysis of the premaxillaries, and a smaller one on the mandible. Gill- openings very wide, the membranes free from the isthmus, 448 and the sht between them extending forward to below the eye. No longitudinal skin-fold on the side of the abdomen. A skinny, pointed lobe behind the operculum above the base of the pectoral: vent well behind the middle of the body, with a rounded flap covering the urinogenital orifice. Scales:—Body covered with scales, which are largely rudimentary and enveloped in skin-folds extending obliquely across the body. A longitudinal row at the base of the dorsal fin-is differentiated from the following two or three between it and the lateral line; the row directly above the lateral line is marked with a vertical tubule on each scale posteriorly, but the tubules become small and interrupted, and finally disappear anteriorly. Scales of the sides completely enveloped in the skin-folds, those of the ventral surface free. Scales cover the base of the caudal fin and extend up between the rays. Lateral line formed of simple tubes extending over 107 scales, subparallel with the back for the greater part of its length, and terminating on the upper part of the caudal peduncle. Fins.—Dorsal and anal fins placed in shallow grooves. Dorsal originating behind the base of the pectoral and formed of slender, subequal rays, most of which are bifurcate; the third and fourth are higher than those immediately following them, but the succeeding ones gradually increase in length again. Anal originating about midway between the base of the pectoral and the end of the caudal fin, and terminating well behind the end of the dorsal; its third ray is the longest, the next two or three decrease rapidly, and succeeding ones become gradually shorter. Pectoral pointed, the fourth upper ray longest; it can be received into a depression in the side when adpressed. Caudal deeply forked. Colour.—Uniform sandy-yellow in formaline, the opercles blackish. Described and figured from a specimen 166 mm. long. It is closely allied to B. gilli, Bean, and may be identical with that species, but has 112 instead of 97 scales between - the origin of the lateral line and the hypural joint, and », 1, 18 across the middle of the body instead of 3, 14 trans- verse rows. | Loc.—Lord Howe Island; collected for the Trustees of the Australian Museum by Mrs. Thomas Nichols. The habitat of B. gilli is unknown, but the specimens on which the species was founded were supposed to have been collected in the Pacific by Dr. Stimpson. ————— ——— SO (6) Bean: Proc. U.S. Nat.. Mus:, xvii., 1895, p. 629. ge ee ae LT 449 Family BLENNIIDAE. \ Genus Giiiias, Evermann and Marsh. Gillias, Evermann and Marsh: Rept. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxv., 1899, p. 357 (G. jordami, Everm. and Marsh). This genus is usually regarded as synonymous with Tripterygion, Risso, but it apparently differs in having the head more or less scaly, while scales cover the abdomen and breast. GILLIAS SQUAMICEPS, Nn. sp. Pl. xli., fig 1. Tripterygion nigripenne, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., pt. 3, 1904, pp. 182, 224 (not T. nigripenne, Cuv. and Val.). Beemer tet A! 29-23: Pi 8-947-8 V2: C. 138; L. lat. 21-24; Scales 34-36; L. tr. 24, 1, 7. } Head 2°9-3°4 in the length to the hypural joint. Eye longer than the snout, 3°1-3°3 in the head. Snout 1°1-1°2 in the eye. Depth 1°5-1°7 in the head. Body elongate, tapering from the head to the caudal peduncle. Head pointed anteriorly, subcylindrical pos- teriorly. Snout conical, the jaws equal. Mouth slightly oblique, the maxilla expanded posteriorly and reaching almost to below the middle of the eye. A small nasal tentacle, and a larger branched one on the upper portion of the eye. Teeth in broad bands in both jaws anteriorly, becoming uniserial laterally, the outer row enlarged, curved, cardiform ; a curved row of minute teeth on the vomer, the rest of the palate apparently toothless. Scales extending forward to the hinder orbital borders on the upper-surface of the head and on to the opercles and cheeks below, where they are arranged in about five rows; in the smallest specimen the cheeks are naked. Rows of minute, spine-like cilia are present around the orbital margins, across the nape, and on the preopercular and suprascapular mar- gins; these are most developed in the largest specimen. Entire body, including the abdomen, breast, and pectoral base, covered with large, strongly ctenoid scales. The lateral line is almost straight and extends to the vertical of the _ anterior dorsal ray. It is separated by two series of scales from the median row on the side of the tail; each of these has its margin excavated into a deep notch, the notches ex- tending forward a varying distance in advance of the end of the lateral line. There are 2} scales between the lateral _ line and the back, and 7 between it and the anal fin. Fins.—First dorsal commencing just behind the vertical _ of the preoperculum: the first spine is the longest, the others _ decreasing backwards. Second dorsal originating behind the P 450 base of the pectoral ; its spines increase in length to the eighth or ninth, and then decrease again. The third dorsal is highest anteriorly and is composed of simple rays. Anal fin much longer than the second dorsal and formed of simple rays, which are curved and thickened towards their tips; they increase in length to about the twentieth, and the last is behind the vertical of the hinder dorsal ray. Pectoral large, the longest upper simple ray reaching well beyond the origin of the anal; the six or seven lower rays are simple and thickened, those above them are bifid. Ventrals jugular, each consisting of two simple free rays, the inner of which is the longest. Caudal rounded, the two outer rays of each side simple, the others bifid. Colour.—-Light-grey in alcohol, each scale with a dark margin of microscopic black dots; five dark cross-bars descend from the back to the middle of the sides, where they divide into irregular intermediate bands on the lower half of the body. A broad dark bar crosses the cheek from the eye, and there are several less definite ones crossing the lips. Anterior dorsal almost black, second and third dorsals crossed by irregular dark oblique bars. Anal with about eleven dark spots at its base, from which oblique bars extend on to the fin; a broad white marginal band. Pectorals and caudal with numerous irregular brownish cross-bars. Described from three specimens 25-55 mm. long, the largest of which is figured and is selected as the type. Two of these are the specimens which were doubtfully recorded by Waite as T. nigripenne, but his recent paper upon some species of Tripterygion proves that they cannot be identified with that species. They are allied to G. striaticeps, Ramsay and Ogilby,‘®) but consistently differ in the increased number — of spines in the first and second dorsal] fins. Loc.—The two larger examples were collected at Lord Howe Island, and the smallest at Norfolk Island, taken by Mr. A. M. Lea. Family TETRAODONTIDAE. Genus SpHEROIDES, Dumeril. SPHEROIDES ALTIPINNIS, Ogilby. AR he altapinnis, Ogilby: Rec, Austr. Mus., i., pt. 6, 1891, p. : Amblyrhynchotus oblongus, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., ili., 1900, p. 207 (not Tetrodon oblongus, Bloch.). Tetraodon hypselogeneion, Waite: loc. cit., v., 1908, p. 38 (not Tetraodon h ypselogencion, Bleeker). (7) Waite: Rec. Cantb. Mus., ii. ; “pt. 1 1913, p. Lp (8) Ramsay and Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Bos, N.S., Wales, (2), 111% 1888, p. 419. ad Mas : 451 Spheroides altipinnis, S. oblongus, and S. hypselogeneton, Waite: loc. cit., v., 1904, p. 218. Tetrodon pleurogramma, Regan: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902 (1903), Si, p. o0v, pl. xxiv., fig. 2. am PRM EO Spheroides pleurogramma, McCulloch: Rec. W. Austr. Mus., i., 1904, p. 297. The typical specimen of S. a/tipimnis is in the Australian Museum collection: it is stuffed and in very poor condition, but such of its characters as are retained indicate that it is the adult form of the species described and figured by Regan as S. pleurogramma. Peldis Via.5; Co 17+6; L. lat. 27; L. tr. 2+ 7. Length of head 2°76, height of body 2°65, and: length of caudal 3°63 in the length. Diameter of eye 2°5, inter- orbital space 3°84, and length of snout 5°0 in the head. Head and body compressed, profile of head from snout to the highest poimt, which is just in advance of the dorsal fin, almost straight, slightly tumid above the eye. The profile from the highest point to the origin of the soft dorsal is slightly concave ; it thence falls more rapidly. The ventral pro- file is more even and convex; interorbital space nearly flat. The snout is rather blunt, the jaws equal; the maxilla reaches to below the middle of the eye, and its distal extremity is pointed above and rounded below, its width being 3°3 in the diameter of the eye: opercles finely serrated. Gulls four, a slit behind the fourth; gill-rakers long and thin, twenty-five in number on the first arch, of which twenty are on the lower limb. Pseudobranchiae -present. Vent one-third nearer to the anal than to the ventral fins. Teeth.—Villiform teeth in the jaws, on the vomer and palatines; none on the tongue. Fins.—The first dorsal originates a little in advance of the opercular margin: the first spine is small and applied to the second, which is shorter than the fourth: the third is _ the longest, one-half the length of the head: the first ray is one-half longer than the longest spine; the anal has a long base arising in advance and continued posterior to the second dorsal ; its second spine is higher than that of this fin; the pectoral is long, extending to the fourteenth scale of the lateral] line: the ventral is placed almost wholly in advance of the pectoral, it reaches to between the vent and the anal 456 fin, and its spine is as long as that of the second dorsal. The caudal is slightly emarginate ; its peduncle is long and slender ; its length above being twice, and its depth less than the diameter of the eye. Scales.—The scales are large and finely ctenoid; there are two in advance of the first dorsal. The lateral line closely follows the dorsal profile; it does not run medially along the caudal peduncle, but falls to below the middle, where it is lost at the base of the caudal rays; its scales are branched anteriorly, but become simpler on the tail. Colour.—The upper half of the head is dark-brown, the lower portion yellow, becoming silvery on the opercles: the two areas are separated by a dark horizontal bar which extends from the snout through the middle of the eye to the margin of the opercle. Below this is a narrow white bar, which broadens slightly on the opercle. The body is pale- brown above and silvery-yellow beneath, with a large brown blotch in the middle of the depth beneath the spinous dorsal, this is split up by three narrow vertical silvery bars.; a broad brown band passes from the base of the anterior dorsal rays obliquely forward to the space in front of the anal: the dorsals are dusky, the other fins colourless. Length.—88 mm. Four specimens obtained. These specimens differ from typical examples of the genus Archamia only in having seven in place of six spines in the first dorsal fin. They apparently approach the characters of A. zosterophorus, Bleeker, but in that species the white facial band and the anterior body-blotch are absent, and the complete band includes the whole base of the second dorsal. Family CHIRONEMIDAE. CHIRONEMUS MICROLEPIS, n. sp. PL, ‘xi¥i. Chironemus marmoratus, Waite: Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlii., 1910, p. 381 (mot of Giinther). Br: Fi Dow, 18s As a! 6S Paee,b> Vino a L. lat. 68. Depth 3°9 in the length to the hypural jomt: head 3°2 in the same. Eye subequal to the interorbital width, shorter than the snout, 4°3 in the head. Snout 3°3, longest pectoral * ray 12 in the head. Fourth dorsal spine and second dorsal ray 2°3, second anal ray 1°4 in the head. Snout conical, the upper jaw longer than the lower. Mouth almost horizontal, maxillary reaching to below the (4) Bleeker: Act. Soc. Nederl., i., Manado, p. 36. 457 anterior orbital margin. Nostrils large, close together before the eye, the anterior with two fimbriate skinny lobes. Inter- ocular space concave; the orbital margins breaking the contour of the head, and each forming a blunt tubercle posteriorly. Preorbital smooth. Preoperculum broadly rounded, entire. Operculum with two flat spines. Nape rugose, naked. Teeth.—Broad bands of villiform, depressible teeth on each jaw, and a few forming a curved series around the head of the vomer; palatines toothless. Scales.—The greater part of the operculum is covered with small scales; similar but smaller scales extend on to the cheeks almost to the end of the maxillary, leaving a broad area on the opercular border and around the eye naked. Body-scales very small on the nuchal region and back, base of pectoral, breast, and abdominal surface. Lateral line running down from the shoulder to the middle of the body below the anterior dorsal rays, thence straight to the base of the tail. There are about eighteen scales between the pos- terior dorsal spines and the lateral line, excluding the dorsal sheath. Dorsal and anal sheaths well developed. Fins.—First dorsal commencing above the operculum; the spines increase rapidly in length to the fourth, after which they become gradually shorter backwards; the last two spines are subequal in length. The anterior rays are as long as the highest spines, and the succeeding ones decrease regularly backward, leaving the margin of the fin straight. Anal with three strong spines, the second and third subequal, and the third in close apposition to the first ray, which is thickened and simple; second ray longest, as long as the ventrals. Pectoral pointed, the longest simple ray reaching beyond the middle of the ventrals, which over-reach the vent. Caudal subtruncate. | Colour.—Light purphsh-brown in alcohol, checkered with well-defined darker markings which subdivide the ground- colour into subguadrangular patches. Head marbled with the same dark colour, and somewhat speckled with light dots. All the fins are marked with a reticulate, dark nattern, enclosing more or less rounded light spots (McCulloch). A small example of this species was obtained by Mr. Lea at Norfolk Island, but the foregoing description is based upon a specimen 218 mm. long in the Australian Museum, from which also the accompanying plate is prepared. It differs from (. marmoratus, Giinther, under which name [ have previously recorded it, in having much smaller scales, the cheeks and opercles more densely scaly, and in being rather more elongate. 458 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Forster, in Bloch and Schneider: Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 343. 2. Forster: Descr. Anim. ed Lichtenstein, 1844, p. 292. 3. Richardson: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1845 (1846), p. 247. 4. Richardson: Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1844-1848. 5. Bleeker: Verhand. d. Konig. Akad. v. Wetens, 1855. 6. Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1859-1870. 7. Giinther: Fische der Mus. Godeffroy. 8. Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), 1i., 1887, pp. 990-993. 9 Ogilby: “Proc. Linn. Soe’ Nis Wales; xxii) V607. pe 10. Boulenger: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. (2), 1., 1895. 11. Waite: Rec. Aust. Mus., 111, 1900, p. 215. 12. Waite: Trans. N.Z. Inst., xli., 1910, pp. 380-383. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate XLIV. Myxus elongatus, Giinther. PruatE XLV. Archamia leai, n. sp. * Pratt XLVI. Chironemus microlepis, n. sp. 459 ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA No. 10. By J. M. Brack. [Read October 12, 1916. |] Piates XLVII. anp XLVIIT. The district placed in brackets after the name of a locality means that the record is a new one for that plant in one o1 more of the botanical districts defined in Tate’s ‘‘Flora of Extra-tropical South Australia.’’ Some interesting new records were made by Mr. Rodney Cockburn, Secretary of the Railways Standing Committee, while travelling in the Far North-east in June last. GRAMINEAE.—VHragrostis leptocarpa, Benth. Between Goyder Lagoon and the Queensland border (R. Cockburn). This handsome grass, whose panicles become purple with age, has the flowering glume obtuse when spread open (not “rather acute,’’ as described by Bentham) and the palea almost glabrous, with the nerves produced upwards into two acute lateral lobes. CHENOPODIACEAE.—-I have found it impossible to deter- mine satisfactorily the number of spines in Bassia paradova (R. Br.), F. v. M., either in the flower or fruit under ordinary conditions. However, by macerating one of the fruiting heads in lime-water all the wool was removed, and it then appeared that the head consisted of eight connate fruits, of which one was 2-spined, one was 3-spined, two were 4-spined, and four were 5-spined. It is clear, therefore, that this species will not fit into the genus Sc/lerolaena (2 dorsal spines), in which it was placed by Brown and retained by Bentham, or into Anisacantha (3-5 dorsal spines). AMARANTACEAE.—A/ternanthera angustifolia, R. Br. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cock-. burn) ; Oodnadatta (Miss Staer). A new record for the State. CRUCIFERAE.—A/yssum linifolium, Steph. Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). Capsella pilosula, F. v. M. Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). LecuMinosaE.—Psoralea eriantha, Benth. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer) ; between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn; Dist. C). Crotalaria Cunninghamu, R. Br. Mulka (R. Cockburn). This plant, with its showy golden and 460 dark-striped flowers, is locally known as the ‘‘Stuart Pea.’” C. dissitiflora, Benth., var. eremaea, F. v. M. Mulka (R. Cockburn ; Dist. C). Stipes of pod almost as long as calyx. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. — Zygophyllum — fruticulosum, DC. Specimens from Bell Rock, on the Murray, have smaller flowers and fruit than usual and slender diffuse stems, each capsule containing, by abortion, only one or two seeds. RUTACEAE. Phebalium bullatum, sp. “ova. (tab. xlvii.). Fruti- culus erectus vix metralis, fois cuneato-linearibus 5-12 mm. longis rigidis crassis margine glanduloso-bullatis supra viridi- bus acutiuscule canaliculatis subtus argenteo-lemdotis et nervum ‘medium prominentem ostendentibus, umbellis ter- minalibus, ramulis pedicellis calycibusque lepmdotis, calyce obtuse et breviter dentato, petalis intus flavis extus squamulis rufescentibus et albis vestites, staminibus exsertis, filamentis glabris flavis, antheris caducis glanduld terminatis, stylo basin versus stellato-piloso, carpellis dense lemdotis. South Australia: River Murray (Tate Herbarium, labelled ‘‘Hriostemon lemdotus, F. v. M., var. amiefolius’’ ) > Ninety-mile Desert (Tate Herbarium, collector, J. Gudge, labelled ‘‘Hriostemon sediflorus, F. vy. M.’’); Wilkawatt (T. G. B. Osborn); between Murray Bridge and Callington ; ‘Karoonda (J.-M. Black). Victoria (localities kindly supplied by Professor Ewart) : Near Lake Hindmarsh (Mrs. Captain Rowan); north-west of Lake Hindmarsh (C. French, sen.) ; north-west of Lake Alba- cutya (C. French, sen.). Flowers September and October. Seems to have been first included by Baron von Mueller under Hriostemon sedi- florus (Phebalium glandulosum, Hook.), and later under /. stenophyllus, F. v. M., which was originally considered by Mueller to be merely a variety of #. lemdotus, F. v. M. (Ph. sguamulosum, Vent.). The varietal name quoted in the Tate Herbarium seems to have been given by Mueller, but not published; I do not understand the word “amiefolius’’ ; it 1s - perhaps a transcriber’s error for ‘“ferassifolius.’’ The new species differs from its three East-Australian allies (Ph. glandulosum, squamulosum, and stenophyllum) in the leaves linear-cuneate, more or less acutely channelled above and with a prominent midrib below, never recurved or revolute on the inargins, and with very conspicuous glandular tubercles and silvery scales on the margins and underside. The style is stellate-hairy towards the base, while in the other three species: it is glabrous. 4 ey ip ee a eee Te << * pe a 461 EvuPpHoRBIACEAE.—Phyllanthus trachyspermus, F. v. M. Between Goyder Lagoon and reensland border (R. Cock- burn; Dist. C). LyYTHRACEAE.—Ammanna multiflora, Roxb. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn). First record for South Australia proper. Given by Tate for Northern Territory (Dist. F). BoRRAGINACEAE. — Fritrichium australasicum, DC. Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). ScROPHULARIACEAE.—J/imulus gracilis, R. Br. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn; Dist. C). CUCURBITACEAE.—Cucumis trigonus, Roxb. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn; Dist. C). CompositaE.—-Gnaphalium imdicum, L. Between Goy- der Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn). First record for South Australia proper. Brachycome basaltica, FP. v. M. Same locality (Dist. C). Gnephosis eriocarpa, Benth. Same locality. Our specimens have all the partial heads 1-flowered, with about six oblanceolate, scarious bracts, united by the wool growing on the green midribs, and with light-yellow (not pink) tips. Sphaeranthus hirtus, Willd. Same locality. First record for South Australia. Hitherto found only in Queensland and tropical part of Northern Ter- ritory. Hrigeron sessilifolius, F. v. M. (pl. xlviii.). Pandie Pandie Hills, near the Queensland border (R. Cockburn). Discovered by Alex. Forrest on the Daly River, N.T., and described by Mueller in 1881 (Fragm. xi., 100). It does not appear to have been observed elsewhere since then, and the distance from the Daly River to Pandie Pandie is about 900 miles. ~The involucral bracts are unusually broad for the genus HLrigeron, but I cannot see that they are ‘‘connate below in a broad lamina,’’ as stated by Mueller. It seems to me that the outer circuit of the very broad, concave recep- tacle was mistaken for the base of the involucre. Since the above was written, Professor Ewart informs me that the Victorian National Herbarium contains, in addition to the type from the sources of the Daly River, a scrap of the same plant, unnamed but marked ‘‘Near Eyre’s Creek, 1889; Alfred Henry.’ Eyre Creek is an affluent of the Warburton and traverses portion of Queensland and South Australia, passing near the Pandie Pandie country. STYLIDIACEAE. In the valuable ‘‘Census of New South Wales Plants,’’ by Mr. J. H. Maiden and the late Mr. E. Betche, the authors 462 follow Mueller in substituting Candollea, Labill., for Styli- dium, Swartz, and say (p. 162):—‘‘The genus Candollea was founded by Labillardiére in 1805; one year later the same author applied the name Candollea, apparently by an over- sight, to another genus (Dillemaceae). As both genera could not stand, Swartz changed Candollea (Candolleaceae) in 1807 into Stylidium, and consequently the order into Stylidieac, but in doing so he made the twofold mistake of changing the name of the plant that has undoubtedly the claims of priority and of selecting a name (Stylidium) already applied by Loureiro in 1790 to a genus of Cornaceac. There can be no doubt that F. v. Mueller was right in restoring the name Candollea to the genus first named so by Labillardiére (Can- dolleaceae). abillardiére’s second genus, Candollea (Dil- leniaceae), of course, had to go, and is now united with Hibbertia.’’ The whole question is of great importance to Australian systematic botany, and therefore the following comments will not be out of place :— 1. Labillardiére did not apply the name Candollea ‘in 1806 to a genus in Dillemaceae “‘by an oversight,’’ but because he found that the genus in Stylidiaceae which he had named Candollea in 1805 had, earlier in the same year, beén published as Stylidiwm by Swartz in Willdenow’s Spec. Pl. iv., 146. This was the first description of that genus, the second being in 1807. The Stylidim of Swartz has, therefore, a clear priority over the first Candollea of Labillardiére. 2. Thus the only question to determine is whether the Stylidium of Loureiro, published in 1790, is a valid genus in Cornaceae and therefore invalidates the Stylidium of Swartz. To this the reply is that the Sty/dium of Loureiro is con- sidered by all the great botanical authorities (Bentham and Hook., Gen. Pl.; Index Kewensis; Engl. and Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam.) as a synonym of J/arlea, or of Alangvum if Marlea be considered a section of that genus. It is not even certain whether it can be identified with MWarlea. H. Harms, in the Nat. Pflanzenfam., 11., 8, 260, says:—‘‘Stylidiwm chinense, Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. ed. Willdenow (1793), p. 273, is generally quoted as a synonym of Marlea begonufola, Roxb.: but as Loureiro speaks of a ‘corolla infera’ and ‘drupa supera,’ the description he gives does not agree with JMJar/ea Legonvfolia. In any case, jt now seems to me questionable whether Loureiro’s diagnosis can be referred to JMJarlea.”’ 3. Mueller, after he had attempted to restore Labil- lardiere’s first Candollea and Loureiro’s Stylidiwm, renamed the Australian plant, Marlea vitiensis, Benth., as Styldium vitiense, F. v. M., but in the ‘‘Census of New South Wales 463 Plants’? Bentham’s name is retained and Mueller’s treated merely as a synonym. 4. As the Stylidium of Loureiro has fallen into complete disuse and become only a synonym, the way is cleared for the adoption of Swartz’s Styhdium. Article 50 of the Vienna rules says:—‘‘No one is authorized to reject, change, or modifyaname . . ._ because of the existence of an earlier homonym which is universally regarded as non-valid.’’ This was evidently the view taken by Bentham in the ‘‘Flora Aus- traliensis,’’ and more recently by Dalle Torre and Harms in their ‘“‘Genera Siphonogamarum,’’ and by Mildbraed in ‘‘Engler’s Pflanzenreich, Stylidiaceae.’’ ~ DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Puate XLVI: Phebalium bullatum, n. sp. 1 and 8, upper-surface of leaves; 2 and 4, under-surface of leaves; 5, transverse section of leaf; 6, scale from under-surface of leaf; 7, pistil; 8, petal; 9, stamen. Prave XVI - Erigeron sessilifolius, F. v. M. 1, half of receptacle and involucre, spread out and seen from below; 2, bisexual flower; 3, female flower; 4, stvle-branches; 5, stamens: 6, hairs. 464 A RESEARCH ON THE EUCALYPTS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND THEIR ESSENTIAL OILS. By R. T. Baker, F.L.8., and H. G. Smirn, F.C.S., Technological Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. (Communicated by Prof. E..H. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc., Lond.) ' [Read October 12, 1916.] PLatTes ADA, 10 LIT. CONTENTS. Page. 1. Acknowledgments aN aoe e., ie tia ABA 2. Introduction— (ay Botanical Be a gt ab ... 465 (b) Chemical aie PRL 2 < S 3. General Grouping of South Ree iia ee yt 4, Species, with their Systematic, Technological, and Chemical Data af ..., 468 5. Tabulated Results obtained w with Grids Oils ... 493 6. Botanical Survey of Species ... ak Dy 4. 1/400 7. Census of Species at a as a er niwey. Wie 1.—ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. We have to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. Walter Gill, F.L.S., the Conservator of Forests of South Australia, for kindly furnishing material for distil- lation of several of the species, and to Mr. E. Burgess, of Kangaroo [sland, who at considerable personal effort for- warded material for distillation of the Kangaroo Island species. We have also to tender our thanks to the Education Department of South Australia for kindly granting permission to circularize the teachers under its jurisdict’on, asking them to aid in the preparation of this paper. We received material and general information from this source, and wish to express our thanks to those correspondents whose indi- vidual names are given at the end of this paper. The list of localities from which the material was collected is also given. ; + 465 2.—INTRODUCTION. (a) Bovranica.. The systematic side of the South Australian Eucalypts has received a fair amount of attention at the hands of botanists, and the ‘‘Census’’ of Professor Tate in Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 1889, p. 93, leaves little to be desired up to that date. No special work, how- ever, has been published on the economics of these Eucalypts, especially as regards the cliemistry of their essential oils, and it is these desiderata that form the main object of this paper. The species are arranged according to the plan laid down in our work, ‘‘A Research on the Eucalypts and their Essen- tial Oils,’’ Sydney, 1902. It may be stated that those species occurring in the Northern Territory are not included in this list. A few alterations from Tate’s list are as follows :— EB. albens, FE. calycogona, F. elaeophora, FE. Bosistoana, E. Lansdownmana, and F. acervula are added, whilst £. amygdalina, E. paniculata, HL. gonocalyx, EF. Stuartiana, BE. Gunni, 2. Sieberiana are omitted, as there is not suffi- cient evidence forthcoming of their occurrence in South Australia. The number of Eucalypts recorded for South Australia falls much short cf those for the other States, except perhaps Tasmania, a fact probably due to its geographical position in regard to the main mountain ranges of the continent, where the species are found to be more numerous. The species show perhaps a closer botanical connection with those of Victoria and Tasmania than of other contiguous States, while the greatest differences exist between them and those of New South Wales and Western Australia. What may be regarded as the introductory group of the genus Eucalyptus—the “‘Bloodwoods’’—is practically unrepresented, and this fact again illustrates the argument which was advanced by us in’ a paper on the Victorian Eucalypts (Reports, A.A.A.S., vol. xiv., p. 296-7) concerning the period of development of the Eucalypts in Australia. Although the most numerous group of the South Australian Eucalypts is the ‘‘Mallee,’’ even this numbers less than a dozen species, probably due to the greater uniformity of the topographical features from those of the neighbouring States. The next largest group is the ‘‘Gums,’’ and here we have a very interesting specimen, 7. acervila, which was originally described from Tasmania, and is now shown for the first time to also occur on the mainland. On morphological grounds it has previously, in South Australia, gone under the name of 9? 466 EL. Gunnu, but xylogically and chemically the relationship cannot be established with that Tasmanian species. The salient species of this group is the ‘‘Murray Red Gum,’’ #. rostrata, a characteristic feature on all the water- ways in the State. The group known as ‘‘Boxes,’’ so prominent in New South Wales, is also not wanting in South Australia, and Ky. Woollsiana and f. albens are good representatives. The “Stringybark” group has likewise a good representative in 4. obliqua, which is restricted to the South-eastern ranges, where it is found growing along with the other ‘‘Stringy- barks,’ /#. capitellata and /. macrorhyncha. Such distinctive groups as ‘‘Peppermint’’ and ‘‘Iron- bark’’ are quite absent—not @ single species of either being so far recorded. Of these groups, the best timber trees are H. rostrata, KB. obliqua, E. leucoxylon, KH. microtheca, and EF. largi- florens ; while the best oil-producing species are /. eneorifolia, Kk. odorata, and #. oleosa. It thus appears that these are the best of the South Australian species of Eucalypts for re-afforestation, or for commercial oil-production. The following list gives the approximate number of representatives of the several groups:—Stringybarks, 3; Gums, 9; Mallees, 11: ° Boxes, 8: Ironbarks, 0: Blood- woods, 0; Peppermints, 0; Ashes, 0. (b) CHEMICAL. . The chemical investigation of the Essential oils of a number of species which are considered in this paper for the first time shows that, taken as a whole, general agreement may be traced between the constituents of these species and those of certain groups growing in the eastern portion of the continent. None of them, however, is referable to the large group of phellandrene-bearing oils which occurs so plentifully in the highlands of New South Wales and Victoria, and in Tasmania. The characteristic constituent of the oils of these latter species is the ketone piperitone, and in no case was this constituent detected in the oils of the ten species now investi- gated for South Australia. The distinguishing constituent most frequently occurring in these oils is aromadendral—the high-boiling laevorotatory aldehyde so frequently found in the oils of the ‘‘Mallees’’ and in those species allied to them, as, for instance, the typical ‘‘Boxes’’ (H#. hemrphloa, EF. albens, etc.). The quantity of oil obtained from the leaves of some of the species described is particularly small, and in no instance 7 . 2 5 ee eee ee ea ee eee 467 -~ % was a yield of 2 per cent. of oil obtained. The oils of two species from Kangaroo Island (#. eneorifolia and FL. odorata) are almost identical in composition with that yielded by F. polybractea, the ‘‘Silver-leaf Mallee’’ of Victoria, and the ““Blue Mallee’’ of New South Wales; and the oils of these three species may be considered as’ being amongst the richest in cineol content of all the oils yielded by the genus Euca- lyptus. Most of the rectified oils of the species now described .for the first time were tinged yellow, and none was water-white similar to those of the ‘‘Peppermints’’ and of the ‘‘Ashes.”’ This colour is traceable to the influence of the particular phenol occurring in this group, which evidently forms a quinone structure at certain stages. . It does not appear to contain a methoxy -group in the para position similar to Tasmanol—the phenol of the “Peppermint group’’—and is crystallizable. The oils of all the species contain esters, as do all crude Eucalyptus oils, although in some cases very small in amount. The esters in the oil of 2. fasctculosa represented 7:7 per cent., if the alcohol had the C,,H,,OH molecule, and the acid acetic. The alcohol did not appear to be geraniol; but the amount of oil at our disposal was altogether too small for it to be isolated and determined. The ester, geranyl- acetate, was present to the extent of about 14 per cent. in the oil of #. acervula. Pinene was a constant constituent in practically all the oils, although in some of them the amount was but small. Limonene was also detected in the oils of a few species, as also was phellandrene. Cymene was deter- mined as occurring in the oil of /. rostrata in some quantity, and-a good deal of work was done on the aromadendral, which also occurs in this oil in fair amount. The oil from Ek. rostrata from Kangaroo Island was of particular interest, and analysis shows it to be in close agreement with those we distilled from material collected many years ago at Albury, and at Hay, in New South Wales. The results were pub- lished in 1902 in our work, “‘A Research on the Eucalypts.’’ The oil distilled from the variety borealis of this species, while being as comparatively constant in itself as that of the type, has differences in constitution particularly marked, the two forms being in this respect quite distinct. We have now investigated material from both forms collected from several localities widely separated, and quite recently oil distilled in Victoria from the variety horealis has been analysed. It will be observed that only a few South Australian speci- mens now remain of which the oils have not been investigated, and we should be glad to receive material of these for distil- lation and investigation. 468 3.—GENERAL GROUPING OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN KUCALYPTS. STRINGYBARKS : — Boxes : — EF. obliqua E. olaeophora E. camtellata EL. Bosistoana EB. macrorhyncha E. albens BE. Woollsiana’ MALLEES : — E. hemiphloia EB. Behriana EB. largiflorens E. gracilis EF. microtheca E. odorata EB. santalifolia FE. oleosa FE. Blackburniana E. unecinata BE. cneorrfolia Gums : — EL. dumosa BE. acervula FE. calycogona FE. viminalis E. incrassata EL. rostrata E. pachyphylla EF. cosmophylla E. Lansdowneana FE. fasciculosa EL. leucoxylon BE. coriacea E. corynocalyz 4.-—SPECIES, WITH THEIR SYSTEMATIC, TECHNO- LOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL DATA. (Arranged in order of sequence.) 1. EUCALYPTUS CAPITELLATA, Sm. (Bot. New Holl., 42, Trans. Linn. Soc., i., 285). “Stringybark.”’ This species is one of the best known of the ‘‘Stringy- | barks’’ in the three States—South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales; in the latter it is called ‘‘Brown Stringy- bark.’’ In South Australia it attains the greatest height of all the “‘Stringybarks,’’ and is one of the most valuable timber-trees in the State. Brown, in his “‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ figures and gives a full account of the features and economics of the species. ~ 7 Its botanical and chemical characters are fully described in our ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 149. 2. EUCALYPTUS MACRORHYNCHA, F. v. M. ‘Red Stringybark.” Tate, in his ‘‘Census’’ (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xil., 1889, p. 94) records this species for South Australia, 4 469 but Maiden (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxii., p. 285) states that a specimen in the University Herbarium of Ade- laide, labelled by Tate ‘‘#. macrorhyncha . . dale £. obliqua, L’Her. If #. macrorhyncha has been admitted to the Flora of South Australia on the authority of that specimen, it should be removed.’’ We, however, have received a specimen from Mount Templeton (C. N. Grenfell) which is undoubtedly #. macrorhyncha. Its botanical and chemical characters are given in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 146. 3. EUCALYPTUS SANTALIFOLIA, F. v. M. “White Mallee.’ This species was described by Baron von Mueller in Trans. Vict. Inst., 1854. Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora Austra- liensis,” vol. ii1., 1866, recognized its validity as a species, and Mueller in his “‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, gives a figure. J. H. Maiden, in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,’’ suppresses it as a synonym under FL. diversifolia, Bonpland, which Bentham regarded as a variety of JL. vminalis (*‘Flora Australiensis,’’ 11i., p. 240). It is apparent from this that the systematic placing of this tree is now surrounded with difficulty. Mueller, in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia, talifolia, synonymizes Bonpland’s #. diversifolia, remarking that ‘‘as the plant defined by Bonpland represents that very pM) young state’ . . . in which the leaves pass from the broad form of juvenile plants into the narrow shape of the leaves, . . . normal for adult trees, the name had to be discarded.’’ The figure illustrating Bonpland’s plant, which Mueller states was done by Massa, we have not seen. As Bentham places Bonpland’ s £. diversifolhia under EL. vimmalis, the inference is that there must have been some resemblance to that species, and then, in spite of this, we have Mueller bringing it under his #. santalifolia. Bentham fully describes /. santalifolia, F. v. M. (vol. 11., p. 206), and does not allude to its resemblance to F. diversifolia, and he probably saw specimens of both. Bentham, when mentioning this species (HL. santalifolia) under /. viminalis, states that ‘‘the flowers are rather numerous in the umbel and the fruit large.’’ Now six flowers are the most we have seen in /. santalifolia; Mueller’s figure shows only three at the most. The leaves, at least, and certainly not the fruits, can hardly be said to resemble those of 2. viminalis, so that it appears Bentham must have had material differing from Ff. santalifolia, as now under- stood, when he matched Z. diversifolia with F. viminalis. under his HL. san- . 470 The late Rev. Dr. Wools named specimens of what is now #. rubida for one of us as #. diversifolia—a very good name for the tree—specimens of which Bentham may have had when identifying #. diversifelia of Bonpland. Unfor- tunately, no one seems to have described the ‘‘sucker’’ or abnormal leaves of #4. santalifolia, or, for the matter of that, LE. diversifolia, so that it is difficult to understand how the latter name apples to Mueller’s tree, as the leaves are not diverse. Maiden, in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,”’ Part i1., reproduces in full Bonpland’s description of FP. diversifolia, but unaccompanied by Massa’s plate. The more experience we have with Eucalypts the more the fact is impressed upon us that it is more often than not almost impossible to identify Eucalyptus trees or material from descriptions alone, and this is the difficulty with Bonpland’s description. in this connection it brings to mind the words of Caley in ‘‘Flinders’ Voyages,’’ vol. 11., p. 547, under “‘Eucalyptus’’:—‘‘Fifty species of Eucalyptus, most of which are distinguished and have proper names applied to them by the native inhabitants, who, from differences in colour, texture, and scaling of the bark, and in the ramifica- tion and general appearance of these trees, more readily distinguish them than botanists have as yet been able to do.”’ Of the identity of #. santalifolia, as now established, there can be no doubt, and as the chemical data are made on that species there is no other alternative but to retain that name for the result of this investigation. Essential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. The average yield of oil was 0°41 per, cent. The crude oil was of a lemon-yellow colour and had a terpene-like odour, which almost entirely masked that of the small amount of cineol. Although chiefly a terpene oil, and highly laevo- rotatory, yet phellandrene was absent. The oil also contained nearly 20 per cent. of sesquiterpenes. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°884; rotation 4p—37°7°; refrac-_ tive index at 20°=1°4736, and required 8 volumes 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear solution. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 4°9. On rectification a few drops of acid water came over, but the volatile aldehydes were present only in very small amount. Between 168-175° (corr.), 38 per cent. distilled ; & 471 between 175-200°, 39 per cent. came over; and _ between 260-275°, 17 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. gr. at 15° C. | Rotation ap. | Ref, index at 20°. First fraction 09674, | +.—386° . | 1:4670 Second fraction O°8701 | — §2°2° | 1°4691 Third fraction 0°9295 = 1°4963 — The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the portion distilling below 200°, and the result gave 12°5 per cent. of that constituent for the crude oil. The oil is thus shown to consist largely of terpenes, so that redistillation of the two first fractions was under- taken. Three per cent. of the first fraction was removed, which boiled below 162°. The second fraction was then added and the whole fractionated, in order to further separate the lower-boiling terpenes. Between 162-172°, 34 per cent. distilled (=second fraction); between 172-175°, 16 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results : — Sp: gr. at 15° C. | Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 0°8597 —29°6° | 1°4673 Second fraction 0° 8574 | — 480° 1°4693 Third fraction 08574 | —656° | 14711 These results suggest that as phellandrene is absent the principal terpene in the oil of this species is laevorotatory limonene, and that pinene is only present in small quantity. For industrial purposes the essential oil of this Eucalypt has: little commercial value at present. , 4. Eucatyptus Bosistoana, F. v. M. (Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, October, 1895.) “Red Box.’’ This species probably occurs in South Australia, as material received by us from Mount Templeton (C. N. Gren- fell) and Seven Hills (Clara A. Chesterman) resembles this Eucalyptus more than any other. The material, however, was hardly perfect enough to speak definitely. Its botanical and chemical characters are given in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 61. 472 5. EUCALYPTUS GRACILIS, F. v. M. A ‘‘Mallee.’’ This species was described by Mueller in 1884 in Trans. ‘Vict. Inst., 1., 35, and Frag. i1., 55. Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora Australensis,’’ acknowledges the specific rank of this Euca- lyptus, as well as Tate in his “‘Census of South Australian Plants,’’ 1889. Maiden (Crit. Rev. Gen. Euc., vol. i., p. &1) synonymizes this species under 1. calycogona, Turcz. The material of #. calycogona has not been investigated by us, so that we cannot speak as to the synonymy of these species. The material examined is 2. gracilis, F. v. M. The botanical and chemical characters are given in our work, “‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,” p. 129. 6. Evcatyprus oporata, Behr. (Sch. Linnea., xx., 657). ‘“Peppermint.”’ Pigs. Behr’s species is acknowledged in Bentham’s ‘‘Flora Australiensis’’ and Mueller’s ‘‘Eucalyptographia,’’ and later by Maiden in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,’’ vol. u1., part 1., p. 26, as well as in the Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1903, where he goes fully into the synonymy of the species. With most of this latter synonymy we are not in accord, especially placing /. Lansdowmana under F£. odorata. Brown, in his “‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ figures both species, and if any reliance can be placed in delineation greater differences could not be better illustrated. Brown’s figure is what we regard as #. |Woollsvana. The species, as understood in this paper, is restricted to the tree commonly known as ‘‘Peppermint,’’ found in the neighbourhood of Adelaide and elsewhere in the State, in- cluding Kangaroo Island. To assist in its identification a figure is here given (pl. 1.). , The results given in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,” p. 210, were obtained from an oil submitted by Faulding & Co., of Adelaide, under that name, and was not of our distillation. i i Essential Oul. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Jsland in the month of June. This species is considered by Eucalyptus distillers of Kangaroo Island to be of equal value with 2. eneorifolia for oil distillation. . 473 The origin of the name ‘*Peppermint’’ for this species could not be traced, and it seems to be altogether a misnomer, as the ketone of peppermint odour (piperitone) appears to be absent in the oil, the characterstic high-boiling constituent being aromadendral. The name ‘‘Peppermint’’ is also given to Eucalyptus species in New South Wales, the oils of which do not contain piperitone, nor do their oils have a peppermint odour. The oils of the true “‘Peppermint’’ Eucalyptus species contain the terpene i ela in addition to the pepper- mint ketone. The average yield of oil was 1°87 per cent., but as the * material was collected in the winter this may be taken as the © minimum yield. The crude oil was orange-brown in tint, indicating but a trace of phenol, and had an odour similar to those belonging to the cineol-pinene group, with a secondary odour indicating aromadendral. Volatile alde- hydes were pronounced. The oil was very rich in cineol, and phellandrene was absent. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9193; rotation *>n—1°1°; refractive index at 20°=1'4639, and was soluble in 14 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The laevorotation shown by this oil is due to the aromadendral. The saponifi- cation number for thé esters and free acids was 8°5. On rectification a few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over below 173° C. (corr.), showing the com- parative absence of the lower-boiling terpenes. Between 173-185°, 82 per cent. distilled; between 185-215°, 8 per cent. came over, and between 215-230°, 4 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— First fraction 0°9153 — (1° 1°4619 Second fraction | 0°9161 LK | ha 1°46389 Third fraction 0°9219 ah 7° | 1°4794 e Sp. gr: at 15° C. Rotation ay. Ref. index at 20°. The high laevorotation of the third fraction is due to the aromadendral. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the fractions distilling below 185°. The results. from two determinations showed that 86 per cent. of cineol was present in the crude oil, which proves it to be cne of the richest cineol-bearing oils of the whole group. ‘The rectified oil was slightly yellow in tint, due to the particular phenol present. 474 There is a very strong resemblance between the oil of this Eucalypt and that of ‘‘Narrow Leaf,’’ 2. cneorifolia, and for commercial purposes no marked differences should be detected between the products of the two species. 7. EKucatyerus oveosa, F. v. M. (Neder Kruid. Arch., iv., 132). ‘‘Red’’ or ‘“Water Mallee.”’ PL tie. This Eucalyptus species, one of the large group known ‘as ‘‘Mallees,’’ preserves its specific botanical and chemical - characters throughout its geographical distribution. It is fully described, both systematically and chemically, in our work on the ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 118. 8. EUCALYPTUS UNCINATA, Turcz. A. ‘‘Maltlee,”’ In this State it occurs on Kangaroo Island, as well as the mainland, and is fairly constant in its characters, being always found as a ‘‘Mallee.”’ This is a species that so far has eluded us, and we have not yet been able to procure material for chemical investiga- tion. 9. EKucanyprus cnEorIFoLIA, DC. (Prod., 11. p. 220). ‘‘Narrow-leaf Mallee.’’ Pl. xlix. The specific rank of this Eucalypt has so far been unchal- lenged. It is the ‘‘Narrow-leaf Mallee’’ of Kangaroo Island, although it is not uncommon to find it in small tree form. — A figure is given of it in DC. Mem. Myrt., t.p., according to Bentham (loc. cit.), but so far it has not been depicted in any Australian publication. A figure is, therefore, given with these results, which will more definitely place it for future reference for botanical workers, both in and outside Australia (pl. xlix.). Nssential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in,the month of June. This species is the principal one on | the island from which Eucalyptus oil for pharmaceutical purposes is distilled. It is one of the ‘‘Mallees,’’ or shrubby Eucalypts, and is a very common species on Kangaroo Island. 475 . The species known as ‘‘Peppermint’’ on the island seems to be closely related chemically to #. eneorifolia, and the oils distilled from these two trees show great resemblances. The principal constituent is cineol, and pinene is only present in comparative small amount. The Ingh-boiling aldehyde, aromadendral, is a characteristic constituent in this oil, even more so than in that of the ‘‘Peppermint.’’ The rectified oil is slightly yellow in tint, as is usual with the oils of this group. This colour is due to the influence of the particular phenol present. The product of this species is one of the mest pronounced cineol-bearing oils obtainable from the whole genus, but requires rectification, so that the aromaden- dral may be removed as much as possible. The average yield of oil was 1°8 per cent.,. but this may be taken as the minimum yield, as the material was collected in mid-winter. The crude oil was orange-brown in tint, and had an odour similar to the cineol-pinene oils of this group, with a secondary odour of aromadendral. Volatile aldehydes were present, but phellandrene was absent. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9229; rotation, *>—3°3°; refractive index at 20° =1°4664, and was soluble in 14 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The laevorotation of this oil is largely due to the aromadendral. On rectifica- tion a few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over below 174° (corr.). Between 174-185° C., 81 per cent. dis- tilled; between 185-220°, 9 per cent. came over; and between 220-237°, 5 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— ae aie Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20° | First Tea | 0°9166 — 1°1° 1°46382 Second fraction "9172 yg | 1°4678 Third fraction 0°9291 —16°2° 1°4866 The high laevorctation of the third fraction is due to the aromadendral. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the fractionated oil. When calculated for the crude oil the result showed that 87 per cent. of cineol was present. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 7°4. It will be noticed how closely the above results agree with those obtained with the oil distilled from the species _ known vernacularly on Kangaroo Tsland as ‘‘Peppermint’’ ¢E. odorata). 7 3 476 10. Eucatyprus pumosa, A. Cunn. (Schau. in Walp. Rep., li., p. 925, 1843). “Red Mallee.”’ We are in favour of keeping this species distinct from . incrassata at present, in opposition to Mueller (‘‘Eucalyto- graphaia,’’ Dec. V.), where it is synonymized under that species, while Maiden (‘‘Crit. Rev.Gen. Euc.,” vol. 1.5; p. 95) only gives it varietal rank to #. imerassata. The specimens received by us from various parts of South Australia are morphologically identical with many others received from New South Wales and Victoria, thus showing a uniformity over a large geographical area of the mainland, which, we think, warrants its specification. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 117. | The material for botanical investigation for this paper was obtained from Kangaroo Island, and the fruits differ only slightly from those of the mainland, being inclined to pear shape and a little longer than the mainland 2. dwmosa. The chemical results show a’ little variation, but not anything nearly sufficient to warrant the making of even a new variety. ; Hssential Ou. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. The leaves of this species were some- what thick, and the terminal branchlets had quite angular stems, the bark on the branchlets being quite red in places. The leaves, after steam distillation, had become quite red in colour, particularly the young shoots at the end of the branchlets. This peculiar red colour, given’ to the steam- distilled leaves, was also observed with those of FL. leucorylon, but not with the leaves of the ‘‘White Mallee’’ or of any other species from Kangaroo Island. The average yield of oil was 0°96 per cent. The crude © oil was reddish in colour and in odour resembled the oils of the | pinene-cineol group. Cuineol was present in fair quantity, but phellandrene was absent. The terpene of low-boiling point was dextrorotatory pinene, and the high-boiling fraction con- — sisted principally of the sesquiterpene. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15°=0°9041; rota- — tion 4p+16°4; refractive index at 20° =1'4667, and required one volume of 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear solution. — The saponification number for the esters and free acids — was 3°7. 477 On rectification a few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over below 163° C. (corr.). Betweén 163- 167°, 32 per cent. distilled; between 167-198°, 53 per cent. came over; the temperature then rose to 245°, and between that temperature and 272° 10 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— | | | Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction _ 08854 +24°5° 1°4629 Second fraction | 0°9022 +14°1° 1°4625 Third fraction | 0°9289 a | 1°4920 af | The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the portion distilling below 198°. When calculated for the crude oil the result showed 42°5 per cent. of cineol to be present. The oil belongs to the pinene-cineol class, and does not contain constituents which might be considered of a special character. The species is thus of little value as an oil-pro- ducing tree, particularly as others are available from which a greater yield of oil can be obtained and also much richer in cineol. The chemical resemblance between ‘‘Blue Gum’’ (2£. leucozylon) and ‘‘Red Mallee,’’ as shown by the formation of a red coloration to the leaves when steam-distilled, is further exemplified with their oils, and it will be observed that the results obtained with the oils of these two trees are in strong agreement. 11. EvcaLyptus PpacuypHyiia, F. v. M. (Jour. Linn. Soc., pp. 141,;°:98). This species belongs to the shrubby group of Eucalypts, and is found in the dry interior near Lake Amedeus, and the McDonald Range. 12. Evcatyetus LANSDOWNEANA, F. v. M. et J. E. B. (‘‘Forest Flora of S. Aus.’’). ‘Red Flowering Mallee.”’ This was described and figured by Mueller and Brown in “‘The Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ published in 1882. 478 It was described from the Gawler Ranges specimens, but the authors give Encounter Bay, Ch. Stuart, 1847; and Port Lincoln, 1851. Tate (Proc. A.A.A.S., Sydney, 1898, p. 535) states it is not a tenable species, and Maiden (‘‘Crit. Rev. Genus Kuc.,’’ vol. 11., p. 32) places it as a variety of /. odorata. The fruits figured //oc. cit.) do not match those of any other South Australian species seen by us (including a large series of 4’. odorata), and therefore we are inclined to regard it as a valid species, after seeing the specimen in the Adelaide University Herbarium. 13. EucaLtyprus BLACKBURNIANA, Maiden, ined. The Melbourne Herbarium specimen of this species is labelled by Mueller ‘‘/. odorata, Behr., Yorke Peninsula, Teffer, 1879.’’ Similar material has reached us from Murray River, Staer, 1911, and also from the Sydney Herbarium, the latter labelled #. Blackburniana by Mr. Maiden. If this should prove to be distinct from /. odorata, then Mr. Maiden’s name should stand. 14. Eucatyprus Benriana, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst., 1., 34). ‘Bull Mallee.’’ This species of Mueller is found in Victoria and New South Wales, and preserves a morphological constancy throughout its geographical distribution. The botany and chemistry is described in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 69. 15. EucaLyptus cALycoGgona, Turcz. Poe There is a specimen of this species in the Adelaide University Herbarium from Wirrabara, and specimens were also received from Walter Gill, F.L.S., so this should be added to the South Austrahan flora. 16. Evcatyprus rncrassata, Labill. (Pl. New Holland, WoL. Ty A ‘‘Mallee.’’ It was originally recorded by the French author from Cape Leeuwin, but since then has been found to extend very — a aaa? 479 far east from that point, even into the most Eastern State, New South Wales. The fruits are variable in size and shape, but unfortunately Labillardiére does not figure the fruits, so that a certain amount of conjecture surrounds the form published. The large coarse-ribbed fruit and the two smooth capsules are delineated by Mueller in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia’’ (the three left figures are all found in South Australia). Maiden, in his ‘‘Crit. Rev. Gen. Euc.,’’ vol. i., under this species describes a large number of varieties, with fruits varying from 1 in. long and $ in. diameter to a small pilular specimen about { in. long and } in. diameter, including £. dumosa, which we, however, regard as a separate species. 17. Eucatyptus Woo.uwsiana, R. T. B. There appears to have been some confusion in the past between this species and its congeners, for that figured by J. E. Brown, ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ under Z. odorata is this species. Specimens were received which match the type collected in New South Wales. It is botanically and chemically described in our work, “‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,” p. 132. 18. EUCALYPTUS ALBENS, Miq. “White Box.”’ There is a specimen in the National Herbarium, Mel- bourne, collected by J. E. Brown, with locality Wirrabara, South Australia, so that if this specimen is authentic this species should be added to the South Australian flora. The chemistry of this species will be found in our work, “‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 134. 19. Evcatyptus HEMIPHLOIA, F. v. M. (Frag., ii., p. 62). ““Box Med Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. i1., p. 216, records this species for South Australia, and Tate, in his *‘Census,’’? lists it; but Maiden, in his ‘‘Crit. Rev. Gen. Euc.,”’ vol. 11., p. 15, is inclined to think that an error is recorded here, and that it is ¥. odorata, var. purpurascens, that is indicated. From the material received by us from South Australia only two specimens showed resemblance to this species; the specimens, however, were not in mature fruit. 480 No specimen appears to be extant in Adelaide Herbarium of this species, but in the Melbourne Herbarium there is a specimen of it, labelled ‘““W. Gill, from Mount Remarkable.’’ It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 135. 20. EUCALYPTUS LARGIFLORENS, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst., ly Agape BOO ied ox *” Professor Tate records this species for South Australia in his ‘‘Census,’’ but Mr. Maiden, in his paper, “‘A Contri- bution to the Botany of South Australian Flora’’ (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxx1i.,.p. 280), places this species under 1. fasciculosa, F. v. M. Both these species are Muel- ler’s, and the specimens examined by us in the Tate Collec- tion, Adelaide University, is Mueller’s 2. largiflorens. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘‘Kucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ under ZL. pendula, Dhiae 21. Eucalyptus microTHeca, F. v. M. (Jour. Linn. Soc., 11.5 \ oma ““Coolabah.’?.” This interior species of the State, as well as in New South Wales, is easily distinguished from its congeners by its small fruits and the comparatively large exserted ‘valves. It is probably the tallest tree of those parts. The timber is very hard, interlocked, and durable, and is of a pale chocolate colour. It is botanically and chemically described in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 158. 22, EuUcALYPTUS ELAEOPHORA, F. v. M. (Frag. ii., p. 52). ‘““Bundy.”’ This species is recorded for South Australia by Tate in his ‘‘Census,’’ under the name of LF. gontocalyx, F. v. M., with which species it was first placed by Bentham in his “Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. u1., p. 230, and acquiesced in by Mueller in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia.’’ The two, however, are quite distinct, as recognized by all later botanists. _ 481 It is botanically and chemically described in our work, ‘“Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ under the name of E. Cambagei, p. 118. 23. KUCALYPTUS acERVULA, Hook. f. (Fl. Tas.). This species of Hooker was fully investigated by us when writing our paper on “‘The Eucalypts of Tasmania’’ (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., October, 1912), where it is also shown in what respects it differs from /#. paludosa of New South Wales. It is the species recorded by botanists of South Australia as BE. Gunnu, and is figured as such by J. EK. Brown in his *‘Forest Flora of South Australia.’”’ #. Gunnu, the ‘‘Cider tree’ of Tasmania is, however, quite another species, the botanical and chemical differences being already given by us (loc. cit.). Both botanically and chemically the relationship is complete between the South Australian and Tasmanian trees. It is thus shown that #. acervula is not endemic in Tasmania, as was previously supposed. Mr. J. H. Maiden, in his “Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalypts,’’ vol. ii., part 7, p. 133, synonymizes this species under /’. ovata, Labillardieére, a synonymy with which we cannot agree, as the evidence advanced appears to us altogether insufficient, and Labil- lardiére’s plate and description do not match the 7. acervila of Tasmania and South Australia. Essential Ourl. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species were received for distillation from the Conservator of Forests of South Australia, Mr. Walter Guill, in the month of December. The crude oil was somewhat viscid, and had an aromatic odour. It evidently consisted largely of high-boiling con- stituents, such as sesquiterpene; it was dark coloured, and a phenol was present in fair amount for a Eucalyptus oil. A solid paraffin was also present. Phellandrene was absent, and cineol was present only in small amount. The ester content was somewhat high, the saponification number for the esters and free acids, in the cold with alcoholic potash, being 40°7. The separated oil had a marked odour of geraniol, so that the principle ester, consisted of geranyl-acetate. The amount of this ester in the oil of this South Australian tree may thus be stated to be 14 per cent. Geranyl-acetate has been isolated from the oils of several Eucalyptus species, and in one instance (7. Macarthur’) over 70 per cent. of this ester has been found. & 482 The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0-°9307; rotation, 4»>—1°4°; refractive index at 20° C.=1°487, and was soluble in one volume 80 per cent. alcohol, but became very turbid on addition of excess of alcohol. The high specific gravity, refractive index, and colour reactions suggest the presence of a fair amount of sesquiterpene. The large amount of ester renders the oil somewhat soluble in alcohol, but with excess of alcohol the presence of a solid paraffin in some quantity 1s indicated. The results of the analysis of this oil, as shown above, very closely resemble those we obtained for 2. acerviula from Tasmania. This is particularly noticeable through the ester and the solid paraffin, and allowing for differences in yield of oil and a consequent lower specific gravity in the Tasmanian material, the physical characters may be considered in agree- ment. The presence of the aromatic alcohol, geraniol, in the oil of this South Australian tree is worthy of reference, im view of Hooker’s remarks in his ‘‘Flora Tasmaniae,’’ in which he states “‘that the bruised foliage has a much sweeter cdour than is usual in the genus.’’ This observation was made over fifty years ago. 24. EUCALYPTUS VIMINALIS, Latalk (Pl. New Holl., ii., 126 to 151). ‘‘Manna Gum.”’’ Few species of Eucalypts are so widely distributed in — Australia as #. viminalis, consequently it has several common ~ names, the most general being “‘Manna Gum.’’ It is re- | stricted to the south-eastern portion of this State. A full systematic description and plate, as well as other relevant | matter on the species, are given in Brown’s ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ 1882. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 137. 25. EKucatyprus rostrata, Schlecht. (Linnea. xx., 655). ‘Red Gum.”’ s Being a distinct tree, and easily recognized from its loca- tion, very little confusion has occurred in connection with the nomenclature of this species. It is almost invariably — found on the banks of rivers, billabongs, and courses: of old ; rivers. Its most common name is ‘‘Murray Red Gum,’’ but — it has a much larger distribution than that name implies. | 483 It is, perhaps, more largely cultivated abroad than any any other species except 1’. globulus. Its specific characters appear not to vary wherever the tree is exotically grown. The oil from the variety borealis of this species (‘‘Re- search on the Eucalypts,’’ p. 75) differs entirely from that of £. rostrata, but in itself is just as constant. We have now had material of this variety from several localities, recently from Victoria, and the oil from all these is in agreement. There are thus two distinct forms of /. rostrata, and it is our intention to eventually raise the variety borealis to specific rank. Kssential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangarco Island in the month of June. The average yield of oil was 0°38 per cent. The crude oil was dark coloured—due to the influence of the phenols— and had a strong secondary odour of aromadendral. Cineol was present, but in small amount, and a small quantity of phellandrene was detected ; cymene was present in some quan- tity. The oil from this material gave results which were in entire agreement with those published by us in 1902 for this species (“Research on the Kucalypts,’’ p. 139), from materia! collected at Albury and at Hay, New South Wales localities. The crude oil of the Kangaroo Island /#. rostrata had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9047; rotation, ap—12°4°; rafractive index at 20°=1'4890, and was soluble in one volume 80 per cent. alcohol. The saponification number of the esters and free acid was 6'1. On rectification a few drops of acid water and some aldehydes came over below 173° (corr.). Between 173-188°, 51 per cent. distilled; between 188-255°, 30 per cent. came over, and between 255-272°, 7 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap | Ref. index at 20°. | LES Seas First fraction | 0°8710 — 775° 14811 Second fraction | 09127 | —91°2° 1°4929 Third fraction | 0°9333 ae 1°5040 2 The left rotation of the first fraction is partly due to the _ phellandrene, while that of the second fraction is almost entirely owing to the aromadendral. The high refractive — « Q2 484 index of the first fraction, taken in conjunction with the low specific gravity, is due to the influence of the cymene. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the first fraction. When calculated for the crude oil the result indicated that 11 per cent. of that constituent was present. For the determination and identification of the low-boil- ing constituents in the oil of this species another portion was distilled. The oil which came over below 185° C. was added to that of the first distillation and the whole redistilled, using a fairly long rod and disc stillhead. Although commencing to distil at 157°, yet only 7 per cent. distilled below 170° C. (corr.); by 173° 38 per cent. had come over. The three fractions were separated as follows: 157-173°, 38 per cent. ; 173-175°, 31 per cent.; 175-179°, 15 per cent.; residue boils ing above 179°, 16 per cent. The results obtained with these fractions were as fol- lows :— Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap, | Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 0°8647 — 4°5° LAye7 Second fraction O°8676 — §°4° 1°4806 Third fraction 08714 = 7°)? 1°4812 Restdwes cee oe. 0°9063 —17°8° 1°4880 ae It is thus evident that the amount of pinene can be but small, and that it is either inactive or slightly laevorotatory. The high refractive index, taken with the low specific gravity, suggests the presence of cymene. Cineol was detected in all three fractions, and as this constituent was small in amount an endeavour was made to — remove it by agitating each fraction with 50 per ceat. resorcinol. The uncombined portions were removed, washed, and dried. The influence of cineol is shown from the follow- ing figures, when compared with those given above :— eee Sp. a at 25°. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction ... 0°8613 1°4805 Second fraction ... * 08649 1°4842 Third fraction ... 0'8667 1°4856 —_———————————— 485 Cymene. The analytical results suggested the presence of cymene, and to determine the identity oa this hydrocarbon a portion of the rectified oil, thought to contain the cymene in greatest quantity, was bretcd in the cold with a dilute solneien of potassium permanganate, and the oil unacted upon re- moved. The oil was then oxidized by an aqueous solution of potassium permanganate (12 grams KMnO, in 330 grams water), as suggested by Wallach; about 2 eras of oil at the time were added, and the solution heated on a rapidly boiling waterbath. When the reaction was completed the MnO, was filtered off, the filtrate evaporated to dryness, the salt boiled out by alcohol, evaporated to small bulk, water added and acidified with sulphuric acid. The separated acid was purified from alcohol; it then melted at 155-156° C. From the method of formation of this substance, and its melting point, there seems little doubt but that the acid formed was p-oxyisopropylbenzoic acid. This result, together with other factors, indicates the presence of p-cymene in the oil of this species. That this hydrocarbon occurs in the. oil of #. rostrata in some quantity is thus shown. Aromadendral. Messrs. Schimmel & Co. have not as yet recognized aromadendral as an aldehyde differing from cumin aldehyde, and in “Die Atherischen Ole,” published by this firm in 1910, they state that cumin aldehyde .occurs in the oils of several Eucalypts, which are there enumerated, page 440. Cumin aldehyde may occur in the oils of some Eucalyptus species, and perhaps does, but as this aldehyde does not contain an asymmetric carbon atom it cannot be active to light, and consequently, on theoretical grounds alone, cannot be identi- cal with the laevorotatory aldehyde which occurs in so many Eucalyptus oils; often, as in the case of F. rostrata and £. salubris, with a very high specific rotation. As this aldehyde occurs in some quantity in the oil of Lf. rostrata, as well as the oils of several other species here dealt with, it was thought advisable to isolate it in a pure condition from the oil of a Kangaroo Island tree and deter- mine the properties of the aldehyde from this source. Aromadendral appears to be a dihydroaromatic aldehyde having the formula C,,H,,O. This formula was originally e 486 given to this laevorotatory aldehyde by one of us when it was first announced (Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, p. 286). In Schimmel & Co.’s work, above quoted, p. 449, appears a description of a tetrahydroaromatic aldehyde (Phellandral) obtained from water fennel oil. It thus appears that the three aldehyhes—cumin aldehyde, aromadendral, and _phel- landral fee the series C,,H,,O, C,,H,,O, and Ce wl The two last show optical activity, the former is inactive. That both active forms of aromadendral occur in Euca- lyptus oils is suggested from the fact that the degree of rotation varies greatly in the several species which contain it, although the predominant dextrorotatcry form has not yet been isolated ; also that the oxime prepared with the aldehyde extracted from the mixed high-boiling fractions of numerous Eucalyptus oils in which it occurs, melted at 84-85° C., which is the melting point for the oxime of aromadendral. That aromadendral is a definite chemical substance is demcnstrated by the uniformity shown by the aldehyde when prepared from Eucalyptus species growing many hundreds of miles apart. was extracted from the higher-boiling rostrata by the aid of scdium bisul- phite in the usual manner. When purified it had an cdour reminding of cumin aldehyde, was almost colourless, being shghtly yellow in appearance, and was highly laevorotatcry. The specific gravity at 20° C.=0°9534; specific rotation, falp — 73°94°: “refractive index’ at 20° = 11-5066 = the Voxume melted at 84-85°, and the phenylhydrazone at 105-106° C. By arranging these results in tabulated form with those of cuminaldehyde the differences appear distinctly marked. The corresponding figures for phellandral, as given by Schimmel Aromadendral portion of the oil’of £. and Co;; are also added for comparison :— Cuminaldehyde. Aromadendral. Phellandral. Neti Lc cam Gy naae O°9818 0°9569 0°9445 Optical rotation Nil [alp —73°94° ap —36°30° m.p. oxime . 58-59° 84-85° 87-88° m.p. phenylhy dia- ZONE 126-127° 105-106° 122-123° Ref. index at 20° oo 15066 1°4911 For further see our work, reference in connection with aromadendral ‘“‘Research on the Eucalypts, 1902, pi giias 487 26. EUCALYPTUS COSMOPHYLLA, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst., 32). ‘““Serub Gum.”’ So far as known, this Eucalyptus is endemic to South Australia. Though generally a medium tree, yet it cccasion- ally attains large dimensions, according to Mr. Gill. It extends to Kangaroo Island. _ Essential Oil. Leaves with terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were received from the Conservator of Forests, Mr. Walter Gill. The material was collected in the month of December. The average yield of oil was 0°62 per cent. The crude oil was light orange-brown in colour, with an odour indicative of an oil belonging to the cineol-pinene group, with a secondary odour suggestive of the aldehyde aromadendral. The presence of volatile aldehydes was particularly marked. The slight laevorotation of the crude oil,is largely due to the aromadendral, although the pimene is also laevorotatory to a small extent. Phellandrene was absent. This left rotation is unusual with oils of this class, as in most cases the pinene shows a predominant dextrorotation. The cineol content is only fair, and the oil does not contain constituents having special characters. The species has, therefore, little value as an oil-producing tree. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9108; rotation, *D—3°2°; refractive index at 20° =1°4659, and was soluble in 7 volumes 70 per cent. aleohol. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 5'6. On rectification a few drops cf acid water, together with some aldehydes, came over below 167° (corr.). Between 167-172°, 9 per cent. distilled; between 172-198°, 75 per cent. came over, and between 198-270° 11 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following :— | | Sp. er: at 15°.¢, | Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°. First fraction | 08909 | —2°6° 1°4612 Second fraction | 0°S065 —3 0° | 1°4628 Third fraction | 0°9296 | eek 1°4827 The cineo] was determined by the resorcinol method in the rectified portion; the result showed the presence of 50 5) 48 Oo per cent. of that constituent in the crude oil. The rectified oil was tinged yellow, a peculiarity common to the oils of this group. This colour is traceable to quinone influence derived from the peculiar form of phenol present in the oils of the cineol class, other than those of the “‘Peppermints’’ and the ‘“Ashes.’’ The phenol (tasmanol) which cccurs in the oils of these latter groups contains a methoxy group, so that quinone is not an oxidation product, and consequently the rectified oils obtainable from species belonging to these groups are colourless. 27. KUCALYPTUS LEUCORNZON, EF. vy. M. ‘*Blue Guin.’’ This species was described first by Baron von Mueller in the Transactions of the Victorian Institute, i1., 33, 1854, and again 1n 1860-1861 in his ‘‘Fragmenta,’’ 11., p. 60, but in this latter he includes the ‘‘Ironbark’’ now recognized as JL. siderorylon, so that that description is a composite one; and Mueller, in his “Eucalyptographia,” further perpetuates the error. Woolls (Proc, Linn.. Soc: Wes, Wales, 1836, 92 boom details the differences of the two species, so that he is really the author of the species. J. E. Brown, late Conservator of Forests, South Austra- lia, describes and figures the species with three plates, dividing it into four varieties, vzz.:-— (a) The “‘Blue Gum,” small fruits and white flowers. (6 and c) “‘White’’ and ‘‘Red Flowering Gum,’’ with large fruits; var. macrocarpa. (d) The “‘Scrubby Blue Gum’’; var. pauperita. We are inclined to regard, until. further investigated, (> and c) as type, (a) just a white variety of the type, and (/d) as a distinct form, deserving specific rank. Essential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distal- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. This species grows somewhat plenti- fully on Kangaroo Island, and is stated to have both red and white flowers. It seems to be generally known throughout the island as ‘‘Blue Gum.”’ The leaves, after steam distillation, had become quite red in colour, resembling in this respect those of the ‘‘Red Mallee.’’ The average yield of oil was 0°78 per cent. The erude oil was reddish in colour, due to the influence of iron from the still acting on the phenol. The odour was that given by oils belonging to the cineol-pinene class, and volatile aldehydes were pronounced. No indication was given for the aldehyde aromadendral. Phellandrene was not present. The terpenes present were pinene and limonene, and _ probably eymene occurs also. A fairly large fraction was obtained boiling above 260° C., which consisted principally of a sesqui- terpene. The amount of esters was small. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°8987: Topauion, *D+9°2°; refractive index at 20° C.=1°4711; and required 1 volume of 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear solution. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 3°8. . On rectification a few drops of acid water, together with some aldehydes, came over below 165° C. (corr.). Between 165-172°, 34 per cent. distilled; between 172-225°, 50 per cent. came over, and between 225-276° 13 per cent. distilled. ‘These fractions gave the following results :— | Sp. gr: at 15° C. Rotation aq. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 0°8815 | 325°0° | 1°4650 Second fraction 0°8921 Feo ike 1°4667 Third fraction 0°9365 Inactive 1°4964 The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the rectified oil and calculated for the crude oil. The result obtained with two closely-agreeing determinations showed that 32 per cent. of cineol was present in the crude oil. The Terpenes. When the cineol in the oil of the first two fractions was combined with phosphoric acid in excess, the terpenes separated from the thick jelly formed and could be poured from the cineol phosphate. After agitating with 50 per cent. solution of resorcinol, the separated liquid, after well washing and drying, had specific gravity at 15°=0°8641; rotation, 4p + 11°8°; refractive index at 20°=1°4756. The oil was tinged yellow, and had an odour reminding ssomewhat of cymene, and was very mobile. The terpenes were redistilled, when 50 per cent. came over between 157- 490 167° (corr.), and 34 per cent. between 167-172° C. These two fractions gave the following results :— Sp. er at i5° GC, totation ag. Ref. index at 20°. iY ; Me | A First fraction 0°8604 +17°5° 1°4715 Second fraction 0°8569 ; sah be 1°4746 The nitrosochloride was readily formed with the first fraction, and this, when purified, melted at 104° C.. It is thus evident that the chief terpene in the oil of this species is dextrorotatory pinene. The specific gravity and refractive index suggest that the other terpene is limonene, and probably cymene is present also. The oil of this species is thus shown to contain a predominance of terpenes. 28) KUCALYPTUS FASCICULOSA, Yoyo Mi. A ‘White Gum.’’ Mueller described this tree in Trans. Vict Inst., vol. 34, but Bentham, 1866, ‘“ Flora’ Australiensis,” vol. iii., p. 212, synonymizes it under F. paniculata ; Mueller, in his ‘‘Kucalyptographia,’’ 1879, concurs in such a classification, but Maiden, in Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1908, p. 280, shows. that these two are distinct, and as this is not an ‘‘Ironbark’”’ tley should be separated. It is another instance proving that something ~ more is required in the specific determination of Eucalypts than a morphological comparison of leaves, fruits, etc. J. E. Brown figures and describes it in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,” p. 46, under the name of #. paniculata. There can be no doubt that the flowers, leaves, and fruits there figured much resemble /. paniculata, and there is also. a strong connection in the chemistry of the oils of the two species, but the timbers, bark, and habitat well‘indicate the specifi¢e differences. Essential Oil. Leaves with terminal branches, of this species were received for distillation from the Conservator of Forests of South Australia, Mr. Walter Gill, in the month of December. The average yield of oil was 0°019 per cent., only one ounce ef oil being obtained from 329 lb. of material. The species is thus a very poor oil-producing Eucalypt. The crude oil was somewhat mobile, of a dark-amber colour, and an 49] odour indicating an oi! of the pinene-cineol group. The amount of cineo] was small—certainly not more than 15 per cent. of that constituent being present. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 22°1, which, for an alcohol belonging to the C,,H,,OH series, in combination with acetic acid, represented 7°7 per cent. of ester. The odour of the separated oil was not distinctive and did not indicate geraniol, so that the identity of the alcohol is at present in doubt. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9041; rotation, #p+6°3°; refractive index at 20° =1°4789, and was scarcely soluble in 10 volumes 80 per cent. alcohol. The small amount of oil at our disposal did not permit more extensive work being done upon it, and distillation results could not be obtained. The species has no value as an ‘oil-producing tree, the yield of oil being so small. 29. Evcatyptus cortaces, A. Cunn. (Schau. in Wdlp. Rep. 11.5',925). “Cabbage Gum.”’ This species appears to be restricted to the South-eastern portion of the State, near the coast. Sufficient research has not yet been undertaken to determine definitely this South Australian tree’s relationship with KF. phlebophylla; so that until this is ascertained, it is impossible to say which data given under the two species in the botanical and chemical descriptions in ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 179, and ‘‘Eucalypts of Tasmania and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 27, respectively belong to the South Australian Eucalypt. 30. EUCALYPTUS CORYNOCALYX, F. v. M. (‘‘Frag.’’ 11., p. 43). “Sugar Gum.’’ Mueller, when describing this Eucalyptus in 1860 gave it this name, which was acknowledged by Bentham in his “Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. iii., p. 218 (1886). It appears, however, that in 1852 Mueller had already described the same species under the name of /. cladocalyx, but discards this for 2. corynocalyx in lus “‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, and Bentham follows his wishes. He must evidently have had ‘some sound reasons for such alteration of nomenclature, and now that the name /. corynocalyx runs through Eucalyptus literature of the last fifty years we have decided to fall into line with the author’s wishes and use /’. corynocalysx, and not exhume the name of /. cladocalyy. 492 : Essential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. The yield of oil was very small, only three ounces being obtained from 194 lb. of material, equal to 0°096 per cent. The crude oil was of an orange-brown colour, and the odour resembled that of an oil belonging to the cineol-pinene group. The secondary odour was indefinite. Phellandrene does not occur in the oil of this species. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°8945; rotation, 47+871°; refractive index at 20°=1°4779, and was soluble in 4 volumes of 80 per cent. alcohol. The saponification number for the esters. and free acids was 7°7. On rectification a few drops of acid water, with some aldehydes, came over below 159° C. (corr.). Between 159- 167° 28 per cent. distilled, and between 167-205° 53 per cent. came over; the residue thus represented 19 per cent. As the amount of available oil was small, less than half the usual quantity was available for distillation. These fractions. gave the following results :— ND ere ablserC: | Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°. First fraction O8718 | 4209° 1+ 41-4670 Second fraction O°8816 | +11°1° | 1°4738 Residue? 2 eet cee 0°9548 | == 1°5007 The cineol was determined by the resorcinal method in the rectified oil, and when calculated for the crude oil the result showed that 20 per cent. of that constituent was pre- sent. The oil of this species thus shows strong resemblance to those distilled from #. microcorys and BE. maculata. The chief terpene is dextrorotatory pinene. The species has little value as an oil-producing Eucalypt. 31. EucaLyptus opiiqua, L’Her. “Stringy Bark.”’ This widely-known species of the Eastern States extends: to South Australia, and along with /. capitellata and #- macrorhyncha is the most common species in the ranges of the South-east, extending across to Kangaroo Island. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on 493 **Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 188, and figured by J. E. Brown in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia.” 5.—_TABULATED RESULTS WITH THE CRUDE OILS, TOGETHER WITH THEIR PRINCIPAL CONSTITUENTS. TABLE (A).—SPECIES NOW INVESTIGATED. The full analysis of the oil of any particular Eucalypt will be found described under that species. Constituents, other than those enumerated, may be present in small amount in many of the oils. Volatile aldehydes were present in small quantities in all the oils, and free acid also, because the small amount of water which always came over first on distillation was acid to litmus. The saponification number includes that for the free acid as well as for the esters; it will be noticed that the oil of two species had a somewhat high saponification number. All the oils contain phenols in small amount. The alcohol used in determining the solubilities was standardized for percentage of absolute alcohol by weight. The refractive indices were taken with a Zeiss Abbé refractometer and cor- rected for 20° C., the factor 0°00047 being used for this pur- pose. The yields of oil are from material collected as would be done for commercial oil distillation. TABLE (B).—SPECIES PREVIOUSLY INVESTIGATED. The results recorded for the oils of species enumerated in this table are those we had previously obtained from the same species collected in other Australian States. From the numer- ous investigations we have undertaken with authentic material collected in localities far apart, it may be stated as a general rule that an identical species of Eucalyptus, growing under natural conditions, will furnish products chemically in agree- ment. This fact is borne out in this research with both E£. acervula and EF. rostrata—in the former case from Kan- garoo Island and Tasmania, localities hundreds of miles apart. E.. obliqua is also a good instance of this constancy, for we have had material for investigation collected in the New England district of New South Wales, and in several other localities in this State, as well as in Tasmania, and the chemical results are all in agreement. We have, therefore, no reason to sup- pose that the species common to South Australia and the Commonwealth will differ in their comparative chemical con- stancy, and for that reason have given this table of results for their crude oils for referential purposes. Species, E. cosmophylla E. fasciculosa E. leucoxrylon E. rostrata E. cneorifolia E. odorata E. corynocalyx E. dumosa E. santalifolia E. acervula TABLE '(A). Saponification | Species. E. albens E. Behriana E. Bosistoana E. capitellata E. coriaceae E. claueophora E. gracilis E. hemiphloia E. largiflorens KH. macrorhyncha ... E. microtheca E. opine E. oleosa E. viminalis E. W ool siana Sp. gr. at 15°C. | Rotation ap, wine 0°9108 = 32° ig ee 0°9041 + 6B° 29°] ("8987 fee OP 3°8 0°9047 —19°4° 671 09229 — 33° | 74 09193 FO 4)° 85 | 08945 435819 17 | O°9041 +1649 37 0°884 = 37°7° 49 (9307 Sh -4° 40°7 | TABLE SLE (B). Sp. er. at 15°C. | Rotation ap, ae i 2 .Q°9044),)0 14 Nea os Vek, 8G ae ("9237 4+ 3:7° 111 0°9078 4+ 995° 3°9 0°9175 + 4:49 42 "8947 99:3 46 | 0°9199 + 4°97° 8°7 0°9098 4+ 134° 62 09117 = 8'8° 5°8 0°9155 ae ge SI S4 0°929 Laevorotatory Rca 0°8855 i 43 (8902 — 26°26° 8'1 | 0°925 os POP 1 49 09162 + 36° | 79 | 089.56 —124° | griey | INVESTIGATED. ™ Cineol, per cent., Resorcinol method, Crude Oil. 70% 53 80% | 15 3 | 80% 32 | | 80% | ll ls. 80% | 12 80% Small quantity only , EVIOUSLY INVESTIGATED. | Cineol, Phosphoric bility in | Acid method, Yield per cent. 0°62 0019 0°78 6°38 18 1°87 0096 0°96 O41 0°03 Yield per cent. ohol. approximate ec f Per cont ire ol. § 80% 30 0°10 ols. 70% | 48 0°61 70% | 38 0°97 80% 28 0°16 80% | 5 0°45 70% | 58 a 80% 15 0°90 70% | 20 0°55 70% | 50 0°67 70% | 30 0°27 ible in| 5 0°23 Is. 80%, 80% | 5 0°67 . 70% 50 0°97 0%, 35 0°35 80%, 10 0°50 Chief Constituents. Pinene, cineol, aromadendral, ses- quiterpenes Pinene, cineol, esters Pinene, limonene,(?) cymene, ses- quiterpenes, cineol Cymene, aromadendral, cineol, phel- landrene, pinene Cineol, pinene, aromadendral Cineol, pinene, aromadendral Pinene, cineol, sesquiterpenes Pinene, cineol, sesquiterpenes ® Pinene, limonene, cineol, sesquiter- penes Pinene, geranyl-acetate, sesquiter- pene, paraffin Chief Constituents. Cineol, pinene, esters, aromadendral Cineol, pinene, esters, sesquiterpene Cineol, pinene, sesquiterpene Cineol, phellandrene, pinene, ses- quiterpene Phellandrene, piperitone, cineol, sesquiterpene Cineol, pinene, aromadendral, esters, eudesmol Cineol, pinene, aromadendral Cineol, pinene, aromadendral Cineol, pinene, esters Cineol, phellandrene, pinene, eu- desmol, esters Phellandrene, pinene,_ cineol, cymene, sesquiterpene Phellandrene, cineol, aromaden- dral, esters Cineol, pinene, aromadendral, ses- quiterpene Cineol, pinene, phellandrene, ses- quiterpene, esters | Cineol, pinene, esters, aromadendral 6.—BOTANICAL 496 SURVEY OF SPECIES. (Localities from which Specimens were received from South . Australia for the preparation of this paper.) Specimen. Eucalyptus capitellata E. E. esis] macrorhyncha santalifolia . Bosistoana E. gracias ... . odorata . oleosa . uncinata . eneorifolia . dumosa . Blackburniana . calycogona . Woollsiana . hemiphloia . acervula . viminalis Locality. S.E. corner of S.A. Dowlingville Mount “Templeton: Near Adelaide Kalangadoo ... | Glencoe Kangaroo Island Mount Templeton Sevenhills eae Nackara For. Res. Mount Templeton Hd. of Lindley South Australia ... Nuriootpa ” Mount Templeton | Gulnare ; Blumberg .. Clinton North Middleton Brownlow ; Queen’s Own Town Palmen! - tage Sheaoak Log Kangaroo Island Clinton North Rosy Pine Brightwood . Brownlow) t.cc 5 Hoa Bay. Kilian Kangaroo Island Port Augusta Mount Templeton Clinton North Callington Gulnare. ; Queen’s Own Town Kangaroo Island Murray River. Mount aap S Rosy Pine Pinnaroo Adelaide ; Sheaoak Log Callington HY, part of S.A. Kalangadoo ... Mount Muirhead — Prospect Hill . Kalangadoo ... Glencoe | —— Name. Walter Gill, F.L.S. Mabel F. B. Tapp C. N. Grenfell Walter Gill, F.L.S. W. K. Bednall Edward H. Galle EK. Burgess C. N. Grenfell Clara A. Chesterman Walter Gill, F.L.S. C. N. Grenfell K. R. Edmonds Walter Gill, F.L.S. Dr. J. B. Cleland C. N. Grenfell Adeline Adcock W. D. Oliver Kate M. Brazill Julia G. Tucker Annie M. Koop Marian Minns Christian G. Zadow Johann F. Schultz EK. Burgess Kate M. Brazill Essie Edwards B. O. St. B. Ayliffe Annie M. Koop Sidney C. Kelly E. Burgess Walter Gill, F.L.S. C. N. Grenfell Kate M. Brazill D. A. Melbourne Adeline Adcock Marian Minns E. Burgess A Staer C. N. Grenfell Essie Edwards Walter Gill, F.L.S. R. H. Cambage Johann F. Schultz D. A. Melbourne Walter Gill, F.L.S. W. K. Bednall E. Smith Grace McD. Bell W. K. Bednall Edward Galle Specimen. E. rostrata E. cosmophylla E. leucoxrylon & . fasciculosa E. corynocalyz . E. obliqua 497 ' Locality. Rietint Paslsnon -~ WKalangadoo ... Prospect Hill Mount Torrens Kanmantoo Blumberg Castle Springs U roonda Lower Inman Vv ‘alley Quorn :: Keyneton | Naracoorte Palmer Beetaloo Be Queen’s Own Town Kangaroo Island Sheaoak Log ; South Australia ... Prospect Hill Beetaloo Keyneton Blumberg ‘ Kangaroo Island Prospect. Hill Middleton Prospect Hill South Australia . Glencoe Kanmantoo Sevenhills & Rendelsham ... World’s End Creek Beetaloo — Callington Queen’: s Own Town Sheaoak Log Kangaroo Island Smithfield... Prospect Hill | Maude M. | Maude Ds: A. Name. ic IN: Bpatiell. W. K. Bednall Grace McD. Bell Sophia M. Tuck H. J. O’Leary W. D. Oliver Elizabeth Prior The Teacher M. M. Smith John C. Nadebaum Elsie A. Whitehead Wiliam J. Gunn Christian G. Zadow Maude A. Hannan Marian Minns EK. Burgess Johann F. Schultz Walter Guill, F.L.S. Grace McD. Bell Maude A. Hannan Elsie A. Whitehead W. D. Oliver E. Burgess Grace McD. Bell Julia G. Tucker Grace McD. Bell Walter Gill, F.L.S. Edward H. Galle H. J. O'Leary Clara A. Chesterman Williams Florence EK. Malcome A. Hannan Melbourne Marian Minns Johann F. Schultz EK. Burgess Herbert J. Deeble Grace McD. Bell j . CENSUS OF SPECIES. 1. E. capitellata 12. E. Lansdowneana 22. E. elaeophora 2. E. macrorhyncha 13. E. Blackburniana 23. E. acervula 3. E. santalifolia 14. FE. Behriana 24. KH. viminalis 4. E. Bosistoana 15. E. calycogona 95. EH. rostrata 5. E. gracilis 16. E. incrassata 96. E. cosmophylla 6. E. odorata 17. E. Woollsiana 97. E. leucoxrylon { 7. E. oleosa 18. KF. albens 98. E. fasciculosa 8. E. uncinata 19. FE. hemiphloia 29. E. coriacea = 9. E. cneorifolia 20. EB. largiflorens 30. BE. corynocalys 10. E. dumosa 21. E. microtheca 31. E. obliqua ll. BE. pachyphylla ‘ DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. ; Piate xlix. Eucalyptus cneorifolia. ; 1. 3 odorata. b li. oe calycogona. . lii. me oleosa. ® - * 498 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY TORTRICIDAE. can By A. JEFFERIS TuRNER, M.D., F.E.S. [Read October 12, 1916.] When Mr. Meyrick undertook his revision of the Australian Tortricina, since published in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales for 1910 and 1911, I sent to him for determination every species in my collection of which I had two or more examples. There remained a number of unique examples, and these, together with more recent captures, form the subject of the present paper. All the types, with the exception of those otherwise specified, are in my own collection. Mr. Meyrick’s papers form an admirable groundwork for the study of this group. The genera are well characterized, and with proper care there is no great difficulty in their discrimination, but the species of this family will always prove a difficult study, owing to their general uniformity of pattern, together with a frequent puzzling extent of variation. Family TORTRICIDAE. Subfamily CARPOSININAE. BoONDIA NIGELLA. Bondia nigella, Newm.: Tr. E. S. (mn. s.), 111., 289; Meyr.= P) LOS: NS? Wales, 1882,’ pi yiez: Mr. W. W. Froggatt has sent me two female examples — from Moruya, New South Wales, with the note that they were bred from larvae found in plum-root galls. CARPOSINA SMARAGDIAS, n. sp. (apapaydos, emerald). Q, 31 mm. Head brown mixed with whitish; face whitish. Palpi very long (5), terminal joint 4 second; brownish. Antennae brown. Thorax bright-green, anterior margin, a transverse median line, a second line behind this, a posterior spot, and some scattered scales on patagia brown. Abdomen pale-brown. Legs brown-whitish; anterior pair brown, with pale annulations on tarsi. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched at base, thence nearly Bs straight, apex rounded, termen slightly oblique, nearly straight, rounded towards tornus; bright-green, with scanty = = - 499 brown irroration; markings brown; a large spot on base of costa containing some green scales; an incomplete fascia from 4 costa obliquely outwards, then bent longitudinally to middle of disc, upper edge of discal portion blackish; a brown dot between discal portion and costa; a brown dot on midcosta, and three similar dots at equal intervals between this and apex; a pale subterminal fascia not reaching margins; a terminal series of dots; cilia pale-grey, obscurely barred with brownish. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. The hindwings have 3 and 4 separate but approximated at base, not stalked as is usual in this genus. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. CAaRPOSINA EULOPHA, 0. sp. (etAodos, well tufted). ¢, 18 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 5; dark-grey, internal and upper half of external surface grey-whitish, the latter with a few darker scales. Antennae grey-whitish ; ciliations in male 1. Thorax grey-whitish, irrorated with dark-grey and ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish; from each side of base arises in male a strong pencil of long hairs directed dorsally, their apices ochreous-tinged. Legs grey; tibiae annulated with whitish; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings very elongate-triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex pointed, termen straight, very oblique; whitish unevenly suffused with grey and with ochreous, and irrorated with dark-fuscous; some fuscous dots on costa; a moderate crest in disc at 4, and a second beneath and beyond, both dark-fuscous anteriorly, whitish posteriorly; numerous small tufts of raised scales; cilia grey-whitish, with an obscure darker median line. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey. This species should be easily known by the long basal abdominal tufts of the male. Hab.—South Australia: Blackwood, near Adelaide, in November; one specimen received from Oswald Lower. CARPOSINA APLEGIA, Nl. sp. (d7Anyos, plain, simple). 2,18 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish-grey. Palpi 6; fuscous, upper edge whitish. Antennae whitish- grey. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings rather narrow, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round- pointed, termen nearly straight, rounded beneath, oblique; whitish grey, with some darker grey irroration towards dorsum and termen; cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Hahb.—New South Wales: Wentworth Falls, near Katoomba, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. | 500 Subfamily PHALONIANAE. Gen. PHAULOPHARA, nov. (davAodapos, meanly clothed). Antennae of male ciliated. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint with loose spreading hairs anteriorly forming an apical tuft; terminal joint short. Thorax with a strong posterior crest. forewings with 2 from before angle, 7 and 8 long-stalked, 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 separate, parallel. PHAULOPHARA BELOGRAMMA, N. sp. (BeAoypaypos, inscribed with darts). gd,12mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous- whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish; ciliations in male 1. Thorax fuscous; patagia, except bases, ochreous-whitish ; pos- terior crest very long, ochreous-whitish barred with fuscous at and before apex. Abdomen dark-grey, beneath ochreous- whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; antennae, femora, and tibiae fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, with patchy fuscous irroration; a large basal patch, its pos- terior edge convex ; indications of a median fascia; posterior area of disc suffused with fuscous, except on four longitudinal subterminal bars, and a small triangular spot on termen shortly beneath apex; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a sub-basal fuscous line, which is interrupted opposite terminal spot. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Evelyn Scrub, near Her- berton, in January; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. Type in Coll. Lyell. , Gen. TANYMECICA, nov. (Tavvpyxeos, elongate). Palpi very long, porrect; second joint extremely long, thickened with roughly-appressed hairs above and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax with a posterior crest. Fore- wings without raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 3 and 4 stalked, 7 separate to termen, 8 and 9 stalked. Huind- wings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 equidistant and remote at origin ; A, 5, 6,and 7 parallel, TANYMECICA XANTHOPLACA, h. Sp. (EavforAakos, broadly yellow). 9,30 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 44; whitish, external surface brownish-tinged. Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous; all tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior femora and tibiae mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not 501 dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex round- — —=—— = ~~. pointed, termen sinuate, scarcely oblique; pale fuscous, with darker fuscous streaks parallel to veins; a few whitish dots in terminal portion of disc; a dark fuscous terminal line; cilia dark-fuscous, base whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with basal half pale-yellow, terminal half dark-fuscous, the line of junc- tion irregularly dentate; cilia dark-fuscous, on tornus and dorsum pale-yellow. _— /1ab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in February; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. Gen. EUSTHENICA, nov. (etoGerixos, stout). Antennae of male very shortly ciliated. Palpi moderate, ascending, thickened with smoothly-appressed scales; terminal jomt short, bent forwards. Thorax with a posterior crest. Forewings without raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 3 and 4 approximated at origin, 7 separate, to termen. Hind- wings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 separate and parallel; forked vein in cell well-developed. EUSTHENICA MEGALAUCHA, hi. sp. (peyadavyos, arrogant). ¢, 26 mm. Q, 36 mm. Head fuscous-brown, with some whitish scales between antennae. Palpi fuscous-brown. Antennae brown-whitish; ciliations in male }. Thorax fuscous-brown, posterior = of patagia and posterior aspect of erest brown-whitish. Abdomen brownish. Legs fuscous- brown ; posterior pair brown-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen scarcely rounded, slightly oblique; whitish-brown, with numerous fine transverse lines and three fasciae fuscous-brown; first fascia from + costa to 4 dorsum, nearly straight ; second fascia from 2 costa to 3 dorsum, slightly outwardly curved; third fascia from # costa 5 to tornus, nearly straight, expanding towards tornus; cilia brownish with whitish apices. Hindwings grey; cilia grey- _ whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in January; Coolangatta, in January. Two specimens. HELIOCOSMA DISCOTYPA, n. sp. (d:0KoTuTos, disc-marked). gd, 12 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. (Palpi broken.) Antennae ochreous-whitish; in male thickened, ciliations imperceptible. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen grey, to- wards base tinged with reddish-brown, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs pale-fuscous ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched (apex broken), termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey; costa tinged with _ reddish-brown: markings reddish-brown, narrowly edged with 502 ochreous-whitish; a_ basal pent bounded by an inwardly oblique line from 4 costa to } dorsum; a transversely oval spot resting on mid-dorsum and reaching % across disc; a large apical blotch bounded by a strongly ‘inwardly- curved line; cilia reddish-brown, on tornus ochreous-whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Coolangatta, in March; one speci- men. HYPERXENA ZIROPHORA, N.. Sp. (Ce.podopos, loose-robed). 2, 17 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Palpi 5; whitish-grey. Antennae whitish-grey. Abdomen _ grey- whitish. Legs pale-grey. Forewings elongate, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly oblique; pale-grey, towards base grey-whitish; a pale-brownish subdorsal blotch, undefined towards dorsum, sharply defined towards costa, where it reaches beyond middle of disc as a bidentate process, and is margined by a whitish suffusion; an undefined pale reddish-brown terminal suffusion; cilia whitish, bases mixed with pale-brownish. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in June; one specimen. ‘Type im Coll. uyell. Gen. TRYCHNOSTOLA, nov. (tpuvxvoctoAos, rough-robed). Palpi moderate, ascending, thickened with smoothly- appressed scales; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a posterior crest. Forewings with numerous tufts of raised — scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to — termen. Hindwings with basal pecten on median vein; 3 and 4 connate, 5 closely approximated to 4 at origin, 6 and 7 remote, roughly parallel, converging somewhat after origin, — diverging somewhat towards termen, 7 to costa. The presence of a basal pecten on median vein of hind- — wings is exceptional in this family. Type, 7’. /ichenitis. TRYCHNOSTOLA LICHENITIS, n. sp. (AevyyviTis, Mossy). 9, 28 mm. Head whitish; face and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax whitish, bases of tegulae and — patagia and posterior crest fuscous. Abdomen ochreous- grey whitish. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly sinuate, arched at base and beyond middle, apex rounded, termen — bowed, slightly oblique; greenish, costa and central part of dise satatied with whitish, generally strigulated with fuscous; a small median tuft of scales near base and a larger tuft at 4 1, id 7 ay i 503 a large tuft at | at lower angle of cell, and many smaller tufts; cilia fuscous. Hindwings pale-fuscous; cilia pale-fusc- ous, on dorsum fuscous-whitish. /‘1ab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in December: one specimen. TRYCHNOSTOLA PHAEOSTICTA, Nl. Sp. (pavootixtos, dusky speckled). 2, 15 mm. Head grey-whitish; face pale-grey. Palpi pale-grey ; inner-surface grey-whitish. Antennae grey-whitish, irregularly speckled and banded with fuscous. Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; grey-whitish, closely strigulated with fuscous; a number of fuscous dots on costa; a transverse ridge of elevated scales at 4 from dorsum nearly to costa, anteriorly fuscous, posteriorly grey-whitish ; a number of small tufts of scales in disc; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings pale- grey; cilia grey-whitish. Hah.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in March; one specimen. Subfamily TORTRICINAE. IsOCHORISTA EUDROSA, n. sp. (evdpocos, bedewed). 3, Q, 12-14 mm. Head pale-ferruginous. Palpi 21; pale-ferruginous. Antennae pale-grey; ciliations in male minute. Thorax with a well-marked posterior crest; pale ferruginous. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior tibiae and tarsi grey, annulated with whitish-ochreous. Fore- wings not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round- pointed, termen straight, oblique; in male without costal fold; ochreous-whitish, with a lustrous sheen; markings bright-fer- ruginous; a fuscous dot on costa near base giving rise to an irregularly-dentate line, sharply angled on fold, representing basal patch; a fine outwardly-oblique line from + costa curved inwards to 4 dorsum, dilated towards dorsum; a strongly- marked median fascia from 4 costa, at first narrow, below middle strongly dilated and extending on dorsum from middle to tornus, dilated portion with an acute projection upwards; a large semioval partly-fuscous spot on % costa; a subapical costal spot; a slight subterminal suffusion ; cilia brown-whitish, on tornus narrowly fuscous. Huindwings and cilia grey. Nearest /. cerophanes, Meyr. Hah.—Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; Gayndah, in September; Rosewood, in April. Three specimens. 504 Gen. CATAMACTA. Cautamacta, Meyr.: Tr. N. Z. 1., 1911, p. 81; Gen. Insect. Tory Bes Antennae of male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint thickened with rough scales above and beneath: terminal joint short. Thorax smooth. Forewings with 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. MHindwings with 3 and 4 separate, but approximated at origin, 4 and 5 connate, 6 and 7 stalked. Distinguished from Acropolitis by the absence of a thoracic crest, from Paraselena by 3 and 4 of hindwings not remote at origin, and from Procalyptis by the stalking of 6 and 7 of hindwings. The genus has not been previously recorded in Australia, though known in New Zealand and India. CATAMACTA HEDISTA, n. sp. (yd.0T0s, very sweet). ¢, 20mm. Head whitish. Palpi 23; ochreous-whitish, external surface fuscous-tinged. Antennae pale-grey; cilia- tions in male 4. Thorax whitish, anteriorly tinged with greenish-ochreous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish ; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a costal fold reaching beyond middle, broad towards base, thence narrow ; whitish ; costa barred with fusccus; a moderate basal patch crossed by lines of greenish-ochreous, best marked towards dorsum; a suffused greenish fascia, grey in middle, from midcosta to dorsum beyond middle, strongly dilated towards dorsum, becoming ochreous, with three fuscous dorsal dots; a greenish and grey suffusion beyond and parallel to this, from # costa to termen above tornus; cilia whitish, with an interrupted grey sub-basal line, apices greyish. Hindwings and cilia grey. /Tab.—Queensland: Brisbane; one specimen. ACROPOLITIS TETRICA, n. sp. (tetricus, harsh, gloomy). ¢, 28 mm. Head fuscous-brown, side tufts whitish-- brown. Palpi 24; fuscous, towards base ochreous-whitish. Antennae pale-brownish; ciliations in male 4. Thorax whitish-brown mixed with fuscous-brown. Abdomen pale- grey. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous- whitish; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings rather narrow, not dilated, costa gently arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded beneath: a tuft of scales on dorsum near base; in male with a narrow costal fold extending to 4; whitish-brown suffused 5 and irregularly spotted and blotched with dark fuscous-brown ; 505 a large irregular-edged blotch in middle of dise giving off a process towards base, and another to } costa; a broad longi- tudinal streak from near beyond central blotch to muid- termen; cilia fuscous brown, on apex and towards termen mixed with whitish-brown. Huindwings pale-grey, with faintly darker strigulae; cilia whitish-grey maith a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide, in August; one speci- men, received from Dr. Pulleine. LAMYRODES ARGILLACEA, n. sp. (argillaceus, clay-coloured). 3¢,12mm. Head and thorax pale ferruginous-ochreous. Palpi whitish, external surface of tuft fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey; tuft ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous; anterior and middle tarsi fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex pointed, termen slightly sinuate, oblique;,in male without costal fold; pale ferruginous-fuscous; costa strigulated with whitish and fuscous; a whitish fascia irrorated internally, with ground-colour from 4 costa obliquely outwards to fold, there “constricted, bent inwards, and continued by a whitish line to mid- dorsum ; a similar but narrower fascia from mid- costa to # dorsum; a double whitish line from 4% costa, con- tinued as a silvery-grey outwardly-curved line to tornus; a double whitish mark on costa beyond this, and another before apex, its inner limb giving rise to a short silvery-grey line to termen above middle; some blackish scales on termen; cilia ferruginous-ochreous, on costa interrupted with whitish, and also beneath apex and on tornus, on termen with a broad basal whitish line. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Glen Innes, in March; one specimen. Gen. GLYPHIDOPTERA, nov. (yAvdidorrepos, notch-winged). Palpi long, porrect; second joint very long, with rough projecting scales above and beneath ; terminal joint moderate. _ Thorax with a strong bifid posterior crest. Forewings with termen deeply incised beneath apex, forming a broad notch opposite veins 5 and 6; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. Hind- wings with discocellulars strongly angled, the end of cell having the form of a W; 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approximated at base, 6 and 7 short-stalked. A developoment of Capua distinguished by the strongly- notched forewings. The form of the cell of hindwings, the long palpi, and the strongly-crested thorax are additional peculiarities. 506 GLYPHIDOPTERA POLYMITA, Nn. sp. (7oAvputos, Many threaded). Q, 22 mm. Head reddish-brown mixed with whitish. Palpi 34; outer-surface reddish-brown, inner whitish. An- tennae fuscous-brown, towards base whitish. Thorax reddish- brown. Abdomen pale-grey; tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous ; posterior pair whitish. Forewings dilated pcsteriorly, costa strongly arched near base, thence nearly straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen deeply and broadly notched beneath apex, thence obliquely rounded; whitish, suffused and streaked with reddish-brown; these streaks are specially marked in cell and between posterior veins; cilia reddish- brown, with some whitish bars, best marked in notch. Hind- wings and cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Glen Innes, in October; one specimen, beaten from a sapling Hucalyptus. 6 Gen. BaTones. Batodes, Gn.: Eur. Micro., p. 40; Meyr.: Gen. Insect: Tortricidae, p. 10. Asthenoptycha, Meyr.: P. L. S. N's. Wales, 1881, p. 461, and 1910 pe i7s. BaTODES HEMINIPHA, Nn. sp. (7puvidos, half-snowy). ¢, @, 14-17 mm. Head and palpi brown. Antennae brown; ciliations in male $. Thorax brown. Abdomen brown, tuft whitish. Legs brown; tarsi with pale annula- tions; posterior pair brown-whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight or shghtly sinuate, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique; dorsum with a strong crest near base; brown, more or less strigulated with dark-fuscous; some whitish irroration towards dorsum; apical # of wing white, with some strigulae and a dorsal dot before tornus dark-fuscous; anterior margin of white area irregularly waved and concave; cilia pale- brownish. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in November; two specimens. BATODES OCHROCHYTA, Nl. Sp. (@ypoxutos, suffused with pallor). 3g, 12 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi fuscous; inner-surface whitish. Antennae whitish, with fine fuscous annulations; ciliations in male }. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous; tibiae and: tarsi with whitish annulations; posterior pair whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa _ 57 ather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely ounded; costal fold in male moderately broad, extending o 4; fuscous, median area suffused with whitish; a fuscous asal patch, containing several fine dark-fuscous transverse ines, interrupted by a median whitish suffusion; a fine dark- uscous line, suffusedly bordered with brownish, from % costa, on bifurcating, anterior limb ending on 3 dorsum, posterior n tornus; similar lines from } costa to tornus, a short line rom costa beyond this, and a line on termen; cilia fuscous. indwings and cilia grey. Nearest 4. craterana, Meyr.; distinguished by the median whitish suffusion. Hab.—Queensland: Toowoomba, in September; one specimen. Gen. AUTHOMAEMA, nov. (aiGoprayos, akin). Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint with projecting scales above and beneath; ter- minal joint short. Forewings with 3 and 4 stalked from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. MHuindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approximated, 6 and 7 stalked. A development of Capua, distinguished by the stalking of 3 and 4 of forewings. Type, A. pentucosma, Low. CaPUA NAIAS, N. sp. (vaias,a water-nyinph). ¢.12mm. Head white, slightly ochreous-tinged. Palpi whitish, external and anterior surface of second joint blackish, except towards apex. Antennae whitish, annulated with blackish ; ciliations in male $. Thorax white, tegulae blackish. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male without costal fold; white; markings blackish ; a large spot on base of dorsum with a short posterior process reaching fold; a spot on base of costa, sometimes double, another at 4, and a dot at 4; an oblique fascia from -mideosta to dorsum before tornus, interrupted above middle, dilated heneath interruption, constricted above dorsum; a dot on 3 costa; four small spots on apical fourth of ccsta; several dots on termen; cilia white, with a few basal blackish dots. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. | This pretty and delicate species is not like any other. Hah.—New South Wales: Ebor, in December and Janu- ary; two.specimens taken in a damp cave beneath a small waterfall. 508 CAPUA ACROGRAPHA, N. sp. ‘dxpoypados, narked at the apex) .! 9.12 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous-whitish. Antennae greyish, towards base ochre- ous-whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair echreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated; costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; ochreous-whitish; basal third of costa narrowly fuscous; an ochreous-brown, moderate, inwardly oblique fascia from costa before middle to 4 dorsum, becoming fuscous on dorsum; disc beyond this coarsely reticulated with ochreous-brown; a blackish dot in disc beyond middle; two or three blackish dots before termen above middle; cilia ochreous-whitish, on apex broadly dark-fuscous. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia ochreous- whitish. Allied to (. decolorana, Wik.; distinguished by the inwardly oblique fascia and apical dark spot in cilia. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in June; one specimen. CAPUA DASYCERCA, Nn. sp. (dacvKepxos, bushy-tailed). 3, 9, 12-13 mm. Head and palpi pale-brown. Antennae brownish, obscurely annulated with dark-fuscous; ciliations in male 2. Thorax brown, posterior crest dark- fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-grey; tuft dark-fuscous, very large in female. Legs pale-brownish; anterior pair fuscous, with pale annulations on tarsi. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen straight, slightly oblique; male with a slender costal fold to +; pale-brownish ; a large basal patch outlined with dark- fuscous, rather acutely angled outwards below middle; a dark-fuscous median fascia, indented anteriorly and slightly projecting posteriorly im middle; a fuscous tornal spot; a dark-fuscous fascia from costa near apex, broad on costa, narrowing to its termination on termen above tornus; a fine fuscous transverse line between basal patch and median fascia, and two fine lines between that and subterminal fascia ; cilia pale-brownish. Hindwings and cilia grey. ’ Hab. — Queensland: Killarney, in November; five specimens. } CAPUA TETRAPLASIA, nN. sp. (tetpazAacwos, fourfold). Q,11 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous- whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Thorax ochreous- whitish tinged with ferruginous. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, slightly oblique; whitish, with a small basal patch Sa ay aaa Se pee OS ear a eae 509 and four fasciae ferruginous, mixed with fuscous; first fascia from } costa to 4 dorsum, shghtly outwardly curved; second fascia straight, outwardly oblique, from midcosta to % dor- sum ; third . fascia from } costa, confluent on dorsum with preceding: fourth fascia from costa beyond and continuous with third to tornus; cilia ferruginous-fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island, in August; one specimen. ~ CAPUA ACRITA, N. sp. (dxputos, confused). ¢, 13 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 2; fuscous- brown. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 1. Thorax dark- fuscous. Abdomen dark-grey, basal segments brown-whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male without costal fold ; whitish mixed with reddish-brown and a few scat- tered tuscous scales ; markings dark-fuscous, with a few reddish- brown scales; a large basal patch limited by an irregular line from + costa to mid-dorsum; median fascia sharply defined anteriorly, posteriorly suffused, broad on costa, indistinct towards termen; costal area beyond this grey, with an included dark-fuscous costal dot; a broad inwardly-oblique streak from costa before apex; a broad line from tornus 3 length of termen, cilia whitish-grey, bases partly fuscous. Hindwings pale-grey, faintly strigulated with whitish; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Victoria: Gisborne, in February; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. i CAPUA EUCYCLA, n. sp. (edxuxdos, well rounded). ¢, 17mm. Head pale-grey. Palpi grey, inner-surface white. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 1. Thorax and abdomen grey. Legs grey; tarsi with whitish annulations. Forewings suboval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a moderate costal fold extending to 4; grey, with fuscous markings and irrora- tion; basal patch ill-defined; median fascia from + costa to mid-dorsum, anterior edge clearly defined, posteriorly suf-- fused, with a median projection; a second fascia from % costa to termen above tornus, anterior edge irregular, well defined ; cilia whitish, obscurely barred with grey, and with a dark- fuscous medjan line. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River, in November; one speci- ‘men received from A. M. Lea. 510 CaPUA CYDROPIS, n. sp. (xvdpwrs, of glorious appearance). 9, 18 mm. Head fuscous-brown; face pale-ochreous. Palpi fuscous-brown ; inner-surface pale-cchreous. Antennae fuscous-brown. Thorax with a strong posterior crest ; fuscous- brown. -Abdomen_ fuscous-brown. Legs whitish-ochreous ; anterior pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa strengly arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; whitish- brown; markings reddish-brown, partly edged and spotted with dark-fuscous; a moderately basal patch, produced and obtusely angled outwards in middle; a subtriangular dorsal spot from 4 to middle; a rather broad fascia from costa before middle obliquely outwards, greatly dilated below middle, but deeply indented on posterior edge above dorsum ; a triangular spot on costa about 2, its apex confluent with fascia ; subterminal and submarginal dark lines; cilia fuscous, mixed with brown. Hindwings deep ochreous towards termen,. irrorated with fuscous; cilia grey, with a darker subbasal line. Conspicuously distinct. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in March; one specimen. CAPUA DISCOTYPA, nN. sp. (dvcKoruros, disc-marked). Q, 12mm. Head and therax brown. Palpi 3; brown. Antennae pale-brownish, with narrow blackish rings. (Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, with ochreous-whitish annulations. Fore- wings rather narrow, strongly dilated posteriorly, costa straight, towards apex gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; brown-whitish, closely set with fine fuscous transverse lines and some dark-fuscous irroration ; costa finely strigulated with dark-fuscous; a circular fuscous-brown blotch above # dorsum, to which it 1s connected; a fuscous-brown fascia from # costa, narrow on costa but rapidly widening, anterior edge to tornus, posterior to midtermen : three fuscous streaks from costa beyond this; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; towards base thinly scaled; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in January ; one specimen. CaPUA EUCAMATA, 0. sp. ‘edxaporos, well-wrought). gd,14 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. (Antennae broken.) Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex ‘round-pointed, termen scarcely rounded, oblique; in male with a rudimentary costal fold to 1; fuscous, mixed witlr. ——— se So —_— 511 whitish and in places slightly tinged with ferruginous-brown ; markings clearly defined, whitish, narrowly edged with dark- fuscous and ferruginous-brown ; a fascia from + costa to 4 dorsum, slightly outwardly curved; a second fascia from 3 costa to 3 dorsum, interrupted in disc; two whitish costal dots before apex; a third fascia, subterminal, ill-defined in middle portion ; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in October; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. CaPUA VULPINA, n. sp. (vulpinus, foxy-red). 3,12 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, with a purplish gloss. Palpi 5; fuscous, tinged with brown. Antennae pale- grey: ciliations in male 4. Abdomen pale ochreous-grey. Legs ‘ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair pale-fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa arched near base, bent at 2, thence ee apex rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold to 2; fuscous, with a dull purplish gloss, suffused, except near base, with reddish-brown ; costal edge narrowly and interrupted whitish beyond middle; cilia fuscous, mixed with reddish-brown. Hindwings whitish, indistinctly strigulated with whitish-grey; cilia whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Stanwell Park, near Bulli, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. TORTRIX HAEMATEPHORA, Nl. sp. (atari popos, blood-stained). dé, 92, 20-23 mm. Head whitish, brownish-tinged. Palpi 3; fuscous, inner-surface whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 13. Thorax brownish-fuscous, with a post- median white spot. Abdonien grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa arched near base, thence nearly straight, apex pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish, finely strigulated with pale-grey; mark- ings grey, partly suffused, especially on margins, with bright- ferruginous, and blackish; a large basal patch, sharply toothed posteriorly below middie; a moderate fascia from 4 costa to beyond middle of disc, there expanding into a large blotch, which extends from 3 dorsum to tornus, and whose posterior edge is sharply toothed upwards; an elongate mark . on costa from middle to near apex, containing two whitish costal dots; a fine terminal line; cilia grey-whitish, with an interrupted dark sub-basal line. Hindwings grey-whitish, with faintly darker strigulations; at apex grey; cilia grey-_ whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in February and March; eight specimens. 4 512 TORTRIX ERYSIBODES, n. sp. (€pvorfwors, mildewed). 3d, 18-20 mm. Head ochreous-brown; face fuscous. Palpi 3; pale fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 15. Thorax fuscous, tegulae, patagia, and a posterior spot ochreous-brown. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly. oblique, towards tornus rounded; grey, with a few whitish scales; five or six irregular ochreous-brown transverse lines, containing some fuscous scales, partly connected in disc; these lines commence from fuscous costal spots ; short whitish fasciae from + and midcosta, lost in disc; cilia whitish, barred with pale-grey. Hindwings pale-grey, with faint darker strigula- tions; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 to 6,000 ft.), in February and March; eleven specimens. This species was abundant in the neighbourhood of the hotel. TORTRIX TEPHRODES, n. sp. (te¢pwdys, ashen-grey). od, 18-20 mm. Head grey. Palpi 2; grey. Antennae grey ; ciliations in male very short (4). Thorax and abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore- wings not dilated; costa arched to middle, thence straight, apex tolerably pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; costal fold narrow, to 2; whitish, closely irrorated with grey; markings grey, with patchy ferruginous irrora- tion; sometimes also some ferruginous irroration between markings; an ill-defined basal patch dentate outwards above middle; a short oblique fascia from costa before middle, ter- minating abruptly in mid-disc; a blotch on dorsum before tornus, reaching to middle of disc; an elongate mark on costa at 2, followed by two costal dots; a short erect mark from termen just beyond tornus; a dark grey terminal line; cilia whitish, with an interrupted grey sub-basal line. Huind- wings grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (3,500 to 5,000 ft.), in January and February; eight specimens. TORTRIX EURAPHODES, n. sp. (etpadwodys, well-embroidered). dg, 15-16 mm. Head whitish; face grey. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male very short (4). Thorax fuscous, with some whitish scales. Abdomen grey, tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Fore- wings not dilated, costa arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen nearly straight, scarcely oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish, sometimes with 513 slight patchy pale-ochreous suffusion; markings fuscous; a rather large basal patch, angled outwards below middle; two or three dots on dorsum; a short outwardly-oblique fascia from 4 costa, ending abruptly before mid-disc; a large blotch on tornus; a streak along costa from middle to apex, some- times connected with apex of fascia; a triangular spot on middle of termen, its apex sometimes connected with tornal blotch; cilia grey, apices whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Ground-colour whiter than in the preceding species, the markings much more distinct, with a triangular spot on termen, and without costal fold. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000-6,000 ft.), in March; four specimens. TORTRIX HAEMATODES, hn. sp. (aipatwdns, blood-stained). 36, 9,15-19mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 1. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, straight beyond middle, apex rounded-rectangular, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique ; in male without costal fold; fuscous, sometimes dotted with dark-fuscous, usually more or less reticulated with bright- ferruginous; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000-6,000 ft.), in February and March; nine specimens. Among these is only one female, which is distinctly smaller than those of the other sex. TORTRIX BALIOPTERA, n. Sp. (Badvorrepos, with speckled wings). 6,15 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-brown. Palpi 3; ochreous-brown. Antennae ochreous-brown ; ciliations in male %. Abdomen grey, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated, costa strongly arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen scarcely oblique, rounded beneath; in male without costal fold: whitish, closely strigulated with pale ochreous-brown; a basal patch and median fascia faintly indicated; the latter strongly oblique from costa before middle to tornus; cilia whitish. Hindwing grey-whitish, faintly strigulated with grey; cilia whitish. This species belongs to the sobriana group. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in September ; Warwick, in October. Two specimens. R 514 TORTRIX CELATRIX, n. sp. (celatrix, a concealer). 3, Q, 19-20 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-brown. Palpi 24; fuscous-brown. Antennae fuscous-brown; cilia- tions in male 24. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous- whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; in male without costal fold; dark fuscous-brown, finely strigulated with reddish-brown ; costal edge strigulated with fuscous; cilia fuscous-brown. Hindwings whitish, strigulated with grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. This species nearly resembles 7. ferrea, but the much longer antennal ciliations show that it is distinct. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine and Toowoomba, in September; three specimens. TORTRIX ORIOTES, nN. sp. (dpemmrys, a mountaineer). 3d, 14-20 mm. Head fuscous, irrorated with white. Palpi 24; fuscous, with some white irroration; base white. Antennae dark-fuscous with whitish annulations; ciliations in male 14. Thorax dark-fuscous, with some white scales on margins. Abdomen grey; under-surface whitish. Legs fuscous irrorated, and tarsi annulated, with whitish ; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, beyond middle straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold ; grey; basal patch faintly indicated, mixed with dark-fuscous, pale-ochreous, and white; markings white, broadly edged, with a mixture of dark-fuscous and pale -ochreous; three outwardly oblique fasciae from }, 4, and %, reaching a and the first slightly beyond middle of disc, the third fascia inter- rupted ; a white costal dot beyond third fascia; a white sub- marginal line from apex: a dark-fuscous terminal line by eile whitish, with a fuscous sub-basal line, on tornus fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line, towards tornus wholly grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in January and March; six specimens. MERITASTIS ANISOCAUSTA, Nn. Sp. (avicoxavoros, wnevenly scorched). 3, 9, 11-12 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish ; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae grey-whitish ; ciliations in male 1. Abdomen pale- grey. Legs grey-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa strongly and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely EE ———————— 515 rounded; grey-whitish; a large but variable fuscous basal patch, obsolete towards dorsum, sometimes faintly marked, bounded by a line from } costa towards mid-dorsum ; a semi- oval pale-centred costal patch extending on costa from middle to #, sometimes obsolete; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Its small size, obtusely rounded forewings, and whitish- grey forewings are characteristic, but the dark markings are inconstant. — Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in October, Decem- ber, and January; three specimens received from F. P. Dcdd, of which one is in Coll. Lyell. EPICHORISTA PLEUROSEMA, Nn. sp. (wAevpoonpmos, with costal markings). ¢, 11 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, with a few fuscous scales externally. Antennae whitish, finely annulated with dark fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Thorax fuscous, patagia whitish. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; whitish, with fuscous irroration and markings; numerous dark-fuscous strigulae on costa, some of them giving rise to short fine oblique lines; basal patch obsolete; a defined fascia from mid- costa to tornus, strongly dilated and more suffused towards tornus; a terminal line not reaching tornus; cilia whitish, with a well-marked median dark-fuscous line. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked; grey; cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Rosewood, in April; one specimen. EPICHORISTA HYPERACRIA,N Sp (t7repaxptos, upon the heights). S,12-16mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 1. Thorax fuscous, with some pale-ochreous irrora- tion. Abdomen dark-grey, tuft whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, not dilated, costa slightly arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, strongly oblique; in male without costal fold; grey, irrorated with pale-ochreous; an ill-defined white costal streak; a similar median streak from 4 to #, then bent upwards and suffusedly connected with preceding at apex; a third similar streak from base along fold, not reaching tornus, connected with origin of median streak; cilia white, on apex grey. Huindwings grey; cilia white, with a grey basal line. R2 516 This and the following allied species are peculiar in their elongate forewings, with strongly oblique termen and simple pattern of longitudinal streaks. There is some variability in the neuration of the hindwings; 6 and 7 may be separate or stalked, and 3 and 4, although usually separate, may be con- nate. They must, I think, be referred to this genus, though somewhat intermediate between it and Tortriz. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (6,000 to 7,000 ft.), in January; nine specimens. EPICHORISTA LEPTOSTICHA, Nl. sp. (Aertoortxos, with slender streaks). 3, 9, 17-21 mm. Head and thorax dark-grey. Palpi 24; grey, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 4. Abdomen grey, tuft whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow, elongate, not dilated; costa slightly arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, strongly oblique; in male without costal fold; grey, irrorated with pale-ochreous; a white costal streak, rather broad at base, gradually narrowing, and not quite reaching apex; costal edge dark-fuscous near base, thence grey; a slender white median streak from 4 to termen; sometimes short white streaks to termen above and below this; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish. Larger than the preceding, the antennal ciliations shorter, the streaks more defined, median streak reaching termen, and without any streak on fold. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 to 6,000 ft), in March; seven specimens. AROTROPHORA HEMIPLECTA, n. sp. (€uurAextos, half-netted). 3¢,15 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 5; fuscous with a median reddish-brown streak on external surface, lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; in male markedly dentate with fascicules of cilia. Thorax pale-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous- brown. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous. Fore- wings strongly dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate, not oblique; ochreous- whitish densely strigulated with brownish-fuscous, which forms fine wavy transverse lines in basal half of wing, and again towards apex; a darker more distinct line from ¢ costa to midtermen, in certain lights partly edged with silvery- white; cilia fuscous mixed with pale-brown. Huindwings ochreous-whitish, towards apex, termen, and tornus coarsely reticulated with blackish; cilia whitish-ochreous with some fuscous admixture at apex and tornus. a ee fre ¥ S Ce GOO aT”. rrr i i i i eee De 517 Hab.—Queensland: Coolangatta, in © August; one specimen. CNEPHASIA TRISSOCHORDA, HN. sp. (tprcoxopdos, With three chords). ©, 17 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, ¢osta arched to 4, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; whitish-grey, with a few fuscous strigulae; markings dark-fuscous; a series of dots or short strigulae on costa; a line from ? costa to 4+ dorsum, slightly outwardly curved, not angled, representing edge of basal patch; a rather narrow oblique fascia from 2? costa to 3 dorsum, its centre paler, constricted in middle; a second hourglass-shaped fascia from % costa to tornus, expanded on margins, much con- stricted in middle; cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings whitish, faintly strigulated with pale-grey; cilia whitish, with a pale- grey basal line. Allied to (. rugicolana. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft:), in January; one specimen. SCHOENOTENES MICROPOLIA, 0. sp. (pixporoduos, small grey). 2, 12 mm. Head whitish-grey; lower part of face whitish. Palpi whitish: external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax grey. Abdomen whitish- grey. Legs whitish: anterior pair fuscous. Forewings with ‘ small tufts of raised scales, not dilated; costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, finely strigulated with pale-fuscous; cilia whitish, with a very fine antemedian grey line. Hindwings whitish, towards apex tinged with grey; cilia whitish. Hah.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen. SCHOENOTENES CRYMODES, 0. sp. (xkpupwoys, icy). gd, 12 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 14; whitish, with some fuscous scales on external surface. Antennae whitish; ciliations in male 1. Thorax whitish. Abdomen ochreous- whitish. Legs whitish: anterior pair with some fuscous irroration. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, more strongly towards base, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded ; whitish, with pale-grey strigulae forming very ill- defined markings: numerous dark-fuscous dots on costa; basal patch faintly indicated: median fascia from costa before middle to dorsum beyond middle, scarcely traceable in disc, 518 dark-fuscous on margins; indications of a second fascia from costa to tornus; followed by a third incomplete fascia from costa before apex to termen above tornus; cilia whitish, with a few fuscous scales before apices. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Stanwell Park, near Bulli, April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. Gen. GYNNIDOMORPHA, nov. (yuvidopopdos, of weak form). Head rough-scaled. Palpi moderately long, porrect; second joint with rough projecting scales above and beneath ; terminal joint short. Forewings without raised scales; all veins present and separate, 7 to costa. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 rather widely remote, 6 and 7 stalked. In the costal termination of vein 7 of forewings this genus agrees with Peronea, but differs in the absence of scale-tufts and the separation of 3 and 4 of hindwings. The latter character separates it also from Dichelopa. GYNNIDOMORPHA MESOXUTHA, N. sp. (uecoovGos, tawny in the middle). Q, 11mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax whitish- ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely founded; whitish- ochreous : markings ochrecus-brown; a rather large basal patch, pos- terior edge nearly straight; an inwardly oblique, moderately broad, median fascia from midcosta to middorsum, con- stricted above middle; a fascia from 2 costa to tornus, moderately broad on costa but soon narrowing to a fine line; cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. fiab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in March; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. DICHELOPA HETEROZYGA, n. sp. (érepotvyos, unevenly yoked). 3d, 12mm. Head, palpi, and therax brownish-fuscoeus. Antennae fuscous, with whitish annulations; ciliations 1. Abdomen dark-brown. Legs pale-brownish. Forewings nar- row, not dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded : reddish-brown mixed with fuscous and crossed by numerous broken silvery transverse lines; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark-brown. 2, 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax bright reddish- brown. Forewings with ground-colour bright reddish- brown without fuscous admixture. Hahb.—Queensland: Warwick, in October ; two specimens. 519 Gen. APURA, nov. (azovpos, distant, unlike). Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint generally smooth- sealed, but with rough projecting scales above and beneath towards apex ; terminal joint rather long, stout, smooth- sealed. Thorax without crest. Forewings with tufts of raised scales; 2 from %, 3 and 4 short-stalked from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 igs costa. Hindwings with cell short (about 4), 3 and 4 stalked, 5 parallel, not approximated to 4 at base, 6 and 7 stalked. An anomalous genus. The termination of 7 of fore- wings in costa is very unusual, and the structure of the hindwings is also peculiar. In general appearance the fol- lowing species resembles a Laspeyresia, but there is no trace of a submedian pecten. APURA XANTHOSOMA, n. sp. (favGoowpos, yellow-bodied). 2, 20 mm. Head and thorax brownish-grey. Palpi 2; grey. Antennae grey. Abdomen ochreous-yellow. Legs fuscous ; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair, except tarsi, whitish-ochreous. Forewings scarcely dilated, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen slightly sinuate, not oblique; some tufts of raised scales in disc, especially large towards base; fuscous mixed with whitish and suffused with ochreous-brown especially in median area; basal patch fuscous, well defined by a slightly sinuous line from } costa to # dorsum; beyond this is a broad suffused whitish trans- verse line, and beyond this again a broad median ochreous- brown area, bounded by a fine sinuous fuscous line from ? costa to # dorsum; terminal area strigulated with fuscous and containing a broad ochreous-brown line edged with fuscous from # costa to termen above tornus; cilia fuscous, with minute white p®ints and bronzy-purple reflections. Hindwings and cilia grey: dorsal cilia and hairs ochreous- tinged. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. Gen. TRACHYPTILA, nov. (tpayv7TiAos, rough-winged). Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi rather long: second joint subascending, smooth beneath, thickened with scales on upper-surface before apex; terminal joint moderate, curved downward. Thorax not crested. Forewings with tufts of raised scales: 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. Hind- wings with 3 from well before angle remote from 4, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base; 6 and 7 stalked. 520 Similar to Paraselena in neuration, but with tufts of scales on forewings, and really a development of the Peronea group. The palpi are rather peculiar. TRACHYPTILA MELANOSTICHA, N. sp. (weAavootixos, black-lined). ¢, 21 mm. Head and thorax grey, with fine whitislr irroration. Palpi 3; grey, internal surface whitish. Anten- nae grey; ciliations in male 2. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; femora and anterior coxae whitish posteriorly; tibiae and tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, with fine blackish strigulae and irroration; a blackish streak along fold from near base, thicker towards origin; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings ‘and cilia pale-grey. Hlab.—Victoria: Birchip, in December; one specimen received from D. Goudie. ; Gen. ParANEPSIA, nov. (zapavewnuos, akin). Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint with rough projecting scales above and beneath ; terminal joint short. Thorax without crest. Forewings with small tufts of raised scales; 3 from angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to apex or termen. Huindwings with 3 and 4 separate, but approximated at base, 5 approximated to 4, 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked. Differs from Hpichorista only by the raised scales on forewings, but really belongs to the Peronea group. Type, P.-amydra, Turn. PARANEPSIA AMYDRA, N1. Sp. (dpvdpos, dark). oO ietbo ime Stead and thorax fuscous. Palpi 23; fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 3. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded, 7 to termen; in male without costal fold; fuscous; markings dark-fuscous; a large basal patch, pesterior edge from + costa to 2? dorsum, acutely angled outwards in middle, and again on dorsum; a fine line from costa slightly beyond basal patch to dorsum, dilated somewhat towards dorsum ; a second approximate and parallel line from costa to mid-disc; costal edge ochreous-whitish, interrupted by dark-fuscous strigulae; terminal fourth of disc finely reticulated with dark-fuscous; cilia fuscous, a darker OOO EO OOOO EEE Eee ee 521 basal line interrupted by brown-whitish. Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate; fuscous; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in August; one specimen. PARANEPSIA PHAULERA, 0. Sp. (davAepos, mean, paltry). ¢, 12 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey. Antennae grey-whitish annulated with dark-fuscous; cilia- tions in male 1. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior pair pale-grey. Forewings not dilated, costa strongly and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; 7 to apex; whitish-grey, with slight fuscous irroration; a rather large basal patch indicated by fuscous irroration, bounded by a straight line from } costa to + dorsum; median fascia indicated by two fine parallel fuscous lines from about middle of costa to dorsum before tornus, very indistinct towards dorsum; a squarish fuscous spot on # costa, and some fuscous irroration above tornus; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked; grey- whitish; cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Townsville, in June; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. SCOLIOPLECTA ARAEA, Nl. sp. (dparos, weak, slight). ¢,10mm. Head and palpi whitish. Antennae whitish, with some fuscous annulations towards base; ciliations in male minute. Thorax whitish, anterior margin ochreous. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and all tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, scarcely oblique; whitish, with some fine fuscous strigulae; costa barred with many fuscous dots at regular intervals; some ochreous irroration towards base; an ochreous transverse fascia from } costa to 4+ dorsum; a second similar but broader fascia from mid- costa to dorsum beyond middle; a third fascia from # costa to termen above tornus, ochreous near costa, but mainly composed of fine fuscous strigulae; an oblique subapical fuscous costal bar joining a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish, on costa with fuscous apices. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in March; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. ScOLIOPLECTA OCHROPHYLLA, 0. sp. (@xpodvAdos, pale-winged). 2, 14 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous- whitish, apex of second joint broadly fuscous. Antennae 522 fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish, with some fuscous admix- ture. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish; all tarsi and middle tibiae annulated with dark- fuscous. orewings scarcely dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; whitish; markings dark-fuscous, mixed with brownish-ochreous; a line from base of costa, confluent on dorsum, with an outwardly curved line from } costa; a line from 4 costa to 4 dorsum parallel to the preceding; two or three dots on costa before middle; a narrow fascia from mid- costa to dorsum beyond middle, ill-defined and partly inter- rupted in disc; a costal dot beyond this: an outwardly curved line from } costa to tornus, showing in oblique light some leaden-metallic dots; a submarginal line from costa before apex to midtermen; cilia ochreous-whitish, with an oblique dark-fuscous basal bar at apex and two dark-fuscous dots above tornus. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia grey-whitish,, with a dark-grey sub-basal line. | Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in October; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. EBoDA CYCLOPLEURA, Nn. sp. (kuxAozAevpos, with rounded costa). ¢, 12-14 mm. Head and thorax pale-fuscous. Palpi reddish-fuscous, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen: grey, towards base whitish tinged with reddish-ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish; antericr pair, except coxae, fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa strongly and evenly arched, but more strongly towards base, apex obtusely rounded, termen straight, not oblique; grey, with fine transverse fuscous strigulations; a broad, interrupted purple-fuscous line on costa, becoming continuous on termen; a large ill-defined dorsal blotch whitish strigulated with ferruginous in one example, in a second example this is not developed; cilia pale-ochreous, apices grey. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia grey- whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; two examples (one imperfect and of uncertain sex) received from F. P. Dodd. Subfamily EUCOSMINAE. BATHROTOMA DELOSCHEMA. Spilonota deloschema, Turn.: P.-L. S. N.S. Wales, 1914, 554. Zathrotoma catapasta, Turn.: l.c., 1915, 192. Hab.—New South Wales: Ebor. i a Cn te ee ee la al e359 a20 BATHROTOMA MELANOGRAPHA, Nn. sp. (weAavoypados, inscribed with black). ¢, 16mm. Head whitish-grey. Palpi 3; dark-fuscous, upper edge and terminal joint whitish-grey. Antennae grev; in male slightly serrate, thickened and notched at 4, minutely ciliated. Thorax whitish-grey, with a pair of dark-fuscous dots near posterior angle, bases of patagia brown. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish, middle femora, middle and posterior tibiae grey-whitish. Forewings narrow-elongate, costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique: in male with a broad costal fold extending to middle; whitish, mixed with fuscous-grey, middle of disc suffused with brownish; a blackish median streak from + to middle, bifur- cated at anterior end; this is followed by a blackish spot, and this again by an oblique blackish streak towards, but not reaching, apex; all these markings are suffusedly edged with brownish; a narrow, interrupted terminal fascia of alternate dark-fuscous and whitish striae; cilia grey, with fine whitish striae, bases whitish interrupted by dark-fuscous, with a longer bar at 4 from apex. Huindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Hornsby, near Sydney, in June; one specimen received from R. J. Tillyard. * , . ACROCLITA CHLOREIS, n. sp. (xAwpyis, greenish). Q.,, 10 | mm. Head pale-greenish, side tufts partly brownish-tinged. Palpi 24; fuscous, internal surface whitish. Antennae fuscous. Thorax greenish; patagia whitish, bases brownish-tinged. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; tarsi grey, with whitish annulations. Forewings narrow, not dilated, ‘costa moderately arched to middle, thence straight, apex rectangular, termen slightly excavated beneath apex, thence obliquely rounded; greenish; markings brownish, edged and mixed with dark-fuscous; three transverse lines from basal part of costa as far as fold; a broad band from 4 dorsum, somewhat outwardly oblique, ending in a rounded extremity above middle of disc; a larger blotch with very irregular ‘outline on dorsum from % to tornus, reaching more than half across disc; a spot on midcosta and another slightly larger a little beyond this; a small tuft of raised scales before middle of disc, between two dorsal blotches: an elongate subapical spot narrowly connected with a dark-fuscous dot at apex; a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia grey-whitish, with an obscure fuscous median line, on apex fuscous. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. 524 Not near any other species, unless it be the following. The small tuft of raised scales on disc is a peculiar character. Habh.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen. ACROCLITA NEOTHELA, ni. sp. (veo6yAos, fresh-budding). Q, 11-13 mm. Head pale-green. Palpi 2%; greenish, inner-surface whitish. Antennae pale-grey. Thorax pale- green. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior tarsi annu- lated with fuscous. Forewings narrow, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, somewhat produced, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; green, with some scattered dark-fuscous scales; some dark-fuscous costal dots; median fascia dark-fuscous, from midcosta to tornus, interrupted below middle, above interruption broadly connected with a dark-fuscous apical spot; cilia pale-greenish, apices grey, on apex dark-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale- grey; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in August and November ; two specimens. ANCYLIS ACROGYPSA, Nn. sp (dxpoyvos, with chalk-white apex). ¢, 9mm. Head fuscous. Palpi fuscous, internal sur- face whitish. Antennae fuscous; in male slightly serrate, cilaticns imperceptible. Thorax dark-fuscous mixed with whitish. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous; middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, some- what constricted posteriorly, costa strongly arched near base, thence straight, apex acute and strongly falcate, termen strongly sinuate, not oblique; dark-brownish-fuscous; a large whitish suffused blotch at 4+ extending from costa to fold; beyond this are three short oblique whitish costal strigulae ; several transverse whitish strigulae in dorsal area; a large terminal whitish area sharply limited by a nearly straight transverse line, immediately preceded by some leaden-grey suffusion and by a whitish spot above middle of disc; apex, two ante-apical strigulae, and a fine terminal line dark- fuscous; a small spot before apex and a larger above tornus leaden-grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, on apical process fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; two specimens received from F. P. Dodd. EUCOSMA PHAEOSCIA, n. sp. (favooxios, darkly shaded). 3, 14 mm. Head and thorax whitish, with some dark-fuscous scales. Palpi 24; whitish, external surface of 525 second joint with two broad dark-fuscous bands. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. (Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish, irrorated with grey; tibiae and tarsi annulated with dark-fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a strong but narrow costal fold extending to middle; fuscous; costal fold barred with dark-fuscous; a dark-fuscous basal patch; a broadly-suffused grey-whitish dorsal streak from this to %; a large dark-fuscous blotch in disc before middle, succeeded by a small ochreous-brown suffusion towards dor- sum; a white spot in disc at #; a whitish suffusion at tornus ; cilia white with dark-fuscous dots, one at apex, two beneath apex, one at tornus, one above tornus. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey, thinly scaled; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Queensland: Nambour, in August; one specimen. EUCOSMA PACHYNEURA, 0. sp. (7ayvvevpos, thick-nerved). 3d, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous- brown. Antennae pale ochreous-brown, annulated with dark-fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen dark-grey. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tarsi fuscous, with ochreous-whitish annulations. Forewings © slightly dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded- rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold extending to #; pale oehreous-brown ; costa strigulated with dark-brown; a dark-brown patch on 4 dorsum, anteriorly suffused, posteriorly sharply defined by a slender whitish line; a narrow semi-oval dark-brown patch on dorsum before tornus, partly outlined with whitish; a brown suffusion on posterior part of costa, apex, and upper part of termen; cilia fuscous-brown, with a pale basal line. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; semi-translucent, thinly covered with fuscous scales; veins densely outlined with dark- fuscous; cilia pale-fuscous, with a darker sub-basal line. Habh.—Queensland: Sandgate, near Brisbane, in Sep- tember; one specimen. EUCOSMA PERFIXA, Nn. sp. (perfivus, pierced through). d,14mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 3; grey, internal surface whitish. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations in male minute. Thorax pale-grey. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair suffused with pale-grey. Fore- wings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa straight to middle, thence gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly sinuate, oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold to 4; grey-whitish ; costal fold grey; some dark-fuscous dots on costa beyond this; a dark-fuscous subcostal dot near base, 526 and another beyond this; a fine dark-fuscous longitudinal streak above middle from 4 to apex, interrupted in centre; six or seven pale ochreous-grey oblique streaks from costa; ocellus ochreous-grey, limited by two obscure leaden-grey transverse lines; a short dark-fuscous longitudinal mark in mid-disc, preceding first transverse line; cilia grey-whitish with fuscous apices, at apex dark-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, in August; one specimen. EUCOSMA MELANOCOSMA, Nl. sp. (ueAavoxoopos, adorned with black). 3,15 mm. Head and palpi fuscous-whitish. Antennae pale-grey ; ciliations in male minute. Thorax whitish, bases of patagia fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly sinuate, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold; white; markings dark-fuscous; numerous fine costal strigulae; a central sub-basal spot, closely followed by a second spot; a narrow erect triangular mark from 2 dorsum half across disc; a similar but broader mark from # dorsum; a subterminal line crossing a rather large subapical spot; an apical spot; cilia fuscous. Huind- wings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in October; one specimen. EUCOSMA PERPLEXA, n. sp. (perplexus, confused, intricate). 3d, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-brown. Antennae whitish-brown; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings moderately broad, slightly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, slightly produced, termen straight, scarcely oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish-brown finely strigulated with brown and fuscous ; a large basal patch darker than rest of wing, bounded by a line from } costa to 2 dorsum, slightly angled on fold; median fascia represented by a dark line from midcosta to before tornus; an interrupted dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia brown. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey; cilia rey. i 7 ae ae Brisbane, in December; Killarney, in November. Three specimens. EUCOSMA AELLAEA, Nn. Sp. (deAXavos, Stormy). Q,12mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 24; brown- whitish, middle and apex of external surface fuscous. 527 Antennae grey. Abdomen brown, towards apex fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi dark- fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings some- what dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen. sinuate, rounded beneath, slightly oblique; pale ochreous-brown, with numerous transverse dark fuscous-brown lines; costa with alternate fuscous-brown and whitish strigulae; the latter give rise to short, slender, very oblique leaden-grey lines; a paler area on mid-dorsum; ocellus ochreous-brown with dark fuscous centre, bordered by anterior and posterior transverse leaden- grey lines; cilia fuscous, with several pale ochreous-brown bars. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; brownish-fuscous, towards base paler; cilia grey, with a fuscous basal line. Hab.—Queensland: Beerburrum, near Nambour, in December ; one specimen. BACTRA PSAMMITIS, n. sp. (Wapputis, sandy). 3, 9, 14-15 mm. Head and thorax whitish-brown. Palpi 3; whitish-brown. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey-whitish ; posterior pair whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi sometimes annulated with fuscous. Forewings slightly dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale ochreous-brown; numerous darker strigulae on costa, those on apical portion forming short oblique streaks; some minute fuscous-brown dots on dorsal edge; a fuscous-brown terminal line; cilia pale fuscous-brown, with a whitish basal line. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Characterized by the long palpi; pale forewings without fuscous markings, and whitish hindwings. Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide, in March; two speci- mens received from Oswald Lower. BACTRA PASSERCULA, n. sp. (passerculus, a little sparrow). 2, 16-20 mm. MHead whitish-brown. Palpi 24; whitish-brown, with a dark-fuscous streak along lower-half of external surface. Antennae grey-whitish. Thorax whitish-brown or brown. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round- pointed, termen straight, oblique; whitish-brown or brown ; numerous fine oblique fuscous costal strigulae; a few minute fuscous dorsal dots; a fine fuscous terminal line; sometimes several fuscous dots in anterior % of central area of disc; cilia ochreous-whitish or whitish with two or three fine 528 fuscous lines. Hindwings whitish, with slight greyish suf- fusion on terminal edge; cilia whitish, with a pale-grey basal line. | This species varies in colour of forewings; in the paler examples there is a tendency to the development of fuscous spots in disc. © Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in January, March, and May; Stradbroke Island, in September and April. Five specimens. BACTRA ANTHRACOSEMA, 0D. Sp. (adv@paxooynpos, marked with charcoal). @, 15 mm. Head brown-whitish. Palpi 24; fuscous. Antennae grey; basal joint brown-whitish. Thorax pale- brown. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale-brownish; markings dark-fuscous; a broadly suffused median streak from near base to apex, interrupted in disc before middle, indented on costal border at #2, and from thence with costal edge sharply defined; numerous fine short oblique costal strigulae; some minute dorsal strigulae; a terminal line; cilia pale-brown, on apex narrowly fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in December; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. BACTRA TESTUDINEA, n. sp. (testudineus, like a tortoise). 6, 9, 20-25 mm. Head reddish-brown or fuscous- brown. Palpi 24 to 2%; brown. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 4. Thorax reddish-brown or fuscous-brown, some- times with a fuscous mark across patagia. Legs brownish or fuscous; tarsi with pale annulations; posterior pair whitish- ochreous. Forewings slightly or not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale- brownish, more or less suffused with fuscous-brown, more so in male; numerous dark strigulae on costa and dorsum; usually some darker suffusion in mid-disc; cilia fuscous or pale-brownish. Hindwings grey; paler towards base; cilia whitish, more or less grey towards apex. Larger than B. passercula, the forewings darker and the hindwings grey, not whitish. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in November, December, March, and April; four specimens. Gen. ALYPETA, nov. (dAvryTos, joyous). Antennae in male shortly ciliated. Palpi porrect or somewhat ascending; second joint with projecting scales above 529 and beneath; terminal joimt short. Thorax with strong pos- terior crest. Forewings with a dorsal crest of scales; 7 and 8 separate; 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3 and 4 closely approximated at base, connate, or stalked, 5 approximated to 4 at base, 6 and 7 closely approximated at base. A derivative of Argyroploce, distinguished only by the dorsal crest of forewings. Type, 4. delochlora. ALYPETA DELOCHLORA, nh. sp. (d7A0xAwpos, distinctly green). 6,18 mm. Head green. Palpi 24; green. Antennae grey-whitish, annulated with blackish; ciliations in male 4. Thorax green. Abdomen dark-fuscous. Legs ochreous- whitish ; tibiae and tarsi fuscous, the latter with pale annu- lations. Forewings slightly dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight, slightly oblique; deep-green, partly suffused with bluish-green; a strong fan-shaped crest of scales from dorsum at 4, fuscous, its dorsal edge green; an obliquely triangular blackish mark from costa, near base, to fold, its dorsal edge somewhat dentate; some fuscous suffusion in middle of disc towards . termen; some fine fuscous costal strigulae; a dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia fuscous, apical half barred with greenish, around apex ochreous-whitish barred with fuscous. Hind- wings with 3 and 4 closely approximated at base; dark- fuscous, thinly scaled. towards base; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. ALYPETA LEPTOCHLORA, n. sp. (AerroxAwpos, faintly green). 2, 12 mm. MHead greenish. Palpi 24; greenish. Antennae grey-whitish, annulated with blackish. Thorax fuscous; tegulae, patagia, and base of crest greenish. (Abdomen and legs broken.) Forewings posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, shightly oblique; fuscous; a small crest of scales on dorsum at +; costal edge green, strigulated with fuscous; apical portion of wing whitish, with a few greenish and fuscous scales, sharply limited by a straight line from 2 costa to tornus; cilia pale-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate ; fuscous, towards base thinly scaled; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns, in July; one specimen. ALYPETA ACLYTA, n. sp. (dxAvtos, INconspicuous). ¢, 14 mm. Head and thorax pale-fuscous. Palpi 2; pale-fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. Thorax grey-whitish, with a sub-basal ochreous-whitish band. 530 Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, the latter annulated with ochreous-whitish. Fore- wings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, moderately oblique; whitish, closely irrorated with fuscous; a small dark-fuscous crest of scales on mid-dorsum; posterior half of costa barred with fuscous; an indistinct fuscous line from 2 costa to tornus; cilia fuscous, with whitish points and a whitish basal line. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey-whitish; cilia grey- whitish. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in November; Rosewood, in September. Two specimens. ARGYROPLOCE EURYPOLIA, N. sp. (eipu7oAvos, broadly grey). Q@,19 mm. Head fuscous-brown ; face upper half purple~ fuscous, lower half ochreous-whitish. Palpi purple-fuscous,. inner surface whitish. Antennae fuscous. Thorax reddish- brown. Abdomen fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior pair ex- cept coxae fuscous, tibiae and tarsi annulated with reddish- brown; middle tibiae expanded with scales towards apex, pale ochreous, base and a subterminal bar purple-fuscous ; middle tarsi blackish with ochreous-whitish annulations; posterior tarsi grey with whitish annulations. Forewings strongly dilated, costa at first straight, very strongly arched in middle, apex rectangular, termen bowed, not oblique; pale ochreous- grey; a large basal patch, reddish-brown mixed with purple- fuscous, its outer edge nearly straight, but produced along costa to middle, where it joins a triangular apical patch of similar colour; six very oblique leaden-metallic striae from costa beyond middle, the last two longer and reaching termen ;. cilia fuscous, towards tornus ochreous-grey. Hindwings and cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen» received from R. Illidge. Type in Coll. Lyell. ARGYROPLOCE EURYPHAEA, Nn. Sp. (etpvdaros, broadly dusky). Q, 18 mm. Head and thorax brown-whitish. Palpi 31; brown-whitish, basal half of external surface brown, lower edge towards base whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen: grey, dorsum of third and fourth segments whitish-ochreous. Legs brown; tarsi annulated with whitish; middle femora whitish; posterior pair wholly whitish. Forewings dilated. posteriorly, costa strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate, not oblique; fuscous-brown; some darker costal strigulae; a broad sharply-defined brown-whitish dorsal streak, above tornus its outline becomes irregular, it then’ extends sharply-defined to apex, so as to include the whole. a S a 531 terminal area; a brown spot on mid-termen, with some brown terminal dots above and below it; a series of dark-fuscous dots on dorsum; cilia whitish, three brown dots on apices above middle of termen. MHuindwings dark-grey; cilia grey, apices whitish, except towards termen. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Herberton, in January; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. ARGYROPLOCE TENEBROSA, n. sp. (tenebrosus, dark). ©, 16 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, mixed with brownish. Palpi 3; fuscous mixed with brownish, lower edge ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen grey, dorsum of third and fourth segments whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous; posterior pair grey; all tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, ter- men sinuate, scarcely oblique; pale brown with patchy fuscous suffusion and dark-fuscous broken transverse lines; several leaden-grey transverse broken lines in basal half; a similar broader line from 2 costa to termen above tornus, interrupted in disc; another from # costa to termen above middle; a leaden-grey subapical dot; cilia leaden-grey, with a dark-fuscous basal line. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous, apices whitish, except towards tornus. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen. ARGYROPLOCE SIDEREA, n. sp. (avdypeos, steely). 2, 17 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 14; brown, upper part of sceond joint fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous-brown, anterior edge brown. Abdomen ochreous-brown, towards apex darker. Legs fuscous; pos- terior pair pale-grey: all tarsi annulated with whitish. 'Fore- wings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; brown, with dark-fuscous transverse broken lines; some whitish costal strigulae; several leaden-grey or steely-grey transverse lines or fasciae; several basal lines; a fascia from 4 costa to mid- dorsum, a second from 3 costa to 3 dorsum, and a sub- terminal fascia from tornus not reaching costa; the ocellus between these contains three or four longitudinal blackish striae; cilia fuscous, towards dorsum pale-brownish, with a. fuscous basal line. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island, in February; one specimen. 532 ARGYROPLOCE INTRICATA, 0. Sp. (intricatus, confused, entangled). 2, 14 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen fuscous, with pale- ochreous irroration. Legs fuscous; tarsi with whitish rings ; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate, rounded beneath, not oblique; ochreous-fuscous, with dark fuscous transverse broken lines; a small crest of reddish- ochreous scales in mid-disc at + and another in middle; ocellus brown-whitish, with some irregular central dark- fuscous markings, succeeded and followed by leaden-metallic striae; a leaden-metallic roundish blotch outlined with fuscous before mid-termen; an _ interrupted terminal reddish-ochreous line; cilia brown, mixed with dark-fuscous. Hindwings pale reddish-ochreous, broadly suffused with fuscous towards margins; cilia pale reddish-ochreous, with a fuscous sub-basal line. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in April; one specimen. ARGYROPLOCE PHAEOSIGMA, N. sp. (patoorypa, with dusky sigma). 2, 18mm. Head reddish-purple, mixed with ochreous- whitish. Palpi 24; reddish-purple mixed with ochreous- whitish. Antennae pale ochreous-grey. Thorax reddish- purple, with median and postmedian whitish transverse lines. Abdomen ochreous-brown. Legs reddish-purple; posterior pair and middle femora mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings. slightly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; reddish-purple, mixed with whitish and intermediate shades; a large circular dark-fuscous. blotch beyond middle, touching costa, with a short process towards termen, the whole resembling an inverted o; am incomplete whitish fascia from costa containing a few reddish- purple strigulae precedes this blotch; some whitish costal strigulae beyond blotch; a grey bar, surrounded by whitish suffusion from below ¢ costa to midtermen; a similar bar, crossed by some purple striae, from tornus nearly meeting the preceding; a reddish-purple terminal line; cilia reddish- purple. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-brown. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in June; one specimen received from G. F. Hill. ARGYROPLOCE EXEDRA, 0. sp. (e&edpos, strange, extraordinary). ¢, 18 mm. Head fuscous, with some whitish scales. Palpi 2; fuscous, lower-edge towards base and apex of second joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute.. 5328 Thorax fuscous, mixed with whitish. Abdomen grey, paler towards base, tuft grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi annu- lated with whitish ; posterior pair and middle femora whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa strongly arched beyond middle, apex rectangular, termen straight, rounded beneath, not oblique; fuscous, mixed with brownish and whitish; costa with alternate dark-fuscous and whitish strigulae ; a whitish spot in disc at 4 below middle, closely followed by a second spot; a squarish brown spot in disc at 3, nearer costa than dorsum; a tranversely oval white spot, edged with fuscous, immediately following this; a brown-whitish subterminal shade, partly crossed by six dark- fuscous striae; (cilia abraded). Hindwings dark-grey; cilia grey, on dorsum whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in April; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. ARGYROPLOCE MYSTERICA, 0. Sp. (uvornpixos, mystical). 3, 17-18 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, mixed with whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. Thorax fuscous, somewhat greenish-tinged, with an incomplete transverse whitish line before middle and some whitish points. Abdomen fuscous, apex of tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, with some whitish irroration, and whitish rings on tarsi; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, scarcely oblique; whitish, partly purple-tinged, with some green and fuscous irroration; markings Cee -green, partly mixed with dark-fuscous; a squarish spot on } costa, preceded and followed by minute costal strigulae; an irregular spot at 4 on fold; a large irregular blotch beyond middle extending to costa, but not to dorsum, sharply defined anteriorly and dorsally, where it forms a sharp angle, but fading posteriorly into a fuscous shade; three pairs of white strigulae on apical half of costa; a subterminal fascia com- mencing in a rounded extremity beneath costa and extending to tornus, its edges irregularly dentate; a small irregular dark-fuscous blotch on midtermen, with two dark-fuscous terminal dots above and two beneath it; cilia purple-grey, towards tornus grey-whitish. Hindwings fuscous; cilia whitish, with a grey basal line, at apex purple-tinged. Hah.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; Stannary Hills. Two specimens. Gen. ANALDES, nov. (dva\dns, feeble). Antennae of male minutely ciliated. Palpi rather short, obliquely ascending; second joint with projecting scales above 534 and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax with a strong posterior crest. Forewings with 3 and 4 approximated at origin, 7 and ‘8 short-stalked, 9 connate with 8, 10 and 11 strongly sinuate. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 stalked. A development of Laspeyresia. ANALDES HYPOLEPTA, 01. sp. (dzoAeztos, somewhat delicate). 3,11mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 14; brown. Antennae pale-brownish, with fine fuscous annulations; cillations in male minute. Abdomen grey-brown, paler towards base. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous-brown, the latter with pale annula- tions. Forewings narrow, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, slightly oblique; whitish, closely suffused and strigulated with brown; costa with numerous fine fuscous-brown strigulae; a fuscous-brown spot at + on fold; an inwardly oblique suffused fuscous-brown fascia from ? costa to mid-dorsum ; cilia brown, towards tornus brown-whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish- erey. f eb eterna: Brisbane, in September; one specimen. LASPEYRESIA AMPHITORNA, ni. Sp. (duderopvos, well rounded). 3g, 10 mm. Head fuscous; face brown-whitish. Palpi 14; brown-whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male imperceptible. Thorax and abdomen fuscous. Legs brown- whitish; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings spathulate, broadly dilated posteriorly, costa straight, strongly bowed beyond middle, apex rounded, ter- men obliquely rounded, shghtly indented beneath apex; brownish-fuscous, towards costa with dull purple lustre; costa faintly strigulated with.ochreous-whitish, two strigulae.more distinct before apex; a leaden-metallic line starting from a whitish costal strigula at 2 obliquely outwards, bent in middle, and continued parallel with termen to tornus; between this and termen is a pale area with five short blackish streaks; a second metallic line from # costa to subapical indentation; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous, with some brown suffusion in middle of disc; cilia grey. Best distinguished from its allies by the peculiarly- shaped forewings. /Tab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in December and Janu- ary; two specimens. 530 LASPEYRESIA FERRARIA, 0. sp. (ferrarius, relating to iron). 2, 12 mm. Head reddish-brown; face brown-whitish. Palpi 14; brown-whitish, with some fuscous irroration. Antennae fuscous. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen fuscous, towards base reddish-brown. Legs fuscous; posterior pair fuscous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight to middle, thence slightly sinuate, apex round- pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous, with reddish-brown suffusion, especially near base and fold; five fine dark-fuscous oblique costal streaks, rather broadly margined with reddish- brown. second and third streaks moderately long, the others short; three oblique leaden-metallic costal streaks, of these the two posterior are long, angled in disc, and broadly pro- longed to tornus, enclosing a reddish-brown ocellus, which contains three short blackish streaks; cilia brown, mixed with fuscous. Hindwings fuseous, towards base paler; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen. LASPEYRESIA DYSERASTA, n. sp. (dvcepacros, unlovely). 2,9mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Palpi 34; fuscous, lower-edge whitish. (Antennae broken.) Legs fuscous; posterior pair grey; under-surface whitish; tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings very strongly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen indented beneath apex, scarcely rounded, oblique; fuscous; a suffused whitish spot in disc at 2; a series of whitish costal strigulae increasing in distinctness towards apex; a dark- fuscous line from midcosta, very obliquely outwards, sharply angled in disc, ending on # dorsum; this is preceded and followed by imperfect dull bluish-metallic lines; a similar dark-fuscous line from 2 costa to indentation, there angled and continued as a subterminal line to dorsum before tornus; a dull bluish-metallic line follows this as far as termen; a dark-fuscous subapical dot and three others on termen beneath indentation; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; cilia grey, with a fuscous basal line. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in November ; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. LASPEYRESIA POLYMETALLA, ll. Sp. (zoAvperaAXos, richly metallic), gd, 8 mm. Head fuscous; face whitish. Palpi 2; whitish, towards apex greyish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male imperceptible. Thorax fuscous; patagia mixed with whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings scarcely dilated, 536 costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; whitish, mixed with brown and fuscous; four irregular transverse leaden-metallic lines; an ill-defined brown and fuscous median transverse fascia, its posterior edge partly enclosing a whitish discal spot; a reddish-brown and fuscous line from #? costa to termen below middle, followed on costa by a whitish dot; a broad reddish- brown and fuscous line around apex and along termen, enclosing a subapical whitish costal dot; cilia dark-fuscous, on tornus mixed with whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia grey, with a darker basal line. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, in March; two specimens received from F. P. Dodd. LASPEYRESIA HILARIS, n. sp. (Hilaris, gay). 9, 13 mm. Head yellow, mixed with blackish. Palpi 2, ascending; yellow, base of external surface blackish. Antennae dark-fuscous. Thorax dark-fuscous, towards mar- gins mixed with yellow. Abdomen brown, apex fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous; tarsi annulated with fuscous. Fore- wings dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded- rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique; basal half yellow, irrorated with blackish; a dark-fuscous line with irregular edges from beneath midcosta to dorsum beyond middle; beyond this ground-colour is dull-purple, with dark-fuscous markings edged throughout with red, except for four yellowish costal dots; two transverse series of spots, partly confluent, not reaching costa, five costal strigulae and a terminal line; cilia dark-fuscous with several reddish bars. Hindwings dark-fuscous, partly suffused with pale-reddish ; cilia pale-reddish, with a dark-fuscous basal line not extend- ing to tornus. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. 537 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. By Oswatp B. Lower, F.E.S., F.Z.8., etc. [Read October 12, 1916.] TORTRICINA. PHALONIADAE. . HELIOCOSMA ARGYROLEUCA, N. sp. 3d, 18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax white, antennae tinged with ochreous, sometimes wholly ochreous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs greyish, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched towards apex; dull shining-white; markings fuseous; an oblique transverse narrow fascia, from above dorsum beyond middle to below costa at about two-thirds, edged posteriorly throughout with silvery-white, and anteriorly with pale ochreous; a narrow subcostal streak parallel and anterior to first streak ; all veins towards termen finely outlined in silvery- white, the interspaces irregularly filled in with ochreous- fuscous ; an inwardly oblique apical streak, irregularly edged with silvery-white ; from its lower extremity proceeds a curved silvery-white narrow fascia to just above tornus; some silvery- white spots along termen; cilia silvery-white, with an ochreous bar at tornus. Hindwings very pale-fuscous; cilia whitish- fuscous, terminal half whitish-ochreous. Allied to incongruana, Walk., but distinct by the silvery markings. 5 Hab.—Queensland: Warra, five specimens, in October. TORTRICIDAE. ToRTRIX EVELEENA, N. Sp. 3d, Q; 20-22 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous- white, terminal joint of palpi somewhat infuscated. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Anterior and middle legs fus- cous, banded with white, posterior pair ochreous-white. Fore- wings elongate, costa hardly arched, termen oblique, slightly rounded; pale ochreous-white, with purplish-leaden coloured markings; three or four small costal dots, between base and anterior edge of median patch; an isosceliform mark on dorsum at one-quarter, reaching about one-third across wing ° 538 three or four short striae on dorsum between this mark and anterior edge of median patch, and one or two similar striae near base; sometimes a few scattered spots above mark; median patch distinct, anterior edge oblique and sharply defined, from costa at one-quarter to dorsum at two-thirds, posterior edge from about middle of costa to dorsum at three- quarters ; some black and ferruginous spots irregularly placed on patch; an irregular patch of striae confluent with lower two-thirds of median patch; an elongate spot on costa at three-quarters; an irregular, somewhat rounded patch on middle of termen, more or less continued to tornus, and con- taining two transverse series of ferruginous-black dots, first series, about five in number, on curve of patch, second series from near apex to tornus, parallel to termen; a blackish line along termen; cilia ferruginous-fuscous, terminal half ochreous. Hindwings bright ochreous; cilia grey-whitish, with a sub-basal ochreous line. /Tab.—South Australia: Yatala. Bred freely in November. Larva.—Wead shining ochreous-yellow, in earlier stages fuscous. Body cylindrical, pale-green, beneath paler, sparsely clothed with moderately long erect white hairs, dorsal stripe moderately broad, deep-green, lateral stripe pale whitish- ochreous. Legs pale whitish-yellow. The larva is very active when disturbed, feeds on leaves of Pittosporum phillyracoides, pupa in spun-up leaves of plant. Appears to be gregarious. My brother (Mr. Harold Lower), who discovered the species, tells me that he has never met with it on the wing. I have dedicated this pretty species to my sister-in-law (Mrs. Eveleen Lower), in recognition of her keen interest in entomology. ToRTRIX SCIOTA, Nn. sp. OF. i Oy EO, Head, palpi, antennae, and _ thorax ferruginous-fuscous, palpi beneath mixed with whitish. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, tibiae and tarsi obscurely banded with white, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique; light fuscous, minutely reticulated throughout with waved transverse dot- like lines of darker fuscous; costa between base and median band dull bronze-fuscous ; a moderately broad fuscous median band, placed obliquely, reaching from middle of costa to tornus, slightly dilated on lower two-thirds; cilia bronze-fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous, wings spotted with darker. An obscure-looking insect, but at once recognizable by the single transverse fascia. /fab.—South Australia: Stonyfell, two specimens received from 8. Angel. 539 EUCOSMIDAKE., ACROCLITA CATHAROPTIS, N. sp. 3, 14 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dull ferruginous, palpi internally white, apex of basal joint black. Abdomen dull ochreous-fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, anterior and middle pair sometimes suffused with ferruginous. Fore- wings elongate, costa moderately arched, termen slightly sinuate beneath apex, then somewhat oblique; ferruginous- brown; costa obltquely strigulated with ochreous, interspaces filled in with bright ferruginous, and sometimes edged with dull leaden; an irregular dark fuscous mark on dorsum at one-third, sometimes absent, reaching fold, posterior edge distinct, anterior edge suffused; a fine leaden-metallic line, from last pair costal striae along termen to tornus; a fine fuscous line along termen; cilia ferruginous-brown, with a fuscous bar below apex. MHuindwings thinly scaled, fuscous ; cilia light-fuscous, with an ochreous-grey basal line and fuscous sub-basal line. A dull-looking species, but the dorsal patch is generally present. Hahb.—Queensland: Cooktown and Kuranda, five speci- mens from Olive and Dodd. ARGYROPLOCE IRROREA, Ni. sp. ¢, 20 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax bright ferruginous-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ferruginous, tibiae and tarsi irregularly banded with dull ochreous, pos- terior pair fuscous, whitish-ochreous beneath. Forewings rather broad ; costa moderately arched, termen nearly straight ; bright rufous-ferruginous, more or less irrorated throughout with dull ochreous-ferruginous spots; costa with five pairs ochreous-ferruginous spots, between base and posterior edge of median band; four more pairs on costa beyond, last one at apex more or less continued along termen and nearly reaching tornus; edges of basal patch and anterior edge of median patch hardly traceable, being merged into general markings, posterior edge of median patch irregularly waved, from costa at about three-fifths to tornus, followed throughout by a dull purplish-metallic line of slightly raised scales ; beyond this are seven short black lines, transversely placed, lower three shortest, upper four enclosing spots of ferruginous and purplish-metallic respectively; a somewhat raised line of purplish-metallic scales, commencing from base of eighth costal pair of spots along termen to above tornus; a well- marked ochreous spot above middle of wing, just before pos- terior edge of median patch; a similar, much 'arger, but 540 suffused double spot on fold before middle: cilia ochreous- ferruginous, mixed with fuscous, and with a darker ferru- ginous basal line. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia pale reddish, becoming fuscous from middle of termen to tornus, and with a darker sub-basal line. //ab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from FP eodaec ‘TINEINA. OECOPHORIDAE. EULECHRIA HEMICHRYSA, DN. sp. 3, 9; 23, 25 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen dull ochreous, more or less in- fuscated. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous, posterior pair orange-yellow. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; dark fuscous, with hardly traceable darker markings ; two dots, placed obliquely, just beyond one-quarter, above fold; two similarly placed. at posterior end of cell; three or four others scattered in disc, sometimes absent; a more or less interrupted blackish line along termen ; cilia fuscous, with an obscure row of blackish points at base. Hindwings elongate-ovate, termen rounded ; orange; a fine fuscous line on posterior edge of costa, con- tinued around apex to near middle of termen; cilia dark fuscous. Very distinct by the orange hindwings. Hab.—Queensland: Warra and Mackay, ten specimens, probably in October. . TRACHYPEPLA LASIOCEPHALA, 0. sp. 3o, 14 mm. Head white. Palpi white, externally dark fuscous, with a broad white band at apex of first joint. Thorax white, anteriorly fuscous, patagia white. Antennae fuscous, annulated beneath with white. Abdomen silver-grey. Legs white, banded with fuscous, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; dark fuscous, finely irrorated with grey- whitish and black ; a large white, somewhat trapezoidal patch, extending from base to just beyond middle and occupying upper five-sixths of wing; a small black basal streak ; a some- what triangular-shaped patch on dorsum before tornus, reaching half across wing and surmounted by a small black dot ; a small black dot immediately above this on costa; cilia white, mixed with some blackish scales. Hindwings and cilia pale fuscous. 541 Hab.—Queensland: Warra, in_ September, several specimens. PLUTELLIDAE. SAGALASSA BASICHRYSA, Nl. sp. ¢, 16 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax fleshy- brown. Abdomen dark fuscous, annulated with ochreous. Legs fuscous, annulated with ochreous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched, nearly straight, termen obliquely rounded; fleshy-white on basal half, rest of wing fleshy-brown, more or less finely irrorated with fuscous; a broad chocolate transverse band, edges straight, from middle of costa to dorsum just before middle, narrowest on costa; a narrow line of fleshy-white, parallel and immediately following; an irregular fuscous blotch on costa at three-quarters: a suffused inwardly oblique fuscous mark from tornus, reaching to above fold, upper portion blackish, and followed by two small flesh-coloured dots; a suffused fuscous patch along termen, obscurely separated from tornal patch by ground-colour, and containing a small dull ochreous spot near apex; cilia fuscous, with a blackish sub-basal line. Hindwings dark-fuscous; a moderately broad median trans- verse orange band, edges irregular, narrowed on termen: cilia du!l orange. Underside of forewing with an orange trans- verse fascia, from beyond middle of costa, where it is narrowest, to fold, with a projection outwards in middle; an elongate orange streak along cell. Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, seven specimens from F. P. Dodd. TINEIDAE. CoMODICA DOCHMOGRAMMA, 0. sp. S$, 12 mm. Head whitish-fuscous. Palpi and thorax fuscous, palpi white internally. Antennae whitish. Abdomen fuscous-grey. Legs whitish, posterior pair faintly tinged with fuscous. Forewings elongate, apex pointed; whitish, with dull ochreous markings; a tolerably thick longitudinal streak, commencing at base of costa, continued along fold and ending at anal angle, posterior half beneath edged with fuscous ; two very outwardly oblique costal streaks, first from just beyond one-third, somewhat suffused, hardly reaching longitudinal streak ; second from three-fifths to anal angle, followed on upper edge by a fine parallel line; a well-marked blackish dot at apex; a thick irregular ochreous-fuscous dorsal streak, interrupted by four nearly equidistant spots of 542 ground-colour, which are edged anteriorly with short streaks of dark fuscous: an elongate streak of ground-colour at posterior extremity of dorsal streak; cilia whitish, faintly mixed with ochreous. Hindwings lanceolate; dark fuscous; ciha fuscous, with a whitish basal line. /fab.— Queensland: Kuranda, three specimens from F. P. Dodd: CHRYSONOMA(?) MACULIFERA, N. sp. d, 14mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white, basal joint with a fuscous subapical spot internally. Antennae whitish, obscurely annulated with fuscous, basal joint white. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs grey. Forewings élongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique; white, minutely irrorated with fuscous, and with blackish markings ; a dot on costa immediately beyond base; a second, obscure, on costa at one-quarter; a third, distinct, on costa at about three-fifths ; a spot in disc, obliquely below last costal spot ; sometimes a small spot on dorsum, close to base; an irregular, suffused row of obscure dots along termen and apical fourth of costa; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey, cilia wth an ochreous basal Ine. /lab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from B.- Pepeda: : GELECHIADAE. ARISTOTELIA HEMISARCA, N. Sp. 3, Q@;16mm. Head and palpi fleshy-white, basal joint of palpi beneath with obscure ochreous bands, terminal joint with black subapical ring. Antennae fuscous, annulated with white. Thorax fuscous, lighter anteriorly. Abdomen ochreous-grey. Legs pale ochreous-grey, all tibiae and tarsi banded with fuscous. Forewings narrow, elongate, apex acute; dull fuscous: markings obscure; a moderately broad outwardly oblique transverse whitish-ochreous fascia, from costa at one-sixth to dorsum at one-fifth, where it becomes confluent with a moderate ochreous-whitish dorsal streak, somewhat suffused, from near base to tornus; an obscurely- edged ochreous-whitish transverse fascia, from costa at five- sixths to tornus, separated from dorsal streak by a patch of ground-colour ; four or five quadrate spots of ochreous-white on costa, between psterior edge of previous fascia and apex, separated by similar-sized spots of ground-colour; cilia greyish-ochreous, with fuscous basal and median lines. Hind- wings elongate-ovate, apex acute; pale greyish ; cilia whitish, tinged with ochreous. 543 Mr. Meyrick, to whom this and several other species included in this paper were submitted, expresses the opinion that this species partakes more of the American and European forms than Australian. HTab.—New South Wales: Broken Hill, not uncommon in March and April. CROCANTHES TRIZONA, N. sp. 6, 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax pale yellowish-white, antennae annulated with fuscous. Abdomen and legs paler yellowish-white. Forewings pale yellowish- white, with fuscous markings; three narrow transverse fasciae, first two somewhat dot-like, first from costa at one-sixth, second from costa about one-third, both continued obscurely to dorsum ; third slightly inwards curved, from costa at four- fifths to dorsum at four-fifths; a lunate mark, transversely placed, above middle, just before third fascia; cilia yellowish- white, terminal half ferruginous. Hindwings thinly scaled ; greyish-white; cilia yellowish-white. Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown and Kuranda, four speci- mens from Olive and Dodd. COSMOPTERYGIDAE. CoSMOPTERYX CUPREA, Nh. Sp. - 3, 8-10 mm. Head fuscous, face metallic-coppery. Thorax dark fuscous. Palpi and antennae fuscous. Abdomen dull coppery-fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, tibiae and tarsi obscurely ringed with whitish. Forewings very narrow, apex pointed; a black basal patch occupying one-third of wing, and containing several very fine longitudinal streaks of metallic-blue; median third of wing orange, anterior edge separated from basal patch by a moderate transverse fascia of golden metallic; a small golden-metallic dorsal spot, finely edged with black, just before tornus: ground-colour between this and termen blackish; a small golden-metallic costal spot at four-fifths; cilia blackish, with a few golden-metallic scales. Hindwings linear fuscous; cilia fuscous, paler on basal half. Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, four specimens, taken in October, received. from F. P. Dodd. CoSMOPTERYX(?) CYANOSTICTA, Nn. sp. 3, 10 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, and abdomen black. Palpi fuscous, basal joint whitish beneath. Legs fuscous, posterior tibiae ringed obscurely with whitish. 544 Forewings elongate, apex pointed; black, with metallic- blue markings; a narrow line, from dorsum at one- third to middle of wing, curved inwards at extremity ; a well-marked spot on costa in middle; a _ second, similar, just before apex, paler than last; two transverse spots, upper smaller, in middle of wing at two-thirds from base, almost midway between the two costal spots; a small spot on dorsum before anal angle; cilia fuscous, becoming black on basal half. Hindwings lanceolate; blackish; cilia — blackish. /Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from BP Dodd, . | GEOLOGICAL SKETCH-MAP OF MOUNT REMARKABLE BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G:S. (Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XL., 1916.) REFERENCE. Greqg K° sprue ee Y UPPER CAMBRIAN — Purple Slates and Quartzites LOWER CAMBRIAN Main Limestone (Brighton Beds). Siliceous Limestones and Ribbon Slates,--- ----- a Glacial Tillite------------------------===---=----=---- aoe Main Quartzite.----------------------~--==+---=---- Igneous RoCkS.-.---------------------------------===- a \, 7/\ SCALE \Chains 8 0 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 | ine 545 THE GEOLOGY OF MOUNT REMARKABLE. By Water Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Palaeontology, University of Adelaide. With Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Turete, D.Sc. [Read September 14, 1916.] Puates LIII. ano LIV. CONTENTS. i. INTRODUCTION ; ba = ee See Oa LS. sis GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION ie ae m. Tye a I . LowER CAamMBRIAN :— 1. Lowest (?) Beds Exposed Pes Ee gage Oar 2. The Main Quartzite... Bu pi ... 548 a. whe illite ... be Jy. ) 49 4. Ribbon Shale (Tapley Hill Series) ... a. O00 5. The Limestones (Brighton Series) . 551 (a) The Limestones in the Western Out- crops . 551 Ci the. L, imestones i in the Northern Out- erops -. 552 (c) The Limestones | in the ‘South-eastern Outcrops kis 4 et Mt abe B. Upper CAaMBRIAN : — Purple-slates Series e ve see © (058 (a) The Western Outcrops ee Wea D9 (b) The Northern Outcrops 559 (c) At the Southern end of the “Mount 560 (d) On the Eastern side of the Mount 561 Ili. legngous INTRUSIONS 563 Group (a) On Northesn aie of the Cathedral-: rock Creek ¥ 563 5, (b) On ridge and slopes” on Southern : side of the Cathedral-rock Creek 564 » (c) In Creek next above Sealer Creek 567 » (d) On Eastern side of the Mount Remarkable Creek ae 568 IV. Tectonio STRUCTURE ao. Des 1. The Great (?) Meridien Fault ae tata Range etait! 2. The Great Western Fault ... 572 3. The Great East and W est Fault at Northern etd of the Mount 5i2 4. Tectonic Features of the Eastern side of the Mount 574 5. The Great Fault at the Southern end of the Mount 576 V. SuMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ae 2 7) ty ne VI. ApPpenpDix. Petrographical Notes on the Igneous Rocks, by O. Thiele, D.Sc. bei os eat #12) gD 546 I.—Introduction. The southern Flinders Ranges form a belt of highlands extending from Crystal Brook to Quorn, from which latter town they pass into the more extended hill-country of the northern Flinders Ranges. The southern Flinders, on their western side, exhibit a fault-scarp bordering the sunken area of the great rift-valley of South Australia; and on their eastern side are bordered by the Willochra plains, which also form a sunken area. Mount Remarkable, near Melrose, forms the most distinct and precipitous scarp on the eastern side of the ranges. The mount is eight and a half miles in length, has a height of 3,178 feet above sea-level, and rises 2,022 feet above the plain at its eastern foot. The view of the mount, as seen from the plains (pl. liv.. fig. 1), with its sudden rise and steep slopes, is very striking, and obtained for it from Eyre,() the explorer, in 1840, the appropriate name by which it has since been known. The following geological notes are based on observations made during several visits to the locality. An area so exten- sive and so greatly disturbed would require many months of careful investigation for the mapping of its more detailed features, the time for which I have been unable to spare, but the larger geological features now presented are of such an interesting kind as to justify, I hope, the publication of the same. Previous literature bearing on the subject is limited to Selwyn’s Reports, published as a Parliamentary paper) in 1859. Selwyn ascended Mount Remarkable, observed ‘‘a small greenstone (hornblende and felspar) dyke on the east flank,’’ and published a generalized geological section of the mount. In this section he shows a major unconformity as existing between the slates (which are represented as the fundamental series) and the quartzite—the latter having a much lower angle of dip and is represented as forming the cap of the range. Selwyn’s hasty examination of the ground may account for his failing to recognize the true structure of the mount, while the great width of the quartzite outcrop might well deceive even a skilled observer in a cursory examination and be taken as evidence of an unconformable series.” The slates, instead. of being, as shown by Selwyn, older than the quartzite, are really newer and occupy a posi- tion stratigraphically superior to the latter ; and, in the present Q) Journal of Expeditions in Central and Southern Australia, vol. i., p. 44 (2) Geological Notes of a Journey in South Australia from Cape Jervis to Mount Serle. 547 paper, another explanation is given for the abnormal width of the quartzite on the crest of the mdge. Il.--The Geological Succession. A geological section taken across the ranges (in an east and west direction) on a line between Melrose and Spencer Purple Slates xx} Arenaceous Limestone Bands of Quartzite § Brighton Limestone SINCE pe : SAVOY) Siliceous Limestones BAAS YY VYYYAAM Ribbon Slate (Tapley’s Hill Slate) Lower Cambrian “9 9°?! Tillite / Quartzites Slates above Mitcham and Glen Osmond | Quartzites a3 Wael 1h: Order of succession in beds near Adelaide; also at Mt. Remarkable. Gulf, exhibits a direct correspondence with the beds that outcrop near Ade- laide. A typical example of the beds that are included in the Mount Remarkable section can be seen in their natural order (fig. 1) along a line drawn from _ the upper slates at Mitcham— across the tillite of the River Sturt—the limestones of the Brighton cement quarries—and the purple- slates and quartzites of the coast at Marino. Although widely separated in the localities mentioned, the beds in the respective areas exhibit the same order of occurrence and, _ lithologic- ally, maintain a _ close resemblance to each other at their corresponding geo- logical horizons. The chief interest in the case of the Mount Remarkable occur- rences is in their tectonic features and the effects of earth movements, which have operated on a large scale. A. LOWER CAMBRIAN. 1. Lowest (?) Beps Exposep. The beds which comprise the main portions of the mount, as well as those on its western side, have a very constant dip to the west, while those which form the foot hills on its south- eastern side dip to the east. Between these respective areas of opposed inclination there is a zone of shattered and $2 548 kneaded rock, chiefly of a slaty character, the exact strati- graphical position of which is doubtful. As the main quartzite of the mount dips westerly the slates that appear immediately on its eastern side should be the equivalents of the slates that, in the neighbourhood of Adelaide, occupy the intermediate position between the quartzite that underlies the tillite on the one side, and the Mitcham and Glen Osmond quartzite on the other. This view is supported by the fact that in some cases noted the slates exhibited a closer litho- logical resemblance to the slates of that horizon than those which occur higher in the series. There is, however, a possibility that some of the broken-up slates may have been derived from the Tapley Hill series which follows, in a naturally descending order, the limestones that outcrop on the adjacent foot hills. The stratigraphical relationship of these broken-up slates to the main quartzite can be best seen in the section exposed in the Cathedral-rock Creek. 2. THe MAIN QUARTZITE. The backbone of the mount consists of quartzite, some- what flaggy, and in places carries dark lines, apparently from the presence of granular, clastic ilmenite, the planes of depo- sition often showing current-bedding. The summit of the mount takes the form of a somewhat narrow ridge, from which it is sometimes possible to see the water of the Gulf on one side and the Willochra plains on the other. The mount, in its general outline, converges at both its northern and southern ends, and is widest in a transverse section passing through its highest point from east to west. A similar feature is shown by the quartzite outcrops, the latter being narrowed at either extremity but widening at the greatest transverse diameter of the mount, where they show a width across the strike of about a mile in horizontal measurement. The strike of the beds is maintained more or less in the direction of the longer axis of the mount, and the dip, which is westerly, gradually increases in pitch across the strike from west to east. In places the rock makes sheer faces of great height. At the northern end of the mount broken quartzite occupies most of the slopes, and on the north-western portion the road has been cut into the quartzite for a length of 69 yards. The stone carries fine-grained clastic felspar, with occasional dark lines on the bedding-planes, and dips W. 20° N. at 50°. The ‘‘Cathedral rocks,’’ situated about one mile and a half from Melrose, make a very bold feature on the eastern side of the mount. 552 siliceous limestones run parallel with the main limestone, on its eastern side, and cover considerably more ground. Behind the house of Mr. William Gray (situated on Block B, immediately in front of Sec. 202) a cave occurs in the main limestone. The cave is easily accessible, and can be penetrated to a length of 27 yards, when the passage contracts and has not been explored further. The walls, roof, and floor of the cave are covered with a stalagmitic coating of a dull, dirty colour. The limestone in the neighbourhood makes a considerable spread and has a dip W. at 54°. At Mr. Mark Gray’s hut, near the headwaters of Spring Creek, the limestone series forms a hill 200 feet in height, the stone varying in colour, being bluish, whitish, or pinkish at various zones. This belt of limestone forms a continuous outcrop in a north and south direction on the western side of Mount Remarkable for a distance of about eight miles. At its southern extremity it is cut off by a fault at the south-eastern angle of Sec. 310, and at its northern end it is also deter- mined by a fault which intersects it in Mallee Creek (a tributary of the White Mine Creek), in Mining Section No. 1521. Throughout its course it is underlain by Tapley Hill shales and overlain by purple-slates and quartzites. (6) THE LIMESTONES IN THE NORTHERN OUTCROPS. The settlement of the beds at the northern end of the mount was accompanied by crustal adjustments which destroyed the continuity of the beds; produced repetition in their occurrence and threw the respective faulted segments into various angles with respect to each other. 1. The most westerly outcrop of the hmestone in this area forms a fragment, about a quarter of a mile in length, that has been torn from the limestones in their regular north and south strike on the western side of the mount and placed at right angles to the same. The limestones follow a fairly direct course until they reach the Mallee Creek, in the upper part of which they are undisturbed and make a considerable exposure; but shortly before reaching the White Mine Creek (of which the Mallee Creek is a tributary) the beds are faulted and the severed portions have taken the form of the letter 1 in relation to each other. The faulted fragment has a due east and west strike, rising to the ridge overlooking the Spring Creek, and ends on the slopes facing the latter. It is remarkable how little disturbance has been caused in the surrounding beds by this important crust movement. The faulted limestone has a dip to the north and is overlain by thin-bedded shales and quartzites of the purple-slates series, which at a short distance from the plane of fracture have a 553 dip W. 20° N. at 43°. The underlying beds are obscured for some distance by cover, but within the fork of the two limbs of limestone the underlying slates show a dip W. 20° N. at 50°—these readings, both above and beneath the faulted limestone, being very much in accord with the general strike of the country. Near the fault-plane the limestone is some- what altered, being metasomatized with the development of ferric oxide and sporadic crystals of pyrites, while the joint planes of the overlying quartzites are often coated by micaceous hematite. At the angle of disruption there is a little show of copper, mostly carbonate stains, and a little prospecting has been done (the White Mine), but without success. 2. The same limestones come to the surface again at a distance of something less than a mile to the eastward, being repeated by a strike-fault which cuts the beds obliquely. The outcrops follow a small valley that extends from the mine road to Spring Creek. On the mine road the outcrops are seen on the eastern side of the highest point where the lower and less-pure beds of limestone make the best show, crossing the road and entering the ground on the other side, where they are obscured by cover. Following down the small valley the main limestone is well developed on the left bank and the impure limestone on the right. Within about 200 yards before reaching Spring Creek the limestones are cut off against the purple-slates, but the main limestone reappears in the northern banks of Spring Creek, the limestone having been shifted out of the line of strike a little to the westward. The limestone in the creek is of good qualty, pinkish in colour, about 20 feet in thickness, and has a dip W. at 50°. It is not seen in the southern bank of Spring Creek, and would not have been exposed at the surface but for the channel cut by the creek, the limestone being covered in the bank-face by the purple-slates. At a little distance along _ the line of strike (on the top of the northern bank of the creek) the limestone comes again to the surface for a short distance, making an exposure 21 yards wide, but is soon cut off again by the purple-slates. These features suggest that the repetitions, which follow a lineal course, have been caused by a strike fault, along the line of which the limestone rolls at or near the surface, making small isolated exposures. 3. The main limestone makes still another outcrop, a little further to the north-east, just below the junction of an important tributary that comes in from the west, having a course almost parallel with Spring Creek. The limestone, which outcrops on the left bank of Spring Creek about 100 feet to 150 feet above the level of the stream, runs nearly 554 parallel with the latter for a time, and then strikes a little north of east. This outcrop was traced over two small tribu- tary streams and for a distance of about a third of a mile, but not quite so far as the main road, circumstances not permitting a further examination in that direction, but it is apparently obscured in that direction by surface wash. 4. The siliceous limestones, which occupy an horizon slightly lower than the main limestone, are once more developed in a wide outcrop over the foot hills on the opposite side of the creek to the main limestone just described. At their southern extremity these beds are indistinctly seen on the mine road. In their extension northwards from the road mentioned they occupy the western face of a ridge, forming craggy outcrops. They just touch the angle made by the Spring Creek about a quarter of a mile below where the isolated fragment of the main limestone (2) is seen in the creek, and then swing round to an easterly strike that brings them almost in a line parallel with the creek as well as with the main limestone on the opposite bank. Having reached the creek, they are almost immediately obscured by alluvial deposits that form successive and wide river terraces that blend with the plains. These siliceous limestones, here as elsewhere, exhibit differential weathering dependent on the varying proportions of calcium carbonate in the rock. Alter- nating lines of relief and depression give a_ striking characteristic to the stone, more particularly in that the laminae are much contorted, frequently making concentric outlines, in domes and basins, which in some cases measure up to six inches in diameter. (c) THE LIMESTONES IN THE SOUTH-EASTERN OUTCROPS. A third area of the limestone series forms the greater part of the foot hills of Mount Remarkable on its south- eastern side. The area forms a faulted segment of triangular shape. The apex of the triangle runs out against the eastern slopes of the mount, about a mile to the north of the township of Melrose. It is bounded, on its western side, by the talus of quartzite fragments of the lower slopes of the mount; on its eastward limits by Campbell Creek and the ‘‘Saddle Hill’’ (so named from its saddle-like outline), near Melrose; while the base of the triangle is formed by an east-west fault, which brings the purple-slates up against the truncated lme- stone series. This is the most interesting, but at the same time the most difficult, field to map of all the limestone areas around © the mount. It has been subjected to greater distortion than the other faulted segments, and has undergone not only much crushing, through physical strains, but the beds have been ? : 555 intruded by a number of basic igneous dykes, which have still further complicated the geological outcrops. The zone of greatest disturbance follows the foot hills that are situated nearest to the mount; the outer, or eastern, portions of the area are less broken and disturbed than the inner. The small creek that comes in from the west and joins the main creek at the south-western angle of Melrose marks a line of cross-faulting that is of stratigraphical importance. The creek referred to takes its rise near the summit of the mount, and in its course flows at the base of a particularly bold scarp of quartzite (the Cathedral Rock), and affords a useful geographical datum line for the purposes of description. The Main or Top Limestone. The Main Limestone in the south-eastern outcrops exhibits a very regular strike in an approximately north and south direction. Its northern extremity is on the southern bank of the Cathedral-rock Creek, not far from the latter’s junction with the main creek. Here it thins out in a curve to the westward before reaching the creek mentioned, and is presumably cut off by the dip fault that runs in a line with the creek. In its southerly trend it follows, for about thirty chains, the western banks of the Mount Creek, forming a steep face about 200 feet above the creek level. It rises to form the crest of the hill in a steep scarp, facing the main creek just above the first bend that occurs in the stream above the Cathedral-rock Creek. The stone is a good pink- and-white limestone, having a dip HE. 20° N. at 75°. ‘The main limestone comes down to the level of the Mount Creek (at a right angle), but is then cut off by the thin- bedded quartzites of the purple-slates series, which are faulted and have a slight shift to the west. The lmestone reappears on the left bank of Campbell Creek, at a short distance from where it is faulted in the Mount Creek. The trend is now S. 10° W., and follows the left bank of Campbell Creek, the limestone forming a broad band on the ridge, and is strongly indented by the transverse streams that find their way into Campbell Creek. The out- crops widen as they near the southern extremity of the beds and attain a spread of over 100 yards. On the right bank of the principal tributary of Campbell Creek is a vertical cave in the limestone, known as the ‘‘Blowhole,’’ but it has been but slightly explored. The limestone ends somewhat abruptly in descending the slope of a cross valley, a little to the north- ward of the bridle track that goes round the southern end of the mount, and is replaced by beds belonging to the purple-slates series. 556 The Siliceous Limestones. These beds form here, as in other parts, a thick series that are more or less calcareous, but varying much in com- position. Sometimes the silica is generally distributed throughout the limestone, while in other cases there are alternating lines and bands of calcareous and _ siliceous material. All the calcareous beds on the north side of the Cathedral-rock Creek appear to belong to this division. The area occupied by them gradually narrows in a northerly direction until, in about a mile from Melrose, the beds run out against the steep slopes of the mount, and the quartzites of the latter come down to the level of the plain, but the rock features at the base of the mount are obscured by a thick veil cf talus. The foot hills, immediately opposite to Melrose, form three moderately distinct ridges that run parallel with the mount and have a height of about 300 feet. These hills, in places, are connected with the mount by cross ridges or spurs. With the exception of the eastern slopes of the outer ridge (which consist of the purple-slates series) they are all in- cluded within the siliceous-limestone zone. On account of the broken and disturbed condition of the rocks within this area it is almost impossible to trace con- nected outcrops along the strike, as many outcrops appear to be isolated and to possess very divergent lines of strike in relation to each other. The most northerly extension of the calcareous beds observed was an outcrop of impure limestone in Sec. 339, over the fence, on the right hand side of the road, a little to the south-west of the refuse depot. A little further to the southward slates are seen having a dip to the N.W. at 50° and a strike directed towards the mount. Going southward—about in a line with the police station —on the western side of the first (most easterly) ridge, there are outcrops of brecciated rock, including a limestone with foreign fragments closely cemented in the mass and with veins of calcite. Slates on its western side dip S.W. at 70°. Lower down the same slope is an impure buff-coloured lime- stone, exposing a face 16 feet in thickness, with a dip S.W. at 43°. This bed is overlain by soft sand-rock, passing into siliceous and slaty fault-breccia; a similar rock forms a con- spicuous ridge of outcrop in the valley a little further to the south. On the top of the second (middle) ridge are outcrops of calcareous shale and a calcareous brecciated rock mixed with shaly material; dip, N. 20° W. at 83°. On the western slopes of this ridge there are further brecciated rocks, and 557 on a cross ridge, a little north of the last-named spot, is a dark-coloured slate; dip, due N. at 20°. On the third ridge, separated from the base of the mountain by a small creek, are further brecciated rocks— some of which are siliceous—and on its western slope is a considerable fragment of a sheared limestone; dip, E. 20° S. This ridge communicates in one place with the side of the mount in the form of a spur, and consists of micaceous slate; dip, S. 15° W. at 72°. In a position still further to the southward, and not far from the Cathedral-rock Creek, further outcrops of the siliceous limestones occur, the various outcrops showing dis- cordant readings of dip and strike in relation to each other. On the spur. situated behind the Saddle Hill, there is a prominent ridge of broken limestone (spotted with micaceous hematite) and mylonitic grits, with a dip to the N.E. A little further to the southward is a still more prominent dyke-like outcrop of limestone, which ends abruptly on the north side of the Cathedral-rock Creek in a high pinnacle. The limestone, which is slightly mineralized and is penetrated by an old drive, has a dip E. 20° N. at 75°. A parallel outcrop of limestone, on the eastern side of the last described, runs out against the purple-slates of the Saddle Hill in an unconformity caused by faulting. The beds on the southern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek are somewhat less broken in their outcrops than those on the northern side of that creek, and almost the’ whole ground between the Mount Creek and the base of the mount is occupied by the limestones together with several basic igneous dykes. The top (or main) limestone is situated nearest. to the Mount Creek, as already described, while the siliceous. limestones on its western side are exposed in numerous more: or less parallel outcrops that continue almost up to the main quartzite of the mount. The greatest thickness of the siliceous limestones in this cross section is on the western side of the calcareous zone nearest to the mount, where the outcrops are about 100 yards in width and show lineal and concentric weathering similar to the features present in the corresponding beds at the northern end of Mount Remarkable. The siliceous limestones follow the general trend of the main limestone, on its western side, over the ridge into the next tributary creek, which finds its affluence with the main creek a little above the place where the main limestone crosses the latter. They then ascend to the rise on the eastern side of the Mount Creek, where they make a great 558 spread, and at the top of the hill they have a dip which is practically at 90°. Some mineralization has occurred in places (chiefly specular hematite), which has tempted the prospector ,to put in some exploratory work, and near the summit, in a particular zone of these limestones, a curious segregation of quartz has taken place, making hollow spheroids, giving the rock the appearance of a ‘‘pea-stone’’ or pisolitic structure. While the main limestone maintains a moderately direct course to the southward, the underlying impure limestones describe a curve, following the right bank of the creek, and at a distance of half a mile higher up from their first crossing they recross the creek to its western side. In this latter case they strike the creek diagonally and make a striking feature in the bed of the stream, where the limestones exhibit some remarkable contortions and have weathered into irregular masses and outlines that make picturesque features. The erosive action of the stream is also well illustrated by deep gutters, smoothed surfaces, and pot-holes. One of the latter, with one of its sides worn away, is known locally as the **‘Armchair.’ The limestones at Ws spot occupy the banks on both sides of the stream, but gradually curve round to the west, in a direction almost completely opposite to their strike in the first instance, and after rising on the back of a spur to the top of the ridge make a slight curvature to the south, where they are cut off by the main fault that separates the foot hills from the mount proper. The outermost line of outcrop of these limestones meets the creek at right angles, with a strike W. 20° N., dip northerly at 78°. This limestone was seen to cross the stream to the westward, but could not be recognized on the opposite bank. B. UPPER CAMBRIAN. PURPLE-SLATES SERIES. The belt of limestones described in the preceding sections forms the upper limits of the Lower Cambrian Division of rocks. The beds that follow by sequence and in super- position possess, as a series, characteristic features, and are classed as Upper Cambrian. They consist of thick shales, numerous thin layers of quartzite, arenaceous limestones, and at some horizons develop thick, fine-grained quartzites that are usually subdivided by numerous bedding-planes. The beds possess a characteristic bluish or purplish colour, on which account they have been designated the purple-slates series. They are extensively developed in the region now To pe ei i of outcrops around Mount Remarkable. 559 under description and form an outlying and investing circle (a) THE WESTERN OUTCROPS. The hills on the western side of Spring Creek rise in a steep grade to the watershed of the Black Range. The geological section in this direction is comparatively simple: the Tapley Hill slates occupy the slopes next the creek, and are succeeded, in ascending order, by the siliceous limestones —the main limestone—and the purple-slates series. The latter follow a parallel strike with the limestones in a north and south direction. The lower members of the series consist mainly of slates and thin-bedded quartzites ; but in the Black Range, which forms the greatest elevation on that side of Mount Remarkable and overlooks the littoral of Spencer Gulf, they pass up into strong and prominent quartzites, which make the main feature of the range. (b) THE NORTHERN OUTCROPS. The purple-slates series on the northern side of the mount has participated in the block-faulting that has so greatly dis- turbed the limestones and other underlying beds. The prevailing dip of the limestones is to the westward, but occasionally to the northward, and the purple-slates, which follow next in order, conform to the same general dip—either westerly or northerly, according to the pitch of the faulted segment to which they respectively belong, the prevailing direction being westerly. In ascending Spring Creek from the Wilmington Road the purple slates make their first appearance immediately on the western side of the top or main limestone seen in the ereek, about a mile up from the main road. Here the beds dip W. at 40° and follow the strike of the limestone south- ward to the road that crosses over to the Spring Creek mine. Higher up the creep, just above the weir of the Wilmington water supply, the purple slates are very characteristically developed, forming extensive dip slopes to the creek; dip, W. 10° N. at 40°. The beds continue to occupy both sides of the creek, and can be followed up the White Mine Creek and the Waterfall Creek, which unite and form a junction with the Spring Creek at the position selected for the new reservoir. In the lower portion of the White Mine Creek bluish quartzites and sili- ceous slates make a feature, having a dip W. 10° N. at 48°. Higher up the creek characteristic purple-slates are more in evidence. 560 The presence of arenaceous limestones—or calcareous grits—can generally be noted among the lower members of the purple-slates series. They occur at Marino, near Brighton, at Hallett’s Cove, and at Noarlunga; at the last- named place they are quarried for road metal. They occur over a somewhat wide outcrop on the White Mine Creek, just west of the position where the two faulted segments of lime- stone are opposed at a sharp angle and can be traced down to the creek, adjacent to and parallel with the north and south fence. They are also seen to the northward, across the Waterfall Creek, and on the top of the ridge, on the north side of this creek, and after passing through the east and west fence follow the slope of the bank into the next valley. The faulted segment seen in the Spring Creek a little west of the Wilmington Road, gives a new direction to the beds. The throw which has brought the lmestones into a position almost parallel with the creek has controlled the overlying beds in a like manner, so that the purple-slates have there a strike to the north-east. The latter continue to the northward, as the main surface features, for many miles, by ‘Wilmington, Horrock Pass, etc. The road that passes from Wilmington through Horrock Pass to the coastal plains is in purple-slates throughout, exhibiting very fine rock scenery, and near the bottom of the pass precipitous hills of these slates rise 1,000 feet or more in height. fey THE PURPLE-SLATES AT THE SOUTHERN END OF THE MOUNT. The southern end of Mount Remarkable is cut trans- versely by a powerful fault, which truncates all the beds coming in from the north, and is bounded on its southern side by the purple-slates series. The line of divisior made by the fault is very marked, and for some distance is caincident with the bed of the creek. The approach to the southern end of the mount is by Bartagunya sheep-station house. Behind the house there is a rough surface of quartzite (dip, W. at 72°) with under- lying purple-slates. Similar beds are exposed in the small creek close by the house (dip, W. 20° S. at 80°) and at a few hundred yards further down the creek is a strong ridge of whitish quartzite (dip, W. 10° 8. at 55°). On the left-hand side of the path, rising to the saddle in going over into the Mount Creek, are some large blocks of a reddish slaty-lime- stone very characteristic of the purple-slate beds. Going down, on the other side of the saddle, the slates show a dip to the S.W., but at the bottom of the hill, near the gate, the dip is to the N.E., the beds being much broken and sheared as they near the fault-plane. 56] The purple-slates on the southern side of the fault exhibit extraordinary features of crush and are mylonized over a very wide area. The mash-rock“) forms hills several hundreds of feet in height (especially in its extension westward), and can be traced southwards from the fault-plane for a consider- able distance. A section across these mashed beds can be followed up Rankine Creek, and irregular and humpy out- orops occur in the bed of the Mount Creek, near the bottom of the path from Bartagunya. (d) THE PURPLE-SLATES ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT. The purple-slates, with interbedded thin quartzites form the outer range of the foot hills at Melrose. On the left bank of the Mount Creek, behind the township, are two quarries that are worked for road metal, but the stone is of inferior quality for this purpose. In the upper quarry the stone consists of white to reddish, rotten felspathoid quartzite and arenaceous slates; while that of the lower is little more than a kaolinized slate. The beds dip E. at 88°. In both quarries the stone shows ripple-marks on the face of the bedding (a very common feature of the purple-slates in general), and in the lower quarry of the two they appear on almost every surface of bedding exposed. A well sunk at the side of the creek, between the two quarries mentioned, is in yellow, rotten slate, but has no great supply of water. A little higher up the stream a transverse section of the slates can be seen in the banks where the beds dip easterly at 65°, and almost immediately above this outcrop is ‘‘Saddle Hill,’’ which consists entirely of beds of this series. At the end of the hill, abutting on the Cathedral-rock Creek, the beds dip E. at 53°. These readings prove that the angle of dip increases as the beds approach the scarp face of the foot hills adjacent to the plain. Continuing southwards, the purple-slates follow the eastern boundary of the main limestone, and extend in an easterly direction beyond the Survey road. On this road typical examples of these slates are exposed in a small quarry by the road side, about one mile south from Melrose. The slates in the quarry are very fissile and have a dip E. 10° S. at 50°. Purple-slates and quartzites can be recognized in the adjoining paddocks, showing a slightly higher angle of (3) The term ‘“‘mash-rock”’ is used with reference to the broken up slates, and “‘crush-rock’”’ for the brecciated limestones and quartzites, the slates having been more finely broken up than the limestones and quartzites; but the difference in this respect has probably been determined by the relative hardness of the different ee and their respective powers of resistance to the crushing orce. 562 dip than that just mentioned. It is probable that these beds continue eastward and form much of the sunken area in that direction. At the south-eastern portion of the foot hills of the mount the faulting has been somewhat complex and has led to the breaking up of the purple-slates series into large angular blocks. Three main fault-planes appear to be in- cluded in this system of fractures. One, having a strike north and south—-parallel with the mount; another, with a strike east and west—transverse to the southern end of the mount; and a third, parallel to the last, but with a strike at right angles to the south-eastern slopes of the mount. By the last-mentioned fault the beds of the purpie-slates series have been brought in, like a wedge, between the main quartzite of the mount on the one side, and the limestone series on the other. This fault apparently intersects the Mount Creek a little to the southward of the most westerly bend of the creek, where the latter cuts through the main quartzite, as described above. The evidences for this conclusion rest on the sudden change of outcrops from typical siliceous lime- stones on the one side, and equally typical slates and quartzites of the purple-slates series on the other, as described next below. At the next bend to the eastward (up-stream from the great westerly bend) the creek cuts through a very strong purplish-coloured quartzite that dips S. 20° W. at 84°. This rock has at one time formed an imposing waterfall, as the stream now runs through a narrow gap,with precipitous walls 250 feet in height. The stream has almost done its work in this respect, having cut down the stony barrier at its up- stream limits to within a few feet of the normal grade, but there is still sufficient left to preserve the name of ‘“‘the waterfall.’’ This quartzite has all the features of .the purple-slate series—its divergent strike, purple colour, black lines of sedimentation, and associated calcareous sandstones— leaving little doubt as to its true geological horizon. The outcrop of this quartzite was followed along its eastward strike. It occupies the northern banks of a small valley that unites with the Mount Creek (just above the waterfall) and follows the ridge to the valley head, passes over the parting into the headwaters of the chief tributary that drains into Campbell Creek, over the next ridge, curving a little to the south, crosses another small creek to the south- ward, and intersects the bridle-path that goes to the south end of the mount. In its progress it splits up into several beds of quartzites, which are separated by slates. The beds, whilst not brecciated (as occurs in the case of the siliceous ————————————E———————— 563 limestones on their northern boundary), are in places much sheared, and exhibit evidences of great physical strain. It is this belt of country that to the eastward cuts off the main limestone at its most southerly limits. Above the waterfall, at the next bend in the Mount Creek, there are typical purple-slates, followed by bluish and reddish quartzites, the latter sometimes coarse and gritty (dip, N. 25° W. at 75°); and at the sharp angle, where the creek comes round from the southern end of the mount, there are bluish and very siliceous slates (belonging to the same series), with a dip N. 10° W. at 80°. At this angle the purple-slates series is bounded on its western side by crushed slate, which separates the former from the main quartzite of the mounrt. Iif.—Igneous Intrusions. These, so far as observed, are limited to the south-eastern side of the mount, and are included within an area of about a mile long and half a mile wide. The outcrops appear as small disconnected pipes rather than dykes, and may repre- sent small necks or fissure-vents of a multiplex volcanic centre. Considering the greatly-broken field in which they occur it is possible that their fragmentary character arises in part from fracture and displacement similar to that which has occurred with the associated sedimentary rocks. With one or two exceptions, the igneous rocks are of a basic type, and exhibit (with some variations as to texture) a uniform character. All the outcrops have suffered more or less decomposition from weathering. Secondary develop- ‘ments of chlorite, uralite, and epidote are commonly present. Specular hematite, as well as micaceous hematite, frequently occurs in plates or nests, and sometimes in the form of feathery erystals on the face of the joints. Spheroidal weathering occurs, and in some cases the basic rock has become so rotten as to be easily crumbled to fragments by the fingers. More than twenty of these volcanic necks or fragments were noted and mapped, and are briefly described below. The numbering refers to the figures on the map. Group (a)—oN THE NORTHERN SIDE OF THE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK. Nos. 1 and 2.—Two outcrops of a rock of gabbro type occur on the crest of the inner foot hills, on the northern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek. They probably form a single mass, but are separated in their outcrops by a small depression of grassy soil-cover that obscures their union. Unitedly they cover a surface of about 100 yards each way. 564 On its eastern side the igneous rock is bordered by a dark- coloured graphitic slate, which has been much broken, healed, and seamed along the lines of fracture. Nearby, this slate has been pushed out of the line of strike, from a north and south to an east and west direction. This igneous occurrence is the only one observed on the northern side of the Cathedral- rock Creek. Group (4 )—ON RIDGE AND SLOPES ON SOUTHERN SIDE OF THE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK. Nos. 3, 4, and 5.—The outcrops thus numbered bear certain relations to each other, and collectively form the largest development of igneous rock in the neighbourhood. It is an irregularly-shaped mass, occupying the summit and slopes of the ridge nearest to the mount on the southern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek. Wo. 3 (forming the portion nearest the mount) is subcircular in outline and measures 90 yards by 80 yards. The limestones bordering the igneous mass appear to have been controlled by the latter, as they follow a circumlinear strike marginal to the igneous intrusion. Following the top of the ridge, in an easterly direction, the impure limestones and calcareous slates occupy the ground for about 30 yards, and then another important outcrop of basic igneous rock is met with, forming a part of Wo. 4. At first sight Vos. 3 and 4 might appear as independent out- crops, but on a closer examination it is seen that they are connected by a relatively narrow neck, just over the crest, on the southern side of the ridge. Near the summit of the ridge the Wo. 4 dyke has a width of about 57 yards, but narrows as it passes down the slope on the south-western side and junctions with the Vo. 3 outcrop. The calcareous beds which separate the two igneous intrusions at the summit of the ridge are squeezed into the form of a triangular wedge between the two arms of the igneous rock. As Wo. 4 passes down the north-eastern slopes of the ridge it increases in width to 88 yards and makes a spur that ends on the terrace formed by the right bank of the creek. The lithological features of this igneous zone (Vos. 3 and 4) are particularly interesting on account of the variation in the texture and form of the rock at different points. Near the periphery the rock is remarkably fine-grained and, to the naked eye, might be crypto-crystalline, while in the more central portions it is conspicuously crystalline and even gabbroid in its appearance. About two-thirds of the distance down the spur forming the Vo. 4 outcrop there is a rounded knoll of porphyrite, which is enclosed in the very heart of the basic dyke. The porphyrite is rendered partially fissile by 565 the development of a system of smooth jointing, by which the rock splits up easily into rectangular pieces, causing the lower slopes of the spur to be strewn with its fragments. In the area surrounding this remarkable porphyritic development the basic dyke has to some extent an amygdaloidal structure. Numerous gas cavities occur in the rock, of various sizes up to half an inch in diameter. Some of these have an elongated outline, suggestive of flow, and many of the cavities have received a secondary deposit, and are now filled by aggregates of small crystals of rhombohedral calcite. It is difficult to account for such a _ scoriaceous feature in the rock if formed at depth. The dyke, resuming its normal features, follows the slope of the spur below the porphyritic inclusion, cuts through an impure limestone, and ceases to be visible on reaching a grassed terrace about 12 feet above the level of the stream. There is, however, an outcrop of igneous rock seen in the cliff face of the creek, not much out of line with the dyke just described. This is marked on the map as Vo. 4, and is probably an extension of dyke Vo. 4. The exposure is about 18 feet in width, but as the rock is much decomposed it is difficult to define its exact lmits. This is the only instance in which an igneous rock was observed to be cut by the Cathedral-rock Creek, and even in this case it did not appear to occur on the opposite bank. No. 6.—This dyke is also seen on the before-mentioned ridge, a little east of Vos. 3 and 4, from which it is separated by a zone of calcareous and slaty rocks, about 80 yards in width. The dyke goes over to the southern face of the ridge for a distance of from 60 yards to 70 yards, having a strike W. 20° S. On the northern side of the ridge a strike is maintained almost parallel with that of the adjoining Wo. 4 dyke. It is in this igneous intrusion that the old Mount Remarkable Copper Mine) is situated. At the mine costeen pits have been cut into the dyke, and at a lower level a tunnel has been driven into it for about 50 feet in length. In the section thus exposed the dyke is seen to be greatly broken and mashed under pressure, sometimes even reduced to a crush-rock composed of angular, recemented fragments. It is in this broken rock that the copper (in the form of green carbonate) occurs. A shaft, said to be 20 feet in depth, has been sunk in the contact rock, and from the dumps at the surface it is seen to be in laminated and banded shales belonging to the Tapley Hill-Brighton series. These shales have been indurated and heightened in colour by igneous (4) See Records of Mines of South Australia (official), 4 a 1908, p. 94. 566 action, with secondary developments of specular hematite, chlorite, ete. No. 7.—This is a round knoll of basic igneous rock, on a small rise situated on the north-eastern side of the old mine, and is probably continuous with another outcrop of a similar kind on the next ridge on the eastern side. The two outcrops are separated by a small intervening valley, mantled by rain- wash. No. &.—On the eastern face of the ridge last-mentioned there is an outcrop of a siliceous igneous rock which makes a peculiar and isolated feature among the surrounding basic dykes. The rock is aplitic in character, very acid, and forms a lenticle, 30 feet in length, margined on all sides by sedi- mentary rocks. There is probably another outcrop of a similar kind in a small valley just below the old copper mine, as two or three surface hod were met with there of an aplitic type, but these contained a little more felspar in their composition than in the other case, and also a few small sik ane crystals of schorl; it was not seen 2m situ. No. 9.—On the next spur, in an easterly direction, there occurs the most prominent outcrop of igneous rock in the locality. It is situated about 60 yards eastward of the aplite vein, and forms a dyke-like ridge of rock that rises about three feet above the normal level. It is of limited extent, much fractured under weathering, and is bounded on all sides by limestones and calcareous shales. “No. 10.—Situated at about 70 yards in an E. N.E. direc- tion from the aplite vein (Vo. 8) is another basic dyke. It is even with the surface of the ground and occupies the gine of a spur towards the Cathedral-rock Creek. No. 11.—This igneous outcrop forms a knoll on the top of the ridge, and is situated in a direction §.S.E. from out- crop Vo. 9. It is not far distant from the western edge of the main (Brighton) limestone, from which it is separated by a zone of slaty rock that has been somewhat changed by the igneous contact. The ridge, which follows the right bank of Cathedral-rock Creek, forms an angle with a still higher ridge that faces into the Mount Remarkable Creek. The igneous outcrop now under description occurs at the angle of these two ridges, and has a strike N.E. and 8.W. It possesses some anomalous features. In the first instance (at its north- eastern end), it has the features commonly presented by the basic dykes of the neighbourhood, but as it rises to the crest of the higher ridge it passes into a peculiar rock of a somewhat acid type. A marked feature at the surface is the presence of numerous empty spaces, giving the rock a honeycomb appearance. It contains some quartz, with phenocrysts 567 of felspar somewhat sparingly developed, and the presence o1 limonite, partly filling some of the cavities in the stone, may point to these spaces having been originally filled with iron pyrites. The dyke, which does not follow the direction of the main limestone or associated beds, is about 200 yards in length and ends abruptly at the crest of the higher ridge, where it is cut off by slates. There is a certain similarity between this dyke and the porphyritic development in’Vo. 4, but the intrusion now under description has, apparently, undergone greater alteration. Group (c)—1IN CREEK NEXT ABOVE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK. No. 12.—This exposure occurs a little to the westward of the last described (Vo. ZZ) and about 200 yards to the south-east of the dyke (Vo. 6) at the old mine. The ridge on which most of the igneous dykes so far described occur forms the watershed between the Cathedral-rock Creek and another creek next above it. The present outcrop is situated a little over the ridge on its southern side. It appears to be approximately circular in outline, and is indicated by a large number of broken rocks on the surface. It extends for about one-third of the distance down the slope towards the creek next above the Cathedral-rock Creek. There appears to be a small dyke on the western side of the one just referred to, as a number of dyke stones were noticed in the line of a small depression on the slope of the hill, but they were mixed with other rock fragments and their source could not be definitely located. No. 13.—There is a small exposure of a basic dyke at the mouth of the last-named creek where it unites with the main stream a little above the spot where the main limestone crosses the Mount Creek. The dyke occupies the left bank of the stream and runs parallel with the same for a short distance, but does not appear to be very thick. No. 14.—-About 100 yards up the same creek a strong exposure of an igneous dyke is seen on both sides of the creek. It has a strike S. 20° W., is about 40 yards wide, and can be traced along the line of outcrop for about 80 yards. No. 15.—A little higher up the creek than the last- named another dyke makes a prominent feature on the right bank of the stream. It forms a circular knoll that imme- diately attracts attention. The texture of the rock varies from medium-grain to coarsely-crystalline. No. 16.—-On the right bank of the same creek, near its confluence with the Mount Creek, surface stones indicate the outcrop of another basic dyke. It is situated at the back of 568 a rather prominent outcrop of impure limestone, at a height of about 40 feet above the Mount Creek. No. 17.—On the same slope, facing to the Mount Creek, shghtly further up the creek than the conspicuous pillar of crush-rock on the side of the hill, is another basic outcrop. The igneous rock passes up the slope from the river flat to a height of about 50 feet above the stream, and is about 40 feet in width. No. 18.—This is the furthest-south outcrop of the dykes in the igneous field. It is situated about a third of a mile higher up the Mount Creek than the last-described occurrence and on the same side of the stream. It has intruded the siliceous Lmestones, which are here strongly developed and have undergone extraordinary crush. The dyke is indicated chiefly by surface stones, one of which is two feet in diameter. It appears to have but a limited extension. Group (d)--ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT REMARKABLE | CREEK. No. 19.—-An inconspicuous outcrop occurs on the eastern side of the Mount Creek, a little southward of the great spur of the main limestone, where it comes down to the creek level. A few igneous rocks are seen 7m situ in the bank, on a small piece of road-cutting, about 20 feet above the level of the stream, and loose stones can be traced up the rise for about 20 yards or 30 yards. It lies on the western side of the main limestone, but not in contact with that rock. No. 20.—Exposed by a few surface stones and an obscure outcrop on the slope facing to Campbell Creek. No. 21.—A broadish ridge separates Campbell Creek and the next creek on the right bank of the Mount Creek. A basic dyke outcrops on this ridge, near the centre and about half-way up from the Mount Creek, in a direction south- westerly from Wo. 20. It is in the form of a patch, and nearby the rock is much veined by hematite, which has led to some prospecting for minerals. 1V.—Tectonic Structure. Mount Remarkable forms a great wedge-shaped mass of intimately-jointed quartzite which, although of great width, is almost destitute of massive outcrops. The summit and slopes of the mount are littered with countless fragments of angular rocks. The eastern side is particularly steep, giving rise to scores of screes, or shoots of loose stones, which in many cases extend from the summit to the base of the mount. The whole mountain is undergoing rapid waste by the break- ing up of the rock on the joint-planes, and then by the loose 6 ee se | ie 569 material gravitating to the bottom. An impressive illustra- tion of this process will be seen by a walk up the Cathedral- rock Creek to a position above the rock mentioned. Such abnormal conditions, occurring in the case of a hard rock with an extensive outcrop, suggest that earth movements must have been particularly active and powerful in bringing about such a result. This view is supported by certain attendant phenomena, by which it may be possible to infer the more important movements that have given outline to this truly ‘‘remarkable’’ mount. 1. THE Great (?) MERIDIONAL FAULT OF THE RANGE. The quartzite not only occupies the crest of the range from end to end, but forms the greater part of the material of which the mount is composed. The western side has a more gradual slope than, the eastern, probably arising from the fact of its forming the dip slope of the beds, the dip varying from 65° in the lower situations to about 85° on the eastern side of the summit. When this consistently-high reading of dip is compared with the great width of outcrop of these beds (reaching, as already stated, at their maximum, a mile, at least, in hori- zontal measurement), it must be inferred that a duplication of outcrop has occurred that has greatly increased the surface spread of the stone and given a fictitious appearance as to its true width. What has happened to produce this remarkable thicken- ing of the quartzite forming the axis of the mount is not at: all clear. Various tectonic movements, under certain con- ditions, might lead to such a result, as, for example, in the following cases :— (a) An unconformity, with the quartzite (as the upper series) forming a cap, with the beds inclined at a low angle, as shown by Selwyn (loc. cit.). But Selwyn’s geological section of the mount is entirely in error; there is no unconformable series, there are no underlying slates (as shown by Selwyn), and the quartzite, instead of dipping at a low angle (as shown by Selwyn), dips at a high angle and is interbedded with the other beds of the section. (b) A double monoclinal-fold, or “hogback,”’ with faulting in the septum curves on each side of the upthrow, and the arch worn down to the level of the resisting quartzite, might give a great breadth to the latter bed; but this explanation is not 570 relevant to the case in hand, inasmuch as the uniform high angle of dip proves that the mount forms no part of a monoclinal-fold. (c) A close-fold im an vsoclinal series, in which the quartzite formed the central axis of the fold and thereby became duplicated, would give double breadth to the bed and a high angle of dip. Such a scheme of tectonic structure does not, how- ever, fit in with the surrounding features, as there is little folding throughout the district, other than a uniform pitch to the west on the western and northern sides, and to the east on the eastern side of the hill. /d) Pressure in a north and south direction on beds at a high angle might cause a vertical puckering, with overlapping and thickening of the beds near the centre. In the Mucra Ranges, near the Mucra Springs, due east from Mount Remarkable and two and a half miles west of the Black Rock rail- way station, there are some very striking quartzite outcrops that have been, under great pressure, turned at right angles to the strike. While such an occurrence is a possible explanation of the thickening of the quartzite at Mount Remarkable, no corroborative evidences were obtained that this was the case there. oe In looking for an explanation 1t must be remembered that the tectonic control of the region concerned has been one of fracture, displacement, and read- justment of the dissevered component parts. It is, perhaps, most consistent with the surrounding tectonic features to assume the existence of a trough-fault (or several of these) with parallel walls, by which segments of the quartzite were successively dropped to lower levels, as shown in fig. 2. The broken character of the quartzite obscures the structure within its own area, but the features pertaining to the outcrops are strongly suggestive of a major line of fracture that follows the crest of the ridge and has had the effect of duplicating the beds. This view is supported by the high dip of the beds on the eastern side of the summit, the great spread of the quartzite outcrops, and the shattered condition of the stone. A doubt still remains as to the particular quartzite which forms the core of the mount. As already intimated, if the orderly succession seen on the western side of the O71 mount (extending from the purple-slates to the tillite) be continued downwards to the underlying bed, then the quartzite which occupies that position must be regarded as synchronous with the quartzites that underlie the tillite near Adelaide. But at several points in the outcrops of the Mount Remarkable quartzite the stone includes clastic ilmenite, occurring in dark lines, and is current-bedded. In the case of one stone picked up near the Cathedral Rock, the ilmenite forms at least one-fourth of the mass. The only horizon where such current-laid ilmenite is known to occur in the Lower Cambrian of South Australia is in the basal beds of the series, where it is a constant and very characteristic feature. The difficulty in the way of referring the Mount WILLOCHRA PLAINS —y SPRING CK. Fig. 2. Geological Sketch-section through Mount Remarkable to show probable duplication of the main quartzite by faulting. P.P’. Purple-slates Series. L.L’. Main (Brighton) Limestone. S.S’. Siliceous Limestones. R. Ribbon (Tapley Hill) Slates. T. Tillite. Q. Quartzites. Sl. Slates. C. Crush-rock. The dotted lines show eo extension of the beds over the mount before faulting took place. Remarkable quartzite to the same horizon is very great, as the tillite, which rests on the quartzite of the mount, is from 8,000 feet to 10,000 feet (perhaps more) above the horizon of the ilmenite grits of the basal beds. If a stratigraphical accordance can be established between the respective ilmenite- bearing beds, then it might be found that quartzites of very different geological horizons have united to form the main’ axis of the mount. 572 2. Tue Great WESTERN FAULT. The main fault on the western side of Mount Remarkable appears to be coincident with the bed of the Spring Creek, extending from the headwaters of the latter to the Spring Creek mine, and possibly further north. Spring Creek pursues a remarkably straight course. When standing on its watershed and looking down the valley, it has the appearance of an artificial ditch. It has no projecting spurs and scarcely a curve in its course (see map)—a physical feature that is strongly suggestive of a line of faulting. It is true that the bed of the creek follows the junction of dissimilar rocks along their line of strike, but this is scarcely sufficient to explain its remarkable straightness for a distance of five miles. Definite evidence of an important fault on this line is obtained by the gradual narrowing of the tillite outcrop and its final disappearance before reaching the northern end of the mount. The tillite is here cut out by a strike-fault, and the Tapley Hill shales are brought into direct juxtaposition with the quartzite, making a strong stratigraphical unconformity. It is possible that this fault-plane is continued southward beyond the lhmits of the Spring Creek Valley. The Mount Remarkable Creek runs for the distance of a mile in a straight course on the dividing line between the Tapley Hill slates and the tillite (precisely similar to the course of the Spring Creek), and the tillite narrows into almost nothing in its southern extremity, where it abuts upon and ends at the transverse fault at the southern end of the mount—features which are similar to its disappearance by faulting at its northern extremity. 3. THe Great East AND WEstT FAULT AT THE NORTHERN END OF THE MOUNT. The main fault at the northern end of the mount (which appears to possess a strike a little north of west) truncates the quartzite of the main ridge, for the latter cannot be seen north of that line, and its place is taken by beds that are higher in the series. Notwithstanding the magnitude of this displacement the immediate zone of fracture cannot be seen on account of the great spread of quartzite talus that encumbers the northern slopes of the mount and even en- croaches upon the road, and thereby hides from view the immediate fault-plane. The main road that crosses the end of the mount is very near the fault, and in some of the small cuttings on the road there are evidences of strati- graphical disturbance that show its close proximity. After passing the highest point on the road (immediately to the west of the main limestone outcrop) the purple-slates 573 appear, and can be traced on the descent towards the creek, having a dip W. at 45°. At the most southerly bend in the road the slates are reversed, dipping north-easterly, and are very broken and rotten, with a confused dip. At about half-distance from the crest of the road down to the creek the main quartzite shows a scarp face and is cut by the road. At the western end of the scarp there is a strike-fault, which hades westerly at 70°, with the quartzite on the one side and purple-slates and thinnish quartzites (having a dip con- formable to that of the fault-plane) on the other. Then the talus once more hides the beds, but at the spur of the hill, near the bottom of the road, there are again outcrops of rotten slates, which dip north-westerly at 30°. At the base of the hill, near the old smelting works, almost at creek level, the slates dip W. 20° N. at 63°. After crossing Spring Creek the fault intersects the limestones on the opposite banks, the beds being bent to a sharp angle and made to take the strike of the fault-plane. The Spring Creek Copper Mine is situated near the north-western angle of the mount. The ground in which the mine is worked forms a rough, irregular, ferruginous outcrop, making a scar on the face of the hill in bold crags, fifty yards wide. Judging from stone at surface, the ore consists mainly of red oxide and green and blue carbonates, set in a broken fault-rock, which seems to be a mixture of Tapley Hill slates and purple-slates. It is probable that the mineral deposits occur in the broken country at the intersection of the main north and south fractures with the main east and west fractures (in a multiplex system), which would account for the two dissimilar shale beds being mixed together in the lode-stuff. While the east and west fracture at the north end of the mount is the main tectonic feature on that side, the gravi- tational adjustments that followed on the collapse of the area gave rise to several north and south fractures in the direction of the general strike. This is made evident by the repetitions of the limestone outcrops, as already described. It is prob- able that this area is extensively faulted in this way, but it is only when a well-defined bed comes into contact with the fault-plane that the effects can be observed. The map shows three such lines of fracture :— (a) On the western side of Spring Creek, where the limestone (faulted to the east) is cut off by the purple-slates series. (4) About a mile to the eastward of the above, in the small creek the head of which is on the mine road 574 and which joins the Spring Creek, where the main limestone is exposed in the northern banks. (c) A few hundred yards further to the eastward of the last, where the siliceous limestones are repeated at the next turn of the creek to the northward; the creek, in this stretch of its course, following apparently the line of the fault. Stratigraphical evidence of the fault-plane is seen at the turn of the creek just mentioned, where on the left bank of the stream the Tapley Hill slates dip W. at 35°, while the siliceous limestones (much distorted) on the opposite bank dip a few points north of west at 55°. P The fact that each of the limestone outcrops on this side of the mount is turned back upon itself and bent in an east- ward direction suggests that the least resistance existed on that side. On the western side there was the great buttress of the quartzites of the Black Range, and to the northward the equally thick and compact purple-slates, which also failed to yield to pressure, while the more extensive and important subsidences of the eastern area (which formed the eastern plains) allowed the gravitating segments to find ex- tension in that direction. The exigencies of the case doubled back the beds against the norma] strike, but the pressure could not have been severe, as the beds do not pass into the anticlinal and synclinal folds, but maintain, on the whole, a comparatively uniform dip to the west; while crush-rock, which is such a marked feature of the disturbed field on the south-eastern side of the mount, is apparently absent in the north. In some instances, however, as in the case of the. siliceous limestones that abut against the north- eastern angle of the mount, the grain of the stone is much flexured. 4. TeEcTonic FEATURES OF THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT. The mount is not exactly equilateral. The greatest transverse diameter is along a line that intercepts the highest point of the mount, and is situated about two miles to the northward of Melrose. The great fault-plane that deter- mines the eastern face of the mount is angulated at about the same spot. There are probably two fault-planes, which intersect at an obtuse angle, the one trending south-westerly and the other in a north-westerly direction. The latter follows the base of the north-eastern face of the mount where the main quartzite comes down to the plain, but the exact line of fault is obscured by a wide talus, composed chiefly of quartzite fragments, which forms a gentle slope, extending EEE ——eEeEeEeeEeEeEEeeee ee ee 575 from the lower slopes of the mount, easterly, to the public road, a distance of about a mile, and having a fall of about 100 feet. A number of springs, in lineal order, follow the base of the mount, and probably indicate the junction between the quartzite and the sunken purple-slates of the plain. . The fault which defines the south-eastern side of the mount divides the mount proper from the foot hills, and at its southern end is cut by the transverse fault that truncates the south end of the mount. The great scarp of the Cathe- dral Rock, 300 feet in height (made in two sections), as well as other prominent scarp faces of quartzite, probably repre- sents the line of fracture. The Cathedral-rock Creek also marks the line of a transverse fault, which is evident from the discontinuity of the beds on either side of it. The two principal faults just described, together with the plains on the eastern side of the mount, mark off a triangular area of foot hills that include features of great geological interest. The stratigraphical succession of the beds within this area has already been described. They are identi- eal with those met with on the western and northern side of the mount, but the tectonic phenomena seen in this segment are unique. The main limestone is but little disturbed, and follows a definite strike (although interrupted at the Mount Creek) till cut off by the transverse fault, but all the beds between it and the quartzite of the mount (belonging to the siliceous limestones and ribbon-slate series) have been subjected, not simply to distortion, but disruption to an extreme degree. The belt of rocks adjacent to the base of the mount, and in places far up the side, is composed of crushed and triturated rock that has become recemented in irregular masses that are now quite destitute of bedding planes. An outcrop of this kind, consisting of mashed material in large dark-coloured rock masses, at a height of 600 feet from the base, can be easily recognized from the township of Melrose, and is known locally as the “Cat Rocks.” (See pl. liv., fig. 2.) The zone of crush-rock includes the two inner ridges of the foot hills (opposite Melrose), while set in the mass of mashed material are larger dissociated fragments of the original rocks outcropping at various angles, but still retain- ing to some extent their natural bedding planes. These are no doubt fragments that have been torn from the parent mass by the earth-creep, and are now mixed up indiscriminately with the more brecciated portions, which accounts for the incongruities that occur in their respective strike and dip. 576 Sections of the mash-rock can be seen in the creek a little below the Cathedral Rock. The crush-rock crosses the Mount Creek a little above the main limestone, where very massive blocks of triturated siliceous limestones occur on the banks, and continue up the rise on the opposite side... The same rock features extend higher up ‘the creek on both sides, the greater crush having occurred within the curve made by the siliceous limestones in their return strike to the mount, and are in evidence almost to the extreme southern end of the range, covering an area of about two and a half miles in a north and south direction, and one mile on the east and west diameter. In this area, as in the northern, there are evidences of on extensive field of fracture, which makes geological map- ping, except after prolonged and detailed work in the field, extremely difficult. The longitudinal fault which exists on the south-eastern side of the mount is not so much a single line of displacement, but a wide zone that is filled by mashed rocks derived chiefly from slates. This fault zone narrows as it approaches the southern end of the mount, and becomes reduced to a disturbed area a few feet in width, impregnated with iron oxides. Between this zone of mashed rock, near to the base of the mount, and the main limestone that runs parallel with Campbell Creek, there is an extensive area of the earthy and siliceous limestones and slates which, while preserving the form of stratification, is for the most part, in the condition of a crush-breccia. The strike of the beds is very divergent at different points, producing a cor- responding variation in the direction of dip. The main lime- stone which outcrops on the eastern side of this disturbed area is not materially affected in the same way, although it is to some extent shattered along its western borders. An important transverse fault can be recognized where the siliceous-limestone series abut against the purple-slates series just below the waterfall in the Mount Creek, mentioned above. Although this fault makes a feature on the eastern side of the mount, it stands related to the great east and west fault at the southern end of the mount, and will be referred to under that heading. 5. Toe Great FAULT AT THE SOUTHERN END OF THE MOUNT. At the southern end of the mount we meet with another of the major faults that has helped to determine the outline of the main ridge. The fault-plane has a strike 35° N. of W., which cuts off the limestone series on both sides of the mount, as well as the glacial till, in addition to the quartzite 577 which forms the main axis of the mount. The truncated quartzite makes a sheer scarp of about 300 feet (known as the Gibraltar Rock), and a little further to the west the till forms a pyramidal hill of about the same height. The fault follows the bed of the creek from the bifurcation of the road (in Sec. 312) downstream to the sharp bend where the creek turns to the northward along the eastern side of the mount. The mount is on the upthrow side, and the purple-slate series on the right bank of the creek forms the outcrop on the down- throw side. Bartagunya station house, situated about a mile from the south end of Mount Remarkable, is on the purple-slate series. Behind the house there is a rough surface of quartzite (dip, W. at 72°) with purple-slates beneath. Below the house the slates dip W. 20° S. at 80°. In the small creek, further down from the house, there is a strong ridge of whitish quartzite (dip, W. 10° S. at 55°). A block or two of reddish limestone occur on the left-hand side of the path going up the hill from the house towards Mount Remarkable Creek. On the saddle of the hill, going over: into horse- gully on the way to the creek, the strata are disturbed (dip, E. 12° 8.). Going down the hill to the Mount Creek slates show dip slopes nearly parallel with the gully (dip, S.W.). Near the bottom of the path the dip varies from N. 20° W. to N.E. The beds are here within the area of the fault zone, the slates are greatly mashed, and in places show very defined shear-planes, which are made conspicuous by differ- ential composition and bands of colour. Large irregular masses of mash-rock occupy the bed of the main stream just below the Gibraltar Rock, and similar outcrops are seen on either side of Rankine Creek for a considerable distance upstream. Following up the main creek above the Gibraltar Rock, the mash-rock forms hills on the southern side of the ereek several hundreds of feet in height. At the south-eastern angle of the mount, a little east of the Gibraltar Rock, the main north and south fault inter- sects the main east and west fault. In the angle produced by this intersection is included a segment of the purple-slates - series which, as a faulted block, extends northwards for about a third of a mile, and throughout that length is in juxta- position with the quartzites of the eastern portion of the mount. The relationship of this faulted block to the sur- rounding areas shows an important hiatus in the geological order of succession on two sides—on the northern boundary the main limestone is faulted out, and on the western side, bordering the mount, the main limestone,«silicous limestones, Tapley Hill slates, and tillite are missing. © 578 V.—Summary and Conclusions. The leading geological features in the region that has been dealt with in iad paper may be summarized as follows :— 1. Mount Remarkable owes its prominent and isolated form to two circumstances:—(1) The hardness and great extent of its quartzitic core, and (2) the position and magni- tude of. its faults. 2. While numerous minor faults are indicated, the principal fractures can be referred to four main systems of displacement, which are, broadly, coincident with the four sides of the mountain—two being lateral and one at either extremity of the mount. 3. The main axis of the mount consists of the oldest rocks exposed, while the mount is surrounded by a ring of purple-slates and associated thin quartzites, which represent the newest and, stratigraphically, the highest members of the series. 4. The greatest displacements have taken place on its southern and eastern sides. Considering the thickness of the strata in the downthrow areas, the mount at one time must have been more than twice as high as it is at present. A meridional fracture split the mount in two, when the eastern half dropped from between 2,000 feet to 4,000 feet in vertical height. The northern and southern segments, under the influence of gravitational adjustments, also dropped to a like extent at either end of the mount. The movements of sub- sidence were gradual and extended over a lengthened period. 5. In the process of settlement of the disturbed areas there ensued differential strains, complex fractures, and general crush that shattered the rocks and recemented the fragments by welding them into a confused mass. These effects are on a very large scale on the south-eastern and southern sides of the mount, and to a less extent on the northern ‘side also. 6. The subsiding segments at the northern end of the mount had greatest freedom of movement to the eastward, which permitted strike-faulting and a repetition of the beds, but the very thick and compact purple-slates extending far to the northward formed an unyielding massif, which com- pelled the faulted limestones to curve back against the strike. The limestones of the south-eastern face were nipped as in a vice—no repetition of beds was possible—they were mostly crushed to fragments and, as in the case of the northern segments, were forced back in a reverse direction to the normal strike. 579 7. The structure of Mount Remarkable, when considered as a whole (possessing, as it does, a hard core or backbone surrounded on all sides by sunken areas consisting of newer sediments), supplies a very fine example of a mountain horst. 8. The tectonic movements that gave Mount Remarkable its peculiar features were not limited to that particular area or produced isolated effects. A continental movement (epeirogenic) first gave a general elevation to the land, which, after reaching a maximum altitude, broke up into regional blocks, which respectively became fissured, tilted, and in places separated from each other by areas of greater subsid- ence. In this way the present physical outlines of South ‘Australia took shape. By the subsidence of the rift-valleys along the lines of the great gulfs the southern Flinders Ranges became scarped to the west; and by the subsidence of a great earth-block that has formed the Willochra plains to the eastward, Mount Remarkable has been scarped to the east. The geological history of Mount Remarkable is, there- fore, only one among many episodes of a like kind in a wider field, where the tectonic forces have operated in shaping the hills and valleys of our land. 9. The geological age in which Mount Remarkable took its present form cannot have been very remote. The crush that was incidental to the great subsidence came later than the period that witnessed the intrusion of igneous dykes, for the latter were caught in the same mill that pounded the sedi- ments that these dykes had penetrated. The absence of quartz veins from the crush-rock also indicates superficial movements, and proves that there were no deep-seated frac- tures or welling-up of silicated waters that would otherwise have filled up the interstitial spaces caused by the crush. There is little doubt that the southern Flinders Ranges, of which Mount Remarkable forms a part, were elevated as part of the great plateau-forming movements that occurred some time during the later Cainozoic age, and formed the first stage in the development of the southern highlands of South Aus- tralia. The fractures and block-faulting that followed broke up the peneplain into platforms, scarps, and rift-valleys, among which Mount Remarkable took its place. 10. The plains on the eastern side of Mount Remarkable form the watershed of the Willochra Creek, which carries the main drainage of the district and flows northward. On most of the low rises between the mount and Booleroo Centre, and even further, there are highly-siliceous consolidated river sands and gravels which have no relation to the existing channels. Wells sunk on the plains prove the existence of alluvium to considerable depths. Thick consolidated gravels T2 580 o also flank the outer foot hills of Mount Remarkable opposite Melrose, and attain a height of 200 feet above the plain. This extensive alluviation exists on a present-day watershed. Such an anomaly is explained by cognate evidences which prove the former existence of great waterways coming down from the north, and which found their outlet by the valley now occupied by Gulf St. Vincent. The Willochra Creek occupies the bed of this dead river, but instead of flowing south, as of old, it flows in the opposite direction and empties its waters into Lake Torrens. In one of my visits to Mount Remarkable I had the pleasure of being accompanied by my colleague, Dr. E. O. Thiele, who has kindly undertaken to describe the igneous rocks that occur on the foot hills of the south-eastern portions of the mount, and these descriptions will form an appendix to the present paper. The difficulties of mapping the geological features have been considerable on account of the very imperfect and erroneous outlines of the “Hundred” maps covering the region examined. This difficulty was in part met by the courteous assistance of the Surveyor-General (Mr. E. M. Smith, I.S.0.), who kindly placed at my disposal the latest results of the new survey of such portions of the ground that were being sub- divided by the Government for repatriation purposes. I have also to acknowledge the kind assistance of the Geological Survey Department for valuable aid in preparing the map fer publication. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Pirate LIII. Geological Sketch-map of Mount Remarkable and the Foot Hills of the mount. Pratt LAV, Fig. 1. Photographic view of Mount Remarkable taken from the eastern plains at a distance of four miles from the mount. Fig. 2. Photographic view of the ‘‘Cat Rocks,’’ opposite Melrose, at a height of about 600 feet from the base of the mount. These rocks form an irregular outcrop of mashed slates. Vi.—Appendix. PETROGRAPHICAL NOTES ON THE IGNEOUS ROCKS OF MOUNT REMARKABLE. By E. O. Turzxez, D.Sc. The following observations are the result of the petro- logical examination of a series of igneous rocks occurring in the foothills of Mount Remarkable, near the township of 581 Melrose. The general field occurrence of these rocks has been described by Mr. Howchin, with whom I had the pleasure of spending several days mapping in their relation- ships to the surrounding rocks. The igneous rocks fall into three groups:—(1) Altered Dolerites; (2) Quartz Porphyrites (including Quartz-cerato- phyre); (3) Aplites. 1. Dolerites. The rocks of this group are the most abundant, occurring in a number of small isolated patches within a relatively restricted area, as will be seen from Mr. Howchin’s map. They vary considerably in texture, from a coarse-grained type, approaching a gabbro, to compact examples of a basaltic character. Both microscopically and in thin section they very closely resemble the basic rocks of Blinman, which have been described in an earlier volume of this Society’s Transactions by W. N. Benson. ) SLIDE No. 1.—ALTERED DOLERITE. Macroscopic Characters.—This example is a medium- grained holocrystalline rock, with a prevailing greenish-grey colour. Ferromagnesian minerals are dominant and the structure is granular. Microscopie Features.—Considerable mineral rearrange- ment has taken place, but in general a definite ophitic struc- ture is recognizable, though as a rule the breaking-up of the original minerals has developed a granular character. The ferromagnesian minerals are the most abundant, and the unaltered forms are chiefly pyroxene, but uralitization has proceeded to some extent. A little granular material of high relief is probably olivine. The felspars, where definitely determinable, are triclinic, giving extinction angles on the albite twin lamellae up to 25°, representing probably labradorite. They generally show con- siderable alteration, passing into epidote and calcite. Iron oxides are present, but are not very abundant. SLIDE No. 2.—ALTERED BASALTIC TYPE. This example is a fine-grained, compact rock of a greenish- grey colour. Under the microscope this section shows abundant long, slender, felspar laths, set in a fine-grained devitrified base, crowded with magnetite showing good cubic and octahedral (1) **The Basic Rocks of Blinman, South Australia, with Notes on Associated or Allied Rocks,’’ W. N. Benson, B.Sc., Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxiii. 582 outlines. Much of the interstitial material is chloritic, and in general the rock is considerably altered, but appears to represent a rapidly-chilled rock, and may, therefore, be a dyke. SLIDE No. 3.—ALTERED GABBROID-DOLERITE. This is a medium-grained, holocrystalline rock, with - abundant green ferromagnesian and lighter-coloured inter- stitial material, somewhat altered, chiefly felspar. The thin section shows a holocrystalline and ophitic structure. The ferromagnesian minerals are abundant, with some prismatic outlines, but generally the secondary mole- cular rearrangement has resulted in a confused, granular, and fibrous intergrowth. Much of the original pyroxene has passed over into uralite. Olivine is present, but not abundant. The felspars are, generally, much altered, and in habit are rather long prisms. From the extinction angles they would appear to be probably labradorite. 2. Acid Porphyritic Rocks. These, in general, are pinkish-brown porphyritic rocks, showing abundant phenocrysts of felspar and some quartz. One occurrence of note shows this rock as intruding the dolerite. There is some variation in the character and appearance of this rock in the several outcrops noted ; some of the extreme examples presenting rather nondescript fea- tures as hand specimens. Thin sections, however, show that this is due to the introduction of a considerable amount of calcite by percolating solutions from the surrounding impure limestones. This has led to a varying amount of metasomatic replacement. The less altered examples, in thin sections, show a well-developed porphyritic structure, in which the prevailing phenocrysts are triclinic felspar, with quartz in minor amount. The extinction angles, measured in favour- able sections, range up to about 16°, which, together with the chemical evidence, indicates a fairly pure albite. Ferro- magnesian minerals are rare. There is a little chlorite, pseudomorphic after biotite, and, in one section, there is a little muscovite. The base is typically micrographic, with some spherulitic patches. Calcite occurs in a varying amount in most of the slides examined. Some examples show it arranged along cracks, which have served as lines of percola- tion, and others indicate, in the relic structure still recogniz- — able, that the action has been metasomatic. One sample, which was practically free from calcite, was — chosen for chemical analysis, and the result is interesting in that it indicates a soda-rich type which compares very closely — , : 583 in composition with a quartz-ceratophyre from the Noyang district of Gippsland. The Victorian rock was formerly described, by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt, as a quartz- porphyrite, but later referred to by Professor Skeats as a quartz-ceratophyre. (2) Analyses of some of the Gippsland ceratophyres are given for comparison. 3- Aplites. | It would be interesting to have the analysis of the aplite also, for it appears probable that the latter may be genetically related to the ceratophyre; but IT have so far been unable to find time for this work. The prevailing felspar in the aplite is a microcline, and the question is raised as to whether it is the normal potash type or the soda variety, anorthoclase. A B C D $10, 76°26 77°66 TS Colt 72°41 Al,O, 12°40 12°30 12°44 14°38 Fe,O, 1°64 0°61 0°95 2°94 FeO 2°60 0°17 -- 0°85 MgO trace 0°73 0°02 itd CaO 0°28 0°16 0°53 0°87 Na,O 6°27 6°96 6°79 6°86 ee Vee “41 0°19 0°24 * O13 3 2h ele 12) ; 0°04 aet |. 02s var oe { 0°67 Pee. ~..> trace trace — 0°17 MnO... — — 0°09 me 0-50 ax mm 0:26 Penmene sss, ... 100°50 99°24 100°00 100°85 SeeGray....- —- 2°59 2°63 A—Spec. No. 13. Quartz-Ceratophyre, Cathedral-rock Creek, - Mount Remarkable. Anal., E. O. Thiele. B—Quartz-Mica-Porphyrite (Quartz-Ceratophyre), Naviga- | tion Creek, Gippsland. A. W. Howitt. C—Quartz-Porphyrite (Quartz-Ceratophyre), Mount Eliza- beth Creek, Gippsland. A. W. Howitt. D—Quartz-Ceratophyre, Nowa Nowa district, Gippsland. E. O. Thiele. (2) ‘The Volcanic Rocks of Wittoria” Prof. E. W. Sieais D.Sc., A.A.A.S., Brisbane, 1909. 584 ABSTRACT OF uPROCI aa Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated) FoR 1915-1916. ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 11, 1915. THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. THE PRESIDENT welcomed Mr. G. G. Mayo (Fellow) on his return from a lengthened stay in England. REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNOR.—Letter received from the Board of the Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, acknowledging advice that Mr. Walter Howchin, F.G.8., had been reappointed as Representative Governor on the Board. . Kancaroo IstanpD RESERVE.—Letter received from the Secretary to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands, stating that, in view of the alleged destruction of fauna on Kangaroo Island, the inspectors had been instructed to enquire and report on the same. Botanic GARDENS.—Dr. PULLEINE moved, Mr. S. Dixon seconded, a resolution embodying certain suggestions for making the Botanic Garden of greater economic value to the State. After discussion it was moved by Professor RENNIE, seconded by Mr. E. Asusy, and resolved, ‘‘That the Society approves generally of the tenor of the proposed resolution, and that the same be referred to a Committee consisting of the President, Dr. Pulleine, Mr. S. Dixon, and Professor Osborn, with power to modify the resolution as they may deem advisable before the same is forwarded to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands.”’ By-Law. Section III. Papers.—The Hon. SECRETARY reported that the Council had repealed the existing By-law and substituted the following :— 1. No paper which has not been previously approved by the Council shall be laid before the Society. 585 2. Every paper laid before the Society shall be imme- diately delivered to the Secretary. 3. The Council shall, at its next ora subsequent meeting, decide whether such paper shall be published. 4. If the Council decide to publish the same, in whole or in part, it and all copyrights thereof shall become the property of the Society, such copyrights to include all plates, maps, diagrams, and photographs that are reproduced in illustration of the same; and all blocks used in such reproduc- tion shall be the property of the Society; but original draw- ings and negatives of photographs shall remain the property of the author. 5. If the Council decide not to publish a paper, either in whole or in part, the same shall be returned to the author, if he so desire. 6. All papers and other contributions published by the Society shall be subjected to editing by an Editor appointed by the Council. ‘ 7. The author of any paper published by the Society shall be entitled to receive free of cost 25 copies of the same, and to obtain additional copies, not exceeding 75 (unless the Council shall determine otherwise) upon paying the extra cost thereof. Every such copy shall include a statement that it is extracted from the publications of the Society. 8. All communications intended for publication by the Society shall be clearly written on one side of the paper only, and in fit condition for being placed in the hands of the printer. 9. Before printing any paper a proof shall be submitted to the author, who shall be allowed to make any slight amendments without cost; but considerable alterations must be paid for by him. 10. In order to ensure a correct newspaper report, it is advisable that all papers and other communications laid before the Society be accompanied by ’a short abstract. The suggestions of the Council for enforcing this By-law are as follow :— (A) That a copy of this By-law be sent to each author with the following statement for signature :— “T have read the By-law, Section III., Papers, and agree to the conditions contained therein in respect to all papers and contributions herewith submitted [and hereafter 586 to be submitted] by me to the Royal Society of South Aus- tralia (Incorporated). eoereeeesc eset ee sespeseesressenesses#7ee ‘‘Note.—If the author so desire, he may strike out the words in brackets.’’ . (B) That the copy of the By-law sent to tach author be accompanied by such suggestions as the Editor may consider necessary for the preparation of manuscripts in such manner as to ensure uniformity of style when printed. The By-law and suggestions were unanimously approved. Exuipits.—Mr. E. Asusy exhibited the following birds collected on November 1:—Hallorms (Malurus) cyanotus, Gould, the White-winged Wren, breeding, but with only a few blue feathers, from St. Kilda, South Australia. Also a pair from Leigh Creek for comparison. Geobasileus hedleyi rosmmae, Mathews, the allied Buff-rumped Tit, from the samphire flats, St. Kilda, S.A. Sericornis maculata osculans, Gould, the allied Scrub Wren, from the same locality. Also a very rare epiphyte orchid, collected in the Richmond Ranges, Northern New South Wales, three years ago. The* flower spray, about 34 inches across and 8 inches long, con- tained 15 flowers. The locality had not been known, and the plant had been described from the flower only by Bentham as Sarcochilus divitifiorus. Paper.—‘‘The Woworra Tribe of Now western Aus- tralia, with Grammar and Vocabulary,’’ by J. R. B. Love; communicated by Edwin Ashby, M.B.O.U. OrpDINARY MeetinG, APRIL 13, 1916. THE PrREesIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. THE PRESIDENT referred to the death of the Right Honourable Sir Samtel J. Way, Chief Justice. He was a member of the Adelaide Philosophical Society, to which he was elected in 1859, and so became a Fellow of the Royal — Soviety of South Australia when, twenty years later, the former was changed into the latter. He occupied the posi- tion of President from October, 1880, to October, 1882, and for nearly fifty-seven years he gave us the countenance of his membership and the financial help of his subscriptions, 587 and for several recent years he had the honour of being the earliest member on our register. In consequence of Sir Samuel’s regretted death the distinction of doyen of the Royal Society of South Australia now rests upon Mr. Walter Rutt. He was elected to the earlier society in 1869, ten years after Sir Samuel Way. He was for many years our Honorary Treasurer, and when he relinquished that respon- sible office it was only to take up the heavier and more onerous duties of Honorary Secretary, and every Fellow and every Member of the Council will agree that a more capable, reliable, methodical, and punctual officer could not be desired. He well merited the distinction he holds as our venerated doyen. Might he live to wear and enjoy it for many years. Another of our earlier members who had passed away merited more than a formal notice. Mr. Robert Barr’ Smith was elected to the Adelaide Philosophical Society in 1871, and dying in 1915 held his membership for forty-four years. He had justified his election, shown his practical and sustained interest in our Society, and perpetuated his memory by bequeathing to us the munificent sum of £1,000. This, added to two previous similar donations from other gentle- men, raised our endowment fund to £3,000, thus providing a yearly income sufficient to meet present modest clerical expenses and to pay in part for the binding of the voluminous yearly acquisitions to our valuable library. We felt grateful to our departed Fellow for his timely and appropriate bene- faction. The absence of his name from our register brouglit next to Mr. Rutt’s that of our honoured member, Mr. G. G. Mayo. He also had proved himself a true friend to the Society. For many years as Honorary Secretary. he held office prior to Mr. Rutt, and we all remember his geniality and desire to oblige us in every possible way ; we congratulated him, therefore, as prozime accessit. THE PRESIDENT also referred to the distinction which had been conferred on one of our Honorary Fellows (Professor Bragg) and on his son. Since our last session they had received the Nobel prize in recognition of their valuable scientific researches and discoveries in connection with the X rays and radio-activity. Nor could we overlook the decoration of Sir Douglas Mawson with the Helen Culver Medal of the Geographical Society of Chicago for his achieve- ments as leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. We had hoped to see the scientific results of that visit to the \ 088 Polar regions published as a set of special Memoirs of our Society; but circumstances seemed adverse, and _ they would probably appear as a work unassociated with any particular institution. But in whatever form they might be made known to the scientific world, and preserved to pos- terity, we should look forward with great interest to their completion and publication. He could not refrain from making a few remarks about our last volume of Transactions and Proceedings, the largest the Society had ever issued, with nearly 900 pages of printed matter and 70 plates, besides many figures in the text. Several papers were purely technical, of considerable length, and necessarily of interest only to those studying the same departments of science; but they represented an immense amount of industry and research, were of incalculable value, and would be consulted as long as sclence endured. There were others of considerable interest to general readers, such as those on the expedition to the Everard and Musgrave Ranges, and the ethnology of one part of New Guinea, enlivened and explained by numerous accompanying photographs. Altogether we might be grati- fied with the production of the past year, and would hope to have a similar volume, as large and as interesting, to distribute at the end of 1916. THe Hon. Secretary reported that the first grant in aid of scientific research, in accordance with the circular issued in 1913, had been made by the Council to Mr. G. H. Hardy, of the Tasmanian Museum, for investigations into the Flight of Birds. THE PRESIDENT reported that the Gomurttiee appointed on November 11, 1915, to deal with the resolution with regard to the management of the Botanic Garden had decided that the time was not then quite opportune for taking action. Later on the question was raised again in the Council, who decided that some suggestions laid before them should be supported, and a letter to that effect was forwarded to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands. Nominations.—William Ray, M.B., B.Sc., Victoria Square, and H. Lipson Hancock, Manager of Wallaroo and Moonta Mining and Smelting Company, ‘Moonta Mines, were nominated as Fellows. Exuisits.—Mr. Epwin Asusy, M.B.O.U., exhibited the following bird skins collected in the mallee, near 589 Karoonda, South Australia, on November 25, 1915:— Gilbertornis rufogularis (Eastern Red-throated Thick-head), Campbellornis superciliosus (White-browed Wood Swallow), Drymodes brunneopygia (Serub Robin), Oreoica cristata clelandi (Southern Crested Bell Bird), Hylacola cauta (Rufous-rumped Ground Wren), A canthiza pusilla hamiltom (Red-rumped Tit), Smecrornis brevirostris viridescens (Green- ish Tree-Tit), Pardalotus punctatus wanthopygius (Yellow- rumped Pardalote), Leggeorms lamberti assimilis (Purple- backed Wren), Hpthianura albifrons (White-fronted Chat), Gliciphila melanops chandleri (Tawny-crowned Honey-eater), Gliciphila albifrons incerta (Eastern White-fronted Honey- eater), Lichenostomus cratitius howe (Victorian Wattled- cheeked Honey-eater). Also to compare with above :— Amytorms striatus (Striated Grass Wren), from same district, (Pachycephala) Gilbertornis gilberti, from Mannum; also from Cape York, Queensland, Dr. MacGillivray’s new parrot, in which the male has,a red face and bright-blue crown, the rest of the plumage bright-green, and the female has a brown crown and face, the rest of the plumage similar to the male. He also showed a growing plant of the fern Aspidiwm unitum, var. propinquum, referred to in his paper of May 13, 1915. Professor CuapMaNn showed a flat bar of steel, on the edge of which a series of crosses had been marked with a punch. The edge had then been filed down until the marks were removed, and then polished. The bar had then been strained in tension beyond the elastic limit, when the marks had become clearly visible, being raised slightly above the surface. A small round bar, similarly treated, but overstrained by compression, showed similar results, the resuscitated marks: in this case being slightly depressed. A plain polished bar of mild steel broken under tension had developed two series of lines at right angles to each other, showing the effect of the distortion of the crystals. Mr. Epgar R. Warre showed proofs of the maps and plates illustrating his description of fishes, which would form Part I. of the published Scientific Results of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. Mr. A. M. Lea showed the fruiting stems and seeds of four kinds of Kentia palms; also fruit of. Pandanus; also lemon seeds which had sprouted inside the fruit—all from Lord Howe Island; also nest of trap-door spider from a tree fern on Norfolk Island; and a very large Egyptian scorpion. Captain S. A. 590 WuiTeE showed two skins of the Arctic Skua (Stercorarius parasiticus), the first known to be taken in South Australian waters, although they are often seen by steamers passing down the Gulf; also skin of the Southern Rufous Bristle Bird (Maccoyornis broadbenti white:), which inhabits the low bush and rushes of Younghusband Peninsula. PapeR.—‘‘Note on the Occurrence and Method of Formation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in Xanthorrhoea quad- rangulata,’’ by Professor T. G. B. Ossporn, M.Sc. OrpINARY MEETING, May 11, 1916. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. THE PRESIDENT introduced Mr. Thiele, M.Sc., who was acting as Lecturer on Mineralogy and Petrology in the Uni- versity of Adelaide during the absence of Sir Douglas Mawson. : Nomination.—W. Champion Hackett, seedsman, Rundle Street, as Fellow. Evections.—H. Lipson Hancock, mine manager, Moonta Mines, and William Ray, M.B., B.Sc., Fellows. Exuipits.—Mr. Epwin Asunesy exhibited birds, nest, and eggs of the Mistletoe Bird; the nest was in the form of a bag of material resembling woven cloth, with opening on one side, and handle passing over the bough from which it hung. Captain 8. A. WHITE showed a White-breasted Cormorant (Hypoleucus fuscescens) from Little Althorpe Island; also two Pied Cormorants (Hypoleucus varius hypoleucus), one in breeding, the other in non-breeding plumage, both females, one from the Coorong, the other from the mangroves north of Port Adelaide; also two tubes of parasitic worms, one from a cormorant’s stomach, the other from the thick coating of fat covering its abdomen; also eight rounded stones, one of granite and seven of sandstone, and shells of four species of molluses from a cormorant’s stomach, doubtless swallowed to aid digestion. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a drawer of weevils of the genus Leptops, many of which attack wattle trees, and a few of which have become very destructive to apple trees and vines in South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales, through the larvae boring into the roots. Papers. —‘‘Australian Hymenoptera (Proctotrypoidea), No. 4,’’ by Atan P. Dopp; ‘‘Prodiscothyrea, a new genus of 591 Ponerine Ants,’’ by Professor W. M. WHEELER, communi- cated by A. M. Lea; ‘‘On the Occurrence of ‘Arenicola loveni on the Coast of South Australia,’’ by J. H. AsHworra, D.Sc., communicated by E. R. Waite, F.L.S.; “A New Species of Leech from South Australia,’’ by W. H. Lrrex- SuHarpPe, B.Sc., communicated by E. R. Waite; ‘Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 9,’ by J. M. Brack. ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 8, 1916. Tue Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. | Nomination.—Lionel B. Bull, pathologist and bacteri- ologist, was nominated as Fellow. ELection.—W. Champion Hackett, seedsman, was elected a Fellow. Exuisirs.—Mr. E. R. Waite exhibited a common Adelaide flounder, which was ambi-coloured, the lower side the same colour as the upper. The prolonged dorsal fin had not, as wsual, joined the snout, an apparent incision being thus left between the fin and the skull, so that the fish could see on its under-side. Also a somewhat rare pelagic prawn from the mouth of the Gawler River. Captain 8. A. WHITE showed some shells (Turbo stamineus), weighing from 8 oz. to 10 oz. each (when alive), and a Pacific Gull (Gabianus pacifi- cus), which was stated to carry these shells aloft and drop them on the rocks to break them. Dr. Morgan had sug- gested that, as the gull could only carry them in its beak, its balance in flight would be disturbed by so doing, and that this work was really done by the Osprey (Pandion haliaétus eristatus), which had talons suitable for the purpose. The balance of opinion amongst the Fellows present was in favour of the gull, but further observation was deemed necessary. He also showed two immature skins of the Mutton Bird (Neonectris tenuirostris brevicaudus), showing the growth of the down on the tip of the feathers, so that when the down came off the bird was fully fledged. Also a new species of Scrub Wren, which he was describing as Sericornis longirostris wyldec (Coorong Scrub Wren). Mr. A. M. Lea showed a large moth (Trictena labyrinthica), which laid over 31,000 eggs in captivity, and one of its larvae, which had been destroyed by a curious parasitic fungus. Also some small water beetles (Vecterosoma penicillatum) taken out of very 592 salt water, the only case he knew of beetles in a salt-water habitat, although several mosquitoes and some true bugs were found in the open ocean. Dr. Cooke showed photo- graphs of remains of ovens of aboriginals, which had been revealed by the shifting of the covering sand. They consisted of groups of stones on which, when heated, the food had been cooked. Several Fellows referred to similar finds, and Mr. Howchin stated that he had recovered fragments of emu eggs from an aboriginal kitchen-midden near Hallett’s Cove. Papers.—‘‘Revision of the Genus Stiqmodera,”’ by H. J. CarTER, B.A., F.E.S.; ‘‘Notes on the Lord Howe Island Phasma, and on an Associated Longicorn Beetle,’ by A. M. Lea, EUS: OrpinaRy MeetTiInG, Juny 13, 1916. THE PresmpEnT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Nomination.—Harold Gordon Darling, merchant, was nominated as Fellow. Evecrion.Lionel B. Bull, pathologist and _ bacteri- ologist, Adelaide Hospital, was elected a Fellow. Exuisits.—Mr. E. Asusy, M.B.O.U., exhibited three birds—viz., Ptilotis sonora (Singing Honey-eater), Acantho- genys rufogularis (Spiny-cheeked Honey-eater), and Meli- phaga phrygia (Warty-faced Honey-eater). The first two have this June visited Blackwood in large numbers, probably for the first time; the last appeared in that district twelve years ago. Captain S. A. Wurtz, M.B.O.U., exhibited three birds—viz., Ptiloris paradisea (Rifle Bird), from the dense tropical forests of Northern Queensland; Craspedophora magnifica (Lesser Rifle Bird), habitat Northern Queensland and Barnard Islands; and Cicinnurus regia (King Bird of Paradise), the Goby-goby of the Aru Island natives, found in New Guinea and the islands of Aru and Mysol, in the thickest part of the forest and feeding on various fruits, often of a large size for so small a bird. Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., showed four ,mealy bugs, Monophlebus crawfordi, densely covered with a long woolly-looking growth, which continues to grow after the insect’s death, being gradually forced through the pores by the shrinkage of the skin until thoroughly dry; also a walking-stick insect with two horny growths on the head, and a scorpion, six inches long, from the Flinders 593 Range. Captain 8S. A. Wuirt, referring to his remarks last month about the carriage of heavy shells by the Pacific Gull, stated that both Mr. W. G. Randall, of Port Lincoln, and the second lightkeeper at Althorpe Island, stated that they had seen the gull lift the shells of Turbo stamineus, and the PRESIDENT quoted Dr. Murray Levick as asserting that he had seen Skua gulls carrying carcases heavier than their own weight. Staff-Sergeant A. R. RippLeE (with the permission of his O.C., Lieut.-Colonel R. S. Rogers) exhibited a series of X-ray plates made with the ‘“‘Coolidge’’ tube at the Keswick Military Hospital. One ‘‘Coolidge’”’ tube can be adjusted to various degrees of hardness. There is also no fluorescence, and the focal spot on the anode or anti-cathode does not wander, and very sharp pictures are obtained. The beautiful bone texture effects are a noticeable feature. Parers.—‘‘Auroral Observations at Cape Royds Station, Antarctica,’ by Sir Doucias Mawson, D.Sc. (introduced in the author’s absence by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S.); “Hyalostelia australis, the anchoring spicules of a Hexactinellid bee: from the Lower Silurian Rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges,’’ by R. EruerinGe, Jun. (also introduced by Mr. BIO “The Australian Ants of the genus A phaenogaster, Mayr,” by W. M. WHEELER (communicated by A. M. Lea, F.E:S.); “Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and Ant- nests,’’ by Naraan Banks (communicated by A. M. Lea, Paes Lepidoptera. of Broken Hill, Part 2,” by ‘OswaLp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E:S. OrpiINARY MEETING, AvucusT 10, 1916. THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R:C.S.) in the chair. ELECTION. Fellow. Mr. E. Asupy reported the substance of a letter sent by the Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands re Kangaroo Island Reserve and the destruction of Euros in the Mount Remarkable district. A suggestion that the Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section be formed into a separate Section of the Society was referred to the Field Naturalists’ Section and to the Council for consideration. H. G. Darling, merchant, was elected a 594 THE PRESIDENT, in response to a question, explained the action taken by the Council with respect to the vacant directorship of the Adelaide Botanic Garden. ) Exuisits.—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited some mealy bugs (Monophlebus crawfordi) with some minute parasitic blue flies (Lestophonus iceryae) reared from the same; they are well known as also attacking the cottony-cushion scale (Jcerya purchasi); also the strikingly-distinct sexes of a paradise fly (Callipappus), the male having two beautiful gauzy wings and a tuft of glossy filaments for a tail; the female was destitute of wings, tail, or eyes; also two collections of beetles from Northern Queensland. Captain S. A. WuiTEe showed Paradisea apoda (Great Bird of Paradise) from the Aru Islands; Rugicola sp. (Manakin or Cock of the Rock) from South America; Hrythroytta macklotu yorki (Blue-breasted Pitta), from Cape York, Queensland, and Coloburis versicolor (Noisy Pitta), found in Southern Queensland and New South | Wales. Mr. Waiter Howcuin showed consolidated river gravels from pits near Bower, on the Morgan branch railway. The alluvium consists of rounded stones varying in size from a pea to a hen’s egg, and forms a low ridge on both sides of the railway, and apparently trending to the south-east. As no stream now exists in the neighbourhood, the gravel must have been laid down by a drainage system now extinct, and by a no mean river, now dead. It has been extensively worked for railway ballast. Parers.—‘‘Note on a High-level Occurrence of a Fossil- iferous Bed of Upper Cainozoic Age in the Neighbourhood of the Murray Plains,’’ by WatterR Howcuin, F.G.S.; ‘‘Mineral Notes,’’ by Sir Douetas Mawson, D.Sc. ; ‘‘Chemi- cal Notes on Davidite,” by W. T. Cooxz, D.Sc.; “A Note- worthy Occurrence of Biotite-Mica,’’ by Evan R. STantey, F.G.S8. ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 14, 1916. THE PresIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. THE PRESIDENT referred to the bestowment of the Vic- toria Cross upon Captain Blackburn, a son of the late Canon Blackburn, a former president of the Society and a large ~ contributor to its Transactions. Another of the late Canon’s sons was wounded in Gallipoli and is still at the front, while a third son is serving as Lieut.-Colonel in the Army Medical Corps. 595 THe Hon. Secretary announced the gift by the Presi- dent to the Society of a handsome presidential chair. Exuisits.—Mr. S. Dixon (on behalf of Mr. G. G. Mayo) showed a specimen of dimorphism in /ttosporum undulatum, which was, he believed, now recorded for the first time. Mr. A. M. Lea showed seed-vessels of the tree, Pisonia brunoniana, the ‘‘Ahmmoo’’ of the Queensland natives. These seeds exude a kind of bird-lime, which entraps insects by the thousand, and has been known to catch nutmeg pigeons, sparrows, and silver-eyes. A species of pirate bug, however, which preys on the trapped insects, suffers no incon- venience from the exudation, and even lays its eggs on the seeds. Mr. Lea had obtained many curious specimens of insects by removing the bird-lime with turpentine. Dr. PULLEINE showed an aboriginal scraper, from Wilcannia, very similar to two prehistoric scrapers from Zurich, which he exhibited for comparison. PapeRsS.—‘‘Vocabularies of Three South Australian Native Languages,’’ by J. M. Brack, ‘‘List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island,’’ by E. R. Warts, F.L.S.; ‘‘Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Howe Island, No. 5,’’ by A. R. McCuLiocu and E. R. Waits, F.L.S. ; “Geology of Mount Remarkable,” by Water Howcuin, F.G.8., with ‘“Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable,” by E. O. Tutetze, D.Sc.; ‘‘Notes on Some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Species, Part 2,’’ by a, Mo; Tea, FES. ANNUAL MEETING, OcroBER 10, 1916. THE PRESIDENT (J..C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and adopted. ELECTION oF OFFicEeRS.—President, J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.; Vice-Presidents, Professor EK. H. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S., and Lieut.-Colonel R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D. ; Hon. Treasurer, W. B. Poole; Members of Council, Professor R. W. Chapman, M.A., B.C.E., and W. Howchin, F.G:S.; Hon. Auditors, W. L. Ware, J.P., and H. Whitbread; Representative Governor on Board of Public Library, etc., Walter Howchin, F.G.S. Exuisits.—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited larvae (recently received from Mr. L. A. Beck) of a saw-fly (Perga dorsalis ). 596 These live in clusters on eucalyptus twigs, and when alarmed simultaneously wriggle their tails, from which they exude a slimy liquid. They are distasteful to almost all birds except cuckoos. He also exhibited some interesting specimens from the stomachs of birds. | PAPERS. Note on Edenttellina typica, Gatliff and Gabriel. By Jos. C. Verco, M.D: (Lond.), F_R-C-8. Read October 10, 1916.] 1911:: Proc. Roy. Soc? Vict.; vol.~xxiv, UN-S)>) part ae p.oLoO ipl, xlya., hes. 00,) 6. 1911, Verco: Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxvi., . 238, : 1912, Hedley: Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. viii., No. 3, p. 134. Taken in shell sand, Guichen Bay; several right and left valves, and one complete shell. The dimensions of this were 5'l mm. transversely, 3°25 mm. umboventrally, and 3°35 mm. in its greatest vertical diameter posteriorly ; so that they are nearly equal to 1°75 those of the type. Mr. Hedley was disposed to think the valves were the internal shell of a Tectibranch rather than the rmght and left valves of a Pelecypod; but the species is plainly a bivalve. The valves are somewhat gaping behind. Only the right valve possesses the horn on its umbo. This horn is opaque-white, is smooth and nearly flat on its right or outer side, where its spiral cannot be seen; but on its left or inner side it is centrally depressed, and its coil can be detected, though here also, as elsewhere, it 1s opaque and smooth, as though covered with callus. The horn sends a white opaque curved offshoot pos- teriorly into the greenish substance of the valve. There is a very slightly-raised collar of the shell substance where the horn is inserted into it. On viewing the closed valves under the lens the dorsum shows no projecting ligament, but a long, narrow, excavated gutter with bevelled edges, about two and a half times as long behind the umbo as in front. Within the right valve, springing from a narrow hingeplate, is an elongate narrow tooth arising somewhat in front of the base of the horn, — directed not quite parallel with the border of the valve, but inclining medially and becoming higher and thicker forward, 597 with a groove between it and the border for the reception of the corresponding anterior tooth of the left valve, which consequently lies outside the right tooth and is somewhat longer than this, so as to extend slightly beyond it anteriorly. Just outside the base of the right tooth is a short lanceolate elevation, scarcely to be dignified with the name of a tooth, fitting into a complementary depression in the left valve. In the right valve, in front of the horn, outside the gutter for the left anterior tooth, is a linear roughened depression within the border of the valve, for the attachment of a long narrow ligament, which passes beneath the base of the horn, within the margin of the shell, and here gradually widens. Here, too, the area is very slightly hollowed out, and the margin of the hingeplate or ligament-plate is also somewhat excavated, as though the ligament here were thicker and even projected into the cavity of the shell. Beyond the horn, posteriorly, the ligamental depression gradually narrows again until it vanishes, being rather more than twice as long as the anterior part. There is a corresponding rough liga- mental area in the left valve, though the hollowing of it beneath the horn does not seem to be so decided. In the posterior third is a linear depression to receive the sharp margin of the right valve. Judging from the several detached valves, taken at the same spot as the perfect specimen, the following changes would seem to occur with advancing age. The two anterior teeth become much larger and more solid, and especially does that in the left valve, where it bends in ventrally at the end so as apparently to curve round the anterior end of the right tooth. The hingeplate becomes very solid and straight (losing the sub-umbonal depression), except near the left tooth, where it also curves. The ligamental area gets wide and rough and deep, and in some cases winds round the dorsal surface of the left tooth, so as to make a depression in the margin of the valve. The presence of the very valid anterior teeth makes the name of the new genus created for this species, Ydenttcllina, inappropriate, as it is by no means edentulous. “Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 10,’ by J. M. Brack, ‘‘South Australian Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ by R. T. Baker, F.L.S., and H. G. 598 SmiruH, F.C.S.; ‘‘New Australian Lepidoptera of the Family Tortricidae,’”’ by A. JEFFERIS TurNnER, M.D., F.E.S.; “Descriptions of New Australian Micro-Lepidoptera,’’ by OswaLp B. Lower, F.E.S., F.Z.S. ANNUAL REPORT, 1915-16, The annual volume of Transactions will show that the work of the Society has been well sustained. It will include further contributions on Geology by Mr. Walter Howchin, on Entomology by Mr. A. M. Lea, Mr. O. B. Lower, and Mr. A. P. Dodd, on Botany by Mr. J. M. Black, and on Ichthyology by Mr. E. R. Waite, as well as information obtained from experts beyond the State on specimens for- warded to them for determination and description from the South Australian Museum. Two valuable papers on Austra- lian native tribes have been brought before the Society—v7z., ‘‘The Wowarra Tribe of North-western Australia, with Grammar and Vocabulary,’ by Mr. J. R. B. Love, and ‘Vocabularies of Three South Australian Native Languages,” by Mr. J. M. Black; but owing to the pressure upon both space and funds their publication will be reluctantly post- poned to a future volume. The evening meetings have been enlivened by the exhibi- tion of many objects of scientific interest. The efforts of the Society to secure the establishment of a Reserve for Native Fauna and Flora on Kangaroo Island have been continued, but the promised Act of Parliament for this purpose has not yet been introduced. The Society has also interested itself in the matter of reorganizing the control of the Adelaide Botanic Garden, with a view to increasing its scientific and economic value. This question is still under discussion by the Government and the Board of Governors of the Garden. Our Honorary Fellow, Professor W. H. Bragg, has received further recognition by the award to him, in conjunc- tion with his son, of the Nobel Prize for their researches in connection with radio-activity, and our Fellow, Sir Douglas Mawson, has been awarded the Helen Culver Medal of the 599 Geographical Society of Chicago for his achievements as leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. It was the wish of Sir Douglas that the scientific results of this expe- dition should be published by this Society, but difficulties having arisen they are being issued independently. Our Transactions will, however, include the valuable Auroral Observations made at Cape Royds during his former sojourn in Antarctica, when a member of the Shackleton Expedition. Two grants in aid of research have been made during _ the year—one for investigations into the flight of birds, and the other for the study of the biology of Lobelia gibbosa. The results will be laid before the Society in due course. The growth of the Library continues as the number of our exchanges with other societies increases. It has been found necessary to add to our shelving and to place the stock of our own publications in the basement. The binding of the books has, thanks to the generosity of the President, been continued, but as it is now well advanced, the special fund for the purpose expended, and the cost per volume consider- ably increased, the Council has decided to discontinue this work for the present. We have lost several from our list of Fellows. Amongst these may be mentioned Dr. W. L. Cleland, who has just resigned after a membership of thirty-seven years, during a considerable part of which he filled the position of Hon. Secretary. The Right Hon. Sir Samuel J. Way, Chief Justice, who died early in the year, was the oldest Fellow on our roll, having joined the Adelaide Philosophical Society, as it was then called, in 1859. He filled the President’s chair for the two years 1880-82. Mr. Robert Barr Smith, who died in 1915, had been a Fellow since 1871. He bequeathed to the Society £1,000, which will be payable shortly,, when it will be added to the Endowment Fund, and the income derived from it will be available for the furtherance of the Society’s work. The membership now comprises 10 Honorary Fellows, 5 Corresponding Members, 75 Fellows, and 1 Associate. Jos. C. Verco, President. Water Rutt, Hon. Secretary. September 30, 1916. I I 9 GL Sé1 GB GFE a oOo le OM td | -_~ — On S GL 9 OL G € FI Il “BUS oouRINSUT oe SUISILIEApDW de AIOUOTY pue ‘sod8480q ‘Surqurig Sulyysvy purx Sururvoi[oO —seolipung ‘ [ syoog jo hd oz) puv osvyoing QL GG “OY WOTIDICG G 06 LGG ot SUIpUIg {SurATao “UBLIBIQUT —Areiqgiy * SISTVINJVN Ppl OF Juerg ‘ SUINSST pur ‘OUINGO[VIBD SULYST/qug SUIVVAYSN]]T SulqULL —suorpoesuely Ag 9 ae 8I 6L vam : O81 PL OHM UreydyD OOS OO OdI8A “AG —suorzvuo0g ‘‘ 18 00.> 1... Balt.© .1915. Kansas University. K.U. quarterly, vol. 8a, no. 2-3; vol. 6B; 7B. Lawrence. 1897-99. Science bulletin, vol. 1, no. 5-12; 6; 9. 1902-15. Uu* 612 LELAND StTANFoRD JR. UNiversity. University ser., no. 19-20," 1915; MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY. Current problems, no. 5-6. 1915. Studies in engineering, no. 2-3. Minneapolis. 1915. —— — Studies in language and literature, no. 2. 1915. ———— Studies in physical sciences, no. 2. 1914. ——— Studies in social sciences, no. 2-3, 5. 1915. Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull., no. 148-152. NationaL ACADEMY OF ScIENCES. Memoirs, vol. 1; 8, pt. 1:3, 7; 12, pt. 2; 13. ° Wash, 1846-1985. Proc., vol. 1; no; 5; 9-125. 2; mot. 1-7, eaSaoaG. Newev., F. H. Irrigation in the United States. N.Y. 1902. New York AcapemMy oF Sciences. Annals, vol. 26, p. 1-394 33%, py 1229.5. NX Ai eee New York Pusiic Lisrary. Bull., vol. 19, no. 9-12; 20, no. 1-8. 1915-16. New York ZoorocicaL Soorety. Zoologica, vol. 2, no. 1-4. LOTS) OBERLIN CoLLEGE. Wilson bulletin, vol. 27, no. 3-4; 28, no. 1-2. Oberlin, O. 1915-16. Onto State University. Biological Survey. Bulletin, vol. 2,. nolo: "Columbus? ’ 19167 Ohio journal of science, vol. 16, no. 5-8. 1916. PHILIPPINES. Bureau of Government Laboratories. Publi- cations, no. 21, 24-27, 31, 35-36. Manila. 1904-06. Bureau of Science. Directions for ethnographic observations and collections. 1908. Ethnographical survey publications, vol. 2, pt. 2-3; 4, pt. 1-2; 5, pt. 1-5; 6, pt. 1. 1905-09. Dept. of Public Instruction. Library bulletin, vol. 3, no. 10-11; 4, no. 1-10. Manila. 1915-16. SmrrHsonian Institution. Annual report, 1914. Wash. Bureau of American Ethnology. Bull., no. 57. 1915. ———$————— Unitep Staves. Dept. of Agriculture. Bull., no. 186, 189, © 930, 240,.245, 248, 259-60, 283, 291-2, 300, 304, 310, O12; dlGises. Washi, .400b: Farmers’ bull., 640, 644, 652, 658, 666. 1915. Journal of agricultural research, vol. 4, no 6; 5; 6, no. 1-20, 22. Wash. 1915-16. North American fauna, no. 37-38. 1915. Yearbook, 1915. Wash. 1916. Bureau of Chemistry. Circular, no. 61. —_—_————_————._- ——_— ——$——$____—_ 1915. ee’ — Bureau of Entomology. Bull., no. 94, pt. 2. 1915, . 613 Unitep States. Dept. of Agriculture. Hawawi Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull., no. 36. 1915. Office of the Secretary. Report, no. 99-100. 1915. —— (Geological Survey. Annual report, 36th, 1915. Bull., 544, 559-73, 580 LP, 581 E, 582-96, 598-609, 611-617, 620 A-NP, 621 A-D G-LNO. Wash. 1914-16. Topographic maps issued Mar. 1, 1914-Apr. 30, 1915. Mineral resources, 1914, pt. 1, no. la, 1-24; pt. 2, no. 1-34; 1915, pt. 1, no. la. 1914-15. Monograph, no. 53-54. 1915. Professional paper, 87-88, 90 I-L, 95 A-I. 1915. Publications of U.S. Geological Survey, March, 1915. Water-supply paper, 312, 331, 338, 340 F-L, 341-3, 345 HI, 349-359, 365-8, 370-3, 375 A-F, 376-9, 385, 388, 397, 400 A. Wash. 1914-15. Library of Congress. Report, 1915. National Museum. Annual report, 1915. were. 2, vol. 1, pt. ls 91; 92, vol. 1-2. 1915. — Contributions from the National Herbarium, were toy pe. 14; 17, pi. 7-8; 18, pt. 3-4; 19. 1915-16. Proc., vol. 47-48. Wash, 1915. WAGNER FREE INSTITUTE OF ScrENCE. Annual announce- ment, 1915-16. Philad. Wisconsin. (Geological and Natural History Survey. Bull., scientific ser., no. 2-5, 7-9. Madison. 1898-1914. 614 Lot, Oo Ee tes AS EXISTING ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1916. Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub- lished in the Society’s Transactions. Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary. Nore.—The publications of the Society will not be sent to those whose subscriptions are in arrears. Date of Election. 1910. 1893. 1897. 1890. 1905. 1905. 1892. 1898. 1894. 1912. 191. 1909. 1893. 1905. 1908. 1895. 1902. 1908. 1907. 1909. 1912. 1911. Honorary FELLows. *Braag, W. H., M.A., ‘F-R.8:, Professor of Physics University College, London (Fellow 1886). *CossMAN, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris. *Davip, T. W. EpcrewortnH, C.M.G., B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology, University of Sydney. “ETHERIDGE, Rospert, jun., Curator of ‘the Australian Museum of New South Wales, Sydney. Gitt, THomas, I.S.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide. *HEDLEY, Cuas..H, - Assistant Cur ator, Australian Museum, Sydney. *Marpen, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales. *Meyrick, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Tohrnhanger, Marl- borough, Wilts, England. ; *Witson, J. T.,.M.D., Ch.M., Professor of Anatomy, University of Sydney, New South Wales. *Trprer, J. G. O., F.L.S., Elizabeth Street, Norwood (Corresponding Member 1878, Fellow 1886). CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS. *Carter, H. J., B.A., Wahroonga, New South Wales. *Jouncock, C. F., ae *Srretron, W. G., Darwin, Northern Territory. Tromson, G. M., F.L.S. Dunedin, New Zealand. *W ooLNouGH, Waren Grorer, D. Se., F.G.S., Professor in Geology, University of Perth (Fellow 1902). FELLOWS. *AsHBy, Epwin, M.B.0O.U., Blackwood. *Baxer, W. H., F.L.S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside. *Benson, W. Noe, B.Sc., University, Sydney. *Brack, J. McConnetu, 1, Brougham Place, North Adelaide. Brapity, Enear.J., C.K., Hydraulic Engineer’s Depart- ment, Adelaide. *Broucuton, A. C., Young Street, Parkside. Brown, Epnaar J., M.B., D.Ph., 3, North Terrace. 615 *Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., 286, Ward Street, North Adelaide. Brummirr, Rosert, M.R.C.S., Medindie. Buti, Lionen B., Pathologist and Bacteriologist, Adelaide Hospital. BunpeEy, Miss Exvien Mitne, 148, Molesworth Street, North Adelaide. *CHapMan, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics, University of Adelaide. CurisTigE, W., 49, Rundle Street, Adelaide. *CLELAND, JoHN B., M.D., Government Bureau of Micro- biology, Sydney, New South Wales. *Cooxe. T. W., D.Sc., Lecturer, University of Adelaide. Corsin, H., B.Sc., Forest Department, Adelaide. Cornisu, K. M., Coast View, Adelaide Road, Glenelg. Daruine, H. G., Franklin Street, Adelaide. Darrocu, D. G., Australian United Paint Co.. Port Adelaide. Desmonp, J., Currie Street, Adelaide. *Dixon, SaMuEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg. Dopp, Atan P., Kuranda, N. Queensland. Dutton, H. H., Anlaby. Epaquist, A. G., Tate Terrace, Croydon. Frereuson, E. W., M.B., Ch.M., Gordon Road, Roseville, Sydney. Gorpon, Davin, c/o D. & W. Murray, Gawler Place, Adelaide. *GoypER, George, A.M., F.C.S., Gawler Place, adelaide. *Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics, University of Adelaide. GrirritH, H., Brighton. Hackett, W. C., Rundle Street, Adelaide. Hancock, H. Lirson, A.M.1I.C.E., M.I.M.M., M.Am.I.M.E., Moonta Mines. Hawker, E. W., F.C.S., East Bungaree, Clare. *Howcuin, Water, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and: Paleontology, University of Adelaide. Hvueues, Hersert W., Booyoolie, Gladstone. Jack, R. L., B.E., Assistant Government Geologist, Adelaide. James, THomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta. *Jonnson, EK. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., 295, Pirie Streef, Adelaide. Lauriz, D. F., Agricultural Department, Victoria Square. *Lea, A. M., F.E.S., South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Lenpon, A. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in Obstetrics, University of Adelaide, and Hom Physician, Children’s Hospital, North Adelaide. *LowER, Oswatp B., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Wayville. Martuews, G. M., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Langley Mount, Watford, Herts, England *Mawson, Sir Doveras, D.Sc., B.E., Lecturer in Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Adelaide. Mayo, Gro. G., C.E., 90, Hill Street, North Adelaide. Metrose, Rosert THomson, Mount Pleasant. _ . *Morean, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide. *Osnorn, T. G. B., M.Sc., Professor of Botany, University of Adelaide. 616 Poote, W. B., Savings Bank, Adelaide. ieee: T. S., B.A., LL.B., Register Chambers, Grenfell street. Port, Winiram, Eagle Chambers, King William Street. Putiernt, Masor R. H., M.B., North Terrace, Adelaide. Ray, Wint1am, M.B., B.Sc., Victoria Square, Adelaide. *RenNrIE, Epwarp H., M.A., D.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S., Pro- fessor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide. RippiF, Starr-Seret. A. R., No. 7 A.G. Hospital, Keswick. Roacu, B. S., Education Department, Flinders Street, Adelaide. “Rogers, Lisut.-Con. R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street, Adelaide. “Rutt, Water, C.E., College Park, Adelaide. SaunpEerRs, M. E., Wood Street, Millswood. Setway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide. Simson, Augustus, J.P., Launceston, Tasmania. Snow, Francis H., National Mutual Buildings, King William Street. " *Stanutey, E. R., Government Geologist, Port Moresby, ‘Papua. *STirtiIne, Epwarp °C., C.M.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S;3 F.R.C.S., Professor of Physiology, University of Ade- laide, Hon. Curator of Ethnology, South Australian Museum. Swerrappte, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside. *Torr, W. G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus- tralia. *“Turner, A. Jerrerts, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. *Verco, JosrrH C., M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S., Consulting Physician Adelaide Hospital and Children’s Hospital. Wainwrient, EK. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), Tower House, Glenelg. *Wartrt, E. R., F.L.S., Director South Australian Museum. Warp, Leonarp Kerra, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist, Adelaide. Ware, W. L., King William Street. Wess, Noeu A., Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide. WauitTsrEAD, Howarp, c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie Street, Adelaide. *Wuitr, Captain S. A., M.B.O.U., ‘‘Weetunga,’’ Fulham, South Australia. *Zinrz, F. R., South Australian Museum. ASSOCIATE. Rostnson, Mrs. H. R , ‘‘as Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South Australia. 617 APPENDICES. FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE opal Society of South Australia (Incorporated). THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. : For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 19, 1916. Your Committee reports that the work of this Section of the Royal Society has been carried on successfully during the year. The monthly meetings have been well attended and the field excursions have been widely availed of to increase the acquaintance of the members with various branches of natural history. The year opened with a membership of 121; 20 new members have been added and 12 resigned, the roll now standing at 129. The series of winter lectures was continued during the year, and the Committee desires to place on record its thanks to the various gentlemen who have lectured. At the annual meeting, held on Tuesday, September 20, 1915, the following officers were elected for the ensuing year: —Chairman, Captain S. A. White, M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U.; Vice-Chairmen, Professor T. G. B. Osborn, M.Sc., and Mr. A. R. Riddle; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. B. B. Beck; Aon. Librarian, Miss I. Roberts; Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge; Hon. Assistant Secretary, Miss E. Hocking; Com- mittee—Dr. R.S. Rogers, M.A., M.D., Mr: W. J. Kimber, Mr. J. W. Mellor, R.A.O.U., Mr. EK. H. Lock, F.R.H.S., Mrs. R. S. Rogers, Mr. W. H. Selway, Mr. R. Llewellyn, and Mrs. J. F. Mellor; Auditors, Messrs. Walter D. Reed and A. W. Drummond. The Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge, resigned office on December 17, 1915. The resignation was accepted with deep regret, Mr. Runge having proved himself a most enthu- siastic and painstaking secretary during the three and a half 618 years he had acted in that capacity. On March 17, 1916, the Committee elected Mr. Wm. Ham to fill the position till the annual meeting in September. The following were elected to form the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee :—Chairman, Mr.: E. Ashby; Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge; Dr. R. 8. Rogers, Dr. W. Ramsay Smith, Dr. R. H. Pulleine, Messrs. J. W. Mellor, W. H. Selway, J. M. Black, A. G. Edquist, E. H. Lock, A. M. Lea, 8S. Angel, J. Willmott, R. Llewellyn, and S. Stokes. The first evening meeting of the year was held on October 21,°1915, when Professor E. C. Stirling, F.R.S., C.M.G., M.D., delivered a most interesting address on ‘‘Some Aspects of Central Australian Aboriginal Life.’’ The lecture, which was illustrated by a valuable and most interesting series of slides, dealt with the tribal customs and ceremonies of the aboriginals, particularly with those relating to intermarriage and the tribal totems. On April 18, 1916, the meeting took the form of an exhibit evening, the greatest interest being displayed in cases of specimens shown by Mr. A. M. Lea, Museum Entomologist, who showed a case containing 6,666 specimens of beetles, etc., from the little-known Lord Howe Island. Mr. Lea stated that probably half were new to Science. The Kentia palm, the characteristic product of the island, had proved exceed- ingly productive of insect life. Of the many specimens, a phasma, locally termed ‘‘the land lobster,’’ was of great interest. Mr. W. Weidenbach exhibited a case of insects collected from one garden at Glen Osmond during the short period of 18 months, and also a specimen of fire opal (a pseudomorph after a mussel shell), which came from the Stuart Range and formed part of the first parcel of precious opal so far found in South Australia. Mr. H. Barrett exhibited specimens of embolite from Broken Hill, beryls from Williamstown, and a piece of serpentinous marble. Mrs. J. F. Mellor exhibited the sword of a small swordfish, and also a banded snake. Captain White tabled several specimens of birds, including the common Cormorant and Pied Cor- morant, besides the Arctic Skua and the Tippet Grebe. Mr. E. Drummond showed a sample of barytes (sulphate of barium) from Aldgate. On May 17, 1916, Sergeant A. R. Riddle delivered a lecture on ‘‘Tramps with a Camera.’’ It was illustrated by means of a series of slides from most artistic photographs taken by the lecturer himself, indicating the points of geologi- cal and physiographical interest on the coast of Southern Yorke Peninsula and the Far North of the State. These 619 were followed by a series of views of the salt lakes, and the gathering, carting, and shipping of the salt. On June 21, 1916, Mr. William H. Dudley Le Souéf, C.M.Z.S., M.B.O.U., delivered a most interesting address on ‘‘The Nidification of Australian Birds.’’ The lecturer showed a large series of splendid pictures, many of them being works of art, showing the birds of Australia, their nests and eggs, with specimen illustrations representing the colouration of feathers, etc. Professor Edward H. Rennie, M.A. (Syd.), D.Sc. (Lond. and Melb.), addressed the members on July 19, 1916, on the subject of ‘‘Biology and Chemistry.’’ The Professor dealt very fully with the most recent discoveries in synthetic chemistry, illustrating the principles on which the analysis and synthesis of various organic chemical compounds had been conducted. He also dealt briefly with the difficulties surrounding the artificial production of protoplasm, and referred to the recent theories of the chemical bases for the nutrient values of certain food stuffs. On August 15, 1916, Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.LS., Director of the South Australian Museum, delivered a lecture on ‘‘Deep-sea Dredging.’’ Mr. Waite spoke of his personal experiences in dredging and trawling off the coasts of New Zealand, New South Wales, and South Australia. With the aid of pictures and models the audience was taken over a trawling vessel and shown the gear, the nets, and the crew engaged in the work of trawling. The whole process was explained, from the dropping of the net into the water to the final emergence of the ‘‘cod end,’’ filled with the finny spoils of the deep sea. The experiences of the lecturer were vividly described, and the slides from pictures taken by the lecturer himself added interest to the address. EXCURSIONS. The excursions during the year were well attended, and the thanks of the Committee are due to the gentlemen who acted as leaders on the occasions of the various outings. On September 25, 1915, Mr. J. W. Mellor, R.A.O.U., led a party of members through the scrub near Teatree Gully, the chief work of the afternoon being the observation . of the birds of the district, im which direction the party was very successful. A large number of flowers was also secured. The excursion oi October 13, 1915, to Kuitpo Forest Reserve was undertaken under the leadership of Mr. Walter Gill, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. Members were shown over the Reserves at Kuitpo Forest, and a very profitable 620 afternoon was spent in inspecting the various varieties of trees, the leader explaining their qualities, mode of growth, and varying treatment. The botanists of the party also secured a good variety of wildflowers. A party of fourteen members of the Section left Adelaide on October 8, 1915, for the Far North. Through the kind- ness of Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Lindo, of Moolooloo Station, in the Flinders Range about twelve miles from Blinman, they were able to spend a most interesting and profitable time in this little-known portion of the State. The members accom- plished a great deal of field work, Mr. and Mrs. Lindo assisting by placing conveyances and horses at their disposal. Among the trips, some of the most interesting were made to the Blinman Mine, Ferguson Gorge, the Nuccaleena Mine, Duke’s Nose, Mount Patawurta, and many other points of physiographical and geological interest in the Flinders Range. As this part of the State had not previously been worked by ornithologists, it proved a most interesting field for investiga- tion, the bird-lovers of the party securing a fine variety of birds, among them one which was new to Science. The discoverer gave it the name of Parnardius barnardi lindor, in honour of their host and hostess. To both geologists and botanists this part of the northern ranges offered a fruitful - field for investigation. The Committee feels that it is under a debt of gratitude to Mr. and Mrs. Lindo for their generous hospitality on this occasion. On. October 30, 1915, Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., led the party on an excursion to Ironbank, when flowers and insects were observed and a profitable afternoon was spent. The leader gave an interesting address on ‘‘Ants.”’ On November 20, 1915, members motored to Houghton, where, by the kind invitation of Mr. R. McEwin, the members visited his establishment and inspected the extensive plant for the manufacture of jam. The party then adjourned to the large orchard, where the Government Fruit Expert, Mr. G. Quinn, addressed the members on the subject of fruit culture. On December 11, 1915, members travelled to the resi- dence of the President (Captain White), at ‘‘Wetunga,”’ Fulham. The visitors inspected Captain White’s varied col- lection of specimens of natural history, particularly of birds from Australia and South Africa, together with specimens of shells from the same regions, and the interesting collection of curios from South Africa collected by Captain White when he was taking part in, the Boer War. The members were hospitably entertained by Captain and Mrs. White. 621 On February 5, 1916, the members took part in a dredg- ing expedition to the Outer Harbour. Many specimens of marine life were secured, and the leaders, Mr. Kimber and Dr. Pulleine, gave instructive talks (illustrated by the micro- scope) on the different forms of life secured in the dredges. The outing on March 11, 1916, took the form of a motor trip to the Torrens Gorge, under the leadership of Sergeant A. R. Riddle. The leader drew attention to the geological formation of the gorge, pointed out the varying scenery produced by the differences in the underlying rocks, the rounded hills of the slates giving place to the bold, stern, rugged, and precipitous cliffs produced by the quartzites. The accompanying changes in the botany of the region were also dealt with. The visitors journeyed to the end of the con- structed portion of the new road and walked by the side of the river, studying the effects of river action in the. gorge, well illustrated in places by a series of pot holes in the river- bed. Some of the best specimens have been destroyed by making the new road, which, however,.will render the beau- tiful scenery of this part of our hills much more easy of access, On April 15, 1916, Mr. E. H. Lock, F.R.H.S., led the party on an excursion from Aldgate, when the members visited the extensive garden of Mrs. F. Caley Smith and admired the wonderful display of dahhas in full bloom. Before leaving Mrs. Caley Smith kindly entertained the party at afternoon tea. A visit was also made to the barytes mine, near Aldgate, where the process of mining and preparation of the material was inspected. On May 8, 1916, a large party travelled by motor to the Millbrook Reservoir, which is in course of construction. The Resident Engineer (Mr. E. J. Bradley), a member of the Section for many years, went up with the party and afforded it every facility for viewing the works. The botanists of the party secured some characteristic plants of the locality. The excursion to Glenelg and Henley Beach on May 13, 1916, was well attended. Mr. W. D. Reed led the party vid the Patawalonga and along the shore from Glenelg to Henley Beach, members securing specimens of various forms of marine life, which formed the text of a short address by the leader. At the conclusion of the walk the members were entertained at “‘Wetunga’’ by the President and Mrs. White, and the specimens secured were examined and_ finally classified. A visit to the South Australian Museum on June 3, 1916, under the guidance of the Director (Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.), proved of great interest. The new wing of 622 the Museum was inspected and the arrangement of its con- tents noted. The ethnological collections, the magnificently- mounted specimens of Australian fauna, and the little aquaria were all greatly admired. On June 5, 1916, the members spent the day at Hallett’s Cove, under the leadership of Mr. Walter Howchin, F.G.S. Under his capable guidance the party was shown the permo- carboniferous. glacial till of Hallett’s Cove and the famous scratched pavement, still bearing evidences of the movement of the ice and furnishing silent, yet powerful, testimony to the remote existence of glaciers in this locality. The erratics brought by the ice from the south and east were examined, and many other interesting geological and physiographical features of interest were discussed. On June 24, 1916, the Outer Harbour was visited, where,. under the leadership of Mr. W. J. Kimber, the members found many objects of interest on Snowden Beach. The leader gave an informative address on the main types of shells, their characteristics, and their modes of growth, illus- trated by carefully-selected and prepared type specimens, as well as by the shells collected by the members during the afternoon. On July 15, 1916, Mr. R. Llewellyn led a large party along the beach from the Grange to the Semaphore. The tide was unfortunately extraordinarily high, and few speci- mens of value were secured, but the leader, by means of specimens and carefully-executed diagrams, indicated the broad lines of classification of seaweeds and explained their various methods of fructification and reproduction. August 12, 1916, proved very inclement, and but few ~ members braved the elements. They were met by Mr. E. Ashby on the Blackwood railway platform and shown through his gardens, especially admiring the section devoted to the native flora of South Australia, where there were several varie- ties of orchids and other native plants in bloom. An adjourn- ment to Mr. Ashby’s study enabled the members present to look over and admire his fine herbarium, collected from vari- ous parts of Australia. Following on this inspection, the members were treated to a lecturette on some orders of Australian birds, the points being brought out by the actual handling of specimens from Mr. Ashby’s large collection. On September 9, 1916, members motored to the hills above Teatree Gully. The leader (Mr. W. H. Selway) had chosen a most picturesque and productive part of the scrub. for the walk, and members found a wealth of floral beauty on which to feast their eyes, as well as giving them the opportunity of securing needful specimens. Ten varieties of 623 orchids were found, and some rather rare species of other flowers were observed. The leader gave a short address on the Acacias, dealing with the characteristics of the more interesting varieties. S. A. Waite, Chairman. Wiii1aM Ham, Hon. Secretary. TWENTY -EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE. There have been four Committee meetings held during the year, but a great deal of useful work has been done in addition to that dealt with at the meetings of the Committee, some of it of a very confidential character, in which exact data of the illegal destruction of marsupials were obtained and made available to the right authorities with satisfactory results. The Committee has been interested in the will of the late Miss Chewings, of Kent Town, who expressed the desire that her estate, which is valued at about £7,000, should be devoted for a period of twenty-one years to the cultivation of trees and bird life, etc., in the inland districts of Australia. The Committee, desiring to protect its own interests in the furtherance of these objects, authorized the Hon. Secretary (Mr. P. Runge) to obtain legal assistance and contest the cease. Messrs. Scammel & Skipper were instructed to act for Mr. Runge. ‘Though a final verdict has not been announced, it is thought that owing to the faulty construction of the will it is not likely that Miss Chewings’ intention (as the Com- mittee believes it to be) can be carried out. The extensive destruction of Euros and other, marsupials in the Flinders Range has been brought under the attention _of the Commissioner, but as these animals are only protected for six months of the year—viz., July 1 to December 31—. infringements of the law are difficult to sheet home. The Committee has felt that the most important work it has been called upon to undertake is that of the establish- ment of “‘Flinders Chase,’’ and, incidental to it, the protec- tion of the native marsupials throughout Kangaroo Island. The Chairman has had, by appointment, a most encouraging interview with the Premier in reference to the early introduc- tion of the Flinders Chase Bill into Parliament, and at the 624 request of the Premier he had, later, a lengthy interview .with the Commissioner of Crown Lands, who promised to bring before Cabinet the suggestions of the Committee. Both by memorial and in personal interviews the Com- mittee has urged upon the Government the importance of including Western River in the Fauna and Flora Reserve that it is proposed to call ‘‘Flinders Chase.’’ In addition to the suitability of that part for the preservation of native fauna is that of future harbour and landing accommodation. The Committee has recently urged upon the Government, through the Commissioner of Crown Lands, the desirability of protecting the fauna in the Cape Borda Lighthouse Reserve. To have such an unprotected area abutting on the Fauna and Flora Reserve is obvicusly most undesirable. The Commissioner has been asked to protect both kangaroos and opossums throughout the whole of Kangaroo Island, pending the introduction of the ‘‘Flinders Chase Bill.’’ Both these matters are now under the consideration of the Department. The Committee acknowledges with pleasure the support of its proposals given by Mr. W. H. Strawbridge, of Kings- cote, Kangaroo Island. The importance of the foregoing proposals has been emphasized by the rediscovery of the ‘‘Brush Kangaroo” in the south-east of South Australia. It is felt that it is highly desirable that specimens should be secured and placed in a properly-protected area as soon as possible. The Committee, through the Chairman, offered its assist- ance to Captain §S. A. White and the South Australian Ornithological Association in their praiseworthy efforts in getting ‘‘Carlot,’? near Mannum, declared a protected area. We are glad that Captain White is able to report the success already obtained, and trust that a further area may be secured. The Committee has felt that the designation by which it is known—viz., N:F. & FPG. of the FINS of the hs of S.A.—is rather cumbersome, and has therefore (as was suggested by the late chairman, Mr. Dixon) suggested that it become either a section or a committee of the Royal Society. If the parent section approves, it is believed it will receive the sanction of the Royal Society. Epwin Asnsy, Chairman. PERCIVAL Runce, Hon. Secretary. ‘suopipny J, ‘aqnowwoaud “WV UW d Od “aay “Cl MaLIV A ‘goo1109 punofy puv® poeyIpny ‘OI6L ‘ELT toquie4doh pAVMLOF YSNOIG voUL[VgG Ag eouryeg tIpeig Ag COnmMNOOr | qsoroquy yuvg 6 O 8S | TES ae: 6 0 8Ve EEG. Oo eourleg ytpeig “ OG 0 espeiq 0} saredey ‘ 2 a nae SIOATIG 07 sdry, ‘S- eS ie | 5 sjuomysarfoyy ‘ 0 OLS aie wBvei1g jo amy ‘ CS CSeer SO1B YY UWOISINOXS 0. OL Gt edi Nigeria sh Taher Feats ad E89 a pe F p's F "JUNOIIP UWOWLNIL ie Re PABMLOJ JYHSNoIq oourpeg Ag 9 BLE . COW GL Et F vee vee eee swe ie sourleg 4tpaAg 6c SI Z sae sae see see sae SUISTJIOA PW ce 9 €L wee wee see see eee eae SuUIqULI a3 Ta Maes a ~~. TasiueTy pues [jerry jo.orrpey. ‘* CT 0 sae see tee see tae eee ALOMOLTL RIG cc 18 7 ee rae oy its ai ina soBvy4sog (a3 g 9 0 a > “ss * . * che * a * 7 ~~ NGHAM LIMITED PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. : om — ree _—. 2 Li La $y ay : Cae Vol. XL., Plate IV. y, Plate Vi. on XL Vol. Triodia lanata Sp.nova Vol. XL... Plate. VI. If \ Wy AWS ‘ Wp L my ie BS. SW Py Wessun Zt hy |B SS i Og NZS ae ge aa 0 Trichinium seminudum “Sp nova. PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS A AIDE, SO. AUS. phi att * v" a _ Ce eee qugt 7 anys es Seer . ce ¥ Vol, 2eh., Plate: Vil. Poranthera friandra sp nova 4 acuminata Crat Tillewa Cratystylis conocephala svn yi Plate VIII. Volk XL, Brachycome Cesquorum sr SRT aie ESS Ys, ENS AW NGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. ee Xho. Phie x: Vol. DE NGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELA <= - ‘ SS eg RUSS S Se = HUSSEY & GILL OND wT a é a ‘é ci . ~ — ' 4 n . . ‘ . re A - , F ¥ ad? .* 1 She a . r ) ea 4 r x % ‘Y . 4 J ' * i f Fy r 4 * * J — % . . a 2 . id A + if A ~ aan F ' > \ - - re * 4 . ~ ad a 3 J 2 in - ‘ 2 S ' es ? 2 — * a = ce wi ay 2 he ra fe h : J 7 2 ¥ ag ela a : ‘ , ps a" 2 y , s Lg , i he oT as - pis a iia ag = da % Ls < ia | ‘ 2 EA. a wy . = Pe tof 6 Eee we eg oP oats te ee eh . he my. a A Plate Xf. Vol. NTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAID SSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED PR HU ® — ‘ f - - A : Mg ° . ; ; F zh a tre Ss meet Al erence Pane D528, Soh, A E 7 - eS aye Ee et er ek oS Rel twa weil y a r ‘ ; : ‘ : - as ‘ 4 = a ; = 8G . % ; Sas ‘ 7 a. 5 “ 4 : 7 iy ty a a | a X ‘ XL., Plate XII. Vol. Vol. XL., Plate XIII. oy W08 DIRP Cm wm ferme ee Al XL., Plate XIV. Vol. ve 5 * " Pr 4s ey. « c+ . J a p ee y. > - .—* +e a = ‘ee eG “i 4m > Ps oa e . q 9 a =» pn, 7 ‘< = a om "s - rs ~ _ v : . . 4 ips . a v = ‘4 “re ¥ > . F © Py re oy =" = A . 2% 7 ; - a ’ ¢ 7 a = aie atte a a ee - i pone oe te me eee . ‘ vs ; ' ? senate ou o P H e a ae . > 2 " rt i ; = Stamm » : . ‘ ¢ « // - be y ov re . . ¢ . 4 - ; Pe . ‘ 2 4 , . ; . : = : “ ; if z j - * ‘ " i . * + yy = ‘ 4 7 * 4 j = 4 - hd . * : Cc “ 7 Fs : n . Js : « bi : : = : au be F ix Sr - © * 7 h + ~ oi ; rt 4 t~ = Z ? CLs a 2 : - = . ‘ : - » 4 d , ‘eo v , h* : s ' bh i. bs as : a q- % d P ‘ = . , nm 7 t " s a7 a ra 6 I . ‘ ” . : = a : best = zi ; pa - . A ~ , : : ¥ ; ‘ 7 . - + My _ J “ af y ; = 7 Ls f . ‘ if * 2 “ ’ ¥ = ‘ " 5 a * , . * ‘ - ; . a ‘ A= m, 4 , rf ’ . LST oi; iad = . ; ~ : a : : 4 _ 4‘ be . ee _— a Vol. XL., Plate XV. Vol. XL., Plate XVI. EY &G NGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. ri , a> ; + uf 5 Pian ‘i ee 7s ; ; ‘ , Fl :. ~ pers . , " ‘, A ES EE NRE AR RA Seater SA Np dee agen ents Mat S gd hy) ulin Palys Gyan ie od CO MEST ORE Fe aT ENO ERED bien pry lipheats A aiceteg \atteyind en -Vevierind ty! ste ews Gee) ane vam > maak XL., Plate XVII. Vol. MITED, Vol. XL., Plate XVIII. | Nod v7 x vert wae ; ae reve.’ a t Tag 4 wre Li , em 2 a he = bf 2 @ Vol. 2L.;. Plate: X XI. Eas Sere ce tie Gn rrote: a, Ate ‘ e z. 7 7 a Vol. XL., Plate XXII. Volk xis, Plates Soe Lil. XL., Plate XXIV. ol. V NN SS oY “eS — ae / Co IS VA > we j — Bs, HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. ., Plate XXVI. Vol. XL ree — ape eel hi! ) ‘bootie YS sairee aE 4 Vol. XL., Plate XXVII. Volt 3.” Plate 3X VELL rr WE Ge hk pe ee eae NARS ee ee ‘a ee ; fot : 'y * hehe Cece hae hs a Volk Xi. Plate XXTX.- Vol, XG...’ Plate XXX. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. a yore ees Mol Ni. Plate: KAKI. iP wa oes eee Arve ies ont uy ~ cS) = M est 60 HUSSEY OS Vol. XL., Plate X XXIII. MY] ) ae - ny er Wy & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADFLAIDE, SO. AUS, R - — - LA 1 A 4 A 8 4 = q a © e ~ a = Z ww x & : A = A. s : . oS : o _ uu y : ¢ r = z _ = a : R - : Ble Pee Lard ieee *% He % , Be PISA RR AR RRS Mab Oh ees BRE Es PER ast Ry SO. AUS. = GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PHINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAID xd. Plate MXXVI, Vol. ad Spano c er ee RE Re. es ead at a Ceererce , 3 § ae ek $ F ¢ Ramee cs j es = . eerererrryers PRL EE RE COTES. tone beens by + Sdagi dla Mtn ye aud ail wt ’ a aa Me Ni “) p. : aa ; i , ‘a ° od a vii P a ‘ > Fr ' Ra. i Fax 2 5 : y a. re a 7 at : : ee» : a Pye y a< 7? \ Oe Js PL e' ltée oh Se - =. wa a - ~~ da 7 PY et foe ae So TL ; eae: \ So aa Se ee. % om % LERIGA ME WH é % 3 Bf f 4 BP Re SMI AG PAPO Ire ; 0 tit tie ” ce 91%" BR, Par? am a P Ad te 1) he HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PAR'NTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. eee i ee en eee ee FE TA SS R. McCulloch, del. Vol. =X. Plate a e te . 7 " ’ ’ i 3 e . > ba cs _ . . - 9) ‘ ‘ . ‘ ' - A : - a ’ : . — Se . ‘ 7 ‘ wa & oe ‘ ws = te = ry ? ; . - Z a b f - ‘ “ ih as - > 4 , bi fs rx ’ nt . \ ‘ f . : oe y _ '. * ¥ : 2 A VokOXNl.,. Plate XRT. 29P “OTM NOW "WV HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIM:TED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS Vol (XZ Plate xX Lin: ‘ds ‘u ‘wniddiyda snjhipovpopay,) ‘ ‘Jap (OTA OW “LV ‘ds ‘u ‘phbva visayoalg HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vol. XL., Plate XLIV. Myrus elongatus, Giinther. del. Edgar R. Waite, SEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELA OE, SO. AUS. nV als PAB iat tee : . at « a ie : i. a nm @ ~e, tan i hom 7 z “ : se ” tt'e , = a, a a i ou Pre r Pad Ul e i) _— a! ’ = iJ {r. ¥ & oo , LPN 3! so Ta M i nn ’ =) ¢ ¥ > “o i yi . - EB ‘ ow 1 “ . A 7 ‘ aaa ke - cn | , oe" r f ; ° > sath x pss Ma's 7? o Pr Ce oe ee ee ee Pe ol ay An 7 4 ~ i ee eed i * Vol: XL; Plate XLV’. ‘ds J0p ‘OEM “Y IVspa Y & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. E Vol. XL., Plate XLVI. ‘ds ‘u ‘sidojouiue snowy?) ‘Jap “YOO|[U) OW UW OV s ADELAIDE. SO. an MITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS LLINGHAM 7 Ash ry th nl c K nen ** a tal SP eee 7 . eh SMe Te L » Pht 43) ee! fC ‘ p . : PP BR py Age ‘ ¥ he f A , zo ' 4 1 es, | i? t F Nie i # ‘ ; 3 ’ * . sty a v ‘ i “ oe aes : 4 x ps 4 . a ip i ob ‘ J a = i som grat mit) opr is ae Vol, AL. Plate XLVIL. Phebalium + ak eae ae t “ te oh dee RM te ee ee fe ek A eee tale . » - Ee « a 7 pha peop Dn a Meera, Ph Lat yj wt} uF a « 0 n ' ae Paty. oie . + ‘ M Son i w pf ee : co ¢ — Vol. XL., Plate XLVIII. we Nt i Ph oe ZY; Erigeron Vol GL. Plate XL site oy BEL) Me “yoy 14 del. oe Ne EUCALYPTUS CNEORIFOLIA, DC. Vol: XE; Plate L. eee ‘ PEW ARIRARG Rca cre del. R.T.B. EUCALYPTUS ODORATA, BEHR, Vol eX Ee bibATEm eal: ] r LPHOTO, W. GILL, EUCALYPTUS CALYCOGONA, TURCZ. Vor. XE. PEATE Ell [PHOTO, w. GILL.] EUCALYPTUS OLEOSA, F:v.M. Vol. XL., Plate LIV. emarkable. R . Mount ‘ig. 1 chin. How V Photo. W. Howelin. Photo. at-Rocks,’’ Mount Remarkable. ‘ ‘ 4€ Fig. 2. The ‘‘C SHERS ADELAIDE, SO. ALS. us NTERS & P ee ie ere rn ner nN tS Sag SO re Fee As 5 gna a ee Re ie a Se. ygt Ae fens <. Oar < ¢ > Y toe : Gea F ea fre 9 eae es eB. . ¥ ; 7 : pa ong r Lia. ns z ia Be . ; ae 0 OF THE oP ‘- _ (INCORPORATED). io 3 ee e i? Le Oo oo, _ (Wirn Firry-rour Piates anp Twenty-one Figures 1n tHE Text.] EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S., : : _Assistep sy ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S. - ae PRICE, TWENTY SHILLINGS. ee: iF | Adelaide : ee PusLisHED BY THE Society, Royar Socizery Rooms, NortH TERRACE. ; - DECEMBER 23, 1916. oo } - Se ee ee ¢ Printed py Hussey & GittincHam Lamirep, 106 anp 108, Currix * Srreet, ADELAIDE, SourH AUSTRALIA. ‘vy yo i acs / 2 ae j Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- © + ete p- : _ tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded : through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. ee + i> - a ie ef 7 i; : 5 7 oe” f ’ G i ~~ , as oe ee ; Seas: 4 A ty et toes iy Bi eet ae CONTENTS. Gardan, Pror. T. G. B.: A Note on the: Ddburxencé and Method of | Formation of the Resin (Yaeca Gum) in Xanthorrhoea perth nis Plates i. to iii. - re Sos, Atan P.: Australian. Hymenoptera: Proctotr rypoidea, No,'4--12 WHEELER, W. M:: Prodiscothyzea, a New. ' Genus of Ponerine Ants from Queensland. Plate iv. Asuworrn. J. H.: On the Occurrence of Arenicola loveni, ‘Kinberg, on the Coast or South Australia LergH-SHarper, W.:Harotp: A New Species of Leech from South ‘Australias Brack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 9. Plates |v. to vill. Carter, H. J.: Revision of the Genus “Stigmodera, ‘and Descriptions of 2 some New Species of Buprestidae, Plates ix. and x, ... ¢ Lea, A. M.: Notes on the Lord Howe Island Phasma, and on an Assu- ciated: ‘Longicorn Beetle. Plates xi. to xvii. ... . Erneripce, R.: Hyalostelia australis, the Anchoring Spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge from the Ordovician Rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges. Plate xviii. ~ Mawson, Dr. D.: Auroral Bhoerennane at the Cape Royds Station, Antarctica. cee xix. and xx. ativan WHEELER, W. The Australian Ants of ‘the Genus Aphaenogaster,_ Mayr. Plates Xxi. and xxii. Banks, N.: Acarians from Australian and Pagmayean Ants” and Ant-nests. Plates xxiii. to xxx. _ Lower, Oswatp B.: The. ‘Lepidoptera of ‘Broken: Hill, New. South Wales.—Part HE. HowcnHin, WALTER: Notes ‘on a High-level Occurrence of a ’ Fossiliferous Bed of Upper Cainozoie.Age in the Neighbourhood of the ee Pisgscn: Mawson, Dr. D.: Mineral Notes. Plate xxxi. ... Cooxr, Dr. W. T.::Chemical Notes on Davidite ...” Sranuay, E. R.: A Noteworthy Occurrence of Biotite Mica ; = Lea, A. "M.: Notes on some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions ‘of New Species. Plates xxxii. to xxxix. r McCuttocn, Antan R., and Epear R.- Ware: Additions “to the Fish- ee fauna of Lord-Howe Island. . Plates xl. to xliii. . Waite, Epear R.: A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and Lidieakiunes of their Range to Lord Howe Island, Kermadec Island, ge dees and New Zealand. Plates xliv. to xlvi. Buack, J. M.: Additions.to the oe of South Australia, No. 10. “Plates xlvii. and xlviii. Baker, R. T., and H. G. Suir: “A Research on the Eucalypis of South Australia and their Essential Oils. Plates xlix. to hii. . -Turner, A. JEFreris: New Australian Lepidoptera of the Paaate Tortricidae LowrEr, Oswatp B.: Dearcouts of New Australian Micro-Lepidoptera Howcuin, Water: The Geology of Mount Remarkable, with Petro- graphical Notes -n the Ficge Ioeneous Rocks of the Foot Hills et Mount Remarkable, by E. . Th: ple. oe ae a BY: ens ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ae eis ANNUAL REPORT BALANCE-SHEETS ; a sia APES as ea As DonATIONS TO LIBRARY poy ste sha ‘ae aan List or MEMBERS si ‘ APPENDICES— ~ ; . Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc. Rei; # Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora an Protection Committee .. ; 623. : Mal sees) sarge a Annual | Report, ete. me NDEX a be pi amy x Y al . Ree te Ce ee FS Se a Ay tae \ ~ ’ * ‘ Ver e AT Das ™ Ar eO'sBA iS es) S33 R 3 SS J AT, SS te Fi De ~ »? \su. | ay! . Meee Mp le. : ae ? Fk é Gn Cal »? : ai ‘ ; fi : Oe id t ‘ P : we ™ hi Hi Wey tA 4 ah Ae La ge TNS id Se | : b, LESS eM A FOe ey ed = et = BS Fete. ht ie eS ra - Soy Ny ‘ 6. ‘ow oe f